An Incubator for Peace

0

You’re young and prone to trouble. You get triggered quickly. Someone tells you that you’ve screwed up and you’re about to lash back. Then, instead, you think:

1. Look at the other person.

2. Say “OK.”

3. Stay calm.

This is what you do. And nothing happens, except that the moment passes and life goes on. Got it?

This column is another dispatch from Chicago, murder capital of America. How many of the murders – 506 of them last year – were committed by people who had no grasp of this particular social skill (accepting criticism or a consequence), or any of the dozen or so others tacked to the bulletin board in the peace room at Fenger High School?(Photograph: Richard Saker)

These skills, which address an array of very basic life situations – e.g., getting no for an answer, greeting others, getting the teacher’s attention, disagreeing appropriately, making an apology, accepting compliments, asking for help and many more – come from the Father Flanagan Boys Town Classroom Social Skills list. The instructions are simple and precise and without moralizing, the equivalent of “lather, rinse, repeat.”

As I sat there looking at them, I felt a sudden click of understanding: This is empowerment! Knowing how to control yourself is as crucial as knowing how to defend yourself, but its value is generally overlooked or dismissed as obvious. Yet as I contemplated these simply stated skills, I was able to imagine not knowing them – and then imagine how disastrously out of control my life would be without such knowledge. These simple instructions are among the building blocks of personal peace.

“It’s not only helping other people. It’s helping us,” said Ana, one of the peer juror students at Fenger I interviewed recently. “It’s helped me. It used to be, you scream at me, that’s the way I’m going to treat you back.”

She talked about a fellow Latina student at Fenger who would “scream at me and tell me hurtful things. I learned how to calm myself down. And then she started talking to me. Now we’re friends.” One day in class she saw the girl – her former enemy – crying. When the girl saw Ana, she said, “‘I was waiting for you. I really need to talk.’” She was jealous of one of Ana’s other friends, but an honest discussion cleared things up. “Now she comes to me every day and tells me what she needs.”

This is nothing much, and yet it’s everything – the difference between love and hatred, between connection and isolation. In a dysfunctional school or neighborhood, caught in poverty, full of broken families, the isolation and the hatred become endemic, with the predictable sorts of consequences we read about in the headlines and police stats. For instance, more than 80 percent of last year’s 506 homicides, according to the New York Times, were committed in about half of Chicago’s police districts – the districts in or close to the poverty ghettoes, not the affluent neighborhoods.

While meanness, disrespect, misunderstanding and temper flare-ups are part of life everywhere, in some neighborhoods they can be life-or-death issues. Teaching social skills, empathy, respect and the ability to listen are absolutely crucial. And it can’t be done half-heartedly, said Robert Spicer, Fenger’s Culture and Climate coordinator and the person who facilitates the school’s peer jury program. “Lives are at stake.”

Fenger used to have a terrible reputation, which reached its nadir a little over three years ago when one of its students, Derrion Albert, was caught in the middle of a gang melee on his way home from school and beaten to death with two-by-fours. His murder was caught on a cellphone video and became international news.

Spicer, who had just started working at Fenger then, became, with his background in restorative justice, the point person on the school’s rebuilding effort. Note well: This rebuilding wasn’t centered around tighter security, more police, harsher suspensions and zero tolerance. While old-fashioned disciplinary measures are sometimes necessary at the new Fenger, punishment is never the point. The healing practices of restorative justice are now at the school’s core.

“What’s going to get test scores to rise,” Spicer said, “is to show these students we love them.”

This is not theory or wishful thinking but hard-won knowledge at one of the national epicenters of urban violence. Fenger has become an incubator for peace. Where once, said Ana, her family wouldn’t even cross the street near Fenger because its reputation was so bad, now it’s the center of hope and possibility. “It’s just the beginning of changing the world,” she said.

Letreana, a fellow peer juror, put it this way: “Usually people would say, ‘Oh my God, Fenger, that’s such a violent place.’” But when she attended a recent citywide restorative justice meeting, which is held every six months or so in a meeting room at Cook County Juvenile Court, “everyone was applauding us. We were rock stars.”

That’s because this is a movement. Most of the city and the country don’t know about it yet, but it’s quietly gaining a foothold in the forgotten neighborhoods, the ones that don’t make the news unless a child is murdered.

© 2012 Tribune Media Services

Top US commander to reject NATO post

0

The recent top commander of US-led occupation forces in Afghanistan has reportedly rejected the offer to take command of NATO forces in Europe, citing potential reopening of inquires into his email exchanges with a Florida woman.

The US defense department announced on Wednesday that General John Allen will be allowed some time to rest before his next planned assignment as the top NATO commander amid reports he has decided not to accept the post.

Foreign Policy magazine reported that Gen. Allen will likely withdraw his name from consideration for the post as NATO’s supreme allied commander.

Although a Pentagon investigation had cleared the four-star general of any wrongdoing in a probe over his email exchanges with a Florida woman that was caught up in the extra-marital scandal that brought down former CIA director David Petraeu, the magazine cited an official as saying that Allen did not want to subject his family to a very public confirmation process in which senators are expected to further inquire about the emails.

Allen’s email communications with the Florida woman, Jill Kelley, were revealed during an FBI probe that exposed an extramarital affair between Petraeus and his biographer, Paula Broadwell.

The White House had held back Allen’s nomination after the scandal became public but the administration has expressed full confidence in his work as commander in Afghanistan.

A Pentagon spokesman said Allen has been given a break his Afghanistan assignment.

“After 19 months in command in Afghanistan, and many before that spent away from home, Gen. Allen has been offered time to rest and reunite with his family before he turns his attention to his next assignment,” said spokesman Lieutenant Colonel Steven Warren.

Allen handed over command of the US-led forces in Afghanistan to General Joseph Dunford on Sunday. Dunford is due to oversee the gradual withdrawal of US combat forces through 2014.

MFB/MFB

Bute: Traces Of Horse Drug In Carcasses In UK

0

A potenitally dangerous horse painkiller has not been detected in Findus food products – but traces of the drug have been found in carcasses slaughtered at UK abattoirs, MPs have been told.

Agriculture Minister David Heath told the House of Commons that eight carcasses tested positive for traces of anti-inflammatory drug phenylbutazone, known as bute.

Three of those carcasses entered the food chain in France, Mr Heath said, but the other five had not.

“The FSA (Food Standards Agency) is working with France to recall the meat,” Mr Heath said.

Mr Heath said the FSA tested 206 horse carcasses for bute, which is potentially harmful to human health.

Of the eight that tested positive, six were slaughtered by LJ Potter Partners at Stillman’s in Taunton, Somerset.

Those carcasses were sent to France, but only three of them were believed to enter the food chain.

The remaining two, from High Peak Meat Exports in Nantwich, Cheshire, did not leave the slaughterhouse and have been destroyed.

Chief medical officer Dame Sally Davies said that although the drug was linked to side-effects in humans who took it, the risk was very low.

“If you ate 100% horse burgers of 250g, you would have to eat, in one day, more than 500 or 600 to get to a human dose,” she said.

“It would really be difficult to get up to a human dose.”

The FSA has said there is no evidence to suggest the horsemeat detected in beef products poses a danger to humans, but the agency did order tests for bute as animals treated with the drug are not allowed to enter the food chain.

Mr Heath met representatives of British food retailers and suppliers on Wednesday.

He said he received assurances that “meaningful” results will be available on Friday from tests designed to detect the presence of horsemeat in products labelled beef.

More follows…

Labour Plans Mansion Tax To Fund 10p Tax Rate

0

Ed Miliband has called for the 10p tax rate to be reintroduced, funded by a mansion tax on homes worth more than £2m.

In an audacious bid to outflank David Cameron, he claimed Labour would use next month’s Budget to bring back the band controversially scrapped by Gordon Brown in 2007.

The measure, which if reinstated in full would cost an estimated £7bn, would be funded by a mansion tax on homes worth £2m or more, Mr Miliband explained.

The announcement was a surprise inclusion in a major speech on the economy in Bedford, which had been billed as featuring no significant new policy.

Workers would save £250 if the first £2,500 of taxable income was subject to a 10p rate instead of 20p, but Mr Miliband said his giveaway would depend how much a mansion tax raised.

He said: “A One Nation Labour Budget next month would lay the foundations for a recovery made by the many, not just a few at the top.

“Let me tell you about one crucial choice we would make, which is different from this Government. We would tax houses worth over £2m. And we would use the money to cut taxes for working people.

“We would put right a mistake made by Gordon Brown and the last Labour government. We would use the money raised by a mansion tax to reintroduce a lower 10p starting rate of tax, with the size of the band depending on the amount raised.

“This would benefit 25 million basic rate taxpayers – moving Labour on from the past and putting Labour where it should always have been – on the side of working people.”

The Labour leader will be hoping that, in one swoop, he has stolen Mr Cameron’s thunder and also appealed to the Lib Dems who champion a mansion tax.

The move is also a clear attempt to pile pressure on Chancellor George Osborne, who will deliver his Budget next month amid mounting concerns about the sluggish recovery.

And it will be seen as a clever tactical move as Mr Miliband tries to restore the public’s trust in Labour on the economy because it is a clear rejection of his predecessor.

Tory MPs have recently been campaigning for the return of the 10p rate and the Prime Minister appeared to signal he was open to the idea at PMQs on Wednesday.

“We won’t forget the abolition of the 10p tax rate,” Mr Cameron said when Mr Miliband argued the coalition was doing little to help ordinary workers.

The coalition is already committed to raising the income tax threshold to £10,000 over this Parliament but the Treasury was also understood to be considering plans for a new lower tax rate.

Mr Cameron, on a visit to Eastleigh, said: “My prediction is that they won’t have thought it through or costed it properly and we will discover over the course of the day all sorts of problems and issues with a policy that looks like it has been cobbled together overnight.”

Poor GDP Sinks Euro

0

After trending gently higher for the first half of the week, the euro has been sold to new three week lows in response to the disappointing Q4 GDP figures. The GDP figures are of course backward looking and more recent data, such as the PMI figures and German factory orders suggest the regional economy is stabilizing here in early Q1.

There is a middle step to go from the GDP figures to the euro and that is the interest rate channel. There has been some speculation that the passive tightening of the euro area financial conditions (including the shrinking of the ECB’s balance sheet) and the strength of the euro would prompt the ECB to cut the refi rate later in Q1. The poor GDP readings bolster such expectations and this can be seen in short-term interest rates. The March Euribor futures contract is now implying 0.24% rate, having matched the lowest rate since Jan 23, or before the early repayment of LTRO I was announced.

Another way to see this is in the US-German 2-year interest rate differential, which continues to track the euro-dollar exchange rate.   Recall the sequence of events. In early Dec 12, the US was offering about 32 bp more than Germany on 2-year obligations. By late January, the US was at a 2 bp discount. However, this month it has been trending back toward the US and today, at 8 bp, the US premium is the largest since mid-Jan.  

The euro’s drop today indicates the downside correction to the euro began earlier this month is not complete. A break of $1.3310 signals a potentially quick move toward $1.3270.   Sterling’s slide has been extended and it briefly dipped below $1.55 for the first time since August. The unwinding of long euro-sterling positions is helping sterling steady against the greenback.

The day of disappointment actually began in Asia, where Japan reported a 0.1% contraction in Q4 GDP. The consensus had called for a small increase. It is the third consecutive quarterly contraction. Exports, which fell for seven months through Dec was an obvious drag and business investment was also a drag. The BOJ concluded its two day meeting, leaving policy unchanged. It assessment was tweaked higher as it recognized that the “economy appears to have stopped weakening”.  The yen is largely sidelined today as the dollar continues to consoldiate within Monday’s range.

Fro the first time in more than a week, a Japanese official cited specific dollar-yen rates. Iwata, who is thought to be vying for the BOJ governor position, suggested the JPY95 area was appropriate. He opined that a correction of the yen’s strength is vital to achieving the 2% inflation target and was sympathetic to changing the BOJ charter. He has also been an advocate of foreign bond purchases. While his comments may play well in Japan, they probably are not helpful in securing international standing, which was also a criteria cited by senior government officials. 

Some press reports are playing up comments by the Riksbank governor yesterday that seemed to accept the krona’s strength and suggesting Sweden entering the “currency war” on the other side. This seems to be an exaggeration. First, this is essentially what Weidmann and Draghi have said about the euro. It is near long-term averages. That means that the current rate is acceptable. Second, about 7 months ago when the euro was at $1.20, the US did not complain about the dollar’s strength. 

In fact, outside of one Fed official expressing some misgivings about what Japanese officials were saying about the yen, and Treasury Secretary designate Lew endorses of a strong dollar policy, the US has been as usual quiet about the exchange rate.  Easing monetary policy when one’s inflation is low and the output gap is large is not a shot in currency war.

The euro zone area GDP contacted by 0.6% in Q4. The market expected a 0.4% contraction.  Most countries, including Germany, France and Italy’s contractions were more than expected. Canada looks to be fastest growing in the G7 at the end of last year. A combination of construction spending, retail sales, trade figures and the latest inventory data suggest that the contraction in Q4 US GDP may be revised to show a small uptick. The revision is due Feb 28.

Your rating: None

Valentines Day

0

Valentines Day

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 14, 2013

Daryl Cagle, CagleCartoons.com

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

NRA Shoppe

Cupid

Motor City Madman

Resignation

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Oscar Pistorius: Reeva Steenkamp Remembered

0

In the days leading up to her death, Reeva Steenkamp’s excitement about Valentine’s Day was clear.

“What do you have up your sleeve for your love tomorrow??? #getexcited,” the girlfriend of South African sprinter Oscar Pistorius tweeted.

Miss Steenkamp then received a series of replies, one of which was from a mother who said her children would be making a card for their father. 

She responded: “That sounds amazing! Wow that’s what it’s all about! It should be a day of love for everyone :) may it be blessed.”

Miss Steenkamp said Pistorius – her boyfriend since November – had “impeccable” taste.

“His gifts are always thoughtful,” she was quoted as saying on the social pages of last weekend’s Sunday Independent.

But February 14 ended up going terribly wrong for the 30-year-old. She was shot dead after Pistorius allegedly mistook her for an intruder.

Now Twitter and other social media are flooded with tributes to the model and law graduate.

Former Miss South Africa Melinda Bam said: “Heartbroken for #ReevaSteenkamp’s family & for #OscarPistorius.This highlights how unsafe most South Africans feel because of crime#RIPReeva.”

Sammy Lambrechts said: “A woman with rare beauty… A classy and sophisticated young socialite with a heart of gold. A true lady.”

On Facebook, her cousin Deon Steenkamp said: “RIP cuz this is tragic we will always remember you for your stuning smile brighting up everyone world.”

Miss Steenkamp’s publicist Sarit Tomlinson described her as “the sweetest human being” and “a talented and bright young girl”.

She told Sky News that the couple had a “healthy, fabulous relationship”.

Miss Steenkamp had most recently been a celebrity contestant on South African reality TV show Tropika Island Of Treasure 5 . 

The first episode of the show, which was filmed in Jamaica, was due to air this weekend.

She grew up in Port Elizabeth, where she studied law, but later moved to Johannesburg after signing a deal with cosmetics company Avon.

She went on to model for FHM and feature in various advertising campaigns.

The Cape Town-born model described herself as someone who has a “passion for cars and cooking and prefers to read a book on her off days and spend quality time with friends and family”.

She was from a family of horse trainers, who she said she was very proud of.

Her father was Barry Steenkamp, a well-known trainer related to famous South African trainers the Amos brothers.

Her family was “shocked” and “devastated” by the news, Miss Steenkamp’s publicist said.

Cupid

0

Cupid

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 14, 2013

Peter Broelman, Cagle Cartoons, Australia

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Valentines Day

NRA Shoppe

Motor City Madman

Resignation

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Depriving wrestling of its core Olympic status ‘a sacrilege’ – official

0

Russia's Alan Gogayev, in blue, and Tajikistan's Zelimkhan Yusupov in men's 66kg freestyle wrestling at the 30th Olympic Games in London (RIA Novosti / Vladimir Baranov)

Russia’s Alan Gogayev, in blue, and Tajikistan’s Zelimkhan Yusupov in men’s 66kg freestyle wrestling at the 30th Olympic Games in London (RIA Novosti / Vladimir Baranov)

The President of the Greek Wrestling Federation, Kostas Tanos, has called the IOC’s decision to expel the sport from the Olympic program “a sacrilege”.

­In his interview with a Greek radio station Tanos said the demotion can’t be justified, and expressed his hope that it would never be finalized. 

“Wrestling is a discipline the Olympics is strongly associated with. It’s impossible to ban such a symbol as wrestling. If things go this way then the IOC will soon do away with the very name of Olympics,” he said, adding that as a Greek he considers wrestling part of Olympic culture.

As most of his colleagues throughout the world Kostas said he was taken aback by the news.

“The London Olympics saw most of the wrestling events attended by sell-out crowds. Besides, it’s a sport free of doping,” he noted.

There are more than 200 national wrestling federations around the world. Most of them have voiced plans to join the global-wide campaign to keep the sport in the Olympic program.

Resignation

0

Resignation

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 14, 2013

David Fitzsimmons, Cagle Cartoons, The Arizona Star

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Valentines Day

NRA Shoppe

Cupid

Motor City Madman

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Thirsty Rubio

0

Thirsty Rubio

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 14, 2013

David Fitzsimmons, Cagle Cartoons, The Arizona Star

Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

Valentines Day

NRA Shoppe

Cupid

Motor City Madman

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

American Airlines and US Airways announce world’s largest air carrier merger

0

American Airlines planes are seen on the tarmac at the Miami International Airport on February 12, 2013 in Miami, Florida (Reuters / Joe Raedle)

American Airlines planes are seen on the tarmac at the Miami International Airport on February 12, 2013 in Miami, Florida (Reuters / Joe Raedle)

It’s a happy Valentine’s for American Airlines and US Airways, as they have announced an $11 billion merger to create the world’s largest air carrier on Thursday after directors approved the deal.

­Before the announcement the boards met separately and approved the merger that has been in the works since August, when creditors forced American to choose between a merger and bankruptcy, according to sources close to negotiations.

With the merger the new entity joins the ranks of recently consolidated companies United, Delta, and Southwest. Together, the four companies will control 75% of the US market. The new ‘American’ brand is expected to boast 32% market share.

The carrier will operate under the American brand but will be run by US Airways CEO Doug Parker. AA CEO Tom Horton will serve as chairman of the new company through 2014. The new fleet will have 950 plans, operate 6,500 daily flights, eight major hubs, will employ 94,000, and sales of nearly $39 billion, multiple sources report.

Arizona based US Airways will relocate to Dallas, Texas, where American has its largest hub.

Bankruptcy creditors of AMR Corp., the parent company of American Airlines, will own 72 percent of the new company, and US Airways stockholders will own 28 percent, Bloomberg BusinessWeek reports. The merger is a huge tactical win for US Airways, and its director Doug Parker.

Parker is a seasoned veteran of airline mergers. In 2005, when he was the head of America West, he masterminded a merger with US Airways.

US Airways is only half the size of American and its brand is almost unheard of outside the United States, yet, the small no frills airline has thrived in the tough consumer market. Last year the company posted a record profit of $637 million, AP reports.

American Airlines, which just 5 years ago was America’s largest, was barely staying afloat when merger talks commenced.

The 2008 recession and losses of $12 billion between 2001 and 2010 forced AMR Corp. to enter bankruptcy protection in November 2011. Since filing for bankruptcy protection the company had lost another $2.8 billion.

The merger is the fourth in a series of US airline reshuffles. Since 2008, Delta bought out Northwest Airlines, United absorbed Continental and Southwest bought AirTran. These four surviving heavyweights now dominate the industry.

There are mixed reports on how the merger will affect consumers.

Delta, United, and Southwest, all products of consolidation, have been able to offer customers bigger networks, while at the same time improve their profits.

PriceWaterhouseCoopers suggests that creating a third big ‘global’ US airline (Southwest is only domestic) could actually help keep fares low. The new AA will bring more competition to the market tightly controlled by United and Delta.

Kevin Mitchell, chairman of the Business Travel Coalition, disagrees. He foresees the merger’s negative impact will outweigh any positive consumer benefits. This includes ‘reduced competition, higher fares and fees and diminished service to small and midsize communities,’ Mitchell told the New York Times.

There won’t be any overnight changes for customers. Both airlines will continue to issue their own tickets, and it will be months before the frequent flyer programmes and routes are synchronized.

When the merger plays out, American’s presence will increase on the East Coast- specifically in New York’s LaGuardia Airport and Washington’s Regan National Airport. 

AA currently has hubs in Dallas-Fort Worth, Chicago, Miami, New York and Los Angeles. US Airways has hubs in Charlotte, Philadelphia and Phoenix.

Eurozone economies shrank in 2012

0

The Euro logo outside the headquarters of the European Central Bank in Germany (file photo)

Official figures show that German, French and Italian economies contracted in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Germany’s Federal Statistical Office said on Thursday that the country’s economy shrank by 0.6 percent to register the deepest contraction since 2009 as exports slowed at the end of 2012.

“Comparatively weak foreign trade was the decisive factor for the decline in the economic performance at the end of the year: in the final quarter of 2012 exports of goods declined significantly more than imports of goods,” the statistics office said in a statement.

France’s National Institute of Statistics and Economic Studies (INSEE) said the French economy stagnated in 2012, contracting 0.3 percent in the final quarter.

Meanwhile, the Italian National Institute for Statistics (Istat) reported that Italy’s economy, eurozone’s third biggest, shrank 0.9 percent at the end of last year.

Istat also stated that Italy’s GDP (gross domestic product) dropped 2.7 percent year-on-year, in comparison to forecasts for a 2.4 percent decrease.

Europe plunged into financial crisis in early 2008. The worsening debt crisis has forced the EU governments to adopt harsh austerity measures and tough economic reforms.

YH/HSN

Russia may be drawn into resource wars in future — army chief

0

Iskander high-precision missile system in place during military exercises (RIA Novosti / Alexey Danichev)

Iskander high-precision missile system in place during military exercises (RIA Novosti / Alexey Danichev)

Russia may become drawn into military conflicts as world powers begin to vie for energy resources in the next two decades, said Valery Gerasimov, the head of the General Staff of the Russian Armed Forces.

By 2030, the level of “existing and potential threats will significantly increase,” Gerasimov said during a security conference in Moscow, according to Interfax.

Leading world powers will soon begin to struggle for fuel, energy and labor resources, as well as new markets in which to sell their goods; some powers will “actively use their military potential,” he explained.

He also observed that the sphere of combat is moving away from traditional battlegrounds — such as land and sea — to aerospace and information. Conflict zones in North Africa and the Middle East point to such changes in the use of military force, the general said.

The role of non-military instruments is also increasing, including information wars, secret operations and the use of the “protest potential of a population,” Gerasimov said, adding that such non-military means are often more effective than the use of military power.

Given these challenges, Russia’s possession of state-of-the-art weaponry is a “vital condition for the country’s existence,” Gerasimov said.

By 2015, the number of modern weapons and military hardware across Russia’s Armed Forces will reach at least 30 percent. And by the end of the decade, all guided missile brigades will be supplied with Iskander tactical missile systems.

However, priority is still being given to strategic nuclear forces to ensure deterrence, Gerasimov said. Russia plans to re-arm its nuclear arsenal with modern Topol-M and RS-24 Yars strategic missiles, new submarines, and modernized Tupolev Tu-160 and Tu-95MS bombers.

Labour party proposes mansion tax to help low earners

0

LONDON (Reuters) – The leader of the Labour Party called on Thursday for a tax on expensive homes to fund a new lower-income tax band to help the country’s lowest earners.

Setting out some of the first concrete ideas of what his party would offer voters at the next election, which is expected in 2015, Ed Miliband said a Labour government would introduce a tax on houses worth over 2 million pounds.

“We would use the money raised by a mansion tax to reintroduce a lower 10 pence starting rate of tax, with the size of the band depending on the amount raised,” Miliband said in a speech.

He conceded that the former Labour government had been wrong to abolish the 10 pence starting rate of income tax.

“We would put right a mistake made by Gordon Brown and the last Labour government,” he said, saying the move would benefit 25 million basic rate taxpayers.

Miliband said the changes would help ensure that lower earners, and not just the wealthiest, would be rewarded by success in the economy.

(Reporting by William Schomberg and Andrew Osborn, editing by Mike Peacock)

Oscar Pistorius: Shock After Gun Death Arrest

0

Shocked sports stars turned to Twitter after hearing that Oscar Pistorius had allegedly shot and killed his girlfriend.

Olympic stars told of their surprise after Pistorius was arrested after a body was discovered at his home in South Africa.

Heptathlon champion Jessica Ennis wrote: “Woken up to the horrendous news about Oscar Pistorius mistakenly shooting his girlfriend. What an awful tragedy.”

Retired heptathlete Denise Lewis said: “Not a good morning athletics fans – News reports on Oscar Pistorius are unbelievable!!!”

Double Paralympic gold medallist Hannah Cockroft supported the track and field star, posting: “Everyone makes mistakes. My thoughts are with everyone involved, you’re still a hero to me.”

Pistorius’ girlfriend has been named as Reeva Steenkamp, 30, who was a model from Port Elizabeth.

Paralympic cyclist Jody Cundy added: “Thoughts out to the families of @reevasteenkamp and @OscarPistorius sad and tragic news.”

And football star Michael Owen wrote: “My word, if these reports on Sky News are true, this story regarding Oscar Pistorius accidentally killing his girlfriend is horrific.”

Meanwhile author Tony Parsons said: “The tragedy of Oscar Pistorius is he somehow climbed to the top of the world but did not feel safe enough to sleep without guns by his side.

“In a summer of heroes nobody came even close to Oscar Pistorius – not even close – and this is such a tragedy for him, the girl and all of us.”

Panetta slams US congress as ‘too mean’

0

The outgoing US Defense Secretary Leon Panetta has deplored the growingly bitter political rivalries and undercutting among American politicians, saying the mood in Washington is filled with “too much meanness.”

In what was expected to be his last press conference as US defense chief on Wednesday, Panetta blasted American legislators in Congress for failing to cooperate with the nation’s executive branch and thus exposing the country’s security to risks.

He insisted that traditions of courtesy and civility were “breaking down” among US congressmen and said, “It becomes too personal. It becomes too mean.”

“Everybody’s got legitimate points,” Panetta added, “but there’s a way to express it in a way that compliments our democracy, doesn’t demean our democracy. And I think, you know, what you see on display is too much meanness.”

Using expletive language, the senior American officials said that lawmakers “can’t just sit here and [complain]… We have got to solve real problems facing this country.”

“Often times I feel like I don’t have a full partnership with my former colleagues on the Hill in trying to do what’s right for this country,” Panetta said at the press briefing.

Panetta has not shown much hesitation on expressing his frustration with members of Congress, who have so far failed to prevent the 1.2 trillion dollars in the so-called “sequester” cuts, nearly half of which would impact the skyrocketing Pentagon budget.

“The looming cuts could jeopardize military readiness,” Panetta repeated on Wednesday. “I would again strongly urge the Congress to heed these warnings. This is not a game. This is reality.”

If the automatic cuts take effect on March 1 as planned, the US military budget will be reduced by 500 billion dollars over the next decade.

The Pentagon chief further said that his country’s legislative dysfunction was “on full display” during the Senate confirmation hearings for President Obama’s nominee to succeed him, former Republican Senator Chuck Hagel, noting, “What you see on display is too much meanness.”

Panetta formerly served as budget director and then chief of staff during Bill Clinton’s presidency in 1990s. Under the Obama administration, he led the CIA from 2009 to 2011 and then appointed as defense secretary.

MFB/MFB

Ed Miliband Announces Plans To Re-Introduce 10p Tax Rate

0

Ed Miliband has announced a Labour government would reintroduce the 10p tax rate abolished by his predecessor, Gordon Brown, potentially benefitting 25m basic tax rate payers.

In a much-anticipated speech in Bedford on Thursday morning, the Labour leader said his plan would be funded by a mansion tax on houses worth over £2m.

He said: “Let me tell you about one crucial choice we would make, which is different from this government.

“We would tax houses worth over £2 million. And we would use the money to cut taxes for working people.

“We would put right a mistake made by Gordon Brown and the last Labour government.”


Jim Pickard

Okay here is how miliband 10p rate only costs 2bn – only applies to first 1k of income above threshold. So only partial reversal of Gordo.

Despite being introduced by then-chancellor, Brown, in 1999, he then abolished the 10p tax rate it to much outcry eight years later.

As well as trying distancing himself from the sins of the previous Labour government, Miliband is keen for his ‘One Nation’ Labour Party to be seen as supporting hard-working people on lower incomes.

This is in contrast to a Conservative-led government that, according to the polls, is seen as favouring the wealthy with policies such as the controversial cut to the 50p top rate of tax and a reluctance to implement a tax on higher priced properties.

On Wednesday, at PMQs, David Cameron mocked the Labour leader for planning to give a speech without any policies in it.

Miliband declared: “Moving Labour on from the past and putting Labour where it should always have been, on the side of working people.


Joey Jones

So takes up an emblematic libdem policy and junks an emblematic gordon brown policy. V interesting.

“Britain is at a fork in the road. We can carry on as we are: falling wages, low growth, failure to tackle the deficit.

“Or Britain can take the path I have outlined: a recovery made by the many, tackling low growth and reducing the deficit, building not squeezing the middle, all of us playing our part in turning this economy around.”

In a Q&A session after the speech, shadow chancellor, Ed Balls, outlined how the mansion tax would work, saying he would work with the Lib Dems to ensure it’s success.

Balls claimed it could raise over £1.7bn and he would be happy to start talks with the Treasury on Monday and work on plans with chief secretary, Danny Alexander.


Owen Jones

Labour’s plan to reintroduce 10p tax – disastrously scrapped by Brown – funded by mansion tax will be very popular. Redistribution is back

Speaking to the BBC Balls said: “This is a very clear statement. It’s what we want to do now and it’s what we want to do in 2015.”

Questions have been raised however in the wake of the speech as to the viability of funding the required cut through a mansion tax alone.


Jim Pickard

Sorry to break this to you all but return of 10p income tax rate would cost about 7bn pounds

Cameron rubbished the proposals on a visit to Eastleigh on Thursday.

He said: “My prediction is that they won’t have thought it through or costed it properly and we will discover over the course of the day all sorts of problems and issues with a policy that looks like it has been cobbled together overnight,” reports Sky News.

Treasury sources told the BBC the plans lacked “economic credibility”.


James Chapman (Mail)

No-one who paid Gordon Brown’s 10p tax rate pays any tax at all today

The government will have a chance to respond when chancellor George Osborne announces the Budget on March 20th.

Also in his speech Miliband stressed it was up to individuals to play their part in a successful British economy and to increase their own living standards.

He said: “When you play your part, when you make your contribution to the economy, you will be rewarded.

“And that Britain’s economic success will be built by the many, not just by a few at the top.”

The Labour leader also highlighted the importance of skills training for young people who don’t go to university and outlined a new vocational qualification.


Jonathan Freedland

As for Cam’s “no policy” jibe, one Lab source says “Cameron yesterday was v helpful for expectations management! It set us up nicely.”

He said: “We must end the culture which says University is always best and vocational education is second-best.

“It simply isn’t true.

“That’s why One Nation Labour will create a new technical baccalaureate, to complement A-levels.”


Tim Montgomerie

Can’t strategically disagree with Ed Miliband’s speech. We should be increasing tax on high value properties and cutting income tax (1/2)

Other Labour proposals covered in the speech are to:

  • Break the stranglehold of the big six energy suppliers.
  • Stop the train company price rip-offs on the most popular routes.
  • Introduce new rules to stop unfair bank charges.
  • And cap interest on payday loans.

Joe Murphy

Something borrowed (Vince’s Mansion Tax), Something blue (Halfon’s 10p restoration) – Ed Miliband grabs both

Miliband contrasted today’s economic climate to that of 1957 when Conservative prime minister Harold Macmillan gave a speech just across the river celebrating a booming British economy, in a speech that became known as the “you’ve never had it so good” speech.

He said: “It’s what Harold MacMillan understood when he spoke here in Bedford more than half a century ago.

“We can rebuild this country, we can offer people hope.

“We can make an economy that works for working people.

“It’s a goal worth fighting for.

“It’s what One Nation Labour will do.”

Ed Miliband’s speech text network visualised

‘US talks offer can’t deceive Iranians’

0

Iranian nation not to be deceived by US offer of talks: Cmdr.

Commander of the Basij Forces Brigadier General Mohammad Reza Naqdi says the wise Iranian nation will not be deceived by the US offer of talks, urging Washington to stop its hostile policies toward Iran.

“Friendship with the Iranian nation will begin when the US fleet leaves the Persian Gulf and its military bases in the Persian Gulf littoral states and Afghanistan get removed,” Naqdi said on Thursday.

The US can speak about talks with the Iranian nation when it removes spy satellites, terrorist networks, news agencies and military bases from the region, he added.

The commander emphasized that the enemy cannot use the old trick of negotiations to hatch plots against the Iranian nation.

Naqdi said that Basij forces are telling the US and its allies on behalf of the Iranian nation that “the current decade is the decade of Israel’s obliteration.”

If Western analysts and strategists are unable to comprehend this issue, the Iranian people will prove it to them, he pointed out.
Naqdi said that the arrogant powers’ remarks are currently vetoed by the nations’ determination, adding we convey this message to the enemy that the era of bullying has come to an end.

At the 49th annual Munich Security Conference in Germany on February 2, US Vice President Joe Biden said Washington was ready to hold direct talks with Iran over the country’s nuclear energy program.

However, he noted, “There will be continued pressure.”

On February 6, Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei rejected talks with the United States under pressure and threats.

“An offer of talks makes sense only when the side [that makes the offer] shows its goodwill,” Ayatollah Khamenei said.

The US has spearheaded several rounds of sanctions against Iran in recent years, based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran vehemently rejects the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

SF/HJL/MA

Russia’s shadow economy down to 35% of GDP in 2011

0

RIA Novosti / Vladimir Fedorenko

RIA Novosti / Vladimir Fedorenko

The volume of Russia’s black economy decreased from an average 46% of GDP prior to 2011 to 35% in 2011. This led to over $211 billion of illicit money fleeing Russia in 1994-2011, US financial watchdog Global Financial Integrity (GFI) reports.

­Over the 18 years Russia lost billions of dollars in form of bribes, tax evasion and money from the trade in drugs, weapons and people, according to the report. The illicit inflow of money to Russia amounted to almost $553 billion in the same period.

“Russia has a severe problem with illegal flows of money. Hundreds of billions of dollars have been lost that could have been used to invest in Russian healthcare, education, and infrastructure. At the same time, more than a half trillion dollars has illegally flowed into the Russian underground economy, fueling crime and corruption,” GFI Director Raymond Baker said.

According to the World Bank, Russia’s shadow economy is 3.5 times bigger than in other G7 countries. According to the research the increasing volume in the shadow economy can be blamed on the ineffectiveness of public administration and tax evasion. This undermines the economic and political stability of the country, GFI experts conclude.

Last December GFI reported that Russia lost a whopping $151bn in black money leaving the country in 2001-2010, making it the fifth largest victim of illicit capital outflow.

In the World Bank’s annual Doing Business 2013 report Russia climbed to 120th place from its former 112th out of 185 countries. According to the report in the recent years Russia made it easier for local entrepreneurs to pay taxes and also starting a business became faster in Russia thanks to improved coordination between the federal agencies involved in the business start-up process.

The 10th edition of Doing Business report also finds that since 2005, Russia has implemented a total of 17 institutional or regulatory reforms that improve the business regulatory environment for domestic firms.

“Russia has taken important steps in the last year to narrow the gap in the quality of the business environment with respect to that existing in high-income economies,” said Augusto Lopez-Claros, Director, Global Indicators and Analysis, World Bank Group. “That is part of the government’s continuous effort to improve the country’s investment climate, which was recently highlighted by President Vladimir Putin as a top policy priority.” 

Russia has also moved up 5 points in the 2013 Index of Economic Freedom compiled by The Wall Street Journal and The Heritage Foundation think tank, but remained pretty low in the overall list. It sits in 139th place out of 185 countries, and is classified as “mostly unfree”.

Driver training for Bradley Wiggins crash motorist

0

A van driver who knocked Tour de France winner Sir Bradley Wiggins off his bike has accepted the offer of a driver awareness course.

The 32-year-old athlete spent a night in hospital following the accident near his home in Eccleston, Lancashire, last November, while he was on a training run.

The four-time Olympic champion was treated for a bruised hand and ribs.

After a formal interview, the van driver, Cath Burrows, 44, was summonsed by Lancashire Police over driving without due care and attention.

It has emerged she has agreed to complete a driver awareness course.

A police spokeswoman said it considered the matter had been dealt with.

Cyber-gang extorted millions by posing as cops, copyright holders

0

European police have busted a cybercriminal ring that extorted millions of euros with a computer virus that locked machines up and demanded a ransom. They also posed as police, accusing victims of viewing child pornography and infringing copyrights.

­Eleven suspects were detained in an operation by Europol and Spanish police, police reported on Wednesday. A 27-year-old Russian who allegedly created and distributed the virus was detained in the United Arab Emirates in December, while on vacation. Ten others were detained in Spain last week, including Russians, Ukrainians and Georgians, Spanish police said.

“This is the first major success of its kind against a very new phenomenon that we have only identified in the last two years,”
Europol Director Rob Wainwright said at a news conference at the Spanish Interior Ministry in Madrid.

The cyber-gang used so-called ‘ransomware,’ a type of malware that locks down an infected computer until a ransom is paid. This particular operation targeted users with false accusations from national and international police forces, and occasionally organizations defending copyright holders. A message would demand payment of a fine of 100 euro ($134) over alleged wrongdoings, including searching for child pornography, visiting terrorist websites and illegal file-sharing.

“It used the idiom and logo of each specific police service,”
Wainwright said. “Even Europol and my own name have been used to defraud citizens.”

Cybersecurity expert have found at least 48 variations of the malware, the oldest dating back to 2005, which used different logos and accusations. They also believe the gang had specifically targeted users who may have been involved in illegal online activities, making their ransom claims more plausible.

Police believe that about 3 percent of those targeted actually paid the ransom — enough to make the criminal operation quite lucrative, netting them millions annually. In Spain alone, they are believed to have collected more than 1 million euros ($1.3 million), according to Spanish police.

The gang operated in six countries when police first detected their activities two years ago. As the investigation proceeded, they expanded to as many as 30 nations, mostly in Europe.

Spanish police seized hardware and more than 200 credit cards in the raid. They said the suspects also had 26,000 euros ($35,000) in cash with them.

Of the 10 suspects detained, six have been charged with laundering, fraud and involvement in a criminal organization; the four others remain under investigation. The police offered no detail on the prosecution of the alleged author of the malware, who is also believed to be the gang’s leader.

Tranquil estate ‘the most secure in South Africa’

0

The estate where South African athlete Oscar Pistorius lives is supposed to be one of the safest in the country.

In 2009, Silver Lakes Golf Estate was voted “the most secure estate in South Africa”, according to its website.

Located in the east of the country’s capital Pretoria, the estate consists of more than 1,600 plots of land up to 3,000 sq m (32,000 sq ft) built around an 18-hole golf course.

Offering a tranquil lifestyle “unparalleled in the Pretoria region”, it has electrified fences, armed 24-hour security guards and manned controlled access.

It is thought that Pistorius lived on the Silverwoods Country Estate, which directly adjoins Silver Lakes.

Silver Lakes Golf Estate, metres from the scene of the shooting at the Silverwoods Estate (Silver Lakes Golf …

Prices for homes can be up to nine million South African rand (£650,000) for a five-bedroom property.

As well as its golf course, Silver Lakes estate has tennis courts, a driving range, a restaurant, a squash club and a fishing club, as well as a “social responsibility committee”.

The estate incorporates a wildlife reserve, and in recent years new lakes have been built and existing ones enlarged to turn the estate into a wildlife haven, inhabited by rare birds such as African spoonbills, mongooses and giant African bullfrogs.

Clegg Promises ‘Valentines Surprise’

0

Nick Clegg promised a “surprise” for wife Miriam today to make up for the fact that they are spending Valentine’s Day apart.

But the deputy prime minister resisted an invitation to send a Valentine message of love during a live radio interview from Mozambique, saying it would be too “schmaltzy”.

Clegg, 46, is spending the romantic day 6,000 miles away from his 44-year-old wife, on a three-day visit to Africa as part of the UK’s presidency of the G8 group of rich nations.

nick miriam clegg

Clegg and his wife, Miriam

During an interview on LBC 97.3 radio, he was asked whether he would be in trouble with his wife for missing Valentine’s Day.

He replied: “I think I’ve been married long enough that maybe it is not quite the issue it might have been a decade and a half ago, or 20 years or more, when we first met.

“A surprise is on its way to Miriam and I don’t think I should announce it on the radio because it would ruin the surprise.”

Presenter Nick Ferrari told Clegg he could use the opportunity of his live interview to send Miriam a message.

But the Deputy Prime Minister laughed off the suggestion, saying: “I could, but I don’t want to turn this show into quite the schmaltzy one it would become if I did.”

Clegg met his Spanish-born wife when they were studying in Belgium more than 20 years ago. They married in 2000 and have three sons.

Reeva tweeted Valentine’s Day excitement hours before death

0

Hours before the most romantic day of the year, Oscar Pistorius’ model girlfriend Reeva Steenkamp tweeted: “What do you have up your sleeve for your love tomorrow??? #getexcited #ValentinesDay”.

Her excitement for the big day was palpable on her Twitter feed. Replying to one response she tweeted: “That sounds amazing! Wow that’s what it’s all about! It should be a day of love for everyone :) may it be blessed!”

But less than 24 hours later, she had been killed at Paralympian blade runner Pistorius’ home.

         [Related: Olympic Games – Oscar Pistorius charged with murder after girlfriend shot dead]

Describing herself as a model, cover girl, law graduate and child of God on Twitter, she was born in Cape Town and moved to Johannesburg to pursue a modelling career.

The model booked big jobs: she was a cover girl for FHM and was the face of cosmetic giant Avon.

The 30-year-old had been dating the Paralympian star for two months and the pair were a huge celebrity couple in South Africa.

She had been in a “healthy, fabulous relationship” with Pistorius, according to her agent Sarit Tomlinson.

Ms Tomlison described Ms Steenkamp as an “absolute angel on earth”.

She told Sky News that Ms Steenkamp “was the kindest, most unbelievable girl”.

Her Twitter feed suggests a woman in love, regularly describing her plans with the sports star.

On February 9 she wrote: “Excited for a chilled Saturday evening in with good food, movies, popcorn, frozen yoghurt & my boo. #happiness #love #chilling #weekend”.

Sarit Tomlinson, the publicist for Oscar Pistorius’ girlfriend Reeva Steenkamp says she was a wonderful girl.

Many took to Reeva Steenkamp’s Facebook page today to pay tribute to her.

Marina Bonifacio wrote: “May you find comfort in the arms of the Angels…as you are now…a beautiful shining Angel. Goodbye”

And Leo J. Surprenant left this message: “My heart beat stopped for a few seconds when I heard the news. You will never be forgotten… You will always be missed!”

Miss Steenkamp was due to appear as a celebrity contestant in ‘Tropika Island of Treasure Show’ this Saturday.

The show’s website says: “Reeva has a passion for cars and cooking and prefers to read a book on her off days and spend quality time with friends and family.”

Murdered Reeva Steenkamp stars in TV promoWith Reeva Steenkamp shot in the head and killed, allegedly by her boyfriend Oscar Pistorius the famous Olympic and paralympic runner, will South African television be pulling the fifth season of the reality show Tropika Island of Treasure 5 in which Reeva Steenkamp appears and which is set to start on SABC1 on Saturday 16 February?

Miss Steenkamp was found dead at a luxury gated housing estate east of Pretoria, shot in the head and arm. 

South African journalists report she had entered the house to surprise Pistorius for Valentine’s Day.

Pistorius was arrested following the shooting and faces murder charges.

Teenage protester shot dead amid clashes on Bahrain uprising anniversary (PHOTOS)

0

Shiite Bahraini protestors clash with security forces following a rally to mark the second anniversary of an uprising in the Sunni-ruled kingdom of Bahrain, on February 14, 2013 in the village of Sanabis, West of the capital Manama (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al - Shaikh)

Shiite Bahraini protestors clash with security forces following a rally to mark the second anniversary of an uprising in the Sunni-ruled kingdom of Bahrain, on February 14, 2013 in the village of Sanabis, West of the capital Manama (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al – Shaikh)

A teenage protester was killed in a Shiite village near the Bahraini capital Manama on Thursday, as demonstrators clashed with police during a rally marking the second anniversary of the country’s Shia uprising.

­According to the website of main Bahraini opposition group Wefaq, 16-year-old Ali Ahmed Ibrahim al-Jazeeri died in the village of Diya from what it alleged were internationally banned exploding bullets. The country’s interior ministry confirmed the death on its Twitter account, but did not release the identity of the deceased, AFP reported.

Protests started early in the morning in a few Shiite villages, as demonstrators marked the second anniversary of the beginning of the popular uprising in the country. According to the International Federation for Human Rights, at least 80 people have died in the violence over the past two years.

The latest rally also turned violent, with security forces firing shotguns and tear gas to disperse the protesters. Demonstrators retaliated by throwing petrol bombs at officers, witnesses said.

Shiite Bahraini protestors clash with security forces following a rally to mark the second anniversary of an uprising in the Sunni-ruled kingdom of Bahrain, on February 14, 2013 in the village of Sanabis, West of the capital Manama (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al — Shaikh)
Shiite Bahraini protestors clash with security forces following a rally to mark the second anniversary of an uprising in the Sunni-ruled kingdom of Bahrain, on February 14, 2013 in the village of Sanabis, West of the capital Manama (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al — Shaikh)

Two police officers were reportedly hurt when their vehicles crashed in Budaiya, after anti-government protesters poured motor oil on the road. Hundreds of people participating in the rally also built roadblocks.

Nationwide protests are set to take place across Bahrain on Thursday and Friday following calls by opposition activists.

On Wednesday, Bahraini police fired tear gas and stun grenades in a crackdown on hundreds of protesters in the capital Manama. Demonstrators attempted to march to Pearl Square, which was occupied two years ago when the protest against the country’s ruling Sunni monarchy first began.

Shiite Bahraini protestors clash with security forces following a rally to mark the second anniversary of an uprising in the Sunni-ruled kingdom of Bahrain, on February 14, 2013 in the village of Sanabis, West of the capital Manama (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al — Shaikh)
Shiite Bahraini protestors clash with security forces following a rally to mark the second anniversary of an uprising in the Sunni-ruled kingdom of Bahrain, on February 14, 2013 in the village of Sanabis, West of the capital Manama (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al — Shaikh)

Shiite Bahraini women walk amidst tear gas smoke as they head to serve tea to protestors during clashes with security forces following a demonstration to mark the second anniversary of an uprising in the Sunni-ruled kingdom of Bahrain, on February 14, 2013 in the village of Sanabis, West of the capital Manama (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al — Shaikh)
Shiite Bahraini women walk amidst tear gas smoke as they head to serve tea to protestors during clashes with security forces following a demonstration to mark the second anniversary of an uprising in the Sunni-ruled kingdom of Bahrain, on February 14, 2013 in the village of Sanabis, West of the capital Manama (AFP Photo / Mohammed Al — Shaikh)

NHS Guidelines Breached 500 Times in Three Years

0

RINF Alternative News

security

New statistics released today reveal that NHS staff have breached IT guidelines almost 500 times in the past three years, although the true numbers are expected to be much higher.

A Freedom of Information act request by the Scottish Conservatives show a total of 481 breaches have been recorded since 2010. 195 breaches were recorded in 2012, 170 recorded in 2011 and 109 recorded in 2010.

Breaches include the sharing of passwords, inappropriate use of Facebook, swearing in emails and staff installing banned software on computers.

As a result, at least 15 NHS workers have been sacked or resigned, and others have been given counselling, while some health boards refused to disclose what disciplinary action had been taken.

Scottish Conservative health spokesman Jackson Carlaw said:

“More and more sensitive information in hospitals is being held electronically, including patient records and highly-confidential data.

“As a result, we need to ensure those who have access act completely responsibly to ensure it doesn’t end up in the wrong hands.

“The fact this trend appears to be increasing is very concerning, particularly when you consider high-profile incidents of data loss over recent years.

“I’m sure the vast majority of these breaches have been committed accidentally but that makes it even more critical that the NHS IT system is secure and resilient to such gaffes.”

Obama’s Failed State

0

Stephen Lendman
rinf.com

Obama’s State of the Union address didn’t surprise. It reflected rogue leadership. It was beginning-to-end demagogic boilerplate.

Defending the indefensible took center stage. Rhetoric substituted for progressive policies. Bombast assured business as usual.

Priorities include waging war on humanity, force-fed austerity, ignoring public needs, institutionalizing a repressive police state apparatus, and cracking down hard on non-believers.

Doing so assures growing despotism, lawlessness, poverty, unemployment, homelessness, hunger, and deprivation.

Obama’s address targeted Medicare. He called “medical care for the aged….the biggest cause of the nation’s longterm debt.”

He lied. Military spending, imperial wars, Wall Street bailouts, other corporate handouts, and tax cuts for the rich and business bear full responsibility.

Falsely blaming Medicare for Washington’s malfeasance reveals bipartisan rogue leadership. It’s indicative of what’s to come.

In 2009, Obama prioritized cutting healthcare costs and “restoring fiscal discipline.” He made doing so the top “pillars” of his agenda, saying:

We’ve “kicked this can down the road. We are now at the end of the road and are not in a position to kick it any further.”

“We have to signal seriousness in this by making sure some of the hard decisions are made under my watch, not someone else’s.”

“The big problem is Medicare.” Its cost is “unsustainable.”

“Let’s not kid ourselves and suggest that we can solve this problem by trimming a few earmarks.”

The “biggest cost drivers in our budget are entitlement programs like Medicare, Medicaid, and Social Security, all of which get more and more expensive every year.”

“If we want to get serious about fiscal discipline – and I do – we will have to get serious about entitlement reform.”

Medicare and Social Security aren’t entitlements. They’re insurance programs. They’re funded by worker/employer payroll tax deductions. They’re contractual federal obligations to eligible recipients who qualify.

Obama did what he does best. He lied. He’s a serial liar. He supports wealth and power. He’s beholden to powerful monied interests. They own him. He spurns popular needs. He prioritizes letting them go begging on his watch.

He proposed massive Medicare cuts. In 2010, 2011, and last November he urged more. He’s waging class war on Americans.

He wants fundamental social benefits destroyed. He wants ordinary people hung out to dry. He wants them on own sink or swim.

In 2010, his Simpson-Bowles National Commission on Fiscal Responsibility and Reform (NCFRF) recommended deep Medicare cuts, higher Medicaid co-pays, and restrictions on filing malpractice suits.

It urged other ways to end Washington’s responsibility for healthcare. Obama’s address reiterated support. Implementation assures disaster for millions.

Healthcare for millions already is unaffordable. Implementing Simpson-Bowles makes it more so when most needed. Illnesses will go untreated. Pain, suffering, and early deaths will follow. Rogue leadership assures it. Obama reflects the worst of irresponsible lawless leaders.

His jobs proposals reveal more. His address rehashed old schemes. His September 2011 “American Jobs Act” promised “putting more people back to work” with no plan to do it.

It showed contempt for ordinary households. It was same old, same old. It concealed another thinly veiled wealth transfer scheme.

It included a laundry list of corporate handouts. Excluded were ways to create jobs, stimulate growth, reinvigorate Main Street, strengthen America’s middle class, and help growing millions of impoverished, disadvantaged households most in need.

Obama’s address claimed trade deals offshoring jobs to low wage countries create them. He urge support for current ones being negotiated.

He wants the nearly completed Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) adopted. It’s a trade deal from hell. It’s a secretive, multi-nation agreement.

Adoption assures unrestricted trade in goods, services, rules of origin, trade remedies, sanitary and phytosanitary measures, technical barriers, government procurement and competition policies, and intellectual property (IP).

Obama want secretive provisions established with no public oversight or knowledge of their destructive harm. TPP aims to rewrite global IP enforcement rules. It includes numerous other anti-populist mandates.

National sovereignty is at stake. Signatory countries must change domestic laws, regulations, and other policies to comply.

What’s known subverts US laws. Congress is left powerless. Supranational TPP authority overrides national sovereignty. Investor rights are prioritized over public ones.

Obama called for replicating TPP with EU countries. He urged establishing a Trans-Atlantic Partnership. He prioritizes corporate empowerment over human rights and needs. He’s got much more in mind.

He supports extrajudicial killing. He’s got kill list authority. It’s official US policy. Drones are his weapon of choice. He appointed himself judge, jury and executioner.

He wants anyone he targets assassinated. US citizens are included. Rule of law protections don’t apply. Summary judgment has final say. No one’s safe anywhere. There’s no place to hide.

His address made clear where he stands, saying:

“Where necessary, through a range of capabilities, we will continue to take direct action against those terrorists who pose the gravest threat to Americans.”

Police states operate that way. Murder, Inc. is official policy. He claimed he “forge(d) a durable legal and policy (enforceable) framework.” He usurped diktat authority.

Doing so subverts fundamental international, constitutional, and US statute laws. They’re null and void. His say overrides them. Unchecked power is policy. Full-blown tyranny’s a hair’s breath away. Congressional leaders are supportive.

Obama’s entire address reflected rogue leadership. He wants public schools modernized by privatizing them. His immigration proposal mocks notions of welcoming tired, poor, wretched masses yearning to breathe free.

His energy program prioritizes drill, drill, drill. His cybersecurity scheme involves no-holds-barred cyberwar. His notion of economic prosperity is greater corporate empowerment and enriching America’s privileged.

His housing program lets bankers scam ordinary people. His minimum wage proposal falls way below the poverty line. His Afghanistan plan is permanent occupation.

His budget-cutting program targets vitally needed domestic programs. His entire agenda reflects rogue leadership.

He’s got much more in mind. He’s got four more years to wage war on humanity. Expect him to take full advantage.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

Beating Up on Iran Continues

0

Stephen Lendman
rinf.com

irans-president-mahmoud-ahmadinejad-

It’s continued for decades. Iran’s a prime target of choice. Washington deplores independent governments.

It wants pro-Western ones replacing them. It doesn’t care if they’re democratic, despotic or anything in between. Subservience to Washington alone matters.

Israel’s agenda is likeminded. Former Foreign Minister/ultranationalist extremist/serial liar/indicted felon Avigdor Lieberman said “anyone who thinks sanctions or negotiations will stop Iran is wrong.”

On February 11, Netanyahu repeated earlier threats and lies, saying:

“The three external challenges that we face begin with Iran. I spoke about Iran’s plan to develop nuclear weapons. Its nuclear weapons program continues unabated.”

“It’s focused on enrichment because if they can continue and complete the enrichment of high enriched uranium, then they’ll have enough to produce enough material to produce a nuclear bomb.”

“I drew a line at the UN, last time I was there. They haven’t crossed that line, but what they’re doing is to shorten the time that it will take them to cross that line.”

And the way they’re shortening that time is by putting in new, faster centrifuges that cut the time by one third, so that Iran is putting itself in a position to cross the red line and have enough material to produce one nuclear bomb’s worth of highly enriched uranium.”

“This has to be stopped, for the interest of peace and security, for the interest of the entire world.”

“How do you stop it? Well, you have to put greater pressure on them. You have to upgrade the sanctions.”

“And they have to know that if the sanctions and diplomacy fails, they will face incredible military threat. That’s essential. Nothing else will do the And it’s getting closer.”

He urged US/Israeli cooperation on Iran. He wants its independent government toppled. He’s willing to wage war to achieve it.

Israelis had a chance to reject him. They have themselves to blame. They’re stuck with him for four more years.

Michael Oren is Israel’s US ambassador. He deplores peace. He mocks democratic values. He lies for his government.

On February 11, Murdoch’s Wall Street Journal gave him feature op-ed space. He took full advantage. He headlined “Iran’s Global Business is Murder Inc.”

He blamed Tehran for Israel’s Burgas, Bulgaria false flag. A bus carrying Israeli tourists and others was attacked. Eight deaths were reported. Around 30 others were injured.

Israel bears full responsibility. Iran had no involvement. Blaming Tehran didn’t pass the smell test. In October 2011, Iranians were falsely accused of trying to kill Saudi Arabia’s ambassador in Washington.

The charge resembled a bad film plot. It was baseless. Officials pointing fingers the wrong way knew it.

In February 2012, Israel again levied false charges. India and Georgia incidents were cited. Israeli embassy workers in both countries were allegedly targeted. One injury was reported. No one was killed.

A Bangkok, Thailand incident happened around the same time. Iranians were detained after an explosion damaged their rented house. Despite no credible evidence, they were suspected of targeting Israeli diplomats.

Iran threatens no one. It painstakingly avoids provocations. It has everything to lose and nothing to gain from them. Israel benefits greatly. The above incidents and many others bore classic Mossad fingerprints. So does Bulgaria.

Israel and Washington target Iran disruptively. Covert war is waged. Media scoundrels provide support. So does Oren. He’s paid to lie.

He does it poorly. He needs more practice. Perhaps he’ll never develop the dark art. Don’t expect him to stop trying.

He falsely accuses Iran of numerous incidents. In cities “across across five continents, community centers, consulates, army barracks and houses of worship have been targeted for destruction,” he claims.

“Thousands have been killed. Perpetrators are agents of Hezbollah and the Quds Force, sometimes operating separately and occasionally in unison. All take their orders from Tehran.”

Lies proliferate. Claims bears no relation to reality. Liars don’t use facts to back up accusations. Media scoundrels don’t hold their feet to the fire.

Accountability doesn’t matter. Guilt by accusation suffices. Oren accuses Hezbollah of killing more Americans than Al Qaeda. Saying so is patently false.

Longstanding Israeli state terrorism is left unexplained. Rogue states never say they’re sorry. They point fingers the wrong way. Lies substitute for truth and full disclosure. Oren does a damn poor job doing it.

Connect the dots, he says. He invents ones he wishes. He avoids mentioning others too disturbing. He whitewashes Israeli culpability. Its terror state credentials are longstanding.

It menaces regional stability. It harms Jews and non-Jews alike. It’s a blight on humanity. It’s been that way since inception.

Oren’s conspiratorially involved. He’s a first class scoundrel. He’s guilty of high crimes and misdemeanors. Accountability doesn’t follow.

The Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs (JINSA) has high-level Israeli/Washington connections. It calls itself “the most influential group on the issue of US-Israel military relations.”

It “advocate(s) on behalf of a strong U.S. military, a robust national security policy and a strong U.S. security relationship with Israel and other like-minded democracies.”

It supports Israeli lawlessness, its regional dominance plans, and belligerence directed at Palestinians and other regional enemies.

It seeks full Washington support. It wants both countries in lockstep on policy. On February 8, it headlined “Nuclear Proliferation Realities – North Korea and Iran Immune to Traditional Arms Control.”

It claims Pakistan, China and Russia cooperate with both countries “on both ballistic missile systems (used to deliver warheads) and nuclear weapons technology.”

No corroborating evidence is cited. Guilt by accusation suffices.

Bush officials shut down Pakistan’s AQ Khan connection. He’s believed to be the father of its nuclear bomb. Jinsa claims he heads a “Nukes ‘R Us” consortium. It “proliferates nuclear weapons technology,” it claims.

It calls Saddam Hussein’s Iraq “illustrative.” He “surprised everyone with the advanced state of (his) nuclear program.”

Evidence showed alleged WMDs were nonexistant. Claiming otherwise was false. Jinsa keeps beating a dead horse. It repeated similar bald-faced lies about Gaddafi. It falsely claims America reduced its nuclear arsenal “from 80 to 90 percent.”

New and improved weapons replace older ones. It’s an ongoing process. It represents new wine in old bottles.

Washington’s destructive capability is greater than ever. So is Israel’s. Jinsa leaves inconvenient facts unexplained. It points fingers the wrong way.

It’s unapologetic. Washington and Israel menace humanity. Iran, North Korea, China and Russia threaten no one. Not so, says Jinsa.

“The coalition of state sponsors of terrorism is alive and well.” China and Russia are complicit, it says.

Russia helped North Korea develop “small nuclear warheads with an electro-magnetic pulse (EMP) capability.” Its warheads are “as small as 500 kilograms, showing necessary progress toward successfully mating a warhead with a missile.”

North Korea may one day be able to do so and more. Its capability falls far short today. Nothing suggests otherwise.

Jinsa makes similar accusations against Iran. Lies substitute for truth and full disclosure. Repetition gets readers to believe them.

On February 12, Mossad-connected DEBKAfile (DF) accused North Korea and Iran of partnering in nuclear and missile programs.

North Korea’s nuclear test “brings Iran that much closer to conducting” its own, it claims. Both countries collaborated for years, says DF.

“Their advances are pooled. Pyongyang maintains a permanent mission of nuclear and missile scientists in Tehran, whereas Iranian experts are in regular attendance at North Korea’s nuclear and missile tests.”

Syria was falsely accused of similar collaboration years earlier. DF now claims Iran “acquired the same ‘miniature atomic bomb’ capabilities” as North Korea.

Lies beget greater ones. Fingers point the wrong. Washington and Israel alone pose major regional threats. DF leaves inconvenient facts unexplained.

On February 12, Haaretz headlined “Israel urges ‘swift’ world response to North Korean nuclear test,” saying:

Its Foreign Ministry cited “grave concerns.” Ballistic technologies and nuclear proliferation raise red flags. Israel is the region’s only nuclear power. It has unmatched regional missile capabilities.

“These actions by North Korea, in violation of its international obligations, must be” countered post haste, it urges.

“A clear message must be sent to North Korea and to other countries that such activities are unacceptable and cannot be tolerated,” it added.

Israel wants unchallenged regional dominance. Its nuclear, chemical and biological arsenals are powerful. It’s missile technology is long range.

On February 12, an emergency Security Council session convened. A press statement followed. Unanimity was expressed.

Pyongyang’s nuclear test was condemned. It was called “a clear threat to international peace and security.” How wasn’t explained.

North Korea threatens no one. Its nuclear program is defensive. It’s responsible for protecting its people. It chose nuclear power to do so.

Members promised “significant action” if further tests are conducted. North Korea isn’t intimidated easily.

South Korea currently serves as Security Council president. Its Foreign Minister, Kim Sung-hwan, said “North Korea will be responsible for any consequences of this provocative act.”

US ambassador Susan Rice called its test “highly provocative.” It threatens “the security of a number of countries including the United States.”

“This will not be tolerated,” she added. “North Korea (will face) increasing isolation and pressure under United Nations sanctions.”

Rice hoped to replace Hillary Clinton at State. She matches her bullying, bluster and arrogance.

Both deplore peace, nonviolence, and social justice. They’re pro-war, contemptuous of rule of law principles, and brazenly anti-democratic.

They give diplomacy a bad name. They’re embarrassments to legitimate governance. They’re two of America’s worst ever envoys.

They represent wrong over right. They’re war criminals multiple times over. They’re indifferent to human suffering. They disgrace America and humanity.

North Korea’s heard it all before. So has Iran. Neither country intends rolling over for imperial Washington. It remains to be seen what follows.

A Final Comment

On February 12, the Tehran Times headlined “Iran calls for total nuclear disarmament after North Korea test.”

Iranian Foreign Ministry spokesman Ramin Mehmanparast said:

“We have to reach a point where no country will carry out military nuclear activities, and all nuclear weapons and weapons of mass destruction will be destroyed, but on the other hand, all countries will have the right to use nuclear know-how for peaceful purposes.”

Iranian overtures go unnoticed. They pass below the radar. Conflict resolution proposals are ignored. Washington and Israel prioritize violence and instability. Nothing ahead looks promising.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

Israeli forces abduct 10 Palestinians

0

File photo shows a Palestinian youth being arrested by Israeli soldiers during a protest in a village north of the occupied West Bank.

Israeli forces have abducted ten Palestinians during an invasion of a village in East al-Quds (Jerusalem).

Local sources said the Israeli soldiers broke into several homes across Beit Doqqo village, northwest of East al-Quds, kidnapping ten Palestinians late on Wednesday.

The kidnapped Palestinians were reportedly transferred to an unknown location. Some of the abducted have been previously detained by the Tel Aviv regime.

Over the recent months, several Palestinian prisoners on hunger strike have drawn global attention to the tough conditions in Israeli jails.

On February 12, acting Palestinian Authority chief Mahmoud Abbas appealed to the international community to intervene in support of Palestinian prisoners who are on an open-ended hunger strike to protest their detention conditions in Israeli prisons.

“These prisoners are on hunger strike in response to the policy of administrative detention and ill-treatment by the occupying authorities,” Abbas said in reference to the Israeli regime.

The administrative detention, often implemented by the Israeli regime against the Palestinian population, is a sort of imprisonment without trial or charge, allowing regime forces to make arrests without formal charges for up to six months. However, the detention order can be renewed for indefinite periods of time.

Palestinian prisoners have been subject to human rights violations such as the use of torture during interrogations by Israeli prison authorities.

MKA/HSN

Bahrainis stage anti-regime protests

0

Thousands of protesters have taken to the streets in several towns and villages in Bahrain to mark the second anniversary of the uprising against the ruling Al Khalifa family.

MKA/MA

US drone operators to get warfare medal

0

The Pentagon says it is creating the Distinguished Warfare Medal that can be awarded to those US troops who launch assassination drone strikes and direct cyber attacks.

The outgoing US Defense Secretary, Leon Panetta, said on Wednesday that the US drone operators and those who direct cyber attacks would be eligible to receive the medal for their direct impact on a US military operation from afar.

“I’ve seen firsthand how modern tools, like remotely piloted platforms and cyber systems, have changed the way wars are fought,” Panetta said.

The United States uses its assassination drones in Yemen, Pakistan, Afghanistan, and Somalia, claiming that they target ‘terrorists.’ The attacks, however, have mostly led to massive civilian casualties.

According to the London-based Bureau of Investigative Journalism, an independent organization, the US administration has used 363 of its assassination drones to hit targets in Pakistan since 2004.

In September 2012, a report by the Stanford Law School and the New York University School of Law gave an alarming account of the effect that assassination drone strikes have on ordinary people in Pakistan’s tribal areas.

The US drone strikes were initiated under former US President George W. Bush, but have escalated under President Barack Obama.

The United Nations says the airstrikes are targeted killings that flout international law.

YH/HSN

Rolls-Royce’s Profit Boosted By Strong Orders

0

Strong growth at Rolls-Royce’s civil aerospace unit has helped it report a strong rise in profit for 2012.

The aircraft engine maker also confirmed BP director Ian Davis as its new chairman – as revealed by Sky News’ City Editor on Wednesday .

Mr Davis, a former partner at management consultancy McKinsey, replaces Sir Simon Robertson as head of the company’s board.

The company said underlying pre-tax profit was up 24% at £1.4bn in 2012 – an increase for the tenth year in a row.

Its order book increased by 4% over the year boosted by £10.3bn of new civil aerospace orders, as demand soared for the company’s more fuel-efficient engines.

In a statement Mr Rishton added: “The strength of our order book demonstrates the confidence our customers have in our products and services.

“In 2013, we expect modest growth in underlying revenue and good growth in underlying profit with cash flow around break even as we continue to invest for the future.”

There were fears Rolls-Royce would be affected by the global grounding of Boeing’s Dreamliner, after the aircraft was hit by a string of technical issues.

But chief executive John Rishton said he was “confident” Boeing would sort out the problem and insisted his company had not been impacted by the situation.

Rolls-Royce makes the Trent 1000 engine which powers the Dreamliner planes.

The results come after months of uncertainty about the company and its leadership following corruption allegations relating to payments made by its subsidiaries overseas.

Rolls-Royce said it had passed information to the Serious Fraud Office following a request for information about allegations of malpractice in Indonesia and China.

It said it had “significantly strengthened” its compliance procedures in recent years, and added: “As a further measure, we have appointed Lord Gold to lead a review of current procedures and report to the ethics committee of the board.”

More follows…

‘ECO can stop powers interference’

0

Iran’s Majlis Speaker Ali Larijani has underlined the significance of strengthening cooperation among the member states of the Economic Cooperation Organization (ECO), saying it would prevent the interference of big powers.

Big powers always cause nuisances in the region; cooperation among regional countries, particularly the ECO member states, would play an effective role in averting such interference, Larijani told reporters upon his arrival from an official visit to Islamabad, Pakistan, on Wednesday.

He added that during his three-day visit to Pakistan, he held talks with his counterparts from six ECO member states on ways to bolster economic and regional cooperation.

The Iranian Majlis speaker expressed hope that ground would be prepared for the improvement of cooperation among the ECO member countries.

Larijani arrived in Islamabad to attend the conference of the Parliamentary Assembly of Economic Cooperation Organization (PAECO) on Monday.

The first PAECO conference was presided over by the Speaker of Pakistan’s National Assembly Fahmida Mirza.

During the event, representatives of the ECO member countries held discussions about the role of parliaments in the promotion of regional trade and investment to ensure sustainable social and economic development in the region.

SF/HJL/MA

‘ECO can stop powers interference’

0

Iran’s Majlis Speaker Ali Larijani has underlined the significance of strengthening cooperation among the member states of the Economic Cooperation Organization (ECO), saying it would prevent the interference of big powers.

Big powers always cause nuisances in the region; cooperation among regional countries, particularly the ECO member states, would play an effective role in averting such interference, Larijani told reporters upon his arrival from an official visit to Islamabad, Pakistan, on Wednesday.

He added that during his three-day visit to Pakistan, he held talks with his counterparts from six ECO member states on ways to bolster economic and regional cooperation.

The Iranian Majlis speaker expressed hope that ground would be prepared for the improvement of cooperation among the ECO member countries.

Larijani arrived in Islamabad to attend the conference of the Parliamentary Assembly of Economic Cooperation Organization (PAECO) on Monday.

The first PAECO conference was presided over by the Speaker of Pakistan’s National Assembly Fahmida Mirza.

During the event, representatives of the ECO member countries held discussions about the role of parliaments in the promotion of regional trade and investment to ensure sustainable social and economic development in the region.

SF/HJL/MA

Smartphones To Collect Biometric Data

0

Mick Meaney
RINF Alternative News

iris

Perhaps even more startling than the government’s little-known Rapid DNA project, the U.S. Department of Defense begun a new project that will turn smartphones into devices that can collect biometric data.

The DoD has awarded a $3 million research contract to technology firm AOptix to develop the technology.

The company will provide the DoD with hardware and software that can turn commercially available smartphones into invasive accessories that have the ability to record and send iris scans, face scans, thumb prints and the users voice.

The “Smart Mobile Identity” platform also has the ability to record biometric data at a distance and completion of the project is not expected until after 2014.

The DoD awarded the contract based on a demonstration by the firm at the Biometrics Consortium Conference in September.

AOptix will also work CACI International Inc, an information solutions and services provider.

According to a press release, Dean Senner, Chairman and CEO of AOptix said:

“We are pleased to have been selected by the DoD for this important project which will leverage our next-generation Smart Mobile Identity platform. Users of these systems in-field will benefit from a more compact, lightweight, versatile and accurate identity verification device than has previously been available. We are especially pleased to be working with CACI, leveraging its experience deploying sophisticated solutions for government agencies.”

Initially, it has been claimed that the biometric enabled phones will only be used by soldiers and marines on patrol that need to record information about suspicious individuals, but as we seen all too often with invasive technology, it is usually developed under one pretense and used under another.

We must ask ourselves; do we really trust the U.S. Government with the data it collects?

During the Iraq war, the U.S. Central Command gathered and kept the biometric information of three million people.

Big brother won’t just be watching, he’ll be smelling you too. Right now Darpa-funded projects are also creating even more invasive biometric technology that can scan the area around your eye, the way you walk and even your odor.

Sprott Precious Metals Round Table with Eric Sprott, John Embry & Rick Rule

0

In this candid discussion, precious metals experts Eric Sprott, John Embry and Rick Rule discuss a wide range of topics related to precious metals investing including macro economic issues, expanding central bank balance sheets, and the role of precious metals in protecting your purchasing power. A detailed analysis of the gold, silver and platinum/palladium markets, and a Q&A session round out this great discussion.

Your rating: None

Hague To Announce Human Rights Programme As Part Of Fight Against Terrorism

0

Britain is to mount an ambitious programme of support for human rights amongst key allies as part of the ongoing war on terrorism, Foreign Secretary William Hague will announce.

The “justice and human rights partnerships” initiative is intended to enable the UK to share intelligence relating to terrorist activity in countries with suspect human rights records without it leading to the torture or abuse of suspects.

They will include assistance to overseas security services and investigators to enable them to build cases based on evidence rather than confession and to improve their compliance with the law and human rights.

In a keynote speech to the Royal United Services Institute in London, Mr Hague will acknowledge that the plan carries risks, but he will argue they are outweighed by the dangers of terrorist attacks on British citizens if the government fails to engage with such countries.

The initiative comes after six British nationals were killed last month when Islamist militants overran a BP-run gas plant in Algeria.

But it is likely to prove controversial with civil rights organisations.

The government has previously had to pay out millions of pounds in compensation to suspects such as Binyam Mohamed over claims that the British intelligence and security services colluded in their torture while they were detained in countries like Pakistan and Morocco.

Ministers have also so far failed in their long-running battle to deport the radical cleric Abu Qatada to stand trial in Jordan on terrorist charges, despite assurances from the Jordanian authorities that they would not use evidence obtained by torture.

In his speech, Mr Hague will emphasise that the main terrorist threat to the UK still comes from al Qaida and its “ideology of violent global jihad” and that consequently the bulk of Britain’s counter-terrorism effort is concentrated overseas in countries where extremists train and plan their attacks.

“When we detect a terrorist plot originating in a third country, we want to be in a position to share information to stop that planning, and do it in a way that leads to the arrest, investigation and prosecution of the individuals concerned in accordance with our own legal obligations, and with their human rights respected at every stage,” he will say.

“In many cases, we are able to obtain credible assurances from our foreign partners… that give us the safeguards we need and the confidence that we can share information in this way.

“Where this is not the case, we face a stark choice.

“We could disengage, but this would place our citizens at greater risk of terrorist attack, in the UK or overseas.

“Or we can choose to share our intelligence in a carefully controlled way while developing a more comprehensive approach to human rights adherence.

“This approach brings risk, but I am clear that the risks of the first option, of stepping back are greater still.
“How we go about this will have to differ country by country.

“But we will seek justice and human rights partnerships with countries where there is both a threat to the United Kingdom’s security, and weaknesses in the law enforcement, human rights and criminal justice architecture.”

While Mr Hague will stress that such an approach is not new, he will say the programme represents the first attempt to build a “systematic framework” for such co-operation.

Officials said they would only apply where there was a “serious and potentially long-running threat” to the UK or its interests overseas, such as that emanating from terrorist networks in South Asia, Yemen, Somalia and other parts of Africa.

Every aspect of the work conducted under the programme would require ministerial oversight.

“This is a framework… to ensure that our counter-terrorism work supports justice and the rule of law as well as our security, with the goal of creating the long-term conditions for better observance of human rights in countries that have a poor record and where the threat from terrorism is strong,” Mr Hague will say.

Slovakia stresses talks over Iran N-work

0

Slovakian Minister of Foreign and European Affairs Miroslav Lajcak says the West’s standoff with Iran over the country’s nuclear energy program should be resolved through diplomatic means.

During a meeting with Iran’s Ambassador to the Slovak Republic Hassan Tajik, Lajcak, who is also Slovakia’s Deputy Prime Minister, stressed the need for the continuation of talks over Tehran’s nuclear program.

Both sides also reviewed bilateral ties between Iran and Slovakia, describing mutual cooperation as positive and calling for the expansion of relations.

Iran and the P5+1 – Britain, China, France, Russia, and the United States plus Germany – have agreed to hold a new round of talks over Tehran’s nuclear energy program in Kazakhstan on February 26.

Iran has also held several rounds of talks focusing on its nuclear energy program with the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA).

The United States, the Israeli regime and some of their allies have falsely accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran has vehemently rejected the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the (IAEA), it is entitled to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iran’s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that Tehran’s nuclear energy program has been diverted toward non-civilian objectives.

AR/HJL/MA

Slovakia stresses talks over Iran N-work

0

Slovakian Minister of Foreign and European Affairs Miroslav Lajcak says the West’s standoff with Iran over the country’s nuclear energy program should be resolved through diplomatic means.

During a meeting with Iran’s Ambassador to the Slovak Republic Hassan Tajik, Lajcak, who is also Slovakia’s Deputy Prime Minister, stressed the need for the continuation of talks over Tehran’s nuclear program.

Both sides also reviewed bilateral ties between Iran and Slovakia, describing mutual cooperation as positive and calling for the expansion of relations.

Iran and the P5+1 – Britain, China, France, Russia, and the United States plus Germany – have agreed to hold a new round of talks over Tehran’s nuclear energy program in Kazakhstan on February 26.

Iran has also held several rounds of talks focusing on its nuclear energy program with the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA).

The United States, the Israeli regime and some of their allies have falsely accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran has vehemently rejected the allegation, arguing that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the (IAEA), it is entitled to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

In addition, the IAEA has conducted numerous inspections of Iran’s nuclear facilities but has never found any evidence showing that Tehran’s nuclear energy program has been diverted toward non-civilian objectives.

AR/HJL/MA

Bahraini police kill teenager in Dia

0

Anti-regime protesters run for cover from tear gas fired by police during a demonstration in Bahrain. (File photo)

A Bahraini teenager has been shot dead in clashes with the Manama regime forces during a demonstration in a village near the capital to mark the second anniversary of the uprising against the Al Khalifa.

“The child Hussein al-Jaziri was martyred after he was wounded by shotgun fire in Dia,” Bahrain’s major opposition group, al-Wefaq, announced on Thursday.

The Bahraini Interior Ministry also said, without elaborating, that, “A wounded person who was brought to Salmaniya hospital was pronounced dead and the public prosecution was informed of the incident.”

Bahrain’s opposition groups have called for nationwide protest rallies and strikes on Thursday and Friday to mark the anniversary of the popular uprising against the Manama regime.

Reports say shops have remained closed across Bahrain since Wednesday, ahead of the uprising anniversary demonstrations.

However, Bahraini officials say the planned rallies aim at putting pressure on the regime-initiated ‘national dialogue,’ which started on February 10 in a bid to end two years of protests.

Bahrainis have been staging demonstrations since mid-February 2011, demanding political reform and a constitutional monarchy, a demand that later changed to an outright call for the ouster of the ruling Al Khalifa family following its crackdown on popular protests.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding demonstrations until their demands for the establishment of a democratically-elected government and an end to rights violations are met.

MKA/HSN

Bahraini police kill teenager in Dia

0

Anti-regime protesters run for cover from tear gas fired by police during a demonstration in Bahrain. (File photo)

A Bahraini teenager has been shot dead in clashes with the Manama regime forces during a demonstration in a village near the capital to mark the second anniversary of the uprising against the Al Khalifa.

“The child Hussein al-Jaziri was martyred after he was wounded by shotgun fire in Dia,” Bahrain’s major opposition group, al-Wefaq, announced on Thursday.

The Bahraini Interior Ministry also said, without elaborating, that, “A wounded person who was brought to Salmaniya hospital was pronounced dead and the public prosecution was informed of the incident.”

Bahrain’s opposition groups have called for nationwide protest rallies and strikes on Thursday and Friday to mark the anniversary of the popular uprising against the Manama regime.

Reports say shops have remained closed across Bahrain since Wednesday, ahead of the uprising anniversary demonstrations.

However, Bahraini officials say the planned rallies aim at putting pressure on the regime-initiated ‘national dialogue,’ which started on February 10 in a bid to end two years of protests.

Bahrainis have been staging demonstrations since mid-February 2011, demanding political reform and a constitutional monarchy, a demand that later changed to an outright call for the ouster of the ruling Al Khalifa family following its crackdown on popular protests.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding demonstrations until their demands for the establishment of a democratically-elected government and an end to rights violations are met.

MKA/HSN

Horsemeat: Contamination Is ‘Breathtaking’

0

Consumers have been “cynically and systematically duped” for profit over the horsemeat scandal, a report by influential MPs says.

The scathing finding comes as a YouGov poll for Sky News reveals that one in five people have changed the way they shop as a result of the widening meat contamination problem.

The Commons Environment, Food and Rural Affairs Committee condemned the Government’s “flat-footed” handling of the horsemeat scandal, saying its ability to respond had been weakened by cuts to the Food Standards Agency (FSA).

The committee says evidence of widespread unscrupulous behaviour by elements of the food industry raises wider concerns about the safety of the contaminated products.

“It seems improbable that individuals prepared to pass horsemeat off as beef illegally are applying the high hygiene standards rightly required in the food production industry,” it said.

“We recommend that the Government and FSA undertake a broader spectrum of testing for products found to have the highest levels of contamination … to provide assurances that there is no other non-bovine DNA or any other substances that could be harmful to human health present.”

The warning came as EU ministers agreed last night to the random testing of meat products for the horse anti-inflammatory drug bute as well as for horse DNA.

The committee was also highly critical of the way the Government had dealt with the scandal since the discovery last month of horsemeat in a series of beef products sold by some of the country’s biggest supermarket chains.

“Whilst ministers are properly responsible for policy, the FSA’s diminished role has led to a lack of clarity about where responsibility lies, and this has weakened the UK’s ability to identify and respond to food standards concerns,” it said.

“Furthermore the current contamination crisis has caught the FSA and Government flat-footed and unable to respond effectively within structures designed primarily to respond to threats to human health.”

It called for the FSA to be given statutory powers to require producers to undertake testing, and warned ministers that they should not “at this time” propose to reduce the labelling standards applied to British food.

Committee chairman Anne McIntosh described the scale of the contamination in the food chain as “breathtaking” and warned that restoring consumer confidence would take time and money.

“The Government has a role to secure the correct balance between affordable food prices and effective regulations that require transparency and quality,” she said.

“The consumer cannot be left to face a Catch 22 where they can either pay for food that complies with the highest standards of traceability, labelling and testing or accept that they cannot trust the provenance and composition of the foods they eat.”

The YouGov/Sky News poll found that of the one in five people who are buying differently, 58% said they had completely abandoned processed meats.

A third of the nearly 2,000 people surveyed said they had stopped buying cheap ranges and now favour more expensive processed meat.

As for who they blamed most, nearly half – 49% – said meat processors were most at fault, while one in five said food manufacturers carried responsibility.

But supermarkets seem to be largely off the hook, with only 10% of people saying they are to blame and even fewer pointing the finger at the Food Standards Agency (FSA) or the Government.

One shopper told Sky’s Tom Parmenter she now refuses to buy processed ready meals for her two children.

Sharon Cummins, from Slough, said: “It is affecting everybody because it is all just lies.

“The thought of eating something like a horse – it is there, that picture is in your head: What am I eating?

‘Canada will remain zombie-free’ — Canadian FM

0

Canadian Foreign Affairs Minister John Baird was faced with a question in Parliament on whether Canada is ready to fend off a US zombie invasion, real or not. He glibly replied that Canada would never become a “safe haven for zombies.”

­The bizarre exchange took place in Parliament after NDP MP Pat Martin asked Foreign Minister Baird whether the Canadian government is working with the US “to develop an international zombie strategy so that a zombie invasion does not turn into a zombie apocalypse?”

“I don’t need to tell you Mr. Speaker that zombies don’t recognize borders and that a zombie invasion in the United States can easily turn into a continent-wide pandemic if it is not contained,” Martin said.

Baird cheekily responded that he was “dead-icated to ensuring that this never happens,” adding that “under the leadership of this Prime Minister, Canada will never become a safe haven for zombies ever.”

But Martin’s question was not as random as it first seemed — it referenced a recent news report that the public security department of the francophone Canadian province of Quebec used a hypothetical zombie scenario for a disaster-planning exercise.  

“When we’re talking about zombies, we’re talking about a training concept,” Denis Landry, director of disaster recovery for Quebec’s civil security department told the Canadian Press. The idea was that an invasion of the living dead would simulate a real-life catastrophic event, preparing participants for anything.

Zombie obsession

No matter how odd or silly, hypothetical zombie apocalypse scenarios have become popular in emergency preparedness training in both Canada and the US. The US Centers for Disease Control (CDC) recently put up a zombie graphic novel on their website titled ‘Preparedness 101: Zombie Pandemic.’

“If you are generally well equipped to deal with a zombie apocalypse you will be prepared for a hurricane, pandemic, earthquake, or terrorist attack,” program director Dr. Ali Khan told the Daily Brew.

But in the summer of 2012, the CDC released a statement reminding readers that “zombies are not real,” following online rumors and panic that a zombie apocalypse was brewing following a string of disturbing cannibalism incidents in the US.

“CDC does not know of a virus or condition that would reanimate the dead (or one that would present zombie-like symptoms),” CDC spokesperson David Daigle wrote in an email to the Huffington Post.

Still, almost every US state has adopted zombie-modeled exercises because it forces people to think outside the box, Landry argued: “It’s essentially designed to prepare authorities for any kind of disaster, right up to pandemics.”

Even the US Department of Homeland Security held a zombie-themed exercise last September to encourage better readiness for real disasters.

Assange to run for Australian Senate

0

RINF Alternative News

assange-300x0

Julian Assange has filed a formal application to run for Australian Senate. He will run for the Senate in Victoria at the September 14 federal election as the lead candidate of the WikiLeaks Party.

Acting on his behalf, supporters filed the application to the Australian Electoral Commission in Melbourne on Tuesday.

Australian law states that non-residents are eligible to run for up to three years after they leave the country.

Assange was granted asylum and is currently living in the Ecuadorian Embassy in London, under the near constant  surveillance of the Met Police.

He is protected from extradition to Sweden under the Vienna Convention, but should he leave the Embassy police are most likely to hand him over to Swedish authorities.  Assange fears being sent from Sweden to the United States where officials want to question him about his role in leaking thousands of U.S. documents.

Meat Scandal: Call For EU Tests On Beef

0

One in five people have changed the way they shop as a result of the widening meat scandal, according to a poll carried out by YouGov for Sky News.

Of those who have changed what they buy, 58% said they had completely stopped buying processed meats.

A third of the nearly 2,000 people surveyed said they had stopped buying cheap or value ranges and are now buying more expensive processed meat.

As for who they blamed most, nearly half – 49% – said meat processors were most at fault, while one in five said food manufacturers carried responsibility.

But supermarkets seem to be largely off the hook, with only 10% of people saying they are to blame and even fewer pointing the finger at the Food Standards Agency (FSA) or the Government.

It comes as EU nations were urged to begin widespread DNA testing to check processed beef products for contamination with horsemeat.

There should also be tests for the presence of the veterinary painkiller known as “bute”, which is causes cancer in humans and is banned from the food chain, European health commissioner Tonio Borg said.

The problem was being treated as a fraud issue rather than one of food safety, he said.

Earlier the UK’s Environment Secretary Owen Paterson, who attended a summit in Brussels on the scandal, warned those guilty of passing off horsemeat as beef would face the “full force of the law”.

Two British firms have been shut down following raids by the FSA and police. They swooped on Peter Boddy slaughterhouse in Todmorden, West Yorkshire, and meat processing plant Farmbox Meats in Llandre near Aberystwyth, West Wales as part of an audit.

The companies had records seized and have been temporarily closed. The firms’ owners deny any wrongdoing.

At Farmbox Meats, Sky News saw large crates of meat – some covered by tarpaulin and others open – left in outdoor areas during the night, before they were removed.

The FSA, which is investigating claims the firms supplied and used horse carcasses in burgers and kebabs, says it has “detained” all meat found at both premises and seized paperwork.

Mr Paterson said: “It’s totally unacceptable if any business in the UK is defrauding the public by passing off horsemeat as beef.

“I expect the full force of the law to be brought down on anyone involved in this kind of activity.”

David Cameron, speaking at PMQs, described the situation as “appalling” and “completely unacceptable”.

Until now, meat linked to the scandal had been thought to have come from suppliers in continental Europe, but for the first time it appears the contamination may also come from British premises.

Andrew Rhodes, FSA director of operations, said he was shocked to have found “a blatant misleading of consumers”.

Meanwhile, Waitrose announced it has withdrawn its beef Essential British Frozen Meatballs after pork was found in two batches. The supermarket said they were made at the ABP Foods-owned Freshlink factory in Glasgow last summer.

Tesco has become the latest retailer to drop a major supplier after discovering a range of spaghetti bolognese ready meals contained more than 60% horsemeat.

Morrisons chief executive Dalton Philips has told Sky’s Jeff Randall the chain could not be 100% sure about the content of all of its beef products either, but he said its checks are rigorous and it has “extremely high” confidence.

The meat scandal erupted last month after tests in Ireland showed products labelled as beef contained up to 100% horsemeat.

‘Jon Venables Twitter Photo’ Investigation

0

A picture purporting to show the new identity of one of the killers of toddler James Bulger has been posted on Twitter, prompting an investigation.

The image is supposed to show Jon Venables, who was jailed along with his friend Robert Thompson for killing the youngster in a crime that appalled the nation 20 years ago this week.

In the picture, the man identified as Venables is seen smiling, apparently at a birthday party.

Venables was given a new identity after being released from prison for James’ murder in 2001. There is a worldwide ban on publishing anything that would identify him as Jon Venables.

His parole was revoked and he was jailed again in 2010 for downloading and distributing dozens of indecent images of children. He is now making a new bid for release.

Denise Fergus, the mother of the murdered two-year-old, told Sky News earlier this week that Venables was a “ticking time bomb” and should not be released.

The image posted on Twitter was re-tweeted 100 times.

A spokesman for the Attorney General’s Office said: “The AGO has been alerted to a possible contempt of court.

“We are liaising with the Ministry of Justice and others to establish the facts.

“We can neither confirm nor deny whether the pictures in question are of Jon Venables.

“It should be noted, there is a worldwide injunction in place which prevents the publication of any images or information purporting to identify anyone as Jon Venables.”

Market Buzz: Numbers game

0

RIA Novosti / Ruslan Krivobok

RIA Novosti / Ruslan Krivobok

Thursday trading is expected to be intense: Russian stocks likely to grow amid positive signs from Asia and the rising price of crude, while later in the day statistics will run the show.

­On Wednesday, Russian indices were in a bullish mood amid a positive economic background and growing oil prices. Europe’s January manufacturing statistics were published during the day, reporting an increase of 0.7%, significantly higher than market players had expected. As a result, Russian indices ended the day in positive territory, with the MICEX adding 1.7% up to 1,537.90 and the RTS growing 1.9% to 1,612.70.

Thursday will also see the release of some important news: The eurozone’s GDP for Q4 2012 and the entire last year are going to be published, as well as the GDPs of most individual eurozone countries. It is expected that in October through December of 2012, the economies of eurozone countries shrank 0.4% — up from a 0.1% contraction in the previous quarter — losing 0.7% over the year. Greek unemployment data for November is also expected, though it likely won’t bring any good news.

US stocks finished an uninspired day of trading Wednesday amid slowing retail sales and slightly upbeat earnings reports, resulting in the Dow Jones declining 0.3%, the S&P 500 rising 0.1% and the Nasdaq growing 0.3%. On Thursday, US stocks will react sharply to the forthcoming employment data. Initial unemployment claims are likely to continue their downward trend and decline 6,000 to 360,000, with official statistics to be published later in the day. Fresh data on natural gas reserves is also expected on Thursday.

Asian stocks traded in the black amid new Japanese GDP data, which decreased 0.4% in Q4 2012 compared to 3.8% in Q3. Despite expectations that the GDP figures would improve, the reaction was generally positive, and growth was also given a potential boost by decisions by the Bank of Japan on key interest rates. 

Oil prices continued to climb upwards after Wednesday’s data on US oil reserves, which saw significantly lower than expected growth. Brent closed at $118, and will likely grow on Thursday, supporting Russian stocks.

Alabama Hostage: Mum Offered To Trade Places

0

The mother of a six-year-old boy who was held captive in an underground bunker has said she asked if she could swap places with her son.

In an interview that aired on Wednesday Jennifer Kirkland told US TV psychiatrist Dr Phil McGraw that she feared the worst after a gunman who had killed her son’s school bus driver took the boy hostage in Midland City, Alabama.

Parents across America were horrified by the scenario that for his mother was a torturous reality.

“That’s my baby and he’s my world. He’s my everything. Everything I do – I do for him and I was afraid I wasn’t going to get him back”, she said.

Recovering from his terrifying ordeal will be a slow and delicate process for Ethan Kirkland, Dr McGraw said.

In the interview, the boy was asked how he gets to school. Ethan replied, “by bus,” before running over to his mother and whispering in her ear: “My bus driver is dead.”

The ordeal began when Ethan’s captor, Jimmy Lee Dykes boarded a school bus in the rural community.

He fatally shot driver Charles Poland, who tried to protect his young passengers, before kidnapping Ethan.

Dykes held Ethan hostage in his underground bunker – allowing police to pass crayons and Ethan’s Asperger Syndrome medication – down through a 4ins-wide plastic pipe.

After a nearly week-long standoff the FBI stormed the bunker, killing Dykes and rescuing Ethan just days before his sixth birthday.

His mother said he has spoken little about what happened.

Dr Phil asked: “Did he see Mr Dykes shot and killed?”

“He absolutely did,” Ethan’s mother replied.

“Did he see Mr Poland murdered?” the psychiatrist asked.

“Yes he did, he saw Mr Poland shot three to four times,” Ms Kirkland replied.

However, she said she believes his captor may have shown some sympathy toward her son.

“I think he took care of Ethan to the best of his capabilities. I was told in the beginning that he’s sympathetic to children with disabilities”, she said.

She said that she forgave her son’s captor early in the standoff and had asked authorities not to kill him.

Israel Admits ‘Prisoner X’ Secret Jailing

0

Israel has admitted for the first time that it secretly jailed a foreigner who later killed himself while in a high-security prison.

The confirmation came as Australia said it had known that one of its citizens – who came to be known as “Prisoner X” – was being held while he was still alive.

Prisoner X has widely been reported to be Ben Zygier, 34, a national of both Israel and Australia who worked for Israel’s intelligence agency Mossad and was arrested in Israel in 2010 on serious but unspecified charges.

Israel’s justice ministry broke its silence after an Australian Broadcasting Corporation report on the case sparked an outcry over media gagging orders.

“For security reasons the man was held under a false identity although his family was immediately informed of his arrest,” a statement said.

The man was found dead in his cell in 2010 and a judicial inquiry ruled he took his own life, the ministry added in a statement, although it did not reveal his identity or the charges against him.

“Following an extensive investigation it was ruled six weeks ago that it was suicide,” said the ministry. “The prisoner was held in jail under a warrant issued by a court.”

But other details of the case remained under a gag order, leaving local media obliged to quote foreign reports.

Australian Foreign Minister Bob Carr initially said he only became aware of the man’s incarceration after his death, but he has now admitted the government knew of his detention at the time.

He told a parliamentary committee the information was gathered through intelligence channels.

“They provided the name of the citizen, in relation to serious offences under Israeli national security legislation,” he said, adding that Canberra sought assurances that he was not being mistreated.

He said at no stage did the government receive any request for consular support, adding that he would determine Canberra’s next step after receiving a full report from his department into the case.

“With the benefit of that full report, I’ll determine what representations to the government of Israel are most useful,” he said.

The story first emerged in June 2010 when Israel’s Ynet news website briefly ran a report about a prisoner being held in top secret conditions whose identity and alleged crime were not even known to his jailers.

The story was quickly taken offline and a complete media blackout imposed, but it resurfaced on Tuesday through Australia’s public broadcaster.

Israeli media did report that Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu had Tuesday called an urgent meeting with top editors to ask them to withhold “publication of information pertaining to an incident that is very embarrassing to a certain government agency,” Haaretz newspaper said, in a clear allusion to Mossad.

Shortly afterwards, three MPs raised questions over the issue in parliament, effectively sidestepping the censor in a move that forced a slight easing of the reporting restrictions.

While Israel has not revealed the charges, The Australian newspaper suggested he was detained for treason.

It cited Israeli Army Radio as saying: “Why was he interned? The suspicion is because of treason against Israel.”

The Sydney Morning Herald reported that Zygier was being investigated by Australia’s overseas espionage agency ASIS, which suspected him of using his Australian passport to spy for Israel.

The Herald said he was one of at least three dual Australian-Israeli citizens who emigrated to Israel in the past decade whose cases were probed.

It said that in each case the men used the passports to travel to Iran, Syria and Lebanon — countries that do not allow Israelis to enter.

When the newspaper confronted Zygier in early 2010, he angrily denied he worked for Mossad.

“I have never been to any of those countries that you say I have been to,” he said at the time.

“I am not involved in any kind of spying.”

Tensions between Australia and Israel were high in 2010 following the alleged assassination of the senior Hamas figure Mahmoud al-Mabhouh by a Mossad team at a Dubai hotel.

The team was said to have used four forged Australian passports and Canberra expelled the Israeli Mossad station chief over the affair.

Worker Owned Businesses Point to New Forms of Ownership

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Transcript

UNONS IN AMERICA ARE ON A DECLINE. IT’S A FACT — AND ACCORDING TO THE BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS, TODAY ONLY ABOUT 11 PERCENT OF AMERICAN WORKERS ARE A PART OF A UNION. THAT’S A STARK DIFFERENCE FROM THE 1950s WHEN 1 OUT OF THREE AMERICANS BELONGED TO ONE.

BUT ALTHOUGH UNIONS ARE SUBMERGING, WORKER-OWNED BUSINESSES IN AMERICA ARE ON THE RISE.TRADITIONAL WORKER-OWNED COOPERATIVES REPRESENT DEMOCRATIC WORKPLACES WHERE EACH EMPLOYEE HAS A STAKE IN THE FINANCIAL HEALTH OF THE BUSINESS. THAT MEANS EACH MEMBER HAS ONE VOTE IN MAKING COMPANY DECISIONS.IN THE NEW DOCUMENTARY SHIFT CHANGE, WE SEE THRIVING EXAMPLES OF EMPLOYEE-OWNED BUSINESSES IN THE U.S., LIKE THIS BAKERY IN SAN FRANCISCO. Tim Huet, Arizmendi Association: Too often I thought people who were working in progressive organizations that we were trying to protest other things, we were trying to stop other things. But we weren’t trying to build an alternative to that. And to really have a democratic society we have to have people who have democratic values be able to produce bread, be able to produce bicycles, and books and the things that we need.Madeleine Van Engel, Arizmendi Valencia: I like having a say in how the business is run. I think that when people share ownership, they take ownership.OWNERSHIP IS THE KEY INGREDIENT IN THE CO-OP BUSINESS MODEL. SHIFT CHANGE TRAVELS TO MONDRAGON, SPAIN WHERE A 50-YEAR-OLD NETWORK OF COOPERATIVE BUSINESSES IS THE BACKBONE OF SOCIETY. WITH 84,000 EMPLOYEES AND 25 BILLION DOLLARS IN ANNUAL REVENUES, THIS REGION AROUND MONDRAGON HAS THE LOWEST UNEMPLOYMENT IN SPAIN.Mikel Lezamiz, Director of Cooperative Outreach, Mondragon Cooperatives: The world has changed, but most businesses operate in an authoritarian way, that is centralized just as it was fifty or eighty years ago. It is possible to strike a balance – for a business to be profitable and to have as its highest goal to enrich the whole society. This is the future, not only for cooperatives but for any modern business in the twenty-first century.AT THE AFL-CIO HEADQUARTERS IN WASHINGTON DC A PANEL OF GUESTS SPOKE OF THE IMPORTANCE OF SUPPORTING CO-OPERATIVES AS A WAY TO PROVIDE A PATHWAY TO LONG-TERM ECONOMIC STABILITY.GAR ALPEROVITZ, COFOUNDER, DEMOCRACY COLLABORATIVE: So if you look around the country, there’s the bank of North Dakota which is a public bank, there is a movement building up which is changing and democratizing wealth. And there is 130 million people involved in co-ops today, a large percentage of those in credit unions. One person one vote banks if you like. There are two things driving it, one is the large scale pain that people are feeling. Nothing else is working for many people. And I think that’s why you’re seeing the experimentation and the development. And I think that’s why you’re going to be seeing more of it. And at the other level, people tend to forget that nationalization has happened in the United States because of crisis. We took over the Chrysler company. We bailed out General Motors. AIG, the largest insurance company in the world, was nationalized by the United States government. So there are different forms of democratization popping up. In these cases, we sold them back as soon as they made a profit on the public money. But in the future, we may see such larger transformation of this kind as well. Famously, already in the state of Alaska, oil revenues are used by the state to give everyone a dividend as a matter of right. It’s another form of democratizing ownership. So if you look below the surface, you’ll see that it’s not just co-ops but co-ops are probably the most developing form. It’s not inevitable that this will move forward, positively and powerfully. But it’s also not inevitable that it will stay at the margins. And I think that’s partly a question whether people take it very seriously and begin seeing it strategically as part of developing the basis of the next wave of the American economy. THE CALL FOR THE NEXT WAVE OF THE AMERICAN ECONOMY IS BEING HEARD BY SOME ESTABLISHED UNIONS LIKE UNITED STEELWORKERS. INTERNATIONAL PRESIDENT LEO GERARD SAYS THAT HIS ORGANIZATION NOW HAS A STRATEGIC ALLIANCE WITH THE MONDRAGON COOPERATIVE.Leo Gerard, International President, United Steelworkers: I think it’s important to find a new way to do business that’s going to have a greater reward to workers. Not just in the economics of work but to the dignity of work. And we think that’s a really good model to work from.NOW AFTER THE MOST RECENT “RIGHT TO WORK” LEGISLATION WAS PASSED IN MICHIGAN — WHICH FURTHER UNDERMINES UNIONS BY ALLOWING WORKERS NOT TO PAY DUES. GERARD SAYS HE RECOGNIZES THAT TIMES ARE CHANGING.Gerard: The unfortunate attack on workers and on trade unions has led us to the greatest income inequality since we’ve had since the Great Depression. And clearly that economic model has not been working for workers for more than 30 years now. So it’s important that we experiment and look at difference models, including cooperative models.THOUGH COOPERATIVES HAVE GOTTEN PEOPLE WORKING, PROFESSOR OF YORK UNIVERSITY IN TORONTO SAM GINDIN SAYS CO-OPS HAVE THEIR LIMITATIONS. Sam Gindin, Author, “The Making of Global Capitalism”: One of them, when you’re operating within a capitalistic society. It puts severe pressure on you to compete on their terms. The other problem is that their still very marginal to take power where it is. If you’re taking credit unions for example, they are taking leaving the financial system. Any major bank in United State is larger than any co-ops put together. Co-ops can only really only work in a sustained way, other than being marginal and doing some progressive things. But to really work they have to be a part of a transformative project. They have to actually be a part of a movement that is transforming society, and the co-ops themselves are only one part.”GINDIN WORKED 20 years in the Canadian Auto Workers Union AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT UNIONS STILL HAVE NOT BE ABLE TO SATISFACTORY ADDRESS THE VACUUM IN THE LABOR MOVEMENT….IN SHORT, WORKERS HAVE TO LEAD THAT FIGHT.Gindin: The public sector workers for example they are getting hammered today and they are not going to survive unless they can show that they are the leader for the fight for public services. And the private sector workers are getting hammered even when there are subsidies that workers support for companies. So workers have to think about alternatives how might we actually convert auto plants so that we use those skills to make things that we’re going to need for the rest of the century around the environment. Once you start talking about those larger things and fitting co-ops into that kind of a model, then I think you’re talking about what change really means and how these different pieces fit into it.


Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Russia is sending firearms to Mali

0

French soldiers patrol an area in the city of Gao, Mali, February 13, 2013.

The head of Russia’s arms export agency says Moscow has delivered a consignment of arms to Mali and may send more weapons amid the ongoing French-led war on the African country.

Anatoly Isaikin, the director of Rosobornexpo, said on Wednesday, “We have provided firearms, and the last delivery was made two weeks ago. Negotiations are under way over smaller additional supplies.”

France launched its war on Mali on January 11 under the pretext of halting the advance of fighters in the country.

On January 17, the foreign ministers of the European Union agreed to back up France in its operations in Mali by launching a military mission to train and restructure Mali’s embattled army.

Thousands of people in Mali have been forced to flee their homes amid the French-led war.

On February 1, Amnesty International condemned “serious human rights breaches” including the killings of “three children” in the war on Mali.

The rights organization said there was “evidence that at least five civilians, including three children, were killed in an airstrike” carried out by French forces against the local fighters.

Analysts believe motives to exploit untapped resources including oil, gold and uranium are behind the French-led military campaign in Mali.

Chaos broke out in the African country after Malian President Amadou Toumani Toure was toppled in a military coup on March 22, 2012. The coup leaders said the move was in response to the government’s inability to contain the Tuareg rebellion in the north of the country.

YH/HSN

S Korea missile can hit ‘any’ North target

0

A South Korean navy destroyer launches an indigenous cruise missile during a drill on February 14, 2013.

South Korea says it has deployed a new cruise missile which is capable of hitting targets in North Korea ‘anywhere, anytime’ in the wake of Pyongyang’s latest nuclear test.

South Korean Major General Ryu Young-Jeo told reporters on Thursday, “With this missile, we could hit any facility, equipment or individual target in the North anywhere at any time of our choosing.”

The South Korean Defense Ministry also released video footage of the newly deployed missiles being fired from destroyers and submarines.

Defense Ministry spokesman Kim Min-Seok said the cruise missile “being unveiled today is a precision-guided weapon that can identify and strike the window of the office of North Korea’s leadership.”

On February 12, North Korea announced that it had successfully carried out its third underground nuclear test, which involved “miniaturized” device and was conducted in a “perfect manner.”

The nuclear test drew immediate condemnations from UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon along with several countries including the United States, South Korea, Russia, Japan.

The UN Security Council said in a statement on February 12, “There continues to exist a clear threat to international peace and security.” Members of the Council would “begin work immediately on appropriate measures in a Security Council resolution,” the statement added.

The North Korean Foreign Ministry also issued a statement saying that the nuclear test was the country’s “first” action against the US hostility.

If Washington maintains its hostile stance and “further complicates the situation,” Pyongyang will be left with “no choice but to take even stronger second or third rounds of action,” the North Korean statement added.

Meanwhile, US Ambassador to the UN Susan Rice stated that North Korea should expect “increasing isolation and pressure.”

North Korea carried out two previous nuclear tests on October 9, 2006 and May 25, 2009.

Tough UN sanctions were imposed on Pyongyang after its latest rocket launch in December 2012, and North Korea will most likely face more problems as a result of Tuesday’s nuclear test.

MR/HSN

PE lessons ‘not pushing pupils’

0

Many PE lessons are failing to improve pupils’ fitness, while not enough youngsters are playing competitive sport to a high level, inspectors have warned.

In a new report, Ofsted raised concerns that many schools are failing to push their sportiest pupils, or help those that are overweight.

It said in some PE lessons, there is not enough physical strenuous activity, with pupils spending too much time listening to teachers.

Overall, PE lessons are not up to scratch in around a third of primary schools and about a quarter of secondaries, said the inspectorate.

The report, based on inspections of PE in schools over the last four years, concludes that in general, the subject is “in good health”, with significant investment in the last decade. But it warns that in more than a quarter of schools, PE teaching did not improve pupils’ physical fitness.

Ofsted chief inspector Sir Michael Wilshaw said that PE was part of a child’s entitlement to a good education, and that there are some areas for improvement.

He said: “In particular, we found there often wasn’t enough physical, strenuous activity in PE lessons. Some teachers talked for too long and pupils were not provided with enough activity to enable them to learn or practise their skills. In many of the schools visited, the more able pupils were not challenged sufficiently because teachers’ expectations of them were too low.”

In a number of primary schools, youngsters were subjected to PE classes with warm-ups that were too short and too easy, followed by “long periods of inactivity” while the teacher talked, said the report. In secondary schools, sporty pupils were not given enough time to practise and achieve their best, the report said, and only a minority of schools played competitive sport to very high levels.

In general, “Too much teacher-talk and regular interruptions to record information and observe others performing prevented them from remaining physically active throughout lessons,” said the report.

Sir Michael said that schools with good PE lessons provided an “ever increasing range of extra-curricular and traditional activities”, helping pupils to achieve more. But he added: “Our report found that only a minority of schools play competitive sport to a very high level.”

Open Thread: Stay Thirsty, My Friends

0

The Republicans are looking for a savior. Did they find one in Marco Rubio last night? ‘The Most Interesting Man in the World’ has some advice for the GOP.

o-MARCO-RUBIO-TIME-570.jpg

Canadian police face multiple ‘sexual abuse’ accusations from aboriginal women – HRW

0

Photographs of a 17-year old girl’s injuries after a memberof the Royal Canadian Mounted Police repeatedly punched herwhile she was handcuffed in British Columbia in 2011.(Photo from hrw.org)

Photographs of a 17-year old girl’s injuries after a memberof the Royal Canadian Mounted Police repeatedly punched herwhile she was handcuffed in British Columbia in 2011.(Photo from hrw.org)

Canada’s national police force stands accused of raping and sexually abusing aboriginal women and girls in British Columbia, Human Rights Watch has revealed in a recent report.

­The probe found cases of a number of alleged abuses including a woman who was raped by four Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) officers after she was harassed in a remote spot. The force is also accused of pepper spraying and tasering female teenagers, beating a 17-year-old girl and using a police dog to attack a 12-year-old girl. HRW also found women had been strip-searched by male officers and the use of excessive force during arrests. 

“In 5 of the 10 towns Human Rights Watch visited in the north, we heard allegations of rape or sexual assault by police officers,” the report states.

Furthermore the report claims, “incidents of police abuse of indigenous women and girls are compounded by the widely perceived failure of the police to protect women and girls from violence.”

The investigation by the watchdog has started after Justice for Girls (JFG), a Vancouver-based organization submitted a briefing paper to Human Rights Watch in November 2011 asking to investigate disappearance or murders of Aboriginal women over the years.

Last summer, HRW team spent five weeks conducting 87 interviews with 42 indigenous women and eight indigenous girls from ages 15 to 60 in ten settlements in British Columbia.

Wednesday’s report calls for a national inquiry into the indigenous cases alleging police misconduct. 

Prime Minister Stephen Harper has now asked the organization to supply information and evidence about the RCMP abuse allegations. He has also announced an investigation by the Commission for Public Complaints Against the RCMP to look into the report.

“If Human Rights Watch, the Liberal party or anyone else is aware of serious allegations involving criminal activity, they should give that information to the appropriate police so that they can investigate it,” Harper told the House of Commons.

The RCMP made a statement Wednesday, saying that despite knowing about the allegations made up to five months ago by Human Rights Watch, the police force are having trouble investigating the complaints, partly because none of the allegations have been reported to the RCMP.

“It is impossible to deal with such public and serious complaints when we have no method to determine who the victims or the accused are,” Chief Supt. Janice Armstrong said in a statement in the Vancouver Sun.

Home Prices Are Back… To 1894’s Levels

0

Six years after the onset of the traumatic US housing crisis, the optics are there that suggest a stabilization is occurring. Whether real or manufactured by record-low foreclosures, bank supply withdrawals, and fed-subsidized cash REO-to-rent trades, the sad truth is that jobs (and the GDP-enhancing multiplier effect that they create) are just not coming. Even Bob Shiller prefers the potential for 4% gains in stocks over housing risk in the medium-term as he points out that – inflation-adjusted – house prices are back at levels first seen in 1894… now that is a long-term investor.

Source: Goldman Sachs

Your rating: None

Three road police killed, 6 injured in Dagestan suicide bombing

0

Three road police killed in Dagestan suicide bombing

Three road police killed in Dagestan suicide bombing

Three policemen have been killed and several others injured after a vehicle exploded at a road police post in Russia’s republic of Dagestan. The explosion happened during a routine road check.

­DETAILS TO FOLLOW

Inside the Military Rape Cult

0

On One Billion Rising, a day to stop rape and violence against women, Sabrina Rubin Erdely discusses her Rolling Stone report on a tragic tale of sexual assault in the military.

February 13, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Special Note: AlterNet is celebrating One Billion Rising on February 14 at its West Coast office! Join us for refreshments and fun starting at 6pm. For more information, visit our events page. You can also sign up to start your own event for One Billion Rising, or find out where you can attend.

In many ways, what happened to Petty Officer Second Class Rebecca Blumer after she was roofied and raped by three Army officers she met in a bar not far from base was far worse than the attack itself. Her superiors became more intent on prosecuting her for D.U.I. than on finding out what really happened to this promising young intelligence analyst. What’s worse is that her brutal story, recounted in riveting detail by journalist Sabrina Rubin Erdely in this month’s Rolling Stone magazine, is far from uncommon. The military, as films like The Invisible War and Erdely’s article show, has a rape problem of epidemic proportions. It is estimated that one in three military women are raped by fellow troops, twice the number of their civilian counterparts. One survivor of multiple rapes quoted in Erdely’s article calls the military a “giant rape cult.” In 2010, the DoD found that 19,000 service members were sexually assaulted. Of those a paltry 3,100, or 13.5 percent, were reported, and of those only 17 percent were prosecuted. All too often, attackers receive a slap on the wrist while their victims lose their careers and their futures, sometimes falling into homelessness, despair and suicidal thoughts.

I recently spoke with Erdely about her article, and was surprised to find that despite the horrific experiences of Blumer and other military rape victims, there might just be a glimmer of hope at the end of a long dark road spanning Tailhook, Lackland Air Force, Aberdeen and probably many sexual assault scandals that have never come to light.

Janet Allon: What drew you to the topic of sexual assault in the military?

Sabrina Rubin Erdely: I’ve written a lot on the subject of sexual assault in general, and have long been interested in the way these cases are handled and the way they are perceived by society. In both military sexual assault and civilian sexual assault, there are these rape myths that get in the way of survivors reporting these crimes.

Rape myths are at the heart of sexual assault and how it is handled, but these problems are magnified in the military. The military’s rape epidemic is magnified by military culture.

JA: Describe that culture and how it magnifies the problem.

SRE: For starters, the military is very macho. There is great emphasis placed on strength, for obvious reasons. Weakness is deplored, strength is prized, and femininity equates with weakness. If you can’t do enough pullups, you’re a pussy. Everything is gendered.

What is ingrained in troops is a degradation of women and the ethos is saturated with the harassment of women. It’s a culture of harassment within a closed structure. That message is absorbed and communicated throughout people’s military careers. And this degradation of women paves the way for sexual assault.

This is a problem in general, not just for women. You can’t admit to having any kind of weakness. Soldiers can’t admit to PTSD. Any sort of weakness means you can’t perform your mission. Saying you were a victim of a crime is further evidence that you are not fit for military.

JA: What else in military culture makes it difficult to report having been raped?

SRE: It’s a totally closed and regimented system. People in the military are told what time to do everything. Everything is dictated. This regimentation cannot be overstated: You are told how to walk, how to stand, what time to get up, whether you can walk across the room. It is a very hierarchical system. If the people above you give you orders, like not to report that you were raped, it would be very difficult to go against that. The survivors I spoke to were discouraged from reporting their rapes by their superiors.

Peugeot hit by record losses

0

Europe’s second largest automaker, PSA Peugeot Citroën, has posted the largest annual revenue loss in its history, partly caused by the West’s sanctions against Iran, Press TV reports.

Iran was the French car maker’s second-biggest market in 2011 in terms of trade volume.

In February 2012, PSA Peugeot Citroën stopped its trade with Iran after the enforcement of US-led financial sanctions against the Islamic Republic for its nuclear energy program.

The French car making group also halted its exports of vehicles to Iran, which accounted for around 13 percent of the firm’s global deliveries in 2011.

It cost the automaker the annual sale of half a million cars and an estimated 1.5 billion euros in revenue last year.

The news comes while the company’s downward spiral since 2012 has already led to France’s first major industrial closure in two decades and some 8,000 layoffs.

Autoworkers and union leaders are enraged at Peugeot’s decision that has driven thousands of workers and their families into joblessness and uncertainty for purely political reasons.

“The politicians, the United Nations, the European community…they are behind the American giant General Motors who made an alliance with Peugeot,” said Jean-Pierre Mercier, a union representative at Peugeot’s factory.

“It was GM that forced Peugeot to stop selling cars to Iran. The First result was a loss in the sales of Peugeot. The second consequence was the French workers losing their jobs,” he added.

While President Francois Hollande’s administration has rejected the idea of nationalization, Peugeot will need a bailout of more than seven billion euros just to prop it up in the next three years.

Analysts say that Iran has had little difficulty in replacing Peugeot, as it ranks as the world’s 12th largest car producer and the largest automaker in the Muslim world.

Peugeot’s decision and the consequent losses come while France’s other major automaker Renault has announced it will expand cooperation with Iran, drawing criticism against Peugeot for following misguided policies to the ruin of the company and thousands of French families.

MRS/MHB

Six more journalists arrested in News of the World hacking scandal

0

The New Scotland Yard sign stands outside the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police, in central London.(Reuters / Olivia Harris)

The New Scotland Yard sign stands outside the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police, in central London.(Reuters / Olivia Harris)

Six more former employees of Rupert Murdoch’s News of the World have been arrested by British police after a fresh probe into a “further suspected conspiracy” indirectly related to investigations which forced the Sunday tabloid to close in 2011.

“This suspected conspiracy is believed to have taken place primarily during 2005 to 2006. It’s separate from the allegations already being investigated by Operation Weeting in which a number of people have been charged,” Scotland Yard said in a statement.

Operation Weeting is a police investigation into allegations of phone hacking at the News of the World where a private detective, hired by the NOTW journalists, hacked in to the voicemails of Milly Dowler, a teenager who was abducted, raped and killed in 2002. Weeting is being conducted alongside Operation Elveden, investigating illegal payments to police by those involved in the hacking scandal, and Operation Tuleta, a probe into computer hacking for the News of the World.

The six detained suspects are held on “suspicion of conspiracy to intercept telephone communications.” Police are conducting searches at various addresses to gather further evidence and “contact with people they believe have been victims of the suspected voicemail interceptions,” the statement said.

News International CEO Mike Darcey confirmed in an internal staff memo that of the six arrested, “two are current members of staff on the Sun,” LA Times reported. Darcey added: “We have provided colleagues on the Sun with lawyers. …I share your concerns about them and recognize the huge burden it places on our journalists.”

Local media report that the Sun journalists are Rachel Richardson and Jane Atkinson. The other four allegedly include the former News of the World assistant editor Jules Stenson, former features editor Matt Nixson and former showbiz editors Rav Singh and Polly Graham. All had worked for the News of the World, which was closed after allegations of mobile voicemail hacking of celebrities and politicians in July 2011. The revelations forced British Prime Minister David Cameron to create an independent inquiry on journalistic ethics.

More than one hundred people so far have been arrested in connection with the hacking scandal at NOTW. Among those charged are Andy Coulson, a former press aide to Cameron, and Rebekah Brooks, the former chief executive of News International.

A number of cases have also been brought before the courts by hacking victims seeking compensation. Some of those who have claimed their settlement include Sarah Ferguson, the ex-wife of Britain’s Prince Andrew, actors Jude Law and Hugh Grant.

Historic Tar-Sands Action at Obama’s Door

0

Historic Tar-Sands Action at Obama’s Door

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013

By Amy Goodman

For the first time in its 120-year history, the Sierra Club engaged in civil disobedience, the day after President Barack Obama gave his 2013 State of the Union address. The group joined scores of others protesting the proposed Keystone XL pipeline, which awaits a permitting decision from the Obama administration. The president made significant pledges to address the growing threat of climate change in his speech. But it will take more than words to save the planet from human-induced climate disruption, and a growing, diverse movement is directing its focus on the White House to demand meaningful action.

The Keystone XL pipeline is especially controversial because it will allow the exploitation of Canadian tar sands, considered the dirtiest oil source on the planet. One of the leading voices raising alarm about climate change, James Hansen, the director of the NASA Goddard Institute for Space Studies, wrote of the tar sands in The New York Times last year, “If Canada proceeds, and we do nothing, it will be game over for the climate.” New research by nonprofit Oil Change International indicates that the potential tar-sands impact will be even worse than earlier believed. Because the proposed pipeline crosses the border between the U.S. and Canada, its owner, TransCanada Corp., must receive permission from the U.S. State Department.

Among those arrested outside the White House was Julian Bond, former chair of the NAACP. Bond said, “The threat to our planet’s climate is both grave and urgent. … I am proud today to stand before my fellow citizens and declare, ‘I am willing to go to jail to stop this wrong.’ The environmental crisis we face today demands nothing less.”

Two weeks of protests at the White House in the summer of 2011 led to the arrest of 1,252 people. Later, in November, thousands more joined to encircle 1600 Pennsylvania Ave., calling for denial of the Keystone XL permit. Days later, President Obama announced he would delay the decision until 2013, after the election. He later granted permission to build the southern leg of the pipeline, from Oklahoma through Texas. That decision sparked protests from landowners and environmentalists, including a nonviolent direct-action blockade campaign in Texas, with people chained to pipeline equipment and occupying land with tree-sits to halt construction.

Early in the permit process, then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said she was inclined to approve the pipeline, even though the State Department’s mandatory review was incomplete. Controversy erupted when The Washington Post reported that TransCanada’s lobbyist for the pipeline in D.C., Paul Elliott, was a senior staffer on Hillary Clinton’s 2008 presidential campaign. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, headed by Obama-appointee Lisa Jackson, had been critical of the pipeline. When Jackson resigned unexpectedly late last December, the New York Post reported, based on an unnamed “Jackson insider,” “She will not be the EPA head when Obama supports it [Keystone] getting built.” Jackson’s spokesperson denied the allegation.

Obama’s new secretary of state, John Kerry, weighed in on Keystone XL after his first official meeting with a foreign dignitary, Canadian Foreign Minister John Baird. Kerry said: “Secretary Clinton has put in place a very open and transparent process, which I am committed to seeing through. I can guarantee you that it will be fair and transparent, accountable, and we hope that we will be able to be in a position to make an announcement in the near term.”

In his State of the Union address, Obama gave hope to those concerned with global warming, saying, “For the sake of our children and our future, we must do more to combat climate change. … We can choose to believe that Superstorm Sandy, and the most severe drought in decades, and the worst wildfires some states have ever seen were all just a freak coincidence. Or we can choose to believe in the overwhelming judgment of science–and act before it’s too late.”

This Presidents Day weekend will see what is expected to be the largest climate-change protest in history, called Forward on Climate. One hundred thirty-five organizations are participating, including the Sierra Club, the Indigenous Environmental Network and 350.org. The Sierra Club is one of the world’s largest and most powerful environmental organizations. Its decision to participate in civil disobedience signals a major escalation in the movement to stem climate change, reviving the words of the Sierra Club’s first president, John Muir, who wrote in 1892, “Hoping that we will be able to do something for wildness and make the mountains glad.”

Denis Moynihan contributed research to this column.

Amy Goodman is the host of “Democracy Now!,” a daily international TV/radio news hour airing on more than 1,000 stations in North America. She is the co-author of “The Silenced Majority,” a New York Times best-seller.

© 2013 Amy Goodman

Distributed by King Features Syndicate

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Obama: The Audacity of Freedom



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

HRW calls for freedom of Saudi activist

0

Saudi protesters hold a demonstration in Eastern Province. (file photo)

Human Rights Watch (HRW) has called on Saudi Arabia to release a rights group founder and a former judge, who was imprisoned in 2011.

HRW said on Wednesday that Sulaiman al-Rashudi, who was one of 16 people arrested in 2007 and sentenced to a 15-year jail term in November 2011, should be released immediately, AFP reported.

“Saudi authorities should immediately release and drop all charges against,” Rashudi, who was detained “for peacefully trying to establish a human rights organization in Jeddah,” and for “breaking allegiance to the king,” HRW said.

Rashudi was the founder of the Saudi Association of Civil and Political Rights.

HRW added that Rashudi also faced “other charges that arose entirely from his peaceful exercise of his right to freedom of association.”

Four of those arrested along with Rashudi are facing similar charges and are still in prison.

“The 11 others detained in 2007 were sentenced to prison terms of up to 25 years in 2010, but were released on bail after agreeing to sign pledges that they will not engage in further activity that the authorities consider unlawful,” HRW said.

In April 2011, Rashudi was released on bail, but he was detained again in December 2011 after he gave a speech in the capital Riyadh, backing anti-regime demonstrations in the country.

There have been numerous demonstrations in Saudi Arabia’s Eastern Province since February 2011, with protestors calling for political reform.

Anti-government protests have intensified since November 2011, when security forces opened fire on protestors in Qatif, killing five people and leaving scores more injured.

Activists say there are over 30,000 political prisoners in Saudi Arabia.

In October 2012, Amnesty International called on the Saudi authorities to stop using excessive force against pro-democracy protestors.

“The Saudi authorities must end their repeated moves to stifle people’s attempts to protest against the widespread use of arbitrary detention in the country,” Philip Luther, Amnesty International’s director for the Middle East and North Africa, said on October 16.

“The right of people to peaceful protest must be respected and the security forces must refrain from detaining or using excessive force against people who exercise it,” he added.

NT/MHB

The Ultimate Global Equity Valuation Matrix

0

Tired of getting caught tongue-tied at the polo field bar when someone asks whether Russian Utilities are cheap? Annoyed at the lack of your ability to instantly respond on the richness of British Beverage companies when racing Veyrons in Dubai? Have no fear. UBS, Global Valuation Heat Map provides an at a glance table of the best (and worst) global sectors for your hard-earned local currency to be devalued in.

Global Valuation – Price-to-Book

Global Valuation – Price-to-Earnings

Dark blue (very cheap) = current relative valuation < -1.5 standard deviations from historical average
Light blue (cheap) = current relative valuation between < -1.5 and <-0.75 standard deviations from historical average
No colour (neutral or N/A) = current relative valuation between > -0.75 and <+0.75 standard deviations from historical average
Peach (expensive) = current relative valuation between > +0.75 and <+1.5 standard deviations from historical average
Red (very expensive) = current relative valuation between > +1.5 standard deviations from historical average

It seems Short US Retail and Long Aussie Oil & Gas is the optimal trade for now?

Source: UBS

Your rating: None

War Crimes and the Global War on Terrorism: US Arms Al Qaeda in Syria, Mass-Slaughters Civilians in Afghanistan

0

America's Delusional Democracy. Don’t Mute Newt

AFP has reported that a recent NATO airstrike in Afghanistan has killed over 10 civilians in an all-too-familiar headline glossed over by the Western media in an exercise of both depravity and hypocrisy. RT’s article, “NATO airstrike kills 10 Afghan civilians, mostly women and children — officials,” notes in particular that up to 11,864 civilians were killed in Afghanistan between 2007 and 2011, and that civilian deaths before 2007 were not even tracked by the UN.

Such facts reveal alarming hypocrisy as the UN keeps almost daily, inflated tallies of civilian deaths elsewhere, in particular, in nations like Libya and Syria where Western interests have been heavily involved in regime change and in dire need of manipulating public perception worldwide. The United Nations had in fact pieced together a dubious report crafted from “witness accounts” compiled not in Syria, or even beyond its borders in a refugee camp, but instead, in Geneva by “witnesses” supplied by the so-called Syrian “opposition.”

Worse yet, that UN report was co-authored by Karen Koning AbuZayd, a director of the US Washington-based corporate think-tank, Middle East Policy Council. Its board of directors includes Exxon men, CIA agents, representatives of the Saudi Binladin Group (Osama Bin Laden’s family business), former ambassadors to Kuwait, Oman, and Qatar, US military and government representatives, and even the president of the US-Qatar Business Council, which includes amongst its membership, Al Jazeera, Chevron, Exxon, munitions manufacturer Raytheon (who supplied the opening salvos during NATO’s operations against Libya), and Boeing.

In other words, the very underwriters of the armed militancy that is consuming Syria are sitting along side the head of the UN commission producing reports portraying the Syrian government as guilty of “war crimes and crimes against humanity.

The hypocrisy does not end there. The pretense the US and NATO have used for over a decade to occupy, subjugate and slaughter the people of Afghanistan — in a conflict increasingly creeping over both Afghanistan’s borders with Pakistan and Iran — is supposedly to fight “terrorism.” Western interests have been allowed to fight this “war on terrorism” with impunity, and even without UN monitoring for years, while Syria was immediately condemned for fighting against Al Qaeda terrorists overtly flooding into their nation with NATO assistance.

Indeed, as NATO claims to fight terrorism in Afghanistan, it has already handed over the North African nation of Libya to Al Qaeda terrorists, specifically the the US State Department, United Nations, and the UK Home Office (page 5, .pdf)-listed terrorist organization, the Libyan Islamic Fighting Group (LIFG). The US in particular oversaw the rise of the Al Qaeda terror-emirate Benghazi, even having a US ambassador slain there by the very terrorists it had armed, funded, trained, provided air support for, and thrust into power.

These same terrorists have been documented extensively as spearheading the invasion of northern Syria via NATO-member Turkey, with NATO cash and weapons in cooperation with Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

The glaring hypocrisy of so-called “international law” and “international institutions” is on full display. Nations like Russia, China, Iran, India, Pakistan, Indonesia, Brazil, and many others should give serious thought to peeling away from the United Nations, the compromised International Criminal Court, and other corrupt, Western-serving institutions that will, and in many cases already are, being turned against them, their interests, and national sovereignty.

For the people of the world, we must realize that these institutions were created for and by big-business special interests, and the legitimacy they are portrayed as having is a mere illusion created by the corporate media. We must begin identifying these special interests, boycotting and replacing them permanently at a local level. If it is peace we want, it is clear that the UN, NATO, and all institutions in between, sow only death and destruction amidst a myriad of hypocrisy, double standards, and immeasurable corruption, and we must move into the future without them.

EU ministers meet on horsemeat crisis

0

Agriculture ministers from European Union (EU) countries implicated in the recent horsemeat scandal have held emergency talks in EU headquarters to discuss the crisis.

On Wednesday, agriculture ministers from the United Kingdom, France, Ireland, Luxembourg, Poland, Romania, Sweden and European Health Commissioner Tonio Borg attended the talks in Brussels, AFP reported.

The ministers called on all 27 EU states to carry out intensive DNA tests on beef samples for traces of horsemeat and a harmful equine medicine known as Bute in an effort to restore consumer confidence.

The test will be conducted in March and Initial results will be announced on April 15.

“We have to get to the bottom of these cases,” British Environment Minister Owen Paterson told reporters after the meeting.

“This is a criminal conspiracy to defraud the public, he added.

The meeting, which was called by Ireland, came after the discovery that meat labeled as beef and sold in up to 16 European countries, contained horsemeat.

On February 9, French Consumer Affairs Minister Benoit Hamon said the horsemeat had originated in Romania, although there were links with French, Dutch and Cypriot firms and a factory in Luxembourg.

Romania has denied the charges and Agriculture Minister Daniel Constantin again insisted on Wednesday that “all the horse meat provided by the Romanian companies that was placed on the EU market was correctly labeled.”

The scandal has raised questions about the complexity of the food industry’s supply chains across the EU bloc, with a number of supermarket chains withdrawing frozen beef meals from their shelves.

MN/MHB

What Obama Said – and What He Meant – About Climate Change, War and Civil Liberties

0

obamadoublespeak

The words in President Obama’s “State of the Union” speech were often lofty, spinning through the air with the greatest of ease and emitting dog whistles as they flew.

Let’s decode the president’s smooth oratory in the realms of climate change, war and civil liberties.

“For the sake of our children and our future, we must do more to combat climate change.”

We’ve done so little to combat climate change – we must do more.

“I urge this Congress to get together, pursue a bipartisan, market-based solution to climate change…”

Climate change is an issue that can be very good for Wall Street. Folks who got the hang of “derivatives” and “credit default swaps” can learn how to handle “cap and trade.” The corporate environmental groups are on board, and maybe we can offer enough goodies to big corporations to make it worth their while to bring enough of Congress along.

“The natural gas boom has led to cleaner power and greater energy independence. We need to encourage that.”

Dual memo. To T. Boone Pickens: “Love ya.” To environmentalists who won’t suck up to me: “Frack you.” (And save your breath about methane.)

“That’s why my administration will keep cutting red tape and speeding up new oil and gas permits.”

Blow off steam with your demonstrations, you 350.org types. I’ll provide the platitudes. XL Keystone, here we come.

“After a decade of grinding war, our brave men and women in uniform are coming home.”

How’s that for an applause line? Don’t pay too much attention to the fine print. I’m planning to have 32,000 U.S. troops in Afghanistan a year from now, and they won’t get out of there before the end of 2014. And did you notice the phrase “in uniform”? We’ve got plenty of out-of-uniform military contractors in Afghanistan now, and you can expect that to continue for a long time.

“And by the end of next year, our war in Afghanistan will be over.”

If you believe that, you’re the kind of sucker I appreciate – unless you think “our war in Afghanistan” doesn’t include killing people with drones and cruise missiles.

“Beyond 2014, America’s commitment to a unified and sovereign Afghanistan will endure, but the nature of our commitment will change. We’re negotiating an agreement with the Afghan government that focuses on two missions: training and equipping Afghan forces so that the country does not again slip into chaos, and counterterrorism efforts that allow us to pursue the remnants of al Qaeda and their affiliates.”

We’re so pleased to help Afghan people kill other Afghan people! Our government’s expertise in such matters includes superb reconnaissance and some thrilling weaponry, which we’ll keep providing to the Kabul regime. And don’t you love the word “counterterrorism”? It sounds so much better than: “using the latest high-tech weapons to go after people on our ‘kill lists’ and unfortunately take the lives of a lot of other people who happen to be around, including children, thus violating international law, traumatizing large portions of the population and inflicting horrors on people in ways we would never tolerate ourselves.”

“We don’t need to send tens of thousands of our sons and daughters abroad, or occupy other nations. Instead, we’ll need to help countries like Yemen, Libya and Somalia provide for their own security, and help allies who take the fight to terrorists, as we have in Mali. And, where necessary, through a range of capabilities, we will continue to take direct action against those terrorists who pose the gravest threat to Americans.”

We don’t need flag-draped coffins coming home. We’re so civilized that we’re the planetary leaders at killing people with remote control from halfway around the world.

“We must enlist our values in the fight. That’s why my administration has worked tirelessly to forge a durable legal and policy framework to guide our counterterrorism efforts. Throughout, we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts. And I recognize that, in our democracy, no one should just take my word for it that we’re doing things the right way. So, in the months ahead, I will continue to engage Congress to ensure not only that our targeting, detention and prosecution of terrorists remains consistent with our laws and system of checks and balances, but that our efforts are even more transparent to the American people and to the world.”

I’m sick of taking flak just because I pick and choose which civil liberties I want to respect. If I need to give a bit more information to a few other pliant members of Congress, I will. The ones who get huffy about the Bill of Rights aren’t going to get the time of day from this White House. I recognize that some of my base is getting a bit upset about this civil-liberties thing, so I’ll ramp up the soothing words and make use of some prominent Democratic members of Congress who are of course afraid to polarize with me. Don’t underestimate this president; I know how to talk reverentially about our great nation’s “checks and balances” as I undermine them.

“The leaders of Iran must recognize that now is the time for a diplomatic solution, because a coalition stands united in demanding that they meet their obligations. And we will do what is necessary to prevent them from getting a nuclear weapon.”

Maybe it’s just about time for another encore of “preemptive war.”

Norman Solomon is co-founder of RootsAction.org and founding director of the Institute for Public Accuracy. His books include “War Made Easy: How Presidents and Pundits Keep Spinning Us to Death.” He writes the Political Culture 2013 column.

The Frightening Tale Of The Antibiotic Apocalypse

0

Every time your doctor has prescribed you an antibiotic to treat an existing bacterial infection is a time you could have died of that infection. Maybe much less likely in some cases, more likely in others; but the risk is there. Now imagine that antibiotics stop working, especially for the really dangerous cases, and you and everyone you know has to face future infections with nothing better than hope, rest and tea.

Welcome to the antibiotics apocalypse.

Since it could actually happen, I’m going to rate an antibiotic apocalypse, worried over by the UK’s Chief Medical Officer, Professor Dame Sally Davies, as well as World Health Organisation head, Margaret Chan, as much scarier than a zombie apocalypse.

As Davies told the UK Parliament last month, “Antibiotics are losing their effectiveness at a rate that is both alarming and irreversible — similar to global warming … Bacteria are adapting and finding ways to survive the effects of antibiotics, ultimately becoming resistant so they no longer work.”

Why is this more alarming now? Two reasons, and both have to do with corporate greed. (You are shocked, I know.)

The first reason is that pharmaceutical companies have mostly stopped researching new antibiotics because they aren’t very profitable. Which makes sense. Of course it’s more profitable to come up with new antidepressants and boner pills than the next treatment for staph infection. How often do people get staph?

Well, more often these days, since staph is infecting more people now that it’s developed antibiotic-resistant strains, thanks to modern pig farms. In a sane country, we could call for more public research spending to develop new antibiotics if the market won’t pick up the slack, but that’s just not likely to happen.

Hog confinement barn interior, courtesy EPA.govThough this takes us to the second reason for jumped-up antibiotic resistance, which is modern livestock practices for food animals of all types. Because it turns out that giving animals steady doses of antibiotics in their daily feed helps them put on weight faster, and it has the handy side effect of allowing them to survive incredibly filthy and overcrowded conditions where they’re basically walking around ankle-deep in their own waste. (Mmm, bacon!)

The meat industry now consumes four-fifths of all antibiotics used in the US, or 29.9 billion pounds of antibiotics in 2011, nearly four times the amount prescribed for human illness. Last year, the FDA responded to this crisis by releasing voluntary guidelines for reducing antibiotic use in livestock and banning the non-prescription use in livestock of one class of antibiotics that the meat industry formerly used about 54,000 pounds of per year.

The livestock industry has no qualms against non-therapeutic overuse of even last resort antibiotics that are reserved to treat the most challenging human infections, and they’ll do it remorselessly until the government steps in with a ban. And when you expose bacteria to (even very powerful) antibiotics on a routine basis, basic evolutionary biology tells us that any survivors will develop resistant populations, and basic evolutionary biology is right.

So there you have it. The outlines of an apocalypse, and one that might even peak before global warming can do its worst. I’d like to hear a Republican explain how this can be solved by cutting public health funding or decreasing government regulations and industry oversight — but solely because the inevitable word salad would be the only funny thing about the situation.

Obama’s State of the Union: The Economic Dimensions

0

economics

Obama proclaimed in the State of the Union was that the economy was getting stronger even though the last quarter showed a shrinking GDP not an expanding one, the last month showed a rise in unemployment and a report issued last week showed two-thirds of Americans teeter on the edge of an economic abyss. These facts, along with rising poverty and senior citizens who are barely avoiding poverty, were nowhere mentioned in SOTU.  All this adds up to a potential double-dip recession but that sour did not go with the sweet saccharin, so it was left unsaid.

A Couple of Positive Developments

Most of the speech was filled with policies we have heard before, but there were a couple of surprises:

Minimum Wage Hike: The president called for an increase in the minimum wage, saying both he and Romney supported it. He urged an increase to $9 an hour from the current $7.50. In 2008, candidate Obama called for an increase to $9.50; and Senator Harkin has introduced a bill that calls for an increase to $9.80. Ralph Nader points out that a rise to $10.25 is needed to get low-wage workers up to the equivalent of inflation-adjusted 1968 pay. No doubt more would be needed to achieve a living wage. There has been tremendous growth in the economy since the 1960s, but the Obama proposal would mean low-wage workers would not benefit from this much larger and more productive economy.

Raising the minimum wage would be good for the economy.  Research makes it clear that increasing the minimum wage is a job creator because low-wage workers will spend the money on necessities and spur the economy; and will rely less on government programs like food stamps.

Pre-School for All: Education is one of those areas where, if you know what the president’s programs actually do, his speech was saccharin, i.e. sweet but poses a risk of cancer. Whenever Obama talks about education people should be wary and look at the details. Bruce Dixon of Black Agenda Report makes the point:

“. . . the gap between popular perceptions of the president’s policies and the actual content of those policies is nowhere wider than in public education. While the president pays lip service to the centrality of public education, teachers and parent input, his Race To The Top is paving the road to privatization, closing more public schools and firing more teachers than any president in US history.”

Privatization and Corporatization

The Race to the Top is greater privatization, corporatization and testing of students, all issues teachers, parents and students are revolting against. Dixon goes on to point out that Obama’s policies are George W. Bush’s policies in overdrive, and Rob Delany makes the same point in Salon:

“President Obama should junk the Race to the Top plan immediately. It is a deeply flawed reworking of George W. Bush’s test-based, pro-charter school No Child Left Behind Act. Obama and Secretary of Education Arne Duncan should change course dramatically and publicly admit Race to the Top doesn’t and can’t work and then craft a new plan that doesn’t treat education like an industry and coerce teachers to ‘teach to the test,’ while marching toward education privatization.”

While the idea of pre-school for all and expanded all-day kindergarten sound sweet, this has to be approached with caution due to the president’s privatizing and test-based education policies.Not mentioned by the president in his speech was the sour, an increase in poverty. This is very relevant to education, as poverty undermines efforts to improve educational achievement among low-income and minority students. We must address poverty to improve education.

Jobs, the Hollow Centerpiece of Obama’s Plans

Obama had to fudge statistics to make his jobs numbers look good. Obama has been president for four years, but in reporting on manufacturing jobs he only mentioned the last three; as Politico points out: “When Obama took office in January 2009, the economy had 604,000 more manufacturing jobs than it does now.”

Obama was right to focus on jobs. If there is one thing that is critical to getting out of economic collapse and reducing the deficit, it is jobs. For 60 years there has been a consistent pattern: when unemployment drops, the deficit as a percentage of GDP drops. When unemployment rises, the deficit rises. The solution to our economic problems is striving toward a full employment economy.

But, the words “full employment” are never mentioned in Washington, DC. Labor economist Jack Rasmus points out that what we heard in the State of the Union were the same old minimal job programs from Obama — nothing that will come close to providing the jobs we need. At a time when we need bold action on jobs, we got a non-jobs program.

One of the false solutions Obama put forward, saccharin that risks cancer, were trade agreements. The Trans-Pacific Partnership has been negotiated in secret for three years by Obama, except for the 600 corporate advisors who tell the US what to put in the agreement. The TPP is not a jobs creator, but a jobs destroyer.  NAFTA cost the United States five million jobs. The TPP is known as NAFTA on steroids. The cancer of the TPP is not only going to be to loss of jobs and lowered wages, but increased corporate power. This global corporate coup will make corporations more powerful than governments. Obama also announced a corporate trade agreement with the European Union. Hopefully, this gets activists in Europe working to oppose it and gets Americans fighting the anti-democratic “fast track” in Congress. Obama needs fast track to pass the TPP because if the issue is debated it will be widely opposed.

Another false solution to jobs is immigration reform. While immigration reform is much needed, the versions being considered include the gift of indentured servitudeto big business in the United States, in the form of a new warmed-over Bush idea, a “guest-worker program.” Obama did not talk specifics in SOTU, but this provision should be opposed by all Americans and loudly rejected by Obama.

The Big Missed Opportunities

Two big issues that could radically change the debate in Washington, DC were not discussed by the president.

First, with all this talk of sequestration, President Obama should point out that right now the United States is seeing the most rapid decline in government spending since World War II and looking to the future an “unprecedented” decline in government spending is being predicted — not even counting sequestration or any “Grand Bargain.” In fact January actually saw a federal spending surplus for the first time in five years.

We don’t need to speed up this decline in spending. In fact doing so, especially when there are signs of another recession, risks another economic collapse. Great Britain, the poster child for austerity, seems to be beginning its third recession in four years. Our own history shows that cutting government spending in a time of collapse causes recession. We should have learned this lesson from the “Roosevelt Recession “of 1937-38 rather than risking an Obama Recession of 2013-2014.

As Nobel Laureate Paul Krugman recently pointed out this is a uniquely bad time for austerity. In fact a top banker in Britain revived Milton Friedman’s idea of dropping money from helicopters. Sadly, President Obama did not make this case, so if a recession hits he will appropriately be blamed for it, rather than Congress. Instead Obama put cuts to Social Security and Medicare, his “Grand Bargain,” on the table again. This is the wrong medicine. More and more people recognize we need to increase Social Security to end poverty retirement and expand an improved Medicare for all to not only provide health care to all but also to control health care spending.

Second, there was no discussion of the wealth divide which plagues the nation and prevents economic recovery. Even people in favor of the market are making the case for taxing the super-rich, but President Obama seems unable to do so. And, the news on the wealth divide got worse yesterday with a report that showed the richest 1 percent gobbled up 121% of income gains; how? They essentially put everyone else back into recession with shrinking incomes. Obama could have shocked the nation with that fact!

The wealth divide goes hand-in-hand with the concentrated wealth of the big banks but, the idea of breaking up the big banks, banks which have grown even bigger during Obama’s time in office, is not discussed by President Obama. The case for breaking up the big banks is evenbeing made by conservatives like George Will. But, President Obama insteadappoints an SEC head who was a lawyer for the big banks and a Treasury Secretary who worked for a big bank and kept money in the Cayman Islands.

So, the concentration of wealth, which has grown under Obama, and the wealth divide will continue under the second term agenda announced in SOTU.

War and ‘Democracy’

Of course, we are pleased to hear that President Obama is finally moving toward a possible end of the Afghan War, the longest in US history. Of course, not mentioned is the troops that he is removing are ones he added in the failed surge. And, this exit will not be a complete exit, as he said in SOTU. The US will not leave Afghanistan in 2014 but will stay to train Afghan troops and fight terrorists. As a result, despite a national security budget of over $1 trillion, there is no talk of cutting the bloated national security budget. The president has not told us how many troops will be staying in Afghanistan after the so-called “end of the war.”

Finally, it was good to hear President Obama mention the need to fix US democracy. As I recently wrote with Margaret Flowers, we live in a mirage democracy. US democracy is really a “managed democracy” where voters pick from two candidates approved by Wall Street who will not challenge the power of concentrated wealth. President Obama in SOTU certainly showed he is doing nothing to start the transformation needed.

There is much needed to correct US democracy, here’s the top of my list: (1) universal voter registration so everyone of age can vote, (2) get money out of politics and provide public funding for public elections, (3) remove ballot access obstacles so Americans get more choices, (4) open the debates so candidates on enough ballots to win can be heard, and (5) improve the voting process so vote counts can be easily verified and voters can vote in a half an hour.

I’m sure by now the saccharin is wearing off. The antidote for the sour taste in your mouth is to get active. Let’s follow the lead of Indians in Canada and the US and be idle no more. It is evident from the State of the Union that we cannot count on the elected “leaders” in Washington to get the country back on track — we must do it ourselves.

Kevin Zeese co-hosts ClearingtheFOGRadio.org on We Act Radio 1480 AM Washington, DC and on Economic Democracy Media, co-directs It’s Our Economy and was an organizer of the Occupation of Washington, DC. His twitter is @KBZeese.

Six More Equity Offerings Price After The Close As The Greater Fools Start Getting Second Thoughts

0

It appears that not only we are tracking the phaseout in equity inflows, all of which are simply the reversal of the massive $220 billion surge in bank deposits in the month of December due to fears of Fiscal Cliff dividend and capital gains tax increases (explained previously), and which as today’s ICI update indicates have trickled down to just $683 million – the lowest weekly inflow year to date.

Among the others who are keeping track of the weekly reduction in inbound capital euphoria, in addition to the six companies which priced equity offerings on Monday as was shown previously, are these fine corporations and stakeholders who just can’t wait to get out while the getting is good, split once again evenly between secondaries and follow ons:

Secondaries:

  • LyondellBasell (LYB) today announced the commencement of an underwritten public offering of 25 million ordinary shares by certain selling shareholders that are affiliates of Apollo Management Holdings L.P.
  • Nielsen Holdings N.V. (NLSN), a leading global provider of information and insights into what consumers buy and watch, today announced the launch of a public offering of 35,000,000 shares of common stock. The shares are being sold by certain existing shareholders. Existing shareholders include KKR, Carlyle, Blackstone and Thomas H. Lee Partners LP
  • Sensata Technologies Holding N.V. (ST) today announced the commencement of an underwritten public offering of 15,000,000 ordinary shares by existing shareholders as identified in the prospectus supplement relating to this offering. Existing shareholders include Bain Capital.

Follow Ons:

  • Pioneer Natural Resources (PXD) today announced that it is commencing a public offering of 8 million shares of its common stock. Pioneer expects to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including the acceleration of horizontal appraisal drilling in the northern portion of the Company’s highly prospective Wolfcamp/Spraberry acreage position in West Texas. Pending such use, a portion of the net proceeds will be used to repay the outstanding borrowings under the Company’s credit facility, with the remaining proceeds to be invested in money-market funds or U.S. treasuries.
  • ARMOUR Residential REIT, Inc. (ARR) announced today that it is commencing an underwritten public offering of 65,000,000 shares of common stock. The Company intends to use the net proceeds of the offering to acquire additional agency securities as market conditions warrant and for general corporate purposes.
  • BioMed Realty Trust, Inc. (BMR) today announced it has commenced a public offering of 11,500,000 shares of its common stock pursuant to an effective shelf registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. BioMed Realty expects to use the net proceeds of the offering to fund a recently announced property acquisition, to fund a portion of the redemption of all 7,920,000 outstanding shares of its 7.375% Series A Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock, to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under its unsecured line of credit and for other general corporate and working capital purposes.  

Sold to you Joe Sixpack, who can’t wait to buy what the not so dumb money, Apollo, KKR, Carlyle, Blackstone, Thomas H. Lee, and Bain, and of course various management teams who don’t need the cash but will take it especially at the market top, are selling. 

and to last week’s data – 2013 is running 58% above the 10 year average for new offerings – as it seems more than a few know its time to cash out…


Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

GOP Lawmaker’s ‘Socialist’ Obama Claim, Will Ferrell’s Mayoral Endorsement, and More

0

GOP Lawmaker’s ‘Socialist’ Obama Claim, Will Ferrell’s Mayoral Endorsement, and More

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013

Defense Offense: Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid has had enough of Republican attempts to filibuster President Obama’s defense secretary nominee Chuck Hagel. On Wednesday, he moved to end the debate on whether to confirm Hagel to the top Pentagon post in an effort to speed up a vote. “This is the first time in history that a presidential nominee for secretary of defense has been filibustered. What a shame,” Reid said. The vote is scheduled for Friday. (Read more)

Libya Looms: The GOP will not let the issue of September’s deadly assault on the U.S. Consulate in Benghazi, Libya, go. The latest exhibit: Senate Republicans grilled President Obama’s chief of staff Wednesday about the administration’s response to the terrorist attacks during his confirmation hearing to become the next Treasury secretary. Jack Lew was asked by Sen. Richard Burr, R-N.C., whether he briefed the president during the incident that killed four Americans, including the U.S. Ambassador to Libya Christopher Stevens. Lew responded by telling the Senate panel he was one of several people who met with Obama, and that the “intelligence community was in close touch with the White House, with the national security team on a near-constant basis.” (Read more)

In a Class of His Own: In his State of the Union response Tuesday night, Sen. Marco Rubio claimed that he was still living in the same working-class neighborhood he had grown up in. It appears, however, he was talking about the very same home he’s trying to sell. According to the Miami New Times, Rubio’s home has been on the market “for an un-working-class-like $675,000 so he can up and move his family to GODLESS ELITE DC.” There seems to be quite a disparity between what Republicans believe constitutes working class and what actually does. (Read more)

Faint Praise: Georgia Republican Rep. Paul Broun seems to badly want people to know that he doesn’t understand the concept of socialism as evidenced by his claim that he was the “first Member of Congress to call [President Obama] a socialist.” Broun, who is running for the Senate seat being vacated by Saxby Chambliss, bragged about that triumph in a fundraising letter he sent out to potential donors. “I was the first Member of Congress to call him a socialist who embraces Marxist-Leninist policies like government control of health care and redistribution of wealth.” Also up for a boast–his friendship with ex-Congressman Allen West. (Read more)

Video of the Day: Why should you vote for Eric Garcetti to become the next mayor of Los Angeles? For starters, according to actor Will Ferrell’s endorsement video, he and Garcetti have been lifelong friends. They met when they were born at the same hospital and exchanged phone numbers when they were each 1 day old, so Ferrell can vouch for Garcetti’s character. Although Ferrell says he’s not sure how Garcetti would be as a mayor, he can tell residents of Los Angeles that if they vote for him, everyone in the city will get free waffles on Tuesdays … if there were just some way to make that happen, which apparently there is not.

–Posted by Tracy Bloom.

More Below the Ad

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Which Jobs Have the Biggest and Smallest Wage Gaps?



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

23% Of America Is Illiterate

0

Following on the heels of the dumbing down of the State of the Union speech we noted yesterday, we thought a simple visualization of just how stunningly poor our nation’s reading skills really are would be useful. One in five Americans lacks the basic reading skills beyond a 4th grade level – are you one of them?

Source: http://www.onlinecollegecourses.com

Your rating: None

7 Colombian soldiers die in FARC clashes

0

A soldier walks next to the remains of a car bomb in El Palo, Cauca department, Colombia, on February 5, 2013.

Fresh clashes between the Colombian Army and suspected members of the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (FARC) have left at least seven soldiers dead.

Five troopers were also wounded in the fighting that broke out in a rural area of the southern province of Caqueta on Wednesday.

The military said in a statement the clashes erupted when its forces were carrying out an operation to protect “civilian population” in the village of San Antonio de Getucha.

It said the government forces inflicted “an indeterminate” number of casualties on the rebel side.

The fighting comes as the government and the rebels are engaged in peace talks to try to end their almost five-decade-old conflict.

FARC, which is Latin America’s oldest insurgent group, has more than 9,000 fighters operating across a large swathe of the eastern jungles of the Andean nation.

DB/MHB

Nader, Protesters Seek Minimum Wage Increase

0

Nader, Protesters Seek Minimum Wage Increase

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013
Thomas Hedges

A group of about 10 activists, including Ralph Nader, took to the streets of downtown Washington, D.C., on Tuesday afternoon to advocate for the raising of the minimum wage from its current $7.25 an hour to $10.50, which is what workers were making in 1968 adjusting for inflation. Equipped with a megaphone, the demonstrators targeted the U.S. Chamber of Commerce and then AFL-CIO headquarters. They criticized Chamber President Tom Donohue for what they said is his hourly pay of $1,200 and asked AFL-CIO President Richard Trumka why he has done so little to push President Obama and Congress to hike the minimum wage but has given money to the Democratic Party, which, the activists say, has betrayed the working class.

The event, which marked the birthday of labor organizer and former president of the United Mine Workers of America John L. Lewis, was an attempt to remind labor leaders of the issues that matter. Thirty million Americans are making less today, activists shouted to pedestrians and employees entering and exiting the Chamber and AFL-CIO, than they did 45 years ago. Had the minimum wage kept pace with inflation, the poorest Americans would be making $10.56 an hour now, they told passers-by. In comparison, CEO pay has increased some 900 percent, the demonstrators pointed out.

As employees passed the protest, many refused to take a copy of former AFL-CIO President John Sweeney’s book “America Needs a Raise” that group members were giving away.

Corporate Crime Reporter:

Holding signs that read: “End Wage Slavery,” “Big Bosses Stomp on 30 Million Workers,” and “$10.50 Minimum Wage, Catch up with 1968!,” the protesters made the case that the Chamber should drop its opposition to – and the AFL should turbocharge its campaign to pass – a $10.50 an hour minimum wage – up from the current minimum wage of $7.25 an hour.

…“Washington is not representing anybody but Wall Street and Walmart and McDonalds,” Nader said. “It’s time for Richard Trumka to step up, stop giving lip service, and put his muscle behind a $10.50 minimum wage.”

“We are an advanced Third World county. Unless organized labor steps up, and organizes more, and gets out of their offices, and stops making speeches, and really roll up their muscles and put it behind the millions of workers who can’t even earn what they earned in 1968, inflation adjusted, they ought to let others take their place.”

Read more

–Posted by Thomas Hedges


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Guest Post: Meet Stingray Surveillance: The “Unconstitutional, All-You-Can-Eat Data Buffet”

0

Via Michael Krieger of Liberty Blitzkrieg blog,

It’s getting impossible to keep track of all the new spy tools being rolled out by the police state in the name of “fighting terrorism”, aka spying on innocent American citizens unconstitutionally. I thought that I had my hands full the other day with ARGUS: The World’s Highest Resolution Video Surveillance Platform, but this “Stingray” system is already being deployed illegally in cities throughout the United States. As the EFF states: “The Stingray is the digital equivalent of the pre-revolutionary British soldier.”  From the EFF:

The device, which acts as a fake cell phone tower, essentially allows the government to electronically search large areas for a particular cell phone’s signal–sucking down data on potentially thousands of innocent people along the way. At the same time, law enforcement has attempted use them while avoiding many of the traditional limitations set forth in the Constitution, like individualized warrants. This is why we called the tool “an unconstitutional, all-you-can-eat data buffet.”

Recently, LA Weekly reported the Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) got a Department of Homeland Security (DHS) grant in 2006 to buy a stingray. The original grant request said it would be used for “regional terrorism investigations.” Instead LAPD has been using it for just about any investigation imaginable.

Of course, we’ve seen this pattern over and over and over. The government uses “terrorism” as a catalyst to gain some powerful new surveillance tool or ability, and then turns around and uses it on ordinary citizens, severely infringing on their civil liberties in the process.

Stingrays are particularly odious given they give police dangerous “general warrant” powers, which the founding fathers specifically drafted the Fourth Amendment to prevent. In pre-revolutionary America, British soldiers used “general warrants” as authority to go house-to-house in a particular neighborhood, looking for whatever they please, without specifying an individual or place to be searched.

The Stingray is the digital equivalent of the pre-revolutionary British soldier.

On March 28th, the judge overseeing the Rigmaiden case, which we wrote about previously, will hold a hearing on whether evidence obtained using a stringray should be suppressed.  It will be one of the first times a judge will rules on the constitutionality of these devices in federal court.

It will be interesting to see what happens in late March. I will be watching.

Full article here.

Your rating: None Average: 5 (3 votes)

Man United, Borussia Dortmund earn away draws in Champions League

0

Manchester United's Patrice Evra (L) is held by Real Madrid's Cristiano Ronaldo during their Champions League soccer match at Santiago Bernabeu stadium in Madrid February 13, 2013. (Reuters / Paul Hanna)

Manchester United’s Patrice Evra (L) is held by Real Madrid’s Cristiano Ronaldo during their Champions League soccer match at Santiago Bernabeu stadium in Madrid February 13, 2013. (Reuters / Paul Hanna)

It has been an even evening in the Champions League on Wednesday as Borussia Dortmund salvaged a 2-2 draw against Shakhtar in Donetsk, while Man United managed to slow down Real Madrid at the Bernabeu, 1-1.

Quite predictably, Cristiano Ronaldo scored against his old club, but the Portuguese and his teammates missed several other chances meaning Danny Welbeck’s away goal proved more important ahead of the second leg at Old Trafford in three weeks’ time.

Commenting on the game for Sky Sports 2, Mourinho said he was not surprised by the result. “I think basically (it was) what I was waiting for, which is everything very open for the second leg. As I was thinking, I think this will go to the last minute,” he noted.

“They changed their way of play. They had the block very, very low in the second half. I think Rio (Ferdinand) and (Jonny) Evans — they didn’t put one foot in our own half. They were waiting for a set-piece or a counter-attack. They defended well and the result is open,”
Mourinho said, before adding: “If you ask me percentages, I don’t change one single number — 50/50.”

Manchester United manager Sir Alex Ferguson echoed his colleague, saying the tie is very open, but added that now it’s his team that has a slight advantage.

“I think we’ll score at Old Trafford. We know they are going to be a tremendous counterattacking team, we know that. I’ve seen that when they played Manchester City at the Etihad Stadium, in the first half, they dominated the game. We have got a big task on our hands, but it is definitely within our grasp,” Sir Alex told Sky Sports after the game.

Manchester United′s Robin van Persie (R) challenges Real Madrid′s Cristiano Ronaldo during their Champions League soccer match at Santiago Bernabeu stadium in Madrid February 13, 2013.(Reuters / Juan Medina)
Manchester United’s Robin van Persie (R) challenges Real Madrid’s Cristiano Ronaldo during their Champions League soccer match at Santiago Bernabeu stadium in Madrid February 13, 2013.(Reuters / Juan Medina)

­Meanwhile, the German Champions Borussia Dortmund salvaged a draw with two away goals in the first against Shakhtar Donetsk.

The Ukrainians led twice, first through Darijo Srna’s fierce free-kick and then Douglas Costa’s neat control and finish, but couldn’t protect their advantage.

Striker Robert Lewandowski scored from Mario Goetze’s cross to peg Shakhtar back just before the break, and defender Mats Hummels’ header leveled things of the pitch just a few minutes from time putting the German champions in a more advantageous position heading into the return leg.

Shakhtar′s captain Dario Srna during his team′s Champions League match agaist Borussia Dortmund (RIA Novosti /Stepan Kachur)
Shakhtar’s captain Dario Srna during his team’s Champions League match agaist Borussia Dortmund (RIA Novosti /Stepan Kachur)

As If Teachers Don’t Have It Hard Enough, They Deal With Guns, Too

0

In case you just thought teachers were under fire from those who want to break their unions and kill their jobs by handing them to charter schools, guess again. Every day, teachers get to walk into their classrooms and wonder whether or not one of their students is angry enough to do something like this:

A Poway student sent a threatening email over the weekend to a Twin Peaks Middle School administrator stating he planned to shoot a teacher and 23 fellow students at the school on Monday morning.

Detectives from the San Diego County Sheriff’s Department investigated the alleged shooting threat Saturday and found numerous rifles and handguns in the 12-year-old student’s home.

According to officials, the email threat — which was sent to a school administrator Friday night — made reference to 3,000 rounds of ammunition as well as numerous firearms in the planned shooting at the Poway middle school located at 14640 Tierra Bonita Rd.

NBC 7 spoke exclusively with the teacher referenced in the email. She wishes to remain anonymous to protect her safety.

“I kept asking myself, `Why me?’ Literally wracking my brain trying to figure out who it is,” she said.

Twin Peaks Middle School has been in the news recently for bullying incidents. It’s not clear there’s any relationship, but it sounds like there are some unresolved and long-standing bullying issues going on at the school.

10News reported this last Friday:

Cell phone video obtained by 10News shows a fight between two eighth graders from a Poway middle school.

Family members of one of the boys said their son was being bullied and criticized Twin Peaks Middle School of not doing enough. They claimed that their son’s classmate beat and threatened him.

The video shows one boy trying to fend another, and he was on the receiving end of a flurry of punches and kicks. The fight happened last October and off-campus.

A third boy captured the incident on his cell phone and posted it on Facebook.

The father of the victim told 10News that his son’s life was threatened.

“Starin’ him down; told him he’s gonna kill him; kill our whole family,” Jerrod Christian told 10News what happened to his son.

He said he reported the incident to the San Diego Sheriff’s Department and school officials, but little was done.

That’s the environment teachers are expected to enter on a daily basis to make sure these kids achieve whatever success they’re expected to achieve on standardized tests. As for the claim that the guns in the home of that middle schooler were locked up and there was no access to the key, we know how easily that changes, don’t we?

Mehdi’s Morning Memo: The Living Standards Election

0

The ten things you need to know on Thursday 14 February 2013…

1) THE LIVING STANDARDS ELECTION

Ed Miliband is going to do his best impression of Ronald Reagan in a ‘major speech’ (is there ever a minor speech?) on the economy in Bedford today. It’s all about living standards, it seems.

The Labour leader has been speaking to – who else? – the Guardian ahead of his address:

“Ed Miliband promises to make the 2015 general election a ‘living standards election’ as he claims that the coalition’s squeeze on middle-income Britain has deepened the recession and created the “chilling prospect” of a further decade of pressure on most families’ living standards.

“… Bidding to set the frame for the next election, and drawing on some of the strategy that helped re-elect Barack Obama, the Labour leader says: ‘I am offering a choice between an economic recovery made by the many, not just a few at the top, and a Conservative strategy that consists of trickle-down from the top, a squeeze on the middle and a race to the bottom.’

“He goes on: ‘I will be asking the question ‘are you better off than you were four years ago?’ and I don’t think it is in dispute — people are worse off. The Office for Budget Responsibility figures are showing earnings behind inflation, and the Institute for Fiscal Studies shows the same. It would be a good start if David Cameron could just admit the facts.'”

Miliband will be speaking in Bedford – where the ‘One Nation’ prime minister Harold Macmillan, of course, declared that “You’ve never had it so good” in 1957.

Meanwhile, the Labour leader’s shrewdest adviser and close ally (Lord) Stewart Wood, in an exclusive piece for the Huffington Post UK, sets out the context and thinking behind Miliband’s speech. He writes:

“In 2013, the problem of the Middle has become the central economic challenge facing our country. It is at the heart of our growth crisis as well as our living standards crisis.”

Wood adds that “our economy is too dependent on a low-skill, low-wage model of competitiveness. One measure of this is the UK’s historic (and continuing) deficit in skills” and says that the Tory idea “that the key to our economic turnaround is further deregulation of one of the most deregulated economies in the advanced industrial world is somewhere between dubious and ridiculous.”

The shadow cabinet minister also claims that Labour has begun to “flesh out” new policies on the economy over the past two years.

I guess we’ll have to wait till later this morning to see what policies, if any, Miliband unveils in Bedford. Either way, the Labour leader is right to focus on (falling) living standards. I mean, it worked for the Gipper, right?

2) BREAKING: BLAIRITE REJECTS BLAIRISM

It isn’t just Ed Miliband giving a big speech today. Hats off to shadow defence secretary and arch-Blairite Jim Murphy for being willing to make some painful concessions about Blair’s failures on foreign and defence policy – from the Independent:

“A new approach to intervening in foreign countries will be set out by Labour today as the shadow Defence Secretary, Jim Murphy, accuses David Cameron of failing to learn the lessons from Tony Blair’s mistakes in Iraq and Afghanistan.

“Ten years after the Iraq War, Labour will attempt to further distance itself from a conflict which alienated many voters by warning against the ‘ideological’ crusade against al-Qa’ida favoured by Mr Blair and Mr Cameron.”

Murphy will also admit that “an almost primitive understanding of the Afghan population, culture and geography prior to Nato intervention severely undermined international attempts to work with proxies and our political strategy was in its conception insufficiently representative. In Iraq there was a serious deficit in Western comprehension of the Sunni-Shia or intra-Shia dynamics.”

Hear, hear!

3) BLAST FROM THE PAST

And it isn’t just Labour figures who are giving ‘big’ speeches today, either. Former Conservative prime minister Sir John Major plans to dole out some advice for his party in a speech on Europe at Chatham House later today.

Sir John will welcome his successor but two’s promise of an in/out referendum on the EU, saying it’s a “gamble” but one that Cameron can’t avoid and which could remove “the poison” of Europe from British – and, specifically, Tory – politics.

In a nice phrase, the ex-PM will also warn the current PM to beware of MPs with “with Tory heads and UK independence hearts looking to leave the EU”.

He’ll also warn eurosceptic Conservative MPs to stop bombarding their leader with demands on the EU and making him look like he’s under duress and behaving in the interests of his party, rather than the country.

In an interview with me a few months ago, backbench MP Nadine Dorries said the current political climate reminded her of the early 1990s, with all the instability at the top of government and the attacks on Major over Europe from eurosceptics. I guess we now know that Major himself kinda agrees with her.

4) WHO KNEW WHAT AND WHEN?

Worried about the row over horsemeat? Perhaps you should be – whether you’re a member of the public or a member of the government. From the Times splash:

“The Government knew last summer that a sudden ban on cheap British beef and lamb meant it was ‘inevitable’ that unlawful meat would be imported from Europe.

“MPs will demand today that the food watchdog is given powers to order supermarkets to carry out safety tests after it failed to identify the use of horsemeat in ready meals for up to a year, despite a warning from a government minister last June.

“The Times can also reveal that tests at British abattoirs in the past two weeks have confirmed that eight out of 200 horses slaughtered were contaminated with the veterinary drug phenylbutazone (“bute”), which is banned from food.”

5) EYE ON EASTLEIGH

Satirist, comedian and new Labour candidate in Eastleigh, John O’Farrell, comes under some scrutiny in today’s papers – from the Daily Telegraph:

“Labour’s candidate for the Eastleigh by—election once backed the idea of voting for the Liberal Democrats to keep out the Conservatives in a marginal seat — just like the one he is now contesting.

“… it has emerged that [O’Farrell] once advised his brother to vote Lib Dem in Richmond to keep out the Tories in 1997.”

Whoops!

BECAUSE YOU’VE READ THIS FAR…

Planning to propose to your beloved on this Valentine’s Day? Check out this video of 22 crazy and amusing wedding proposals…

6) ARE YOU LISTENING, MR PRESIDENT?

Whatever you think of Barack Obama, it is difficult to dispute that the US president has been a disaster for civil liberties. Remember, for instance, how he promised to shut down Gitmo? Well, he’ll be reminded of his failure – and the human cost of it – later today. From the Huffington Post UK:

“A 20,000-strong petition will be presented to US President Barack Obama to urge the release of a British detainee at Guantanamo Bay who has been held at the camp for exactly 11 years.

“Shaker Aamer, 44, was taken to the notorious US detention centre on 14 February 2002 under suspicion of recruiting and financing terror group al Qaida.

“Aamer has never been charged or tried with an offence and remains detained despite the US authorities officially approving him for transfer in 2009.”

(via Huffington Post UK)

7) DELHI DAVE

From the FT:

“The prime minister will take a delegation of British business leaders to Mumbai and New Delhi to exploit what he called “a special relationship” between the two countries, despite trade links having been strained.”

Two points worth mentioning here: 1) Dave will be under pressure to explain to Indian authorities and the country’s media why his government seems to be openly discriminating against university students from the subcontinent who want to study in the UK, and 2) it’s a rather lopsided special relationship, given it’s Cameron’s second visit to India since becoming prime minister while his Indian counterpart, Manmohan Singh, has not reciprocated with a visit to London and shows no signs of planning to do so.

8) NEED HELP?

From the Times:

“A mental health clinic is to be set up for MPs at Westminster to help the rising number of politicians who admit that they suffer depression and anxiety.

“Specialist treatment will be offered after officials approved funding of £25,000 a year. On Monday Parliament gave final approval to the Mental Health (Discrimination) Bill, scrapping the law that says that MPs lose their seats if they have been sectioned for more than six months, as well as a rule allowing company directors to be removed because of mental illness.”

9) UNGAGGED

The BBC’s Today programme has this exclusive:

“A health service manager claims he was gagged by the NHS from speaking out about his dismissal and his concerns over patient safety.

“Gary Walker said he had no choice but to sign an agreement linked to a confidentiality clause in April 2011.

“He said it was a case of either signing the so-called ‘super gag’ agreement or losing his house.

“… It comes a week after Robert Francis QC, who led the public inquiry into the Stafford hospital scandal, demanded that such agreements should be ‘banned’.”

10) IT’S ALL IN THE MIND

Are all those speeches, debates, arguments, pamphlets, columns and manifestos a waste of time? Scientists now say that brain scans provide a better clue to our political allegiances than the party loyalties of our parents.

From the Daily Telegraph:

“Liberals and conservatives use different parts of their brain when they respond to risk, according to a team of British and American scientists. They were able to predict if people voted Democrat or Republican with 83 per cent accuracy just by studying their brain activity.

“Volunteers from the parties were asked to play a gambling game while their brains were scanned. Republicans and Democrats were no different in terms of the risks they took during the game, but there was a marked contrast in the way their brains dealt with risk—taking. Democrats showed significantly greater activity in the left insula, a brain region associated with social and self—awareness. Republicans had a more active right amygdala, a region involved in defensive “fight—or—flight” responses.

According to the study, brain activity in these two regions alone was enough to predict with pretty astonishing accuracy whether the participant was a Democrat or Republican.

PUBLIC OPINION WATCH

From the latest Sun/YouGov poll:

Labour 42
Conservatives 32
Lib Dems 9
Ukip 9

That would give Labour a majority of 114.

140 CHARACTERS OR LESS

@damiangreenmp How modern media works. Keith Vaz demands to know why I am not in Commons. I get abuse on Twitter. Reason? My wife in hospital. Happy now?

‏@BorisWatch All sympathy to @damiangreenmp but some reflection on where this view that ‘if you’re not working you’re shirking’ came from might help?

@ChrisBryantMP Cracking qu by anas sarwar: when the pm’s answers are analysed will they be found to be 100% bull?

900 WORDS OR MORE

Peter Oborne, writing in the Telegraph, says: “Nick Clegg and his poor Lib Dems are having a nervous breakdown.”

John O’Farrell, writing in the Guardian, explains: “Why I’m standing for Labour in the Eastleigh byelection.”

Leo McKinstry, writing in the Daily Mail, says: “What’s the point of a food safety quango that couldn’t save us from eating stallion burgers?”

Got something you want to share? Please send any stories/tips/quotes/pix/plugs/gossip to Mehdi Hasan (mehdi.hasan@huffingtonpost.com) or Ned Simons (ned.simons@huffingtonpost.com). You can also follow us on Twitter: @mehdirhasan, @nedsimons and @huffpostukpol

Human chain blocks Dresden neo-Nazi march on firebombing’s anniversary

0

Thousands of people create a human chain along the Elbe river in front of the Dresden historical city center on February 13, 2013.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)

(34.6Mb) embed video

Over 13,000 anti-Nazi protesters have formed a human chain in the center of Dresden, Germany to block the neo-Nazi march, which assembles annually to mark the anniversary of the allied bombing of the city in 1945, and spread extremist ideology.

­Around three thousand officers are policing the parallel processions. No clashes were reported between the two groups.

Wednesday’s demonstration for the ultra-right marks the 68th anniversary of the bombing against the civilian population. The neo-Nazis condemn the allied actions in the final months of World War II and claim the bombings to be war crimes.

Activists that oppose them, say that the neo-nazi march insults the memory of some 25,000 victims that died from the bombs. A number of high-profile politicians including parliamentary deputy president Wolfgang Thierse and Saxony’s state premier Stalislaw Tillich took part in the human chain.

Speaking at the city’s Heide cemetery in front of some 200 guests, Dresden Mayor Helma Orosz spoke out against the neo-Nazi message.

“It is unbearable that all manner of right-wing extremists are attempting to take advantage of the [day of commemoration] crusade of hate and revenge,” Deutsche Welle quoted.

“It is an extremely worrying phenomenon,” warns Georgina Siklossy European Network Against Racism, especially when extreme nationalist ideologies are getting a hold in the rest of Europe as “there is an increased popularity in these far-right movements.”

Siklossy also told RT that austerity measures implemented by EU member states are a contributing factor to the rise of extreme thinking as “the economic crisis is exacerbating tensions and fear due to the loss of jobs.”

Governments of Europe have to continue to implement the social inclusion policies, Siklossy argues, to combat the political extremism.

Three month before the end of the WWII, British and US planes bombed the city for over 37 hours, ending midday February 15, 1945.

Thousands of people create a human chain along the Elbe river in front of the Dresden historical city center on February 13, 2013.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)
Thousands of people create a human chain along the Elbe river in front of the Dresden historical city center on February 13, 2013.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)

People hold their hands as thousands create a human chain along the Elbe river in front of the Dresden historical city center on February 13, 2013.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)
People hold their hands as thousands create a human chain along the Elbe river in front of the Dresden historical city center on February 13, 2013.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)

People create a human chain along the Elbe river in front of the Dresden historical city center on February 13, 2013.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)
People create a human chain along the Elbe river in front of the Dresden historical city center on February 13, 2013.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)

Neo-Nazis take part in a rally to commemorate the 68nd anniversary of the bombing of Dresden on February 13, 2013 in Dresden.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)
Neo-Nazis take part in a rally to commemorate the 68nd anniversary of the bombing of Dresden on February 13, 2013 in Dresden.(AFP Photo / Robert Michael)

Extreme right-wing protesters shout slogans at left-wing demonstrators in Dresden as the victims of the 1945 allied bombing of Dresden are remembered on its anniversary, February 13, 2013.(Reuters / Thomas Peter)
Extreme right-wing protesters shout slogans at left-wing demonstrators in Dresden as the victims of the 1945 allied bombing of Dresden are remembered on its anniversary, February 13, 2013.(Reuters / Thomas Peter)

UN concerned over Palestinian prisoners

0

Demonstrators hold portraits of Palestinian hunger striker Samer Issawi. (file photo)

Officials from the United Nations have expressed concern over the conditions of Palestinian prisoners in Israeli jails, particularly about the health of hunger striker Samer Issawi.

According to a statement issued by the UN, James Rawley, the UN humanitarian coordinator in the occupied Palestinian territories, met with Issa Qaraqe, the Palestinian Authority’s minister of prisoner and detainee affairs in the West Bank city of Ramallah on Wednesday.

During the meeting, Rawley “expressed the United Nations’ continued concern about Palestinian detainees” in Israel’s custody.

“They discussed the situation of four Palestinian detainees currently on hunger strike and, in particular, the critical health condition of one Palestinian detainee, Samer Issawi, who has been on hunger strike for more than 200 days,” the statement added.
On Wednesday, UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Navi Pillay also voiced concern about the Palestinian prisoners in Israel.

Meanwhile, Eduardo Del Buey, deputy spokesman for UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon, stated that the prisoners, who are being held under Israel’s so-called administrative detention, should be either charged or set free.

Administrative detention is a sort of imprisonment without trial or charge that allows Israel to incarcerate Palestinians for up to six months. The detention order can be renewed for indefinite periods of time.

NT/MHB

How Law Enforcement and Media Covered Up the Plan to Burn Christopher Dorner Alive

0

HIghly disturbing behavior by newspaper and Live TV sources in complying with the San Bernardino Sheriffs.

February 13, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

At approximately 7 PM ET, I listened through a police scanner as San Bernadino Sheriffs gave the order to burn down the cabin where suspected murderer Christopher Dorner was allegedly hiding. Deputies were maneuvering a remote controlled demolition vehicle to the base of the cabin, using it to tear down the walls of the cabin where Dorner was hiding, and peering inside.

In an initial dispatch, a deputy reported seeing “blood spatter” inside the cabins. Dorner, who had just engaged in a firefight with deputies that killed one officer and wounded another, may have been wounded in the exchange. There was no sign of his presence, let alone his resistance, according to police dispatches.

It was then that the deputies decided to burn the cabin down.

“We’re gonna go ahead with the plan with the burner,” one sheriff’s deputy told another. “Like we talked about.” Minutes later, another deputy’s voice crackled across the radio: “The burner’s deployed and we have a fire.”

Next, a sheriff reported a “single shot” heard from inside the house. This was before the fire had penetrated deeply into the cabin’s interior, and may have signaled Dorner’s suicide. At that point, an experienced ex-cop like him would have known he was finished.

Over the course of the next hour, I listened as the sheriffs carefully managed the fire, ensuring that it burned the cabin thoroughly. Dorner, a former member of the LAPD who had accused his ex-colleagues of abuse and racism in a lengthy, detailed manifesto, was inside. The cops seemed to have little interest in taking him alive.

“Burn that fucking house down!” shouted a deputy through a scanner transmission inadvertently broadcast on the Los Angeles local news channel, KCAL 9. “Fucking burn this motherfucker!” another cop could be heard exclaiming.

While live ammo exploded inside the cabin, the deputies pondered whether the basement would burn as well — they wanted to know if its ceiling was made of wood or concrete. They assumed Dorner was hiding there, and apparently wanted to ensure that he would be burned to a crisp. “Because the fire is contained, I’m gonna let that heat burn through the basement,” a deputy declared.

SWAT teams airlifted to the location were told to be ready in case Dorner did manage to escape. “Guys be ready on the number four side [the front of the cabin],” a deputy declared. “He might come out the back.”

Just after 7 PM (10 PM PT), right when the orders were given to deploy the “burners,” the San Bernadino Country Sheriff’s Department Public Information Officer Cindy Bachman hastily gathered reporters for an impromptu press conference. Claiming to know nothing new, she told reporters that she had no idea why the cabin was on fire, or who started the fire. Reporters badgered Bachman for information, but she had none, raising the question of why the presser was convened when it was.

Around the same time, the San Bernadino County Sheriff’s Department requested that all reporters and media organizations stop tweeting about the ongoing standoff with Dorner, claiming their journalism was “hindering officer safety.” As the cabin sheltering Dorner burned, the local CBS affiliate was reportedly told by law enforcement to zoom its helicopter camera out to avoid showing the actions of sheriff’s deputies. By all accounts, the media acceded to police pressure for self-censorship.

On Twitter, the Riverside Press Enterprise, a leading local newspaper, announced on Twitter, “Law enforcement asked media to stop tweeting about the#Dorner case, fearing officer safety. We are complying.” The paper’s editors added, “We are going to tweet broad, non-tactical details, as per the San Bernardino DA’s request.”

NRA, You Lie!

0

My original title for this post was “Let’s De-Fund the NRA.” Then I watered it down to something about the NRA being accountable. And then I ramped it up after seeing this update where the NRA actually dared to deny their own lobbyist’s arrogant, authoritarian, flippant attitude toward public reaction to the Newtown shootings, calling it the “Connecticut Effect,” a thing to wait out until public memories fade.

Remember this jerk when you hear Republicans and the NRA whine about how divisive Democrats are. Because it isn’t Democrats who said flatly, “No, we’re not going to do that.” And then remember how the NRA lies when it suits them to do so:

Via ThinkProgress:

Now, the NRA is attempting to disavow any association with Welch or its Wisconsin chapter. In an email to TPM on Tuesday, the NRA wrote that “Bob Welch is neither a staff lobbyist nor a contract lobbyist for the National Rifle Association. He does not speak for the NRA.”

That’s a flat-out, straight-up lie, as Scott Keyes explains.

The NRA’s attempt to claim no association with Welch and its Wisconsin state chapter is laughable. Welch is a registered lobbyist for the Wisconsin NRA group, known as WI-FORCE (Wisconsin Firearm Owners, Ranges, Clubs & Educators), so any association between WI-FORCE and the NRA is an association between Welch and the NRA.

I think the NRA should be defunded in the same way the right wing has acted to defund schools. Some ways to do it: Sue them for liability in every single gun death inflicted with malice and intent to kill, put a transaction tax on their asset transactions, impose fees and penalties for all manner of things, and call for an end to secret fund transfers between non-profits, which is how many organizations duck their NRA contribution reporting.

I’m all for constitutional respect, but I’m done with these arrogant idiots who just shrug every time someone dies because of their undying love for gun manufacturer profits and their fetish with weapons of mass killing. Especially when they lack the character to own it. If they don’t want to own what they do behind closed doors, there’s no reason to consider them trustworthy about anything at all.

I’m over it. As far as I’m concerned, they can get on board with the sensible and moderate proposals on the table or they can cease to exist with any power or say in how this country is governed.

BP Director To Chair Rolls-Royce

0

A former partner of McKinsey, the management consultancy, is poised to be named on Thursday as the next chairman of Rolls-Royce, the aircraft engine-maker.

I can reveal that Ian Davis, who sits on the board of BP, is to join the board of Rolls-Royce in the coming months. He is expected to replace Sir Simon Robertson as the chairman of Britain’s most important manufacturing company following its annual meeting in May.

The appointment will end months of uncertainty about the leadership of Rolls-Royce after it became mired in corruption allegations relating to payments made by its subsidiaries in China and Indonesia.

Mr Davis’s appointment is expected to be announced alongside a bumper set of full-year numbers from Rolls-Royce, which analysts say will have notched up about £1.4bn in annual profit last year.

Mr Davis is well-known to the Rolls-Royce board member who led the search for Sir Simon’s successor. Iain Conn, the senior independent director at the aircraft engine-maker, is also the chief executive of BP’s refining and marketing operation, and insiders said that Mr Davis had been in discussions with Rolls-Royce for several months about taking the job.

Sources said tonight that Rolls-Royce was unlikely to provide a detailed update on the progress of the corruption probes alongside its results.

Last month, it said it had appointed Lord Gold, the eminent City lawyer, “to lead a review of its compliance procedures, reporting to the Ethics Committee of the Board. This follows the previous announcement by Rolls-Royce that it has provided information to the Serious Fraud Office (SFO) relating to concerns about bribery and corruption involving intermediaries in overseas markets”.

The corruption allegations have cast a shadow over Rolls-Royce, which has enjoyed a largely unblemished reputation even as its rapid expansion during the last decade saw it accelerate sales in fast-growing emerging markets in Asia.

Mr Davis will need to tackle the ongoing inquiries and build a strong relationship with John Rishton, the Rolls-Royce chief executive, who has only been in the job for about a year.

In addition to his role on the board of BP, Mr Davis sits on the board of Johnson & Johnson, the US pharmaceuticals group, and is a senior adviser to Apax Partners, the private equity firm. He is also a non-executive member of the board of the Cabinet Office.

Rolls-Royce today announced that it had struck a deal with the Ministry of Defence to supply nuclear propulsion technology to the military, a contract that it said would save the Government £200m and protect 2,000 British jobs.

Rolls-Royce declined to comment.

Army ‘Gifts’ £450,000 Of Kit To Uzbekistan

0

Britain is to give Uzbekistan £450,000 of military kit after it agreed to help with the withdrawal of troops from Afghanistan.

Defence Secretary Philip Hammond said the equipment, which includes £100,000 of Land Rover spare parts and 50 Leyland DAF trucks worth £7,000 each, would be “gifted” to the country.

In return, the UK will be allowed to use Uzbekistan to repatriate equipment as operations in Afghanistan wind down.

Responding to concerns over the country’s human rights record, which Human Rights Watch describes as “atrocious” , Mr Hammond said he was confident the kit would not be used for “internal repression”.

“Uzbekistan has already played a constructive role in helping to secure Afghanistan’s stability but will face increased security challenges once Isaf (the International Security Assistance Force) has withdrawn,” he said.

“We have therefore been examining options for gifting surplus UK equipment to help meet those challenges.”

Around £4bn of kit, including 6,500 storage containers, is due to be brought home before 2015.

Thousands more containers are expected to be abandoned, destroyed or given to Afghan security forces.

According to documents released by the Ministry of Defence, the Land Rover parts are “major assemblies” and are “commercially available”.

The UK will fund the transportation of the kit, which is expected to start this year. The bill will be met from the Treasury reserve.

Hollande to lobby selling jets to India

0

French President Francois Hollande has arrived in India where he will be lobbying hard for selling French fighter jets worth about 12 billion US dollars.

A high-level delegation of five ministers including Foreign Minister Laurent Fabius, Defense Minister Jean-Yves Le Drian and the chiefs of over 60 top French companies, is accompanying Hollande, who arrived in New Delhi on Thursday.

The two-day visit is aimed at boosting the “strategic Indo-French partnership launched 15 years ago,” a French official said on Wednesday.

The Socialist president is expected to meet with Indian Premier Manmohan Singh and other ministers to discuss a $12-billion deal to deliver 126 Rafale warplanes to India.

New Delhi says the contract will not be signed during Hollande’s visit as it is being fine-tuned by the Indian government.

Last year, India chose Dassault Aviation’s Rafale plane over the Typhoon fighter jet built by Eurofighter, which is a consortium of British group BAE Systems, Europe’s EADS, and Italy’s Finmeccanica.

Rafale is a French twin-engine delta-wing fighter aircraft, with semi-stealth capabilities.

DB/MHB

Republic In Administration As Website Shuts

0

Fashion retailer Republic has gone into administration and closed its website, putting 2,500 jobs at risk.

The normal website was replaced with a headline saying “Site Unavailable”, along with a message from the joint administrators. 

Customers vented their frustration on social media outlets.

The firm, which operates 121 stores across the UK with a stronger presence in the north of the country, has appointed administrators Ernst & Young to sell the business while it attempts to trade.

It has already made 150 employees at the head office in Leeds.

Speaking to Sky News about the Republic redundancies, Chancellor George Osborne said: “It is always very, very sad news when a retailer goes bust and people lose jobs.

“We are going to work hard to make sure they have jobs to go to.”

Republic is owned by private equity firm TPG.

The investment firm’s website still promotes Republic as “one of the United Kingdom’s top young adult fashion retailers”.

Staff tweeted a message after the move to administration.

It said: “Sadly #Republic is now in the hands of Administrators. We did all we could but it’s simply too tough out there. Thanks for your support.”

On Tuesday, Sky News City Editor Mark Kleinman revealed the retailer was poised to enter administration.

But hours later it still promoted itself as a viable concern with a tweet about its all-in-one outfits.

The tweet said: “We are indeed your one stop Onesie shop. And if you play our #RepublicRomance game you can get 10% off.”

Hunter Kelly, head of corporate restructuring team at Ernst & Young, said: “Republic suffered poor trading results in the autumn, and whilst sales picked up in December there has been a sudden and rapid decline in sales in late January.

“The impact on cash flows has resulted in the business being unable to continue to operate outside of an insolvency process.”

Republic began as a men’s denim retailer in 1986 under the Best Jeans brand, and sells brands including Diesel, Firetrap and G-Star Raw.

Republic’s demise is the latest in a string of British high street casualties in the last six months.

Music and entertainment retailer HMV, DVD rental firm Blockbuster and camera specialist Jessops have all gone into administration this year.

In October, electricals chain Comet also called in administrators.

Mr Osborne is aware of the trend in retail of increasing web-based purchases and its affect on the retail sector.

He told Sky: “I think you are seeing changes on our high street, a lot of clothing is sold online now so we are seeing changes in the way people shop in this country.”

This Clip Is All You Need to Know About Marco Rubio’s SOTU Response

0

This Clip Is All You Need to Know About Marco Rubio’s SOTU Response

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013

Florida Sen. Marco Rubio had a lot of things to say in rebuttal to the State of the Union address Tuesday night, like how the president’s plan to “grow our government” isn’t going to help you get ahead or create more job opportunities, and also that Obamacare is still just bad.

Unfortunately for Rubio, the only thing anyone is likely to remember about his response is the awkward pause he took during it to grab a sip of water.

But hey, at least the rising GOP star is willing to embrace that fact, judging by these tweets: 

The Associated Press has more on “gulpgate”:

Rubio appeared to wipe away sweat during his rebuttal from the Speaker’s conference room in the U.S. Capitol shortly after Obama’s address. At one point, Rubio reached out with his left hand and took a quick swig of water from a small Poland Spring water bottle.

The brief sip of water lit up social media outlets such as Twitter, with people commenting on Rubio’s thirst.

Garrett Jackson, Mitt Romney’s personal aide during his 2012 presidential bid, tweeted that he “would have had that water bottle closer, had it been the Gov. Haha. Marco needs an aide.”

Read more


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Obama’s Call to Raise the Minimum Wage Met by Republican Howls and Disinformation

0

Millions of families being lifted above the poverty line is too much to take for the likes of Paul Ryan and Marco Rubio.

February 13, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

During his State of the Union address, President Obama called for  raising the minimum wage to $9 an hour, up from its current $7.25, and indexing it to inflation so that it rises as the economy grows. If the increase were to happen, it would give the minimum wage its highest purchasing power since 1981, lifting millions of families above the poverty line.

But top Republicans are already coming out against it. During interviews last night and today, House Budget Committee Chairman Paul Ryan (R-WI) and Sen. Marco Rubio (R-FL) both made clear that they oppose raising the minimum wage, citing its supposed effect on job creation:

RYAN: I think it’s inflationary. I think it actually is counterproductive in many ways. You end up costing job from people who are the bottom rung of the economic ladder. Look, I wish we could just pass a law saying everybody should make more money without any adverse consequences. The problem is you’re costing jobs from those who are just trying to get entry level jobs. The goal ought to be is to get people out of entry level jobs into better jobs, better paying jobs. That’s better education and a growing economy. Those are some of the things he talked about and I don’t think raising minimum wage – and history is very clear about this – doesn’t actually accomplish those goals.

RUBIO: I want to see people making a lot more than $9 an hour in the United States. And the way do you that is through rapid economic growth where people are being paid a lot more than that. $9 is not enough. I think we all would want that. The question is is a minimum wage the best way to do it? And history has said the answer is absolutely not. In fact, the impact of minimum wage usually is that businesses hire less people. That’s the impact of it. They’ll just hire less people to do the same amount of work…We have a lot of history to prove that the minimum wage , raising the minimum wage does not grow the middle class.

Watch a compilation:

In fact, the history says that raising the minimum wage has little if any impact on job creation. A study published in November 2010 in the Review of Economics and Statistics, for instance, found “ no detectable employment losses from the kind of minimum wage increases we have seen in the United States.” Another published in 2011 “ found no impact on hours worked or employment levels.”

The seminal study of the minimum wage, done by economists David Card and Alan Krueger, found that job creation was actually strengthened by an increase in the minimum wage. This result has been found time and time again. So Rubio and Ryan have the history exactly backwards: raising the minimum wage results in higher wages and more purchasing power for workers, not job losses.

Pat Garofalo is economic policy editor for ThinkProgress.org. His writing has also appeared in the Nation, the Atlantic, U.S. News & World Report, and other publications. Follow him on Twitter at @Pat_Garofalo.

Five killed in Ukraine plane crash

0

An undated photo of an Antonov An-24 plane that crashed in Blagoveshchensk, Amur Oblast, Russia.

At least five people have been killed when a plane carrying 45 passengers and crew crash-landed and caught fire near the eastern Ukrainian city of Donetsk, officials say.

Ukraine’s Ministry of Emergencies said in a statement that the Antonov AN-24 plane, a twin-engine turboprop, overshot the runway at Donetsk’s Sergey Prokofiev International Airport and broke up when it attempted an emergency landing late on Wednesday, Reuters reported.

Twelve others were injured in the accident, the statement added.

The plane was on an internal flight from the Black Sea resort of Odessa. The majority of the passengers were football fans on their way to Donetsk to watch a Champions League match between Shakhtar Donetsk and Germany’s Borussia Dortmund.

It was not immediately clear what caused the incident. However, reports suggest that the airport was shrouded in thick fog at the time. A commission has been set up to investigate the deadly crash.

MN/MHB

Which Jobs Have the Biggest and Smallest Wage Gaps?

0

Which Jobs Have the Biggest and Smallest Wage Gaps?

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013
Screenshot

When it comes to paychecks, women are still making significantly less than men do in the same jobs, a Bureau of Labor Statistics report reveals. On average, women are getting paid roughly 81 percent of what their male counterparts are taking home.

According to the data, the gap in pay between men and women is biggest for insurance sales agents (62.5 percent) and retail salespeople (64.3 percent) and smallest for health technicians (103.7 percent) and counselors (102.6 percent).

NPR:

Part of the gap in pay is driven by choices, even within single job categories. Among physicians, for example, women are more likely than men to choose lower-paid specialties (though this does not explain all of the pay gap among doctors).

And among all workers, women are more likely than men to take a significant time off from work to raise children, and they tend to be re-hired at lower wages than their counterparts who remained in the workforce.

…One other detail worth noting: The jobs where the gap is biggest pay more, on average, than the jobs where the gap is lowest. The average weekly pay is $1,087 for jobs where the gap is biggest, and $773 for jobs where the gap is smallest.

Read more

–Posted by Tracy Bloom.

More Below the Ad

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Julian Assange to Run for Office



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Ban censures N Korea nuclear test

0

This undated photo shows North Korean leader Kim Jong-un (C) as he visits the Sohae Satellite Launching Station, which is located in Cholsan County, North Pyongan Province, North Korea.

United Nations Secretary General Ban Ki-moon has condemned North Korea for its third “reckless” underground nuclear test that has drawn global condemnation.

“This was an outrageous and reckless act. I have deep concerns about the impact on regional stability and the global effort to curb nuclear proliferation,” Ban said in speech at the Organization of American States in Washington on Wednesday.

Ban said he held a meeting with the 15-member UN Security Council over the nuclear test conducted by Pyongyang on Tuesday.

The Council “strongly condemned the test and is exploring further action,” the UN chief stated.

Pyongyang also announced that the test involved a “miniaturized” device and was conducted in a “perfect manner.”

The North Korean Foreign Ministry issued a statement saying that the nuclear test was the country’s “first” action against the US hostility.

If Washington maintains its hostile stance and “further complicates the situation,” Pyongyang will be left with “no choice but to take even stronger second or third rounds of action,” the statement added.

The North Korean nuclear test was immediately condemned by the United States, South Korea, Russia, Japan, and many other countries.

US Ambassador to the UN Susan Rice stated that North Korea should expect “increasing isolation and pressure.”

North Korea carried out two previous nuclear tests on October 9, 2006 and May 25, 2009.

Tough UN sanctions were imposed on Pyongyang after its latest rocket launch in December 2012, and North Korea will most likely face more problems as a result of Tuesday’s nuclear test.

DB/MHB

Why It’s Harder to Love Someone in This Era of Extreme Capitalism

0

Capitalism gave our fantasy a blank check but it stole our reality.

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

February 13, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Love is older than capitalism. But the romantic variety, along with its peculiar pains, takes cultural center stage just as capitalism makes its debut. That’s no coincidence. Capitalism and romantic love have grown together, reinforcing and reflecting each other in ways that we hardly notice.

Our society’s organization has a lot to do with the way we understand our perceptions and experiences, including love. Depending on what values we emphasize and the way we imagine ourselves in relation to others, our expectations can bring us fulfillment or crash on the rocks of disappointment.

In the High Middle Ages, the tradition of courtly love among the nobility focused on a knight’s bond to his lady fair; a reflection of the relationship between vassal and lord. Reciprocity was a strong feature of this connection. Women like the powerful Eleanor of Acquitaine, who could often both inherit and manage property in the feudal system, found that courtly love offered them a way to freely express sexual desires outside of the conventions of patriarchy. They could put chastity aside, along with the need for the legitimacy of children. Feudal values, based on a system of private jurisdictions, fed the possibility of love for both men and women outside the bounds of marriage.

The Renaissance turned things in a somewhat different direction. In the 16th century, bourgeois writers like Thomas More (a major figure in the court of Henry VIII), didn’t have much use for female sexuality and influence. They were preoccupied with the emergence of the mercantile and manufacturing economy, and under the early capitalist model, sexuality was to be regulated, religious devotion encouraged, and public life circumscribed. Instead of reciprocity, hierarchy was the primary structure of relationships between king and subject, man and woman, and, eventually, employer and employee. Patriarchal family values were restored. For women, love had to lead to marriage and it had better not stray beyond that boundary. (Anne Boleyn, Henry VIII’s second wife, famously got caught in the crosshairs of this shift.)

As the ideal of love as mutuality and reciprocity among men and women declined, love became, in the words of historian Joan Kelly, a “narcissistic experience.” It also reflected a general shift in the conception of the self. In his book, The Transformation of Intimacy: Sexuality, Love and Eroticism in Modern Society, Anthony Giddens suggests that romantic love introduced the idea of a personal narrative, which is why it emerged along with the novel. Self-realization became the keynote of romantic love. As the Enlightenment loosened religious dominance, people turned to the inspiration of romance as a replacement for what had once been provided by religion. Romantic love became salvation.

By the 19th century, the decline in the belief in immortality sped the transformation in the way people saw themselves. If we don’t possess an immortal soul, then we have to elevate our sense of our temporary selves. If we can’t live forever, then we have to fulfill ourselves now. Our individual hopes and desires gain more significance. We don’t want to accept limits in our earthly life, and we are constantly reaching for more. Romantic love becomes the way we can expand, the place where we imagine ourselves heroic.

As capitalism matures, its emphasis on leaping toward the new and the original stands out. It thrives, as historian Joyce Appleby tells us, on “relentless revolution.” Novelty reigns supreme. The consumer is groomed for the ceaseless search for new sensations and new possibilities. Capitalism looks forward. It revels in future visions rather than reflection. As industrialization brings the demands of endless work, capitalism has to stimulate the desire for pleasure and consumption. The Puritan ethic of delayed gratification, based on the idea of scarcity, is pushed aside. Capitalism offers us the fantasy of abundance, where restraint is unnecessary.

Harvest of Hypocrisy: Farmers Being Blamed for GMO Crop Failures

0

farmer

Of all the GMO controversies around the world, the saga of Bt cotton in India continues to be one of the most interesting and important. In the latest chapter, reported by the Business Standard, cotton yields have dropped to a 5-year low, setting off a fascinating round of finger pointing.

India approved Bt cotton in 2002 and within a few years yields were up dramatically. There are different sets of data out there, but let’s use the India Ministry of Textiles data since it’s this weeks news story. This chart shows the national trends in cotton yield (kg per hectare).

If you follow GMO debates you will have heard several years of kennel barking about how these figures show a “remarkable success.” But as I have pointed out (in my blog and in EPW), most of the rise in productivity had nothing to do with Bt cotton; in fact it happened before Bt cotton became popular.

Check it out: the biggest rises were from 2002/3 to 2004/5, when yields rose 56% from 302 to 470 kg. But by 2004/5, only 5.6% of India’s cotton farmers had adopted Bt. Do the math: if those 5.6% of planters were really responsible for a 56% rise in yields, then they must have been harvesting 3,288 kg/ha.

Feb-2013-graph

Data from the India Ministry of Textiles.

So Bt didn’t explain the big rise in yields, and since Bt has taken over, yields have been steadily worsening. What are we to make of this? Well, two things, according to the Business Standard and the Monsanto spokesperson who was their main informant. One has to do with what has gone wrong, the other with what we need to get out of this mess.

1. What Went Wrong? (the farmers screwed up?)

It seems the bollworms – the voracious pests that that Bt cotton is designed to kill – are developing resistance. But resistance, according to Monsanto, is “natural and expected.”

Whoa – that’s not what the farmers were told to expect. I was there when Bt cotton was being rolled out and they were told repeatedly and confidently that they wouldn’t have to spray any more. In fact we were all being told that “genetic farming is the easiest way to cultivate crops. All that farmers have to do is to plant the seeds and water them regularly. The genetically modified seeds are insect resistant, so there is no need to use huge amounts of pesticides.”

All the farmer has to do is plant and water the seeds… and then wait around for resistance, which is natural and expected. But wait there’s more: when it does appear, it’s the Indian farmers’ fault. Monsanto’s spokesman explains:

Among the factors that may have contributed to pink bollworm resistance to the Cry1Ac protein in Gujarat are limited refuge planting and early use of unapproved Bt cotton seed, planted prior to GEAC approval of Cry1Ac cotton, which may have had lower Bt protein expression levels, he added.

A “refuge” is a strip of non-Bt seeds farmers are asked to plant around their Bt fields, basically to raise bollworms that aren’t resistant to Bt, so they can hopefully breed with any resistant bollworms.[1] Very few Indian farmers actually do this, because it’s a lot of extra work for no return. Here’s an insight from 30 years of research on farming: if you’re pushing a technology that is only sustainable if farmers follow practices that require extra work for no return, you are pushing an unsustainable technology.

The other Monsanto suggestion is that the farmers are to blame for planting unapproved seeds. Sorry, that dog don’t hunt. Those unapproved seeds were Navbharat-151 and they have been much written about; they were better than the approved seeds, and their Bt levels were apparently sky high. Gujarat, where they were planted, has had India’s biggest rises in yields.

But while we’re blaming Indian farmers, why stop there? Monsanto also explains that

farmers have been constantly educated to adopt measures such as need-based application of insecticide sprays during the crop season and adoption of cultural practices like keeping the field clean of cotton stubble and crop-leftovers, ploughing of land after harvest so that the resting stages of the insects in the soil could be destroyed.

I have yet to bump into the educators who are giving farmers constant remediation on spraying, plowing, and field clearing. But I do bump into a lot of biotechnology people who pontificate on the wisdom of the Indian farmer. The farmer has long been seen as backward, tradition-bound, and inept. “We need to teach proper tillage,” a Monsanto executive explained to me years ago. But farmers are obstinate, and in fact this was one of the arguments for GM seeds:

for years people have tried to change cultural practices of these farmers, and it just hasn’t worked. It has been a complete failure, because you have to modify infrastructure, you have to re-educate them as to how to modify their farming practices themselves. But with biotech, the technology is in a seed. All you have to do is give them the seed. (-biotechnologist Martina McGloughlin)

But as soon as Indian farmers adopted GM seeds, we were told that “we should leave the choice of selecting modern agricultural technologies to the wisdom of Indian farmers” and that “farmers are excellent businessmen who aren’t persuaded by anything or anybody that doesn’t make their job easier or more profitable.” [2]

So don’t question the wisdom of the farmer! He is a genius – at least when he is buying GM seeds. But otherwise, he has to be told how to plant, spray, plow, and clear fields!

2. Now What? (More innovation?)

So despite all the GM seeds, India’s cotton yields keep on dropping. (In some states, they are now lower than they were before Bt seeds became popular.) So what’s the way forward?

To me this is a very hard question, but not to the Business Standard, which simply reports the news that

continuous R&D and innovation to develop new value-added technologies is imperative to stay ahead of insect resistance. To support such innovation, Monsanto demanded government policies’ support to encourage investment in R&D which will result in Indian farmers having a wider choice of better and advanced technologies translating thereby, higher yield.

No kidding – innovation from Monsanto is going to keep us ahead of the insects and guarantee higher yields. But lets take a look at the facts, at least as reported by the industry-friendly ISAAA. Yields started dropping after 2007/8. But that was just after new genetic constructs started appearing: a new 2-gene technology in 2006/7, and by 2009, six different constructs were approved. And these rapidly proliferating technologies were appearing in dizzying numbers of seed products. After 2006/7, the number of Bt hybrid seeds being offered to farmers jumped from 62 to 131 to 274; by 2009/10 there were 522.

There you have it: Indian cotton farmers today are being pelted with a hailstorm of new gene technologies and seed products, their yields steadily dropping, and the way forward is clear to the Business Standard: invest in Monsanto innovation.

Glenn Davis Stone is Professor of Anthropology and Environmental Studies at Washington University in St. Louis. Over the past 30 years he has studied and written about food, farming, and biotechnology. He has conducted extensive research in West Africa, India, and the U.S., with additional fieldwork in So. Africa, Viet Nam, Thailand, and England, and laboratory work at the Donald Danforth Plant Science Center. He is president of the Anthropology & Environment Society of the American Anthropological Assn.

Notes

[1] Further explanation: A field full of Bt plants puts selective pressure on bollworm populations favoring worms with natural resistance to Bt. The resistant bollworms would thrive and spread the resistance trait, while the Bt-vulnerable bollworms die off. The plants in the refuge are non-Bt, so Bt-sensitive worms are supposed to thrive there; they are supposed to mate with the Bt-resistant worms and water down the resistance trait.

[2] Pinstrup-Andersen, P., and E. Schioler 2000 Seeds of Contention: World Hunger and the Global Controversy over GM Crops. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press; Fumento, M. 2003 BioEvolution: How Biotechnology is Changing Our World. San Francisco: Encounter Books.

Seeds of Destruction

Fort Hood hero says Obama betrayed victims of massacre

0

First lady Michelle Obama (2nd R) waves as she stands with Acting Fort Hood Police Chief Mark Alan Todd (L), Federal Police Officer Kimberly Munley (2nd L) and Rebecca Knerr (R) prior to U.S. President Barack Obama's State of the Union Address on Capitol Hill in Washington.(Reuters / Jason Reed)

First lady Michelle Obama (2nd R) waves as she stands with Acting Fort Hood Police Chief Mark Alan Todd (L), Federal Police Officer Kimberly Munley (2nd L) and Rebecca Knerr (R) prior to U.S. President Barack Obama’s State of the Union Address on Capitol Hill in Washington.(Reuters / Jason Reed)

Former Sgt. Kimberly Munley, who helped stop the deadly shooting at Fort Hood in 2009, claims that the US government has neglected the surviving victims of the attack, leaving them without proper medical care in the aftermath of the shooting.

When 39-year-old US Army Major Nidal Malik Hasan opened fire at the Texas military base Fort Hood, he left 13 people dead and 32 wounded. Most of the wounded were service members, some of which were preparing to go to Afghanistan. But the gunshot wounds served as a setback for many, inflicting crippling disabilities that in some cases require years of treatment.

And the US government has largely abandoned the wounded soldiers, Sgt. Munley said in an interview with ABC News, which will be broadcast Wednesday night.

“Betrayed is a good word,” Munley said. “Not to the least little bit have the victims been taken care of. In fact they’ve been neglected.”

Including Munley herself.

The former sergeant came face to face with the shooter in an attempt to stop him, only to be shot three times. Her partner, Sgt. Mark Todd, eventually managed to shoot down Hasan. But after suffering three gunshot wounds and being laid off from her job with the base’s civilian police force, Munley feels abandoned.

The reason for the lack of medical care can partially be attributed to the military’s classification of the shooting as “workplace violence”. Hasan was initially found to have been in contact with al-Qaeda leader Anwar al-Awlaki and was suspected of terrorism. But rather than consider the massacre a terrorist attack or a “combat related” incident, the military simply called it “workplace violence”.

Victims of workplace violence receive lower priority access to medical care than veterans — even if veterans acquired injuries less serious than the shooting victims. Victims of workplace violence are also ineligible for Purple Heart medals, which are awarded to service members who are wounded or killed while serving the US military.

Munley said President Obama has broken a promise that he made in 2009: after the deadly shooting, the president pledged to have the victims well taken care of. But lack of medical care has forced some of the victims to find civilian doctors to get proper treatment.

“There’s a substantial number of very serious, crippling cases of post-traumatic stress disorder exacerbated, frankly, by what the Army and the Defense Department did in this case,” Reed Rubinstein, a lawyer representing the wounded shooting victims, told ABC. “We have a couple of cases in which the soldiers’ command accused the soldiers of malingering, and would say things to them that Fort Hood really wasn’t so bad, it wasn’t combat.”

As a result of their medical abandonment, the shooting victims have filed a lawsuit against the US military, stating that the “workplace violence” designation of the shooting incident has prevented them from having the same access to medical care and financial benefits as veterans.

Shawn Manning, a former soldier, was shot six times at Fort Hood. His injuries forced him to retire.

“It was no different than an insurgent in Iraq or Afghanistan trying to kill us,” Manning said about the shooter. But he claims the “workplace violence” designation of his injuries cost him $70,000 in benefits that he would have received if they were designated as “combat related.”

Left without proper medical care and veterans’ benefits and denied Purple Hearts, the victims of the Fort Hood shooting are angry about the president’s false promises. With injuries that forced many of them to retire, the wounded victims hope that their lawsuit will draw attention to the designation that keeps them excluded from veterans’ benefits.

Ban urges UNSC to resolve Syria unrest

0

File photo shows militants in Syria.

United Nations Secretary General Ban Ki-moon has called on the UN Security Council to take action against the unrest in Syria.

“The political environment within Syria and across the region remains polarized. The Security Council remains paralyzed,” Ban told the council on Wednesday.

“It is essential for the Security Council to overcome the deadlock and find the unity that will make meaningful action possible,” Ban stated.

He also said the international community must make efforts to bring about a political solution, adding, “It’s long past time we resolved this conflict.”

Earlier in the day, senior political analyst Webster Griffin Tarpley told Press TV that NATO established death squads in Syria in line with its plots aimed at removing Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

“These death squads have been created with the help of NATO and with the help of the [Persian] Gulf monarchies inside Syria,” he said.

Syria has been experiencing unrest since mid-March 2011. Many people, including large numbers of security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

Several international human rights organizations say the foreign-sponsored militants have committed war crimes.

The Syrian government says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants fighting the Syrian government are foreign nationals.

NT/MHB

Greek Consumers Most Pessimistic On Earth: 40% Have No Disposable Income

0

Chronicling the collapsing Greek socioeconomic reality would be an interesting business school case study of what a zombie monetary regime kept alive at all costs does to the “weakest link(s)” (most recently “Greek Economy Grinds To A Halt As New Construction Implodes By 66.6%” and “Person Trampled As Fight Breaks Out At Greek Free Food Handout“), if only there weren’t real men and women suffering as a result of the stupidity and greed of a few entrenched individuals who will stop at nothing to see their paper wealth preserved at all costs. The latest salvo of the utter misery Greek society finds itself in comes from Nielsen research, which reports that Greeks are now the most pessimistic consumers on the planet, with the Greek consumer confidence index dropping to 35 points in the last quarter of 2012. That is the lowest level among a total of 58 countries surveyed and 11 points lower than the same period last year in Greece.

It gets worse.

As Kathimerini reports: “Four out of 10 Greeks told the same survey that they no longer have any disposable money left after covering their basic needs, which is the highest rate ever recorded in Greece and the biggest in the October-December period in Europe. A year earlier (in Q4 2011) that rate had stood at 34 percent and in Q4 of 2010 it had been at 25 percent.” Obligatory spin: once nobody has any disposable income, things can only get better. Unless, as Rajoy might add, they get worse.

What little money Greek do have is spent “toward the payment of loan and credit card installments (31 percent) or savings (22 percent). Only a very small number of consumers use their disposable income for entertainment, vacations and buying clothes, which helps to explain the turnover slump in of the sectors of food catering, domestic tourism and apparel stores.”

With unemployment soaring to unprecedented levels, it comes as no surprise that finding and/or keeping a job constitutes the greatest concern among Greeks, which, at a rate of 44 percent, is among the highest in the world. The state of the economy ranks second, at 38 percent, debts are third at 26 percent and the increasing level of utility bills are fourth, on 21 percent.

Shrinking disposable incomes combined with insecurity have led to a change in Greeks’ shopping habits, with 77 percent stating they have curtailed spending on entertainment outside the home, 67 percent saying they choose cheaper commodities (mostly own-label supermarket products) and more than half (54 percent) say they have cut down on fuel and electricity.

No wonder nobody tries to sell Europe on forecasts of a second half improvement in 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013 anymore. By now virtually all of them have given up.

The same survey found that the country with the most optimistic citizens is India, with an index reading of 121 points, followed by the Philippines with 119 and Indonesia with 117. Asia generally appears to be the most optimistic continent on the planet, with Europe being the most pessimistic. In total, the global index came to 91 points in the last quarter of 2012, dropping by one point from the previous quarter.

In addition to being the most optimistic, India is the one place in the world where gold is as functional a currency, and a store of wealth, as paper money (much to its central bankers’ chagrin). One wonders if there is a connection…

As for the Greek gold: one wonders just which deep underground London vault it has been “rehypothecated” to these days?

Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

At least 20 CIA black-site prisoners still missing

0

Amnesty International members protest in front of the White House in Washington, January 11, 2012.(Reuters / Gary Cameron)

Amnesty International members protest in front of the White House in Washington, January 11, 2012.(Reuters / Gary Cameron)

Investigative journalists studying the CIA’s infamous black-site shadow prisons say that at least 20 detainees once held in the secret torture cells are currently unaccounted for.

In the wake of the attacks of September 11, 2001, the US Central Intelligence Agency expanded their operations overseas to track down suspected terrorists by any means possible. Only two weeks after the World Trade Center’s twin towers came crumbling down, in fact, then-Vice President Dick Cheney said America must embrace a mission that would involve working through “the dark side.”

“A lot of what needs to be done here will have to be done quietly, without any discussion, using sources and methods that are available to our intelligence agencies,” Cheney said at the time.

Over a decade later, Vice President Cheney is still regularly associated with the post-9/11 policies of the George W. Bush administration that current President-Barack Obama has fought to overturn, including the use of torture as an interrogation device. And although Pres. Obama was successful during his first term in office with shutting down the shadow prisons operated overseas by the CIA, a new report suggests that over 20 inmates of those elusive facilities started under Bush and Cheney have disappeared into thin air.

ProPublica, a news organization that bills itself as offering “journalism in the public interest,” has combed through a 216-page report just published by Open Society Foundations on secret CIA detentions, and in doing so has determined that the number of suspected insurgents scooped up during the Bush years who have disappeared is outstanding.

“In 2009, ProPublica’s Dafna Linzer listed more than thirty people who had been held in CIA prisons and were still missing,” their analysis reads. “Some of those prisoners have since resurfaced, but at least twenty are still unaccounted for.”

In the Open Society Foundation’s report, “Globalizing Torture,” the human rights group examines what is known today about those prisons where an unknown number of foreign suspects were stored by CIA officials and kept locked up indefinitely to endure treatment that has been condemned largely as torture in the years since.

“Today, more than a decade after September 11, there is no doubt that high-ranking Bush administration officials bear responsibility for authorizing human rights violations associated with secret detention and extraordinary rendition,” reads the report’s executive summary. Despite this claim that is widely accepted, though, the report’s author says, “the full scale and scope of foreign government participation – as well as the number of victims – remains unknown, largely because of the extreme secrecy maintained by the United States and its partner governments.”

On the record, President Bush acknowledged that the CIA detained around 100 prisoners during his administration, of which only 16 are known to have been transferred at one point to the custody of the Pentagon. Of the over 30 detainees who were listed as missing during ProPublica’s 2009 report, today the organization has uncovered a number of interview with inmates who have since been freed and have openly discussed their detainment. At least one of those 30-plus inmates, Ali Abdul-Hamid al-Fakhiri, has died in prison in the three year’s since their last report.

ProPublica says that the CIA did not answer requests for comment.

What Comes Next: 1518, 1517, 1519, 1520, …

0

Volumes were pitiful once again and while the range picked up a little (after yet another top-side stop-run) average trade size remains falling as equities appear all gung ho on the surface but the S&P 500 has closed the day session in a 2 point range for the last 4 days – 1518, 1517, 1519, 1520. All this as Treasury yields have actually been bleeding higher (+6-8bps this week), USD flat, Oil up 1.5%, and Gold and Silver -1.5%. Homebuilders remain in a high-beta world of their own +3% on the week with all the other S&P sectors between -0.25% and +0.75% (as Tech is dragged lower along with AAPL again). S&P 500 futures saw quite a drop intraday (9 points high to low) which is sad to get excited about but the ubiquitous VWAP ramp into the close saved the day and limped us into the green on the day (which was oddly accompanied by a huge sell block volume in AAPL). VIX pushed back up to 13% and credit made some more correction back up to stocks right at the close. The last 3 days in ES have seen the lowest aggregate volume in six months – not exactly the new bull market meme?

It seems the sequester is being priced into defense stocks – but the rest of the market (bonds and stocks) are ignoring it for now…

Volumes are dismal up here in stocks and we are just treading water…

and close up tody shows that there was some notable institutional selling at VWAP – not something we have seen much of this year…

as sectors remain highly correlated – aside from the squeeze holding in from yesterday in Homebuilders…

Treasuries had an ugly day as 10Y broke above 2% once again…

FX vol remains active – with USD reverting back towards unch on the week (and GBP leaking notably weaker)…

Charts: Bloomberg and Capital Context

Bonus Chart: HYG is pulling rich to its fair-value as we suspect more of the world is waking up to the long credit short equity arb – at well over 3 sigma rich, it’s worth a half-unit risk in our view Buy 3 units HYG, Sell Short 1 unit SPY…


Your rating: None Average: 5 (2 votes)

‘Stop the Deportations’: Protesters Call for Immigrant Rights at Senate Hearing

0

Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano was interrupted at today’s Senate Immigration Hearing as she boasted that U.S. borders have “never been stronger.” The protesters who interrupted the hearing on multiple occasions demanded that the administration cut deportations and focus on the human rights of undocumented immigrants.

Capitol police escort a protester holding a “No More Deportations” banner out of a Senate Judiciary Committee hearing on immigration Wednesday. (Jim Watson, AFP/Getty Images) The Obama administration deported a record 409,000 undocumented immigrants last year, according to Napolitano. The administration has deported roughly 1.6 million people in the past four years.

At the hearing GOP Sens. Jeff Sessions (Ala.) and John Cornyn (Texas) argued with Napolitano saying that while border security has improved in recent years, the Obama administration has not deported enough or kept enough immigrants out.

The hearing contained a wide variety of speakers, many of who called for immigration reform, but most fell short of criticizing the volume of deportations under Obama’s past and future policies.

Protesters interrupted the hearing several times, chanting and waving banners against deportations. Interrupting Napolitano, one protester yelled, “you are destroying our communities” as others began to chant, “Stop the deportations.”

At one point a group stood and silently turned their backs to the senators, with signs on their backs reading “human rights” and “immigrant rights.”

Among other testimonies at the hearing, however, was Jose Antonio Vargas, a journalist who acknowledged his undocumented status in a high-profile piece in The New York Times Magazine in June 2011. Vargas argued vehemently for stronger immigrant rights, asking the senators, “What do you want to do with me?” and “How do you define American?”

“Too often, we’re treated as abstractions, faceless and nameless, mere subjects of debate rather than individuals with families, hopes, fears, and dreams,” Vargas told committee members. “We dream of a path to citizenship so we can actively participate in our American democracy.”

He added:

[Immigrants] dream of not being separated from our families and our loved ones, regardless of sexual orientation, no matter our skill set. […]

This government has deported more than 1.6 million people, fathers and mothers, sons and daughters in the past four years. […]

We talk about immigration and enforcement as if we’re talking about alien people from Mars and not people whose lives and families are being torn apart everyday.

Protesters interrupt Senate hearing on immigration reform:

For-Profit School Backed By TN GOP Caught Deleting Bad Grades

0

It never ceases to amaze me, that voters keep falling for the same old tricks. An already-expensive school system will magically perform even better when a private company slashes costs in order to skim a layer of profit off the top? It hasn’t worked yet. Instead, these for-profit schools continue to manufacture scandal and fraud — yet the Very Important People on both sides of the aisle continue to push them as a solution. Via Raw Story:

A for-profit school that was hyped by Republican lawmakers as a solution to Tennessee’s education problems recently admitted deleting bad grades to “more accurately recognize students’ current progress.”

A December email obtained by WTVF showed that Tennessee Virtual Academy’s vice principal instructed middle school teachers to delete “failing grades” from October and September.

“After … looking at so many failing grades, we need to make some changes before the holidays,” the email says, adding that each teacher needed to “take out the October and September progress [reports]; delete it so that all that is showing is November progress.”

“If you have given an assignment and most of your students failed that assignment, then you need to take that grade out.”

Democratic state Rep. Gloria Johnson said she was horrified because the school’s instructions amounted to cheating.

“Does it talk about we need to make changes in curriculum? Does it talk about we need to make changes in our teaching strategy? No,” Johnson told WTVF. “Those changes we need to make are deleting grades from the computer system.”

“To come in and say ‘everybody who made failing grades the first two months, we need to delete those grades,’ to me that’s a huge issue,” she explained. “To me, this appears like it’s grade fixing.”

Tennessee Virtual Academy Principal Josh Williams insisted that the school had taken the steps to “more accurately recognize students’ current progress.”

“By going back into our school’s electronic grading system and recording students’ most recent progress score (instead of taking the average throughout the semester) we could more accurately recognize students’ current progress in their individualized learning program,” he told the station in an email.

The Virtual School Act was pushed through by lobbyists and approved by Republican lawmakers in the closing minutes of the May 2011 legislative session. The bill allowed Union County Public Schools to contract with K12 Inc. to set up Tennessee Virtual Academy. In exchange, Union County was expected to keep 4 percent of the $5,387 being sent to the private company for each student.

Democratic lawmakers are now attempting to cap enrollment at 5,000 after 2011 test scores showed that only 16.4 percent of middle school students were proficient in math, and only 39.3 percent were proficient in language arts.

Guest Post: Explaining The WTI-Brent Spread Divergence

0

Submitted by John Aziz of Azizonomics,

Something totally bizarre has happened in the last three years. Oil in America has become much, much cheaper than oil in Europe. Oil in America is now almost $30 cheaper than oil in Europe.

This graph is the elephant in the room:

3 year brent spread

And this graph shows how truly historic a move this has been:

brent-WTI-spread

Why?

The ostensible reason for this is oversupply in America. That’s right – American oil companies have supposedly been producing much, much more than they can sell:

This is hilarious if prices weren`t so damn high, but despite a robust export market for finished products, crude oil is backing up all the way to Cushing, Oklahoma, and is only going to get worse in 2013.

Now that Enterprise Products Partners LLP has let the cat out of the bag that less than a month after expanding the Seaway pipeline capacity to 400,000 barrels per day, The Jones Creek terminal has storage capacity of 2.6 million barrels, and it is basically maxed out in available storage.

But there’s something fishy about this explanation. I don’t know for sure about the underlying causality – and it is not impossible that the oil companies are acting incompetently – but are we really supposed to believe that today’s oil conglomerates in America are so bad at managing their supply chain that they will oversupply the market to such an extent that oil sells at a 25% discount on the price in Europe? Even at an expanded capacity, is it really so hard for oil producers to shut down the pipeline, and clear inventories until the price rises so that they are at least not haemorrhaging such a huge chunk of potential profit on every barrel of oil they are selling? I mean, that’s what corporations do (or at least, what they’re supposed to do) – they manage the supply chain to maximise profit.

To me, this huge disparity seems like funny business. What could possibly be making US oil producers behave so ridiculously, massively non-competitively?

The answer could be government intervention. Let’s not forget that the National Resource Defence Preparedness Order gives the President and the Department of Homeland Security the authority to:

(c) be prepared, in the event of a potential threat to the security of the United States, to take actions necessary to ensure the availability of adequate resources and production capability, including services and critical technology, for national defense requirements;

(d) improve the efficiency and responsiveness of the domestic industrial base to support national defense requirements; and

(e) foster cooperation between the defense and commercial sectors for research and development and for acquisition of materials, services, components, and equipment to enhance industrial base efficiency and responsiveness.

And the ability to:

(e) The Secretary of each resource department, when necessary, shall make the finding required under section 101(b) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2071(b). This finding shall be submitted for the President’s approval through the Assistant to the President and National Security Advisor and the Assistant to the President for Homeland Security and Counterterrorism. Upon such approval, the Secretary of the resource department that made the finding may use the authority of section 101(a) of the Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 2071(a), to control the general distribution of any material (including applicable services) in the civilian market.

My intuition is that it is possible that oil companies may have been advised (or ordered) under the NDRP (or under the 1950 Defense Production Act) to keep some slack in the supply chain in case of a war, or other national or global emergency. This would provide a capacity buffer in addition to the Strategic Petroleum Reserve.

If that’s the case, the question we need to ask is what does the US government know that other governments don’t? Is this just a prudent measure to reduce the danger of a resource or energy shock, or does the US government have some specific information of a specific threat?

The other possible explanation, of course, is ridiculous incompetence on the part of US oil producers. Which, I suppose, is almost believable in the wake of Deepwater Horizon…

Your rating: None Average: 3 (2 votes)

MPs Call For Improved Food Testing In Wake Of Horse Meat Scandal

0

MPs have called for more testing of food safety and composition, describing the scale of contamination in the meat supply chain as “breathtaking”.

The Environment, Food and Rural Affairs Committee said current arrangements for testing and control across the European food industry had failed UK consumers.

food safety

The MPs’ committee said that restoring customer confidence ‘will take time and money’

It concluded that the Food Standards Agency (FSA) needs “clear powers and responsibilities” to allow it to respond more effectively to any future food adulteration issues.

Launching the report of its short inquiry into the contamination of beef products, committee chairwoman Anne McIntosh said: “The scale of contamination in the meat supply chain is breathtaking. More revelations will doubtless come to light in the UK and across the EU.

“There is every indication that horsemeat has been intentionally substituted for beef by criminals with access to the food industry. Elements within the food industry have duped consumers in the UK and across Europe in pursuit of profit.

“The government must ensure effective traceability requirements in respect of the sale and marketing of processed foods originating from EU member states, including the UK.

SEE ALSO:

  • DNA Testing For Horse Meat Across EU Proposed

“Retailers have responsibilities to ensure UK consumers get food that is labelled accurately and provides sufficient information to make informed decisions about their purchases.”

She added: “Restoring customer confidence will take time and money. The government has a role to secure the correct balance between affordable food prices and effective regulations that require transparency and quality.

“The consumer cannot be left to face a catch 22 where they can either pay for food that complies with the highest standards of traceability, labelling and testing or accept that they cannot trust the provenance and composition of the foods they eat.”

The report recommends that the FSA is given the statutory powers to require producers to undertake testing, taking into account the level of risk, and that all testing results must be reported to the FSA whether they are mandated by the agency or carried out independently.

It also recommends a broader range of testing to provide greater assurance to consumers.

It warned the government that it should not “at this time” propose to reduce the labelling standards applied to British food.

For Labour, shadow environment secretary Mary Creagh said that report showed the government was wrong to to cut back the FSA.

“This damning report makes clear the Tories’ reckless break-up of the Food Standards Agency in 2010 has harmed the government’s capacity to deal with the horse meat scandal,” she said.

In the report, the committee said: “The FSA’s diminished role has led to a lack of clarity about where responsibility lies, and this has weakened the UK’s ability to identify and respond to food standards concerns.

“Furthermore the current contamination crisis has caught the FSA and government flat-footed and unable to respond effectively within structures designed primarily to respond to threats to human health.”

Iran, IAEA reach basic agreement

0

Iranian Ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency Ali Asghar Soltanieh

Iran and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) have reached a basic agreement to work out a structured framework to resolve the outstanding issues regarding the Islamic Republic’s nuclear energy program.

The agreement was reached on Wednesday after Iranian officials and a technical delegation from the United Nations nuclear agency wrapped up their latest round of talks on the country’s nuclear energy program in Tehran.

After the talks, Iranian Ambassador to the IAEA Ali Asghar Soltanieh, who heads the Iranian negotiating team, said that the remaining differences would be discussed in the next meeting between the two sides.

The latest talks were held at the headquarters of the Atomic Energy Organization of Iran and the IAEA’s chief inspector Herman Nackaerts headed the agency’s negotiating team.

During the previous round of talks held in Tehran on January 17-18, both sides agreed to continue negotiations until a final resolution is reached.

The United States, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program, an allegation Iran strongly rejects.

Tehran maintains that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the IAEA, it is entitled to develop nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

Iran also cites reports by IAEA inspectors who have conducted numerous inspections of the country’s nuclear facilities but invariably failed to find any evidence showing any diversion in the Iranian nuclear energy program toward military objectives.

MRS/MHB

Petition to remove prosecutor in Aaron Swartz case up for White House response

0

Aaron Swartz.(Photo from facebook.com/AaronSwartzMemorial)

Aaron Swartz.(Photo from facebook.com/AaronSwartzMemorial)

A petition to the White House requesting the removal of Aaron Swartz’s prosecutor before his death has surpassed 25,000 signatures — which means the Obama administration must reply. It comes one month after the internet activist committed suicide.

­Petitioners are demanding that Assistant US Attorney Stephen Heymann be removed from office, stating he went too far in prosecuting 26-year-old Swartz. The petition was posted on the White House’s “We the People” website on January 12.

Swartz, who hanged himself in his New York apartment on January 11, was under indictment for 13 felony charges relating to the illegal downloading of millions of academic articles from subscription database JSTOR.

The charges included breaching site terms and intending to share downloaded files through peer-to-peer networks, computer fraud, wire fraud, obtaining information from a protected computer, and criminal forfeiture. If Swartz would have been found guilty, he would have faced decades in jail and a $1 million fine.

But Swartz’s supporters say the charges were not equal to the 26-year-old’s crime.

“We should not destroy the lives of human beings for crimes against computer systems that harm no one and provide no benefit to the perpetrator,” the petition reads.

Swartz was undertaking a fellowship at Harvard’s Safra Center for Ethics when he allegedly downloaded more than four million academic journals from JSTOR, via an open connection at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT).

Supporters of the petition say such actions should be treated as forms of protest and civil disobedience, implying that Heymann was too harsh in his prosecution of Swartz.

It’s not the first time that a defendant has committed suicide in the midst of a trial handled by Heymann. Jonathan James — a defendant in the famous TJX hacking case did the same in 2008 after Heymann fought for his 20-year prison sentence.

“To prosecute these actions the same as rapes and murders is a savage abuse of the criminal justice system which continues to destroy the lives of peaceful, productive members of society,” the petition says.

The trial was deemed highly controversial because JSTOR — the alleged ‘victim’ in the case — wasn’t the one to press charges. The Federal government was.

“We stopped this downloading activity, and the individual responsible, Mr. Swartz, was identified. We secured from Mr. Swartz the content that was taken, and received confirmation that the content was not and would not be used, copied, transferred, or distributed,” the company said in its statement on the prosecution.

But the statement meant very little to the United States Attorney’s Office, who pressed on with the case.

The case had gone through pre-trial motions for 18 months, and was set for jury trial on April 1. 

Swartz’s supporters filed the petition before the White House changed its signature threshold last month. Any further petitions regarding the case will need to reach at least 100,000 signatures.

Veterans For Peace: Debt Ceiling Is No Excuse

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – Veterans for Peace has released the following statement:

U.S. interest payments on debt are at an historic low, not an historic high. The shortage of funds in the federal government is due to an unemployment crisis, outrageously inflated military spending, and a steadfast bipartisan refusal to impose reasonable tax rates on billionaires, multi-millionaires, or some of the world’s most profitable corporations — which in some cases are paying negative tax rates.

We are spending about $525 billion per year preparing for war, including $170 billion to keep U.S. troops in 177 nations, where more often than not hostility and resentment are generated, arms build-ups are provoked, and the risk of violence is increased rather than diminished.

While we sympathize with those shouting “No cuts!” we propose that some redirection of funding is in order. We oppose cuts to retirement and healthcare funds but support expanding them by cutting and redirecting misspent resources. Updating the critique offered by Dr. King, we see drones carrying guided missiles deployed by misguided human beings.

To be clear, while we prioritize healthcare, we favor a single-payer system under which our nation might pay approximately half what it pays now, while providing universal coverage and a boost to the economy.

Beyond the $525 billion spent each year on war preparation is $89 billion spent on actual current wars, including a war in Afghanistan that we describe as “ending” over a period of two years, a period longer than most wars have lasted from beginning to end. This war is 11 years old, and we’re headed toward 13. There we see spending that should be cut.

There’s also $53 billion on spying and spy agencies that kill people with drones, $19 billion on muclear weapons, and $7 billion on arming other nations. Costs like these bring the total spent on war making to over half of discretionary spending each year. In fact, the United States spends more on its military than the rest of the world combined. Together with its NATO allies it accounts for three-quarters of global military spending.

Our public debate has recently focused on defending this spending as a jobs program, despite the fact that military spending produces fewer jobs for the same dollars than education spending, infrastructure spending, green energy spending, or even tax cuts for working people — not to mention the sociopathic nature of funding a program of killing in order to generate jobs.

Then there’s the State Department with its mercenaries and the work it does to market U.S. weapons sales to foreign governments (now amounting to 85% of international weapons sales). Then there’s the drug war, the record deportations, the infiltration of nonviolent organizations including chapters of Veterans For Peace, the militarization of local police with federal dollars, the $7 billion for prisons, the $42 billion for highways rather than greener transportation, and on and on.

Cuts don’t kill. Congress members who cut the wrong things and fund the wrong things kill.

Our government is not broke. It is broken.

The debt ceiling, the fiscal cliff, the Super Congress — these are all ploys to suggest a need to cut our most useful and efficient public programs. Instead, we need a policy of conversion that shifts us away from a war economy, retraining and retooling as we go.

Continuing to ignore this wisdom, which we borrow from the majority of the citizens of our republic, should at the very least not be done in the name of “the troops.” We’ve been those troops, and we stand united nonviolently to say: we will resist continued counterproductive spending on the war machine with everything we have.

This week marks 10 years since the largest public demonstrations in world history. We prevented U.N. authorization of the illegal invasion of Iraq. This week marks 2 years since the start of a nonviolent democratic movement in Bahrain. This should be a time to reflect on the damage done to Iraq and our own nation at the expense of hundreds of billions of dollars invested in violence, and the good that could be done for the people of Bahrain by ceasing to invest in the propping up of that nation’s dictatorship. This must be a time to return to the streets in creative nonviolent resistance.

Veterans For Peace is a national organization, founded in 1985 with approximately 5,000 members in 150 chapters located in every U.S. state and several countries. It is a 501(c)3 non-profit educational organization recognized as a Non-Governmental Organization (NGO) by the United Nations, and is the only national veterans’ organization calling for the abolishment of war.

Veterans For Peace is a national organization founded in 1985. It is structured around a national office in Saint Louis, MO and comprised of members across the country organized in chapters or as at-large members. The organization includes men and women veterans of all eras and duty stations including from the Spanish Civil War (1936-39), World War II, the Korean, Vietnam, Gulf and current Iraq wars as well as other conflicts. Our collective experience tells us wars are easy to start and hard to stop and that those hurt are often the innocent. Thus, other means of problem solving are necessary.

We Can Fix This? In SOTU, Obama Shoves Voting Reform into ‘Sock Drawer,’ Leaving Many Disappointed

0

President Obama announced plans for a nonpartisan commission to “improve the Election Day experience” in his State of the Union address, a response to the long lines and heavy burdens that states imposed on voters during the 2012 elections. But his proposal — which some have called “the policy equivalent of a sock drawer” — falls short of what many had hoped. 

(Photo: Big Dubya via Flickr)The president certainly got the rhetoric right.

“We must all do our part to make sure our God-given rights are protected here at home,” Obama said. “That includes our most fundamental right as citizens: the right to vote.”

He referred to Desiline Victor, a 102-year-old Haitian immigrant who became a citizen in 2005 and waited three hours to cast her ballot in Miami. She watched the address from the First Lady’s viewing box. More than 200,000 people didn’t vote in Florida because of long lines, which resulted in wait times as long as seven hours. 

“When any Americans, no matter where they live or what their party, are denied that right simply because they can’t wait for five, six, seven hours just to cast their ballot, we are betraying our ideals.”

But the solution — an election commission — left much to be desired. As Charles Pierce notes at Esquire, “A bipartisan commission is the Washington policy equivalent of a sock drawer:” where ideas are shoved away and ignored. A similar-sounding federal agency was formed after the voting problems highlighted in the 2000 elections and Bush v Gore debacle, but all four commissioner spots are vacant and it hasn’t had an executive director since 2011, largely because of Republican obstructionism. A bill to kill the agency passed the Republican-controlled House in 2011.

Weak Commission Leaves Much to be Desired

Elections are administered by the states, which has resulted in a patchwork of outdated, paper-based election systems, as well as partisan application of voting registration and early voting procedures (which vary state-to-state), and new laws that make it harder for disfavored populations to access the ballot box, such as strict voter ID restrictions advanced by the American Legislative Exchange Council. Along with partisanship, outdated election administration is rife with malfeasance or incompetence — like when Waukesha County Clerk Kathy Nickolaus flipped the results of the Wisconsin Supreme Court race in 2011 after she insisted on keeping vote tallies on a personal laptop and said she forgot to include an entire city in the initial count submitted to the state and press.

Groups like the Brennan Center for Justice have called for federal legislation and national standards to limit some of the problems experienced in recent elections. Its proposal would enact a computerized national voting registration system (which, incidentally, would reduce opportunities for the in-person “fraud” that Republicans espouse), mandatory early voting, and minimum standards for polling places. Rep. Keith Ellison (D-Minn.) has proposed legislation to require same day legislation across the country and prohibit voter ID laws, and Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-CA) has introduced a bill that would task the Attorney General with creating minimum national standards to prevent wait times of more than one hour, both of which would advance the ball much farther than a bipartisan commission.

The president’s commission is tasked with much more modest goals. According to the Executive Order creating the commission, it will “identify practical, commonsense steps that state and local election officials can take to improve the Election Day experience. The Commission will also identify the practices of voting jurisdictions where voters have the best Election Day experience.”

Identifying best practices is important but it won’t change many of the problems with state-run elections. The Pew Charitable Trusts just released an election performance index along these lines, and ranked Wisconsin as one of the highest-performing states in the nation during the 2008 and 2010 election cycles. This is in large part because the state is one of nine that allows voters to register at the polls on election day. But as the Center for Media and Democracy recently outlined in its report Rig the Vote, Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker and Assembly Speaker Robin Vos have both voiced support for ending the highly successful election day registration program, despite it being nationally recognized as helping the state achieve the second-highest voter turnout rate in the nation.

Voting rights advocates recognize that an Election Commission is not enough. Although the Brennan Center urged the Commission to think “boldly,” it called on “Congress to do its part by enacting minimum national standards to modernize elections.” The League of Women Voters was less conciliatory, stating in a release that “Setting up a commission is not a bold step; it is business as usual.”

Republican Lawyer Co-Chair Is a “Puzzling” Choice 

The makeup of the Commission itself has led others to question its efficacy. It will be chaired by Bob Bauer, the top attorney for Obama’s campaign, and Ben Ginsberg, former election lawyer for Mitt Romney’s 2012 operation.

But Ari Berman at The Nation explained why Ginsberg is a “puzzling” choice. He writes:

For over two decades, Ginsberg has been a top lawyer for the Republican Party — the same party, you may recall, that has led the effort to restrict voting rights of late. Ginsberg helped lead the 2000 recall effort for George W. Bush. He was forced to resign from the Bush campaign in 2004 after it was revealed that he was also advising the vile Swift Boat Veterans for Truth. In 2006, Ginsberg said, “just like really with the Voting Rights Act, Republicans have some fundamental philosophical difficulties with the whole notion of Equal Protection.” And in 2012, he was counsel to the Romney campaign when it absurdly claimed that the Obama campaign was trying to suppress military voters by pushing for early voting for all Ohioans. Does that sound like the kind of guy you want leading a “non-partisan” voting commission?

With the Voting Rights Act being challenged before the U.S. Supreme Court and a variety of proposals to make it harder to vote (and change how electoral votes are counted) being considered in the states, a bipartisan commission is certainly not enough.

Many are hoping that, beyond this commission idea, Obama will truly follow through on his State of the Union promise that “We can fix this, and we will. The American people demand it. And so does our democracy.”

© 2013 Center for Media and Democracy

We Can Fix This? In SOTU, Obama Shoves Voting Reform into ‘Sock Drawer,’ Leaving Many Disappointed

0

President Obama announced plans for a nonpartisan commission to “improve the Election Day experience” in his State of the Union address, a response to the long lines and heavy burdens that states imposed on voters during the 2012 elections. But his proposal — which some have called “the policy equivalent of a sock drawer” — falls short of what many had hoped. 

(Photo: Big Dubya via Flickr)The president certainly got the rhetoric right.

“We must all do our part to make sure our God-given rights are protected here at home,” Obama said. “That includes our most fundamental right as citizens: the right to vote.”

He referred to Desiline Victor, a 102-year-old Haitian immigrant who became a citizen in 2005 and waited three hours to cast her ballot in Miami. She watched the address from the First Lady’s viewing box. More than 200,000 people didn’t vote in Florida because of long lines, which resulted in wait times as long as seven hours. 

“When any Americans, no matter where they live or what their party, are denied that right simply because they can’t wait for five, six, seven hours just to cast their ballot, we are betraying our ideals.”

But the solution — an election commission — left much to be desired. As Charles Pierce notes at Esquire, “A bipartisan commission is the Washington policy equivalent of a sock drawer:” where ideas are shoved away and ignored. A similar-sounding federal agency was formed after the voting problems highlighted in the 2000 elections and Bush v Gore debacle, but all four commissioner spots are vacant and it hasn’t had an executive director since 2011, largely because of Republican obstructionism. A bill to kill the agency passed the Republican-controlled House in 2011.

Weak Commission Leaves Much to be Desired

Elections are administered by the states, which has resulted in a patchwork of outdated, paper-based election systems, as well as partisan application of voting registration and early voting procedures (which vary state-to-state), and new laws that make it harder for disfavored populations to access the ballot box, such as strict voter ID restrictions advanced by the American Legislative Exchange Council. Along with partisanship, outdated election administration is rife with malfeasance or incompetence — like when Waukesha County Clerk Kathy Nickolaus flipped the results of the Wisconsin Supreme Court race in 2011 after she insisted on keeping vote tallies on a personal laptop and said she forgot to include an entire city in the initial count submitted to the state and press.

Groups like the Brennan Center for Justice have called for federal legislation and national standards to limit some of the problems experienced in recent elections. Its proposal would enact a computerized national voting registration system (which, incidentally, would reduce opportunities for the in-person “fraud” that Republicans espouse), mandatory early voting, and minimum standards for polling places. Rep. Keith Ellison (D-Minn.) has proposed legislation to require same day legislation across the country and prohibit voter ID laws, and Sen. Barbara Boxer (D-CA) has introduced a bill that would task the Attorney General with creating minimum national standards to prevent wait times of more than one hour, both of which would advance the ball much farther than a bipartisan commission.

The president’s commission is tasked with much more modest goals. According to the Executive Order creating the commission, it will “identify practical, commonsense steps that state and local election officials can take to improve the Election Day experience. The Commission will also identify the practices of voting jurisdictions where voters have the best Election Day experience.”

Identifying best practices is important but it won’t change many of the problems with state-run elections. The Pew Charitable Trusts just released an election performance index along these lines, and ranked Wisconsin as one of the highest-performing states in the nation during the 2008 and 2010 election cycles. This is in large part because the state is one of nine that allows voters to register at the polls on election day. But as the Center for Media and Democracy recently outlined in its report Rig the Vote, Wisconsin Governor Scott Walker and Assembly Speaker Robin Vos have both voiced support for ending the highly successful election day registration program, despite it being nationally recognized as helping the state achieve the second-highest voter turnout rate in the nation.

Voting rights advocates recognize that an Election Commission is not enough. Although the Brennan Center urged the Commission to think “boldly,” it called on “Congress to do its part by enacting minimum national standards to modernize elections.” The League of Women Voters was less conciliatory, stating in a release that “Setting up a commission is not a bold step; it is business as usual.”

Republican Lawyer Co-Chair Is a “Puzzling” Choice 

The makeup of the Commission itself has led others to question its efficacy. It will be chaired by Bob Bauer, the top attorney for Obama’s campaign, and Ben Ginsberg, former election lawyer for Mitt Romney’s 2012 operation.

But Ari Berman at The Nation explained why Ginsberg is a “puzzling” choice. He writes:

For over two decades, Ginsberg has been a top lawyer for the Republican Party — the same party, you may recall, that has led the effort to restrict voting rights of late. Ginsberg helped lead the 2000 recall effort for George W. Bush. He was forced to resign from the Bush campaign in 2004 after it was revealed that he was also advising the vile Swift Boat Veterans for Truth. In 2006, Ginsberg said, “just like really with the Voting Rights Act, Republicans have some fundamental philosophical difficulties with the whole notion of Equal Protection.” And in 2012, he was counsel to the Romney campaign when it absurdly claimed that the Obama campaign was trying to suppress military voters by pushing for early voting for all Ohioans. Does that sound like the kind of guy you want leading a “non-partisan” voting commission?

With the Voting Rights Act being challenged before the U.S. Supreme Court and a variety of proposals to make it harder to vote (and change how electoral votes are counted) being considered in the states, a bipartisan commission is certainly not enough.

Many are hoping that, beyond this commission idea, Obama will truly follow through on his State of the Union promise that “We can fix this, and we will. The American people demand it. And so does our democracy.”

© 2013 Center for Media and Democracy

The Next Generation of Surveillance: “Everything That Is A Moving Object Is Being Automatically Tracked”

0
Mac Slavo
February 13th, 2013
SHTFplan.com

Read by 10,390 people

The following video highlights one of the scariest surveillance technologies you’ve ever seen.

With Congress having recently authorized 30,000 drones to patrol America’s skies by 2015, this technology will soon become available to law enforcement officials all over the country.

It’s creator, Yiannis Antoniades, says that it’s the next generation of surveillance and as you’ll see, it’s capabilities are so advanced that it can actively scan an area encompassing 15 square miles — about the area of a medium sized city — from an altitude of 20,000 feet.

Moreover, it tracks every single moving object in its field of view, streaming the high definition video back to monitoring stations on the ground.

With 1.8 billion pixels it is the world’s highest resolution camera. ARGUS fits inside the belly of an Unmanned Aerial Vehicle.

…

Also known as Wide Area Persistent Stare, Argus is the equivalent of having up to 100 predators look at an area the size of a medium sized city at once.

…

Everything that is a moving object is being automatically tracked… You can see individuals crossing the street. You can see individuals walking in parking lots. There’s actually enough resolution to be able to see people waving their arms or what kind of clothes they wear.

You can pick the location of where you produce these images anywhere in the entire field of view.

…

Antoniades can open up to sixty five windows at once and see objects as small as six inches on the ground.

…

ARGUS streams live to the ground and also stores everything. One million terabytes of video per day.

…

ARGUS may be mounted on an armed UAV, a long range platform, or a developmental craft called the solar eagle that may some day stay aloft for years at a time.

…

We’re moving towards an increasingly electronic society where our movements are going to be tracked.

If you’re not doing anything wrong, then you have nothing to worry about.

But, with hundreds of thousands of laws on the books and definitions for terrorist activity expanding to everything from minting your own silver coin to bringing a toy bubble gun to school, just about everyone is a terrorist or criminal in America today.

Now, consider this technology in the context of extra-judicial drone strikes initiated by artificial intelligence assessment parameters that automatically determine if you are a threat or not, and you can see how dangerous drones armed with these imaging systems will become.

How long before these military grade assault weapons of mass destruction are used on American citizens right here at home?

Author: Mac Slavo
Views: Read by 10,390 people
Date: February 13th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com

Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

Mick Philpott’s Lover: ‘Wife And I Took Turns’

0

A woman allegedly being framed for a fire that killed six children has told a court she was nowhere near the house on the night of the tragedy.

Mick Philpott and his wife Mairead are accused of starting the fire at their semi-detached home after telling police his former live-in partner, Lisa Willis, had been threatening him and his family.

Prosecutors allege the couple hatched a plot to discredit Miss Willis – who had left the home with her five children, four of whom were fathered by Philpott – and regain custody of the youngsters, but it “went horribly wrong”.

The three had an unconventional relationship which was revealed to the court.

Miss Willis, 29, said she and Mick Philpott’s wife, 31, would alternate the nights they would sleep with him at the home they all shared.

She told Nottingham Crown Court: “We took it in turns, we never had all three of us together.

“One night it would be me, one night it would be Mairead.”

Miss Willis said the children slept upstairs and this arrangement continued until they bought a caravan which stood on the driveway of the house.

The woman who would be sleeping with Philpott on any given night went to the caravan with him, while the other woman slept inside with the children.

Mick Philpott, 56, denies six counts of manslaughter in relation to the deaths of the six children. His wife and a third defendant, 46-year-old Paul Mosley, also deny the same six charges.

Mick and Mairead Philpott’s children – Jade, 10, and her brothers John, nine, Jack, eight, Jesse, six, Jayden, five, and Duwayne, 13 – all perished after the fire which engulfed their home in Victory Road, Allenton, Derby, as they slept in their beds in the early hours of May 11 last year.

Prosecutor Richard Latham QC alleges that the Philpotts and Mosley started the fire in a botched plan to set Miss Willis up as the culprit after she and her children left the relationship.

Miss Willis, who gave evidence from behind a screen, said she had met Philpott when she was 17, and that he was a friend of her sister.

She already had a young son with another man and was living in a two-bed council house at the time but was hoping to move to larger accommodation, which she was struggling to get.

She told the court that after getting better acquainted with Philpott he suggested that she move in with him and Mairead, who were not married at the time.

The couple had a son and a daughter and Miss Willis said that she was chosen as a bridesmaid at their wedding.

The court heard her relationship with Philpott became sexual “weeks” after she moved in to the Victory Road council house, and it was something that did not bother Philpott’s wife.

“Mick said he asked Mairead about it, if she was okay about it, and apparently she turned round and said she was fine,” Miss Willis said.

“He asked her in front of me as well and said, ‘I’ve asked you about Lisa moving in’ and she said, ‘Yeah, I’m fine about it’.”

Mr Latham put it to her: “There’s a difference between you moving in and having a sexual relationship.”

But Miss Willis replied: “She was fine.”

She said she had never threatened the Philpotts.

Regarding the night of the tragedy, she told the court her sister and children were at her house until 8pm on May 10.

“Did you go anywhere near number 18 Victory Road that night?” Mr Latham asked.

“No, I never”, she replied.

“Did you have any discussion with your sister about going to number 18 that night?” he continued.

“No, we didn’t,” Miss Willis replied.

She also told the court that in an incident early on in their relationship Philpott repeatedly hit her on the legs, back and arms with a piece of wood.

The argument started when he questioned her about who was the father of her child, she said.

“He just kept saying, ‘No, it’s not true’,” she told the court.

She added she was “shocked and disappointed” afterwards and that “if we had a fallout he would bring it up again”.

The trial continues.

Julian Assange to Run for Office

0

Julian Assange to Run for Office

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013
Abode of Chaos (CC BY 2.0)

From his de facto prison in the Ecuadorean Embassy in London, the WikiLeaks founder intends to seek a seat in the Australian Senate as a member of the newly formed WikiLeaks Party, reports the Australian daily The Age.

The federal election in Australia will take place Sept. 14. Australian citizens living overseas are allowed to run for office if they left their home country within the last three years and intend to return within six years of their departure date.

Assange said that if he was elected to the Senate and was unable to come back to Australia, a WikiLeaks Party nominee would fill the vacancy.

–Posted by Alexander Reed Kelly.

The Age:

The party, not yet registered with the Australian Electoral Commission, has an initial 10-member national council comprised of close associates of Mr Assange and pro-WikiLeaks activists. Its constitution highlights the promotion of openness and transparency in government and business.

Opinion polls last year by UMR Research, the company the Labor Party uses for its internal polling, suggest that Mr Assange could be a competitive Senate candidate in Victoria.

Read more

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

On the News With Thom Hartmann: The Senate Finally Reauthorized the Violence Against Women Act, and More

0

In today’s On the News segment: Yesterday, the Senate finally reauthorized protections for victims of domestic abuse in the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA); the Republican response to the State of the Union made it clear that the GOP’s only policy proposal is austerity; a new poll appears to indicate that more Republicans oppose an idea if they know that the President supports it; and more.

TRANSCRIPT:

Thom Hartmann here — on the news…

You need to know this. Last night, President Obama laid out his agenda for his second term. The State of the Union speech set some ambitious goals to get our nation back on a progressive course. The list included executive action on climate change, a “Fix-it-First” program to invest in infrastructure and job creation, and a legal pathway to citizenship for the 11 million undocumented individuals living in the United States. The President also called for making high-quality early education available to all children, called on Congress to bring gun legislation to a vote, and announced we’re finally getting our troops our of a seemingly endless war. But, perhaps the biggest news of the evening was Obama’s call for an increase in the federal minimum wage. He surprised everyone during the speech by saying, “Tonight, lets declare that in the wealthiest nation on Earth, no one who works full-time should have to live in poverty, and raise the federal minimum wage to $9.00 an hour.” However, despite Obama’s calls to get our nation back on track, the Republicans were apparently not impressed with the speech. Senate Minority Leader, Mitch McConnell said, “I think what most Americans wanted to hear tonight was the President’s plan to get government spending under control, rein in the debt, and put the private economy back on a path to real growth and serious job creation.” It’s not surprising that Republicans also refused to stand and show support for equal pay for women, protecting our democratic process, or streamlining the legal immigration system. In 2012, Americans spoke loudly and clearly about what vision they want for our country. Perhaps it’ll take a few more elections for the Republicans to finally hear the nation’s calls for progress.

In screwed news … The Republican response to the State of the Union made it clear that the GOP’s only policy proposal is austerity. Florida Senator Marco Rubio called for imposing more spending cuts, saying, “The real cause of our debt is that our government has been spending 1 trillion dollars more than it takes in every year. That’s why we need a balanced budget amendment.” However, the growth of government spending is at it’s lowest rate since Dwight Eisenhower. The federal budget deficit is down as a percentage of GDP. And non-defense government spending is lower than it’s been in a half-century. Now it’s time to stop the Republican austerity measures from killing jobs, and reversing economic growth. We shouldn’t even be focusing on deficits at a time when our economy is struggling. Obama said it himself last night, “Deficit reduction alone is not an economic policy.” Now it’s time to reinvest in our nation, rebuild our infrastructure, and strengthen our middle-class. We know that the Republicans won’t stand with the President on these issues, so it’s up to us to support him, and get this country back on a course to progress.

In the best of the rest of the news…

Yesterday, the Senate finally reauthorized protections for victims of domestic abuse. Originally passed in 1994, The Violence Against Women Act was not reauthorized by Congress back in 2012. The bill finally cleared the Senate yesterday, with a vote of 78 to 22. All 22 Senators who opposed the vote were Republican men. Among them were Senator Minority Leader Mitch McConnell and Senator Marco Rubio. The legislation was delayed in the Senate because of Republican opposition to protections for Native Americans, undocumented immigrants, and LGBT victims of domestic violence. After finally passing yesterday, the bill’s co-sponsor, democratic Sen. Patrick Leahy said, “A victim is a victim is a victim, and violence is violence is violence.” Well said Senator. This is another victory against the Republican war on women, but with the on-going attack on reproductive rights, it looks like we have a long fight ahead.

Perhaps the best way for Obama to get Republicans to support an issue, is for him to oppose it. That’s what a new poll from the Washington Post seems to indicate. On issues like immigration and climate change, it appears that more Republicans oppose an idea if they know that the President supports it. According to the poll, 60% of Republicans support a pathway to citizenship if Obama’s name is not included in the question. When the same issue is presented with Obama’s name in the proposed law, the number drops to 39%. That’s a 21% drop in support, on the exact same issue, simply because Obama is associated with it. This study may explain why a previous Reuters’ poll showed that many Republicans support key provisions in the Affordable Care Act, yet claim to hate Obamacare as a whole. As the Think Progress Blog reminds us, a pathway to citizenship was not simply Obama’s idea. Neither was instituting a healthcare mandate, closing tax loopholes, or increasing gun regulations. All of these ideas were supported, or even introduced, by Republicans. So, if Obama really wants to get some work done this term, maybe he should just oppose himself — perhaps then Republicans would suddenly become Obama supporters.

And finally… Does Sarah Palin have a new gig? Well, that depends on who you ask. Today, the Washington Post is “refutiating” its own report, that the former vice-presidential candidate and Fox News contributor signed on with Al Jazeera America. The paper fell hook-line-and-sinker for a fake “interview” posted by The Daily Currant — an outlet that describes itself as “the global satirical newspaper of record.” The Post’s Suzi Parker cited the story, saying, “Fox News and their once-upon-a-time darling Palin recently parted ways after three years. But it appears that Palin is still trying to find ways to stay relevant, while her 15 minutes fades into the political history books.” It looks like The Washington Post now needs to issue another correction… for falsely implying Sarah Palin was ever actually relevant in the first place.

And that’s the way it is today — Wednesday, February 13, 2013. I’m Thom Hartmann — on the news.

Thom Hartmann here — on the news…

 

You need to know this. Last night, President Obama laid out his agenda for his second term. The State of the Union speech set some ambitious goals to get our nation back on a progressive course. The list included executive action on climate change, a “Fix-it-First” program to invest in infrastructure and job creation, and a legal pathway to citizenship for the 11 million undocumented individuals living in the United States. The President also called for making high-quality early education available to all children, called on Congress to bring gun legislation to a vote, and announced we’re finally getting our troops our of a seemingly endless war. But, perhaps the biggest news of the evening was Obama’s call for an increase in the federal minimum wage. He surprised everyone during the speech by saying, “Tonight, lets declare that in the wealthiest nation on Earth, no one who works full-time should have to live in poverty, and raise the federal minimum wage to $9.00 an hour.” However, despite Obama’s calls to get our nation back on track, the Republicans were apparently not impressed with the speech. Senate Minority Leader, Mitch McConnell said, “I think what most Americans wanted to hear tonight was the President’s plan to get government spending under control, rein in the debt, and put the private economy back on a path to real growth and serious job creation.” It’s not surprising that Republicans also refused to stand and show support for equal pay for women, protecting our democratic process, or streamlining the legal immigration system. In 2012, Americans spoke loudly and clearly about what vision they want for our country. Perhaps it’ll take a few more elections for the Republicans to finally hear the nation’s calls for progress.

 

 

In screwed news… The Republican response to the State of the Union made it clear that the GOP’s only policy proposal is austerity. Florida Senator Marco Rubio called for imposing more spending cuts, saying, “The real cause of our debt is that our government has been spending 1 trillion dollars more than it takes in every year. That’s why we need a balanced budget amendment.” However, the growth of government spending is at it’s lowest rate since Dwight Eisenhower. The federal budget deficit is down as a percentage of GDP. And non-defense government spending is lower than it’s been in a half-century. Now it’s time to stop the Republican austerity measures from killing jobs, and reversing economic growth. We shouldn’t even be focusing on deficits at a time when our economy is struggling. Obama said it himself last night, “Deficit reduction alone is not an economic policy.” Now it’s time to reinvest in our nation, rebuild our infrastructure, and strengthen our middle-class. We know that the Republicans won’t stand with the President on these issues, so it’s up to us to support him, and get this country back on a course to progress.

 

In the best of the rest of the news…

 

Yesterday, the Senate finally reauthorized protections for victims of domestic abuse. Originally passed in 1994, The Violence Against Women Act was not reauthorized by Congress back in 2012. The bill finally cleared the Senate yesterday, with a vote of 78 to 22. All 22 Senators who opposed the vote were Republican men. Among them were Senator Minority Leader Mitch McConnell and Senator Marco Rubio. The legislation was delayed in the Senate because of Republican opposition to protections for Native Americans, undocumented immigrants, and LGBT victims of domestic violence. After finally passing yesterday, the bill’s co-sponsor, democratic Sen. Patrick Leahy said, “A victim is a victim is a victim, and violence is violence is violence.” Well said Senator. This is another victory against the Republican war on women, but with the on-going attack on reproductive rights, it looks like we have a long fight ahead.

 

Perhaps the best way for Obama to get Republicans to support an issue, is for him to oppose it. That’s what a new poll from the Washington Post seems to indicate. On issues like immigration and climate change, it appears that more Republicans oppose an idea if they know that the President supports it. According to the poll, 60% of Republicans support a pathway to citizenship if Obama’s name is not included in the question. When the same issue is presented with Obama’s name in the proposed law, the number drops to 39%. That’s a 21% drop in support, on the exact same issue, simply because Obama is associated with it. This study may explain why a previous Reuters’ poll showed that many Republicans support key provisions in the Affordable Care Act, yet claim to hate Obamacare as a whole. As the Think Progress Blog reminds us, a pathway to citizenship was not simply Obama’s idea. Neither was instituting a healthcare mandate, closing tax loopholes, or increasing gun regulations. All of these ideas were supported, or even introduced, by Republicans. So, if Obama really wants to get some work done this term, maybe he should just oppose himself — perhaps then Republicans would suddenly become Obama supporters.

 

And finally… Does Sarah Palin have a new gig? Well, that depends on who you ask. Today, the Washington Post is “refutiating” its own report, that the former vice-presidential candidate and Fox News contributor signed on with Al Jazeera America. The paper fell hook-line-and-sinker for a fake “interview” posted by The Daily Currant — an outlet that describes itself as “the global satirical newspaper of record.” The Post’s Suzi Parker cited the story, saying, “Fox News and their once-upon-a-time darling Palin recently parted ways after three years. But it appears that Palin is still trying to find ways to stay relevant, while her 15 minutes fades into the political history books.” It looks like The Washington Post now needs to issue another correction… for falsely implying Sarah Palin was ever actually relevant in the first place.

 

And that’s the way it is today — Wednesday, February 13, 2013. I’m Thom Hartmann — on the news. 

A Modest Proposal To Save The Postal Service: Hyperinflation

0

“The financial problems of the Postal Service are getting bigger every year,” is how US Postmaster General Donahoe tried to convinced Congress not to block the bill the end Saturday delivery of mail. Raising the specter of mutually assured destructive bailouts in the future, the CEO rattle lawmakers (and other stakeholders) as NBC News reports, Representative Darrell Issa noting “It’s very clear that ultimately, either the rate payer or the taxpayer will have to pay the $20 billion in debt of the Postal Service.”

Indeed Mr. Issa – so by our reckoning the plan to tax emails was a non-starter and so we compare the 73.5 billion pieces of mail handled by the USPS and the $20bn budgetary gap, it would appear the answer is simple – the current 45c stamp will have to rise in value by 27c or 60% in order to meet the shortfall.

The problem of course is the legal limit on increasing stamp prices is bounded by what the BLS’ official annual inflation report is, and which as the Fed is happy to reminds us, is at best 2% per year. Luckily, every problem, in this case too little inflation, has a solution: in this case hyperinflation.

The simple money creation by increasing the nominal value of the stamp is by now a well-trodden path of inflating away your problems that our central bankers have taught us – or else the 10s of billion forced into pension funds might just have to be tempered. So much for Valentine’s Day at a cost of 72c per stamp.

Of course, absent hyperinflation and the needed 60% price inflator to avoid a taxpayer funded bailout, all we may need are some hedonic adjustments for the utility of stamp to justify the cost…

Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

Obama: The Audacity of Freedom

0

Obama: The Audacity of Freedom

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013
Screenshot

By E.J. Dionne, Jr.

WASHINGTON–President Obama is a freer man than he has been at any point in his presidency. He is free from the need to save an economy close to collapse, from illusions that Republicans in Congress would work with him readily, from the threat of a rising tea party movement, and from the need to win re-election.

This sense of freedom gave his State of the Union address an energy, an ease and a specificity that were lacking in earlier speeches written with an eye toward immediate political needs. It was his most Democratic State of the Union, unapologetic in channeling the love Bill Clinton and Lyndon Johnson had for placing long lists of initiatives on the nation’s agenda. Obama sees his second term not as a time of consolidation but as an occasion for decisively changing the direction of our politics.

Here was an Obama unafraid to lay out a compelling argument for the urgency of acting on global warming. He was undaunted in challenging the obsession with the federal budget–and in scolding Congress for going from “one manufactured crisis to the next.” By insisting that “we can’t just cut our way to prosperity” and that “deficit reduction alone is not an economic plan,” he brought to mind the great liberal economist John Maynard Keynes. He sought to add another big achievement to near universal health care coverage, announcing a new goal of making “high-quality preschool available to every single child in America.”

And Obama made clear his determination to shift the center of gravity in the nation’s political conversation away from anti-government conservatism, offering a vision that is the antithesis of the supply-side economics that has dominated conservative thought since the Reagan era.

If supply-siders claim that prosperity depends upon showering financial benefits on wealthy “job creators” at the economy’s commanding heights, Obama argued that economic well-being emanates from the middle and bottom, with help from a government that “works on behalf of the many, and not just the few.”

The “true engine of America’s economic growth,” he said, is a “rising, thriving middle class.” He continued: “It is our unfinished task to restore the basic bargain that built this country, the idea that if you work hard and meet your responsibilities, you can get ahead, no matter where you come from, no matter what you look like or who you love.” With that last phrase, he linked gay rights to an older liberalism’s devotion to class solidarity and racial equality.

An Obama no longer worried about re-election was the worst nightmare of conservatives who feared he would veer far to the left if given the chance. In the GOP’s response, Sen. Marco Rubio conjured that liberal bogeyman, declaring that the president’s “solution to virtually every problem we face is for Washington to tax more, borrow more, and spend more.”

But Rubio’s rhetoric felt stale, disconnected from the Obama who spoke before him. Obama did speak for liberalism, yes, but it is a tempered liberalism. His preschool proposal, after all, is modeled in part on the success of a program in Oklahoma, one of the nation’s reddest states. Most of the president’s initiatives involve modest new spending and many, including his infrastructure and manufacturing plans, are built on partnerships with private industry.

Even the president’s welcomed call to raise the minimum wage to $9 an hour and to index it to inflation was cautious by his own standards. In 2008, Obama had urged a $9.50 minimum wage, and it rightly ought to be set at $10 or above.

Moreover, the president’s words were carefully calibrated to the issue in question. On immigration reform–in deference to cross-party work in which Rubio himself is engaged–Obama kept the rhetorical temperature low, praising “bipartisan groups in both chambers.” But he invoked all of his rhetorical skills on the matter of gun safety, a more complex legislative sell. His gospel-preacher’s variations on the phrase “they deserve a vote” will long echo in the House chamber.

No, the liberated Obama is not some new, leftist tribune. He’s the moderately progressive Obama who started running for president before there was a financial crisis or a tea party. In his 2006 book “The Audacity of Hope,” he proposed to end polarization by organizing a “broad majority of Americans” who would be “re-engaged in the project of national renewal” and would “see their own self-interest as inextricably linked to the interests of others.” On Tuesday night, creating this majority was what he still had in mind.

E.J. Dionne’s e-mail address is ejdionne(at)washpost.com.
 
© 2013, Washington Post Writers Group

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: The Biggest Republican Lie



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

NASA alert: Middle East loses freshwater reserves size of Dead Sea in 7 years

0

Thousands of wells have been dug in the extremely arid region. (Reuters / Ali Jarekji)

Thousands of wells have been dug in the extremely arid region. (Reuters / Ali Jarekji)

The Middle East is headed towards a water shortage crisis, as NASA satellites show that reserves the size of the Dead Sea have been depleted in just seven years, largely due to well-drilling.

Newly-obtained results show that 144 cubic kilometres of freshwater — a volume nearly equivalent to that of the Dead Sea or Lake Tahoe — had been removed from the ground in the area that encompasses Turkey, Iran, Iraq and Syria between 2003 and 2009.

“That’s enough water to meet the needs of tens of millions to more than a hundred million people in the region each year, depending on regional water use standards and availability,” said Jay Famiglietti, the UC Irvine professor who led the team who made the findings, which are due to be published on Friday in Water Resources Reasearch magazine.

While 40 percent of the decline is in the soil and surface water, the decrease in groundwater, caused by human actions, is responsible for 90 cubic kilometers of the shortfall.

“Satellite data shows an alarming rate of decrease in total water storage in the Tigris and Euphrates river basins, which currently have the second fastest rate of groundwater storage loss on Earth, after India,” said Famiglietti.

The study was made possible by the US space agency’s Gravity Recovery and Climate Experiment (GRACE) satellites. The two identical vessels measure miniscule changes in the planet’s gravity through the variations in distance between them as they circle the Earth; postions influenced by the varying mass of the water reserves.

The research team said the depletion was caused by poor water management, combined with unfavorable climate conditions.

A devastating 2007 drought in the area not only caused depletions of surface water, which have still not been compensated, but also forced Iraqi authorities to order the drilling of more than 1,000 water wells. The actual number of wells drilled is likely to be much higher, as official statistics in the region are often patchy.

“That decline in stream flow put a lot of pressure on northern Iraq,” said Kate Voss, another study author, “Both the UN and anecdotal reports from area residents note that once stream flow declined, this northern region of Iraq had to switch to groundwater.”

At the time, the country was at the height of a deadly sectarian conflict.

“In an already fragile social, economic and political environment, this did not help the situation,” said Voss.

Last year’s authoritative Global Water Security report, produced by US intelligence agencies, marked the Middle East, naturally the driest region in the world alongside North Africa, as the area most vulnerable to water shortages, saying the situation was exacerbated by a lack of legal agreements and political instability.

“They just do not have that much water to begin with, and they’re in a part of the world that will be experiencing less rainfall with climate change,” Famiglietti said. “Those dry areas are getting dryer. Demand for freshwater continues to rise, and the region does not coordinate its water management because of different interpretations of international laws.”

Turkey, whose territory houses the headwaters of the region’s two major rivers, Tigris and Euphrates, enjoys a strained relationship with Syria and Iraq, the countries further downstream, and has systematically diverted water for its irrigation, which is frequently inefficient (throughout the Middle East).

Meanwhile, the World Bank predicts that water demand in the region will rise by 60 percent by 2045.

Groundwater has made up the shortage so far but it is being extracted at much faster rates than it is replaced.

“Groundwater is like your savings account,” said Matt Rodell, another study author, “It’s okay to draw it down when you need it, but if it’s not replenished, eventually it will be gone.”

Christopher Dorner Manhunt May Be Over (Video)

0

Christopher Dorner Manhunt May Be Over (Video)

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013
Screenshot

Investigators believe that it was fugitive ex-cop Christopher Dorner who barricaded himself in a cabin, engaged officers in an intense gunfight and was unable to escape before the building burned down. Authorities have not been able to enter the cabin, located near Big Bear Lake, Calif., since it became engulfed in flames Tuesday. They say, however, that they are confident the person inside was Dorner.

“We believe that he was still inside the cabin [as it burned down], yes,” Cindy Bachman, a spokeswoman for the San Bernardino County Sheriff’s Department, said.

Dorner, an ex-LAPD officer, was the target of a sweeping manhunt after he allegedly began a deadly rampage more than a week ago.

ABC News:

One sheriff’s deputy was killed in a shootout with Dorner earlier today, believed to be his fourth and final victim after killing an LAPD officer and two other people this month, including the daughter of a former police captain, and promising to kill many more in an online manifesto.

Cops said they heard a single gunshot go off from inside the cabin just as they began to see smoke and fire. Later they heard the sound of more gunshots, the sound of ammunition being ignited by the heat of the blaze, law enforcement officials said.

…One of the largest dragnets in recent history, which led police to follow clues across the West and into Mexico, apparently ended just miles from where Dorner’s trail went cold last week.

Read more

CBS News reporter Carter Evans, who was caught in the middle of the gunfight, captured the following video of the dangerous situation.

More Below the Ad


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Zenit, Anzhi optimistic ahead of Europa League resumption, Rubin biting the bullet

0

Form left: FC Anzhi players Rasim Tagirbekov, Serder Serderov and Kamil Agalarov during a training session at the team’s base in the village of Kratovo. (RIA Novosti/Ramil Sitdikov)

(22.9Mb) embed video

Russian sides Anzhi, Rubin and Zenit are preparing to play their opening competitive fixtures of 2013 as they will be settling scores in the first legs of their last 32 ties in the Europa League.

It’s been a busy few days for Fedor Smolov and Roman Shirokov. Less than a day after helping Russia beat Iceland in Marbella they were back in Moscow to unveil footwear maker Nike’s latest boots.

However, the two will have little time to relax, as their clubs start their Europa League knockout campaigns. Smolov’s Anzhi are in action against Hannover, and the forward expects a tough match.

“Looking at the Bundersliga it would be safe to say that Hannover are good going forward. They score a lot, but also concede quite a few so they have some weaknesses in defense. This is something we could look to exploit, as we have plenty of firepower in attack,” he says.

Despite losing key defender Chris Samba who returned to the English Premier League, the side from Dagestan have strengthened their squad with the acquisition of Willian from Shakhtar Donetsk.

The Brazilian, who was one of the most sought after players in Europe, joined Guus Hiddink’s team for a record Russian transfer fee of around 35 million euros. And according to Smolov it’s great to have such an attacking array of talent at the club.

“It’s great to be able to play alongside the likes of Willian and [Samuel] Eto’o. When we are training, I always look at how they play and try to learn from them. They are always willing to help the young players in the squad, and they are excellent players,” he says.

Zenit players (Russia, St. Petersburg) Hulk (left) and Miguel Danny in a training session before the group stage 2012/13 UEFA Champions League match against Milan (RIA Novosti/Syisoev)
Zenit players (Russia, St. Petersburg) Hulk (left) and Miguel Danny in a training session before the group stage 2012/13 UEFA Champions League match against Milan (RIA Novosti/Syisoev)

Meanwhile, Zenit will play host to Liverpool, which is arguably one of the ties of the round. Both sides have squad’s that are capable of winning the competition. And Roman Shirokov is expecting a tough test against the side from the English Premier League.

“I never followed Liverpool when I was young, but I would look out for their results. It will be an interesting tie against them, as they have some excellent players,” the midfielder notes.

2013 is expected to be a bit of a relief for Zenit. Much was expected from the side from St. Petersburg following the big money signings of Hulk and Axel Witsel. However, the club was hindered by infighting which saw key midfielder Igor Denisov banished to the reserves for a month.

His fellow Russian international, Shirokov, says the club have put these problems behind them.

“The mood in the camp is much better. Also we are starting to win games, which keeps moral in the squad high,” he notes.

There is one more Russian club in action on Thursday, with Rubin having perhaps the toughest test of all. Their path to the last 16 is blocked by the reigning champions Atletico Madrid.

However, strengthened by French international Yann M’Vila they pledge to do battle against Radamel Falcao and Co.

It’s been over four years since a Russian club won a major European trophy. However, certainly Anzhi and Zenit will fancy their chances of adding to that total this season.

Rubin football team players Gekdeniz Karadeniz, Vitaly Kaleshin and Alan Kasayev (from left foreground) in team training before the Russian Super Cup 2012/13 match against football club Zenit in Samara. (RIA Novosti/Yuri Streletc)
Rubin football team players Gekdeniz Karadeniz, Vitaly Kaleshin and Alan Kasayev (from left foreground) in team training before the Russian Super Cup 2012/13 match against football club Zenit in Samara. (RIA Novosti/Yuri Streletc)

Jon Stewart: Every Time Cheney Laughs, an Angel Gets Stabbed in the D*ck

0

The Daily Show’s Jon Stewart gave former Vice President and chickenhawk Dick Cheney some of the lack of respect that he deserves after he was out there going after President Obama for his national security nominees at a speech he gave in Wyoming over the weekend and his subsequent interview with the entirely useless Charlie Rose on CBS this Tuesday.

Here’s more on that from our friends at Raw Story:

“You know,” said Stewart, “Cheney’s really confident in his opinions and analysis, probably forgetting that he sucked at this.”

He added, “Like, he was a shitty vice [president], but even if Obama wanted to take our standing in the world down a peg he couldn’t ’cause the Bush-Cheney Administration left him with no peg room. I guess Obama could’ve created lower peg space, maybe invest in deep sea peg-hole drilling technology, but unfortunately he can’t afford to because the previous administration left us in a bit of a cash crunch.”

“And by ‘previous Administration, I mean these motherf**kers,” Stewart added. “Where does he get the balls?” Steward wondered, admonishing his audience, “Please don’t say ‘cadavers.’”

“This guy was wrong every time,” Stewart continued, after showing clips of a few of Cheney’s less-than-accurate statements about Iraq that led the country into war. “Every time he analyzed it, he was wrong. You try that at work, see if you get to keep your job and be wrong every f**king time.”

As Stewart correctly pointed out here, there is no penalty in our corporate media for always being wrong. They should be ashamed of themselves for giving the likes of Cheney air time in the first place, but I’ve given up on the notion a long time ago that we’re ever going to see that come to a stop any time soon. Once again, we’re left with the fake “news” show making a mockery of one that actually considers themselves a news outlet –and rightfully so.

Immigrants Head to Washington to Make Their Voices Heard

0

A protester disrupts a Senate Judiciary Committee hearing on immigration reform, on Capitol Hill, in Washington, Feb. 13, 2013. The day after President Barack Obama reiterated his call for an overhaul of immigration laws in the State of the Union address, the committee held its first hearing on the topic on Wednesday. (Photo: Christopher Gregory / The New York Times)A protester disrupts a Senate Judiciary Committee hearing on immigration reform, on Capitol Hill, in Washington, Feb. 13, 2013. The day after President Barack Obama reiterated his call for an overhaul of immigration laws in the State of the Union address, the committee held its first hearing on the topic on Wednesday. (Photo: Christopher Gregory / The New York Times)Jose Antonio Vargas, the undocumented journalist who came out about his immigration status in a New York Times feature story, will not be the only undocumented immigrant making his voice heard at the capitol this week.

Vargas will be speaking at the Senate Judiciary Committee hearing on immigration reform Wednesday.

But a group of more than 250 immigrants have gone to Washington DC to put their opinions forward on what they would like to see from immigration reform. While there, they will meet with Rep. Luis Gutierrez (D-Illinois) and lobby other legislators on immigration reform.

Truthout spoke to two people from DC whose voices represent what have become the two poles of undocumented immigrants’ experience. Yovany Diaz is the young immigrant brought over as a child, while Luis Zavala is the older undocumented immigrant working low-wage jobs.

Their hopes for immigration reform included protections for organizing workers, an end to deportations and a path to citizenship for all.

Zavala, 45, is a day laborer in New Orleans who has been working on restoring homes as part of the ongoing reconstruction after Hurricane Katrina as well as after 2012’s Hurricane Issac. He won’t say what country he is from or how or when he came to the United States. But he knows what he wants: protection for workers.

He is one of a group of immigrant day laborers and maids in New Orleans, known as the Southern 32, who are facing deportation for speaking out against wage theft and “payday raids,” when employers call immigration authorities instead of paying their workers wages owed.

In his case, he and other workers were organizing against wage theft by their employer, a construction company in New Orleans.

“The employer gathered us and told us we were going to be paid back wages,” said Zavala through a translator. “Instead of getting paid for that work, it was actually an immigration raid.” This took place in the fall of 2012.

He is still fighting his deportation case, though others arrested in the raid have been deported. He is urging that a bill known as the Protect Our Workers From Exploitation and Retaliation (POWER) Act be a part of any immigration reform.

Though retaliatory firings for workers who organize are illegal under the National Labor Relations Act, immigrant workers face the threat of being reported to immigration authorities just as Zavala and his fellow employees were.

The POWER Act was introduced in June 2011 to protect organizing immigrant workers from retaliation from employers, but a version has yet to pass Congress. Zavala and other immigrant right groups are hoping to instill the protections that would have been in the POWER Act into any immigration reform passed.

“That way, people will know they actually have the protections they need to be able to control their working conditions,” said Zavala.

Zavala also stressed that he wanted to stop the deportations of workers, a point he shared with Yovany Diaz, a member of the Georgia Undocumented Youth Alliance. 

Diaz first came to America when he was 5 months old, returned to Mexico at age 5 and then came to Georgia at age 8. Along with an aunt and his two brothers, Diaz crossed the Rio Grande to return to his mother in the United States and says he almost drowned on the way.

His experience of being separated from his family – and of putting his life in danger to be reunited – has made him an advocate for all immigrants, he says.

“I would like the deportation to stop. They are separating families which include US citizen kids,” said Diaz. “I’ve pretty much lived here all my life, and my mother has been here for over 20 years.”

“She would be required to learn English, but that shouldn’t separate her from being a human being and having the chance to be documented,” he said. “Immigrants like my mom do contribute, they do pay taxes.”

For now, Diaz says he isn’t too hopeful that immigration reform will address his concerns.

“I’ve been hopeful for a long time, since the DREAM Act was first introduced.” The DREAM Act would create a six-year path to citizenship, via college or military service, for many undocumented young people who came to the United States as children. “But I’m still here in the same situation,” said Diaz. “I think it’s better if I don’t get my hopes up.”

Afghan Civilians Killed in NATO Airstrike

0

NATOBLOOD

ASADABAD, Afghanistan, Feb. 13 (Xinhua) – At least 10 Afghan civilians were killed overnight in a NATO airstrike originally targeting a militants’ hideout in the country’s eastern province of Kunar, the provincial governor said on Wednesday.

“The NATO-led coalition forces carried out an air raid attack against a compound in Sheltan area of Shegal district at about 11: 00 p.m. Tuesday,” Seyyed Fazlullah Wahidi told Xinhua.

He said the raid claimed the lives of 10 civilians besides killing four armed militants.

“Our initial reports said that the killed civilians included five children, four women and a man,” Whahidi said, adding five children were also wounded in the incident in the province 185 km east of capital Kabul.

“We are aware of an operation (in eastern Afghanistan) and at this time we are trying to get information,” a spokesman with the NATO-led International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) told Xinhua.

The ISAF took seriously the allegations of civilian casualties, he said, adding more information would be released to the media as appropriate.

The number of civilian casualties has been soaring in Afghanistan as more than 3,400 Afghan civilians reportedly were killed last year in the militancy-hit country.

The deaths of Afghan civilians in NATO-led troops’ operations against Taliban have long been a contentious issue between the Afghan government and U.S. and NATO forces stationed in the country.

Afghan officials had in the past stressed such deaths would further undermine the war against Taliban and terrorist groups and inflame an anti-foreign sentiment in the country.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

LA Manhunt: Dorner Shootout Ends In Cabin Fire

0

Fugitive ex-cop Christopher Dorner has reportedly exchanged gunfire with federal authorities in California’s Big Bear Lake area.

It is believed Dorner – who is suspected of three murders – may have held a couple hostage in a holiday cabin before police tracked him down.

A police officer told the Associated Press that Dorner robbed the cabin and tied up the holidaymakers, but one was able to get away and make a phone call.

The shootout began after police arrived at the remote location and chased Dorner as he fled in a stolen car.

Local media in California are reporting that two officers may have been injured in the shooting.

More follows…

“When You Have Fiat Currency, What Level Of Value Is Real”, Santelli Asks

0

The rise in energy prices; the surge in food prices; and the march higher in nominal stock market indices – all symptoms of one thing – central bank (or government) policy; and CNBC’s Rick Santelli is calling them to task for their two-faced ignorance. “What is the difference between outright currency manipulation versus the collateral damage to one’s currency based on central bank programs?” he rhetorically asks, “in my mind, very little, but obviously, in the minds of many leaders of G-7 developed economies, there’s a huge distinction.” And therein lies the rub. As Japan follows Bernanke’s decade-old plan to reflate by literally printing money into existence – just as every other developed fiat currency nation – their argument is that they are fighting deflation – or stimulating growth – when, in fact “The distinction between collateral damage and outright manipulation is absolute malarkey.” Now that the currency wars have gone global – no matter what well-placed op-eds will try to convince otherwise – Santelli sums it all up perfectly, “in the end when you don’t have a standard and you have printing and fiat currency, what level of value is real?”  

We remind those bullish Japanese stocks that the 11% rise in the NKY since the holidays has created 0% wealth for a USD investor thanks to the JPY destruction (beta is 175 NKY points per 1 big figure handle shift in USDJPY) – ask the Zimbabweans how wealthy they felt.

Your rating: None Average: 3 (2 votes)

Escalating Pressure on Iran

0

target-iran

Secretary of State John Kerry’s clear where he stands. He laid down markers. He demands Iran comply with Washington’s demands. Left unsaid is what follows otherwise.

On February 26, nuclear talks will resume. P5+1 countries (Washington, Britain, Germany, China and Russia) will meet Iranian negotiators. They’ll do so in Almaty, Kazakhstan.

Targeting Iran’s peaceful nuclear program is red herring cover for regime change. Good faith negotiations aren’t possible. Washington obstructs them. So does Israel behind the scenes.

Kerry disingenuously says:

“The international community is ready to respond if Iran comes prepared to talk real substance and to address the concerns, which could not be more clear, about their nuclear program.”

“It’s disturbing,” he added. “And so my plea to the Iranians — or my statement — is a clear statement. We are prepared to let diplomacy be the victor in this confrontation over their nuclear program.”

“The president has made it clear. He is prepared to talk about a peaceful nuclear program.”

“Iran has a choice. They have to prove to the world that it is peaceful and we are prepared to sit reasonably and negotiate how they can do that. Or they can chose to be more isolated.”

“The president has made it clear that his preference is to have a diplomatic solution. But if he cannot get there, he is prepared to do whatever is necessary to make certain that Iran does not have a nuclear weapon.”

Kerry, Obama, other US officials, and Israeli ones want Iran to prove a negative. They demand unconditional surrender. Conflict resolution won’t follow because both countries obstruct it. War preparations continue.

Anything in 2013 is possible. Obama talks peace. At the same time, he plans war. That’s how rogue leaders operate. Obama replicates the worst of them.

Iran sought normalized relations for decades. Washington and Israel categorically spurn them. Iran can’t have them without good faith partners.

Washington and Israel oppose peace, justice, and equitable conflict resolution. Heavy-handed pressure bullies other countries to go along. At issue is unchallenged regional dominance.

War is an option of choice. Harsh sanctions increase pressure. Imposing them violates international law. Washington and Israel spurn it with impunity.

They commit crimes of war, against humanity, and genocide. Rule of law principles don’t matter. Nor do body counts and unspeakable human misery inflicted.

Ahead of late February talks, Washington imposed new sanctions. Doing so reveals its duplicitous agenda. America’s all take and no give. Ultimatums substitute for good faith relations.

Iranian broadcasting and director were blacklisted. Its iFilm was removed from the Galaxy 19 satellite platform. So was Press TV. It provides 24-hour English language programming.

Real news and information are featured. Washington wants them suppressed. It’s not the first time Press TV was targeted. European satellite provider Eutelsat blocked it.

So did Spanish satellite company Hispasat. They cited EU pressure for doing so. Washington’s long arm applied pressure. So did Israel’s.

New sanctions also target Iran’s Communications Regulatory Authority and Electronic Industries. Foreign Ministry spokesman Ramin Mehmanparast said they’re “designed to put pressure on the nation and to create a gap between the (Iranian) nation and government.”

“In the remaining time (ahead of elections), they want to create tension, crisis, and instability in the country by imposing great pressure.”

Internal opposition forces are supported. It’s done ahead of June 2013 elections.

Washington did so in 2009. It tried manipulating green revolutionary fervor. Post-election, tensions and instability were stoked. Unrest was fomented.

UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon showed which side he backs. He falsely accused Iran of “arrests, threats and use of force.”

The mainstream media claimed electoral fraud. Obama said the world was “appalled and outraged” by Iran’s attempt to crush dissent. He claimed America didn’t interfere in Iran’s affairs. He lied. Expect more of the same this June.

Iran asserts its state sovereignty rights. It has every right to do so. It’s not about to roll over for Washington, Israel, or its Lobby. It urges good faith negotiations. It won’t engage any other way.

Iman Khamenei rejects direct US talks. Why bother without a good faith partner.

“I am not a diplomat,” he said. “I am a revolutionary and speak frankly, honestly, and firmly. An offer of talks makes sense only when the side (making the offer) shows its goodwill.”

“Negotiation is meaningful when the two sides talk with goodwill, under equal conditions and without seeking to deceive each other. Therefore, ‘negotiation for the sake of negotiation’, ‘tactical negotiation’ and negotiation offer in order to sell a superpower’s gesture to the world is a deceptive move.”

“You (the Americans) point the gun at Iran and say either negotiations or we pull the trigger! You should know that pressure and negotiations do not go together, and the (Iranian) nation will not be intimidated by such things.”

“We, of course, understand their (the Americans’) need for negotiations, because the Middle East policy of the Americans has failed, and in order to compensate for this failure, they need to play a trump card.”

“Negotiation with the United States does not solve any problem because they have not fulfilled any of their promises in the past 60 years.”

On February 8, Murdoch’s Wall Street Journal responded. It headlined “The Ayatollah Always Says No.”

“Joe Biden won’t forget it the next time the US tries to reach out diplomatically to Iran.”

It hasn’t done so in good faith since 1979. Expect nothing different now.

The Journal claims otherwise. America offers good faith bilateral talks, it says. It never has and doesn’t now. Khamenei knows Washington’s velvet glove is cast iron inside.

It’s hardline and belligerent. It’s all take and no give. Journal editors point fingers the wrong way. “The Ayatollah quashed” previous deals, they said. Past US efforts ended in failure.

“Why does the Ayatollah keep saying no?” Journal editors say “get ready for this shocker….Iran really wants a bomb.” Saying so belies annual US intelligence assessments.

Journal editors leave inconvenient facts unmentioned. Vilifying propaganda substitutes for truth and full disclosure. The mainstream media prioritize it.

They do so to misinform, manipulate public sentiment, and manufacture consent for war. They convince people to support what they should abhor. They persuade them to hate alleged enemies. Most often they should admire and respect them.

Propaganda glorifies war in the name of peace. Managed news misinformation repeats ad nauseam. Big lies repeated often enough get people to believe them.

Invasions and occupations are called liberating struggles. Plunder is called economic development. Exploitation and imperial control are called democracy.

Might justifies right. Nations are destroyed to free them. Code language conceals real motives. Policy involves ravaging the world one country at a time or in multiples. Nations are destroyed for their own good. Monied interests alone benefit.

Political speech masks policies. News is carefully filtered. Fiction substitutes for fact. Free and open societies aren’t tolerated.

Dissent is marginalized and suppressed. Imperial wars are called liberating ones. Human rights are violated for our own good. Patriotism means going along with what harms us.

Terrorism is what they do, not us. Reasons why imperial wars are waged are suppressed. Wealth and power alone matter. Sacrificing human lives and freedoms are small prices to pay. Humanity is at risk but who cares.

The mainstream media aid and abet state crimes. Where it ends, who knows. Money power won’t sustain a ravaged planet. Militarism and perpetual wars assure it.

Peace is spurned to wage them. Big Lies conceal it. Sunshine is the best disinfectant. Suppressing it is policy. Rule of law principles are spurned. Unchallenged dominance alone matters.

The mainstream media endorse imperial lawlessness. They lie. They’re complicit in crimes of war, against humanity, and genocide.

They manufacture threats. They stoke fear. They convince people that Washington’s wars are justified because they say so.

Millions die to further America’s imperium. Journal editors and other mainstream media have blood on their hands.

Rogue states and the maintream media never say they’re sorry. America claims might justifies right.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour

Marco Rubio and the Republican Ibogaine Problem

0

Senator Marco Rubio was apparently high last night.

Yes, there was another Republican response to the State of the Union. And it was, yet again, a disaster.

After watching the President address Congress for more than an hour without taking a water break, the nation learned Tuesday night that Marco Rubio can’t give a five-minute speech without awkwardly lunging off camera to wet his lips.

Most in the Republican Party cringed at the moment, muttering to themselves, “Oh no, not again.”

And right away, the media jumped on the often-repeated meme that the Republican response to the State of the Union is a curse against any politician who offers it.

But I’m here to tell you that, in fact, there’s a very real explanation — rooted in science — for why Republicans can’t seem to get a State of the Union response right. It’s highly likely it’s because the politicians the Republican Party chooses each year to give the Republicans’ response to the State of the Union are all using a drug known as ibogaine.

Ibogaine is a psychoactive drug extracted from the iboga plant that induces wild hallucinations. In 1972, noted Doctor of Journalism Hunter S. Thompson was on the campaign trail reporting on the race for the Democratic nomination for President for Rolling Stone magazine when he suggested that one of the candidates, Edmund Muskie, was acting erratically because he was using ibogaine.

Thompson described the drug as “an exotic brand of speed … [that] nobody in the press corps had ever heard of.” He added, “It is entirely conceivable–given the known effects of ibogaine–that Muskie’s brain was almost paralyzed by hallucinations…He looked out at that crowd and saw Gila monsters instead of people . . . his mind snapped completely when he felt something large and apparently vicious clawing at his legs.”

Thompson claimed he was “simply reporting on rumors” he heard on the campaign trail regarding Muskie and the ibogaine addiction. (He later admitted that he was also the one who started those rumors.)

And, in the great tradition of the late Hunter S. Thompson, I think it’s entirely possible the Republican Party is full of ibogaine users.

How else can you explain their behavior?

Remember Bobby Jindal — the Republican picked to respond to President Obama’s State of the Union in 2009? Go back and watch the tape, watch Jindal’s eyes and inflection, and you tell me that guy isn’t on ibogaine.

And then there was Michelle Bachmann giving the “Tea Party” response in 2011. Was she really just “looking at the wrong camera?” Or, was she distracted by a pack of Gila monsters clawing toward her just off camera?

Heck, Michele Bachmann looked to be on so much ibogaine after the 2010 midterm elections that Chris Matthews had to ask her if she was “

“No, Chris, I’m not hypnotized. I just feel like I’m talking to a giant squid in a suit.”

But, here’s where everything really falls into place.

One well known side effect of ibogaine use is “dry mouth.”

Check out Paul Ryan, during the vice-presidential debate; he took a water break 22 different times. What’s behind the sudden onset of dry mouth you ask? Ibogaine, obviously.

And then there’s what happened last night. Remember all the sweat dripping from Marco Rubio’s brow? Well, you’d be drenched in sweaty fear, too, if the camera was slowly morphing into a blood-thirsty spider. Between that and the dry mouth, Rubio couldn’t take it anymore and had to dive off camera.

So, yet, another Republican politician, another bout of dry mouth, and another erratic response to the State of the Union.

And don’t forget about Rand Paul’s “Tea Party” response last night. If anyone doubts that Rand is addicted to ibogaine like the rest of his Party, I have two words for you: Aqua Buddha.

I know the drug warriors out there are calling for the Republican Party to drug-test their future State of the Union responders, just like they want to drug-test welfare recipients. But, instead, we should be doing the compassionate thing. We should realize that Republicans don’t live in a “reality-based” or “fact-based” world because of ibogane. And we need to expand Obamacare to cover treatment programs for Senators, so these helpless Republicans can stop embarrassing themselves on national TV.

So, don’t worry, Republicans. All those crazy things – people riding dinosaurs cause the world is only 6000 years old, global warming being a hoax, John Boehner looking like a giant carrot wearing a suit – all those things are just the result of your ibogaine use. Even the really crazy things, like Reaganomics, transvaginal probes, and Wayne LaPierre, will go away when you get some help for your medical condition.

We’re here for you, working to help you with your problem. Colorado and Washington state have already thrown you a lifeline, legislating a much less destructive alternative, that might even put you in touch with mother Earth and help you see the errors of your ways. And there’s always the Ibogaine Anonymous group that meets on Thursdays in the basement of the Reagan Republican building just down the street from the Capitol.

As President Obama said so many times, there IS hope! So don’t give into those Gila monsters chewing on your legs – they’re no more real than the Welfare Queen Reagan hallucinated or the illegal voters you’re working so hard to stop. Chill out and get some help…

Vaz Accused Of Sexism After Home Secretary ‘Diet’ Remark

0

A senior Labour backbencher has been accused of sexism after suggesting Cabinet minister Theresa May was “looking a bit thin”.

Keith Vaz, chairman of the home affairs select committee, made the controversial comment in a post on Twitter:


Keith Vaz MP

A bit worried about Home Secretary she is looking a bit thin these days. A new diet or pressure of work?

But speaking on BBC Radio 4’s PM programme, Tory MP Caroline Nokes condemned the remark as “silly” and “patronising”.

“I though it was rather silly and thoughtless remark from Keith,” she said. “I know Keith, he is not by nature unpleasant, but I think this remark just came across as rather patronising.

“If we were talking about a male home secretary who had lost a bit of weight I am sure no Member of Parliament would comment.”

Ms Nokes, who chairs the all-party group on body image, said she had “borne the brunt” of jibes about her own weight.

“I am very conscious that I have an interesting relationship with food,” she said. “My weight goes up and down and people will freely comment that either I am looking a bit chubby or ‘haven’t you done well, you have lost a bit of weight’…

“I think it is a particularly harsh reality that is dished out all too frequently to women MPs.”

Ms Nokes went on: “I think it was sexist because the insinuation of the remark that Keith very unfortunately put on Twitter was about a woman who, he has suggested through his comments, is losing weight through the pressure of work.

“I think it is very sad that he chose to do so.”

Asked how she would react to Leicester MP Mr Vaz when she saw him next, Ms Nokes said: “I will just say to him I am sorry that you chose to do that.”

Mr. President, It’s Time to Move Forward on Climate

0

As President Barack Obama’s second term gets underway, Americans are expecting big actions from him – especially on climate disruption and clean energy. The decision to block the Keystone XL tar sands oil pipeline should be the cornerstone of his positive, solutions-oriented climate legacy.

Tar sands oil is the most toxic fossil fuel on the planet. It leaves in its wake scarred landscapes and a web of pipelines and polluting refineries all the while delaying our transition to a clean energy economy. In addition, tar sands oil production produces three times the climate-disrupting pollution of conventional oil.

Building the 1,700-mile Keystone XL pipeline would destroy the property of farmers and ranchers across the American heartland and put rivers, streams, and underground aquifers that millions of American depend on for drinking water at severe risk of toxic spills.

The time for serious climate action is now. We need Obama to passionately and eloquently show the American people that solving the climate crisis is not a burden, but an incredible opportunity.

This is a fight for something better. We’re on the cusp of a clean energy revolution that will transform our nation, slash carbon pollution, and turn this climate disaster around. We need Obama to commit to this fight with all the ambition and determination he can bring.

The clean energy technologies we need to reverse climate disruption already exist. They’re affordable, competitive, and ready for primetime. Already, we’ve doubled our wind power to 60 gigawatts in less than four years – enough to power nearly 15 million homes. Plus, we generate five times more solar power than we did just a few years ago. Renewable energy can power America. And it can do it without climate-polluting gases.

Here’s how Obama can make that happen:

First, he must follow through and build on one of the biggest accomplishments of his first term: Holding polluters accountable for their costs to our health, economy, and climate. That means directing the Environmental Protection Agency to finish cleaning up power plant pollution.

Second, Obama needs to reject energy sources that would condemn future generations to the effects of runaway climate disruption. There’s no excuse for blasting the mountains of Appalachia for coal, drilling in our Arctic wilderness, building export terminals to ship coal and natural gas overseas, or continuing to allow under-regulated and environmentally devastating fracking for gas and oil.

Third, Obama needs to shift the debate about our public lands from “How can the mining and drilling industries best exploit them?” to “How can their true owners – the American people – most benefit from them?” We’ve allowed oil, coal, and other extractive industries to treat our public lands like their personal piggy banks. That has to stop.

Fourth, Obama must do all he can to help preserve the hard-won momentum from his first term for renewable energy and energy efficiency. He should start by promoting innovative financing and investment that makes it easier for individuals and businesses to install clean energy and adopt energy-efficiency measures.

Finally, we must recognize that the effects of climate disruption are already present in the form of droughts, deadly heat waves, wildfires, and powerful storms. We need to protect communities from these disasters as much as we can beforehand and plan a robust and just response when disaster does strike.

We need Obama to inspire a nationwide groundswell for clean energy, energy efficiency, and a 21st century economy. He must harness every iota of his political skill to forge bipartisan solutions to curbing carbon pollution, and to call out those who persist in trying to hold us back.

When he talks about the destructive power of a warming planet, no one has to wonder what that destruction looks like. We’ve seen it – from the hurricane-ravaged Northeast to the drought-stricken Midwest to the fire-scarred West. It’s all too real.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons License

Mr. President, It’s Time to Move Forward on Climate

0

As President Barack Obama’s second term gets underway, Americans are expecting big actions from him – especially on climate disruption and clean energy. The decision to block the Keystone XL tar sands oil pipeline should be the cornerstone of his positive, solutions-oriented climate legacy.

Tar sands oil is the most toxic fossil fuel on the planet. It leaves in its wake scarred landscapes and a web of pipelines and polluting refineries all the while delaying our transition to a clean energy economy. In addition, tar sands oil production produces three times the climate-disrupting pollution of conventional oil.

Building the 1,700-mile Keystone XL pipeline would destroy the property of farmers and ranchers across the American heartland and put rivers, streams, and underground aquifers that millions of American depend on for drinking water at severe risk of toxic spills.

The time for serious climate action is now. We need Obama to passionately and eloquently show the American people that solving the climate crisis is not a burden, but an incredible opportunity.

This is a fight for something better. We’re on the cusp of a clean energy revolution that will transform our nation, slash carbon pollution, and turn this climate disaster around. We need Obama to commit to this fight with all the ambition and determination he can bring.

The clean energy technologies we need to reverse climate disruption already exist. They’re affordable, competitive, and ready for primetime. Already, we’ve doubled our wind power to 60 gigawatts in less than four years – enough to power nearly 15 million homes. Plus, we generate five times more solar power than we did just a few years ago. Renewable energy can power America. And it can do it without climate-polluting gases.

Here’s how Obama can make that happen:

First, he must follow through and build on one of the biggest accomplishments of his first term: Holding polluters accountable for their costs to our health, economy, and climate. That means directing the Environmental Protection Agency to finish cleaning up power plant pollution.

Second, Obama needs to reject energy sources that would condemn future generations to the effects of runaway climate disruption. There’s no excuse for blasting the mountains of Appalachia for coal, drilling in our Arctic wilderness, building export terminals to ship coal and natural gas overseas, or continuing to allow under-regulated and environmentally devastating fracking for gas and oil.

Third, Obama needs to shift the debate about our public lands from “How can the mining and drilling industries best exploit them?” to “How can their true owners – the American people – most benefit from them?” We’ve allowed oil, coal, and other extractive industries to treat our public lands like their personal piggy banks. That has to stop.

Fourth, Obama must do all he can to help preserve the hard-won momentum from his first term for renewable energy and energy efficiency. He should start by promoting innovative financing and investment that makes it easier for individuals and businesses to install clean energy and adopt energy-efficiency measures.

Finally, we must recognize that the effects of climate disruption are already present in the form of droughts, deadly heat waves, wildfires, and powerful storms. We need to protect communities from these disasters as much as we can beforehand and plan a robust and just response when disaster does strike.

We need Obama to inspire a nationwide groundswell for clean energy, energy efficiency, and a 21st century economy. He must harness every iota of his political skill to forge bipartisan solutions to curbing carbon pollution, and to call out those who persist in trying to hold us back.

When he talks about the destructive power of a warming planet, no one has to wonder what that destruction looks like. We’ve seen it – from the hurricane-ravaged Northeast to the drought-stricken Midwest to the fire-scarred West. It’s all too real.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons License

Global Mobile Phone Sales Post First Decline Since 2009

0

One of the fundamental creeds held by the proponents behind every new technology and gizmo market, including cell phones, smart phones, tablets, Sony Walkmen, 8-tracks, VHS tapes, juice extractors, tape rewinders, etc., is that their growth rate (and by implication the consumers’ discretionary income), is completely dissociated with gravity and will grow at a far faster pace than global economic growth virtually in perpetuity. This is the case until empirical evidence reminds them, and everyone else, that gravity eventually always wins. Which is precisely what happened with global mobile phone sales, which in 2012 posted their first decline since the cataclysmic 2009. Gartner reports that the global cell phone market declined by 1.7% in 2012, down from 1.78 billion devices sold in 2011 to 1.75 in 2012. “Tough economic conditions, shifting consumer preferences and intense market competition weakened the worldwide mobile phone market this year,” the report says.

More on the findings:

Samsung and Apple continued to dominate the market, with the Korean giant selling 385 million phones in 2012, of which 53.5 per cent were smartphones, with Apple selling 130 million smartphones.

Chinese company Huawei was third spot in worldwide smartphone sales for the first time in the fourth quarter, Gartner said, selling 27.2 million smartphones in 2012, an increase of 74 per cent.

Gartner said it expects sales of feature phones — ie any phone that is not a smartphone – to continue falling this year.

…

Another reason for the drop is the weakening demand for feature phones, which possess some smartphone abilities but are limited. While smartphones had record sales and were up 38.3% for the fourth quarter of 2012, feature phone sales fell by 19.3% — and that decline is expected to continue.

Before smartphone proponents argue this is merely rotation out of a commodity into a premium space, read this:

Gartner said while the demand for iPhones in the fourth quarter, consumer demand favoured the less expensive iPhone 4 and 4S. It added the arrival of the iPad Mini also created a dilemma for some users when deciding if to upgrade an iPhone 4 or iPhone 4S to an iPhone 5, or buy the new tablet.

So while there is an element of conversion into ever more feature rich offerings (aka margin compression), the fundamental gating factor is no longer coolness, or hipness, but the simplest one of all: the bottom line.

This also means that the margin compression that has been haunting firms such as Apple will not only continue but accelerate, as the peak growth phase has passed, and now, just like in the sovereign arena, it is a race to the margin bottom.

Finally, since the preservation of optimism is key, Gartner leave on a slightly bullish note:

As a whole, however, the report predicts the mobile market will do better next year. Gartner says it expects mobile sales to reach 1.9 billion in 2013 — with a 1 billion coming solely from smartphones.

It also says 2013 will be the year of the third ecosystem, as carriers try to break free from the influence of Apple and Google Android while Microsoft’s Windows Phone 8, BlackBerry 10 and others duke it out.

“Alternative operating systems such as Tizen, Firefox, Ubuntu and Jolla will try and carve out an opportunity by positioning themselves as profitable alternatives,” the report says.

Alas, Gartner’s forecast is surprisingly reminiscent of what it said a year ago, when it too forecast a continuing growth in sales. Sadly, for both Gartner, and the entire human race, what happens next nobody can see, as whatever will be, will be purely a function of the unintended consequences of the actions of a few select central planners who do everything in their power to convert fiat into wealth (by dilution).

Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

Vital Gaza Tunnels Flooded by Egyptian Forces

0

Egyptian forces flooded a series of tunnels used to bring goods into the blockaded Gaza Strip through the Egyptian/Gaza border, officials stated Wednesday.

A Palestinian works at the entrance of a tunnel dug beneath the Egyptian-Gaza border in Rafah, in the southern Gaza Strip November 26, 2012. (Reuters/Mohammed Salem) The tunnels account for an estimated 30 percent of all goods brought into Gaza, such as cement and gravel, due to an over seven-year goods blockade imposed by Israel.

Reports said the tunnels suddenly filled with water on Sunday, forcing workers to flee for safety.

In total the Egyptians deliberately pumped water into three tunnels, surprising Gaza officials who said they expected to have better relations with recently election Egyptian President Mohamed Mursi.

“Egyptian measures against tunnels have worsened since the election of Mursi. Our Hamas brothers thought he would open up Gaza. I guess they were wrong,” said a tunnel owner, who identified himself only as Ayed, fearing reprisal.

“Water can cause cracks in the wall and may cause the collapse of the tunnel. It may kill people,” said Ahmed Al-Shaer, a tunnel worker whose cousin died a year ago when a tunnel caved in on him.

Reuters reports:

The move surprised and angered Gaza’s rulers, the Islamist group Hamas, which had hoped for much better ties with Cairo following the election last year of Egyptian President Mohamed Mursi, an Islamist who is ideologically close to Hamas.

A Hamas official confirmed Egypt was again targeting the tunnels. He gave no further details and declined to speculate on the timing of the move, which started while Palestinian faction leaders met in Cairo to try to overcome deep divisions. […]

Six Palestinians died in January in tunnel implosions, raising the death toll amongst workers to 233 since 2007, according to Gazan human rights groups, including an estimated 20 who died in various Israeli air attacks on the border lands.

Obama’s SOTU Was No Game-Changer

0

In his State of the Union address, President Barack Obama deftly nudged the national debate further away from the dominant austerity framework that brought us the misguided budget deal on New Year’s Day.(Image from WhiteHouse.gov)

He also brought much-needed attention to the critical jobs shortage by eloquently calling the need for more good middle class jobs the “North Star that guides our efforts.”

But, did Obama offer a convincing vision for how to do this? Not quite.

First, he missed a beautiful opportunity to connect the jobs and inequality crises with the climate crisis, all of which can be solved with the same solution: a bold transformative “new jobs” agenda. This approach would move government incentives and resources away from fossil fuels and poorly paid jobs to a vibrant, caring, green economy with quality jobs.

Imagine the stir he’d make if he declared it was time to move from an economy dominated by Wall Street, Lockheed Martin, and Walmart to a Main Street economy. Or if he promised to block the Keystone XL pipeline and crack down on the dangerous practice of natural gas fracking as part of an effort to wean our country off fossil fuels.

Main Street embraces everything from clean energy to high speed rail, from energy-efficient buildings to composting and recycling. And, it means making sure that fast-growing sectors like elder care jobs are upgraded from Walmart poverty jobs to ones that pay a living wage.

Yes, Obama highlighted the challenge of climate change and he mentioned clean energy. He called for a higher minimum wage and stronger education opportunities for all. But he failed to make a powerful call for a transformative economic agenda to replace our Wall Street and Walmart economy with a fundamentally new one rooted in ecology, equity, and democratic forms of ownership.

Obama could also have reminded Americans that there’d be abundant resources to invest in pressing needs if the wealthy, corporations, Wall Street, and polluters paid their fair share of taxes and if we cut fossil fuel subsidies and the wasteful Pentagon budget.

Obama knows full well that he’s working with a gridlocked and largely dysfunctional Congress. But he did make a compelling appeal to lawmakers to take two major actions that could win in 2013: comprehensive immigration reform, and real gun control. Both are long overdue and would make this country a better place. His salute to Desilene Victor, the 102-year-old Florida woman who became famous after a lengthy wait to vote last year, underscored concerns about the outrages of Republican efforts to suppress voting rights.

And I also applaud him for urging the renewal of a strengthened Violence Against Women Act, acknowledging the excesses of CEO pay, and calling for a $15 billion construction jobs program.

But in the face of a Congress too beholden to corporate interests, Obama could have made a better case for vital actions that his administration can take on their own. These include ending drone attacks, shuttering coal plants, using the Environmental Protection Agency to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, ensuring basic labor rights for domestic workers, and pardoning prisoners who were unjustly sentenced. Of these, Obama only indicated that he was ready to order the EPA to take steps to counter climate change.

Obama’s also clinging to a failed free trade policy. And he’s addicted to oil and gas even as he embraces alternatives. His foreign policy vision is overly focused on fighting terrorism as opposed to fostering diplomacy.

Between his more powerful inauguration speech and this address, he’s begun to shift the national conversation toward things that matter to most people. But he’s got a long way to go before he embraces a game-changing agenda.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons License

Obama’s SOTU Was No Game-Changer

0

In his State of the Union address, President Barack Obama deftly nudged the national debate further away from the dominant austerity framework that brought us the misguided budget deal on New Year’s Day.(Image from WhiteHouse.gov)

He also brought much-needed attention to the critical jobs shortage by eloquently calling the need for more good middle class jobs the “North Star that guides our efforts.”

But, did Obama offer a convincing vision for how to do this? Not quite.

First, he missed a beautiful opportunity to connect the jobs and inequality crises with the climate crisis, all of which can be solved with the same solution: a bold transformative “new jobs” agenda. This approach would move government incentives and resources away from fossil fuels and poorly paid jobs to a vibrant, caring, green economy with quality jobs.

Imagine the stir he’d make if he declared it was time to move from an economy dominated by Wall Street, Lockheed Martin, and Walmart to a Main Street economy. Or if he promised to block the Keystone XL pipeline and crack down on the dangerous practice of natural gas fracking as part of an effort to wean our country off fossil fuels.

Main Street embraces everything from clean energy to high speed rail, from energy-efficient buildings to composting and recycling. And, it means making sure that fast-growing sectors like elder care jobs are upgraded from Walmart poverty jobs to ones that pay a living wage.

Yes, Obama highlighted the challenge of climate change and he mentioned clean energy. He called for a higher minimum wage and stronger education opportunities for all. But he failed to make a powerful call for a transformative economic agenda to replace our Wall Street and Walmart economy with a fundamentally new one rooted in ecology, equity, and democratic forms of ownership.

Obama could also have reminded Americans that there’d be abundant resources to invest in pressing needs if the wealthy, corporations, Wall Street, and polluters paid their fair share of taxes and if we cut fossil fuel subsidies and the wasteful Pentagon budget.

Obama knows full well that he’s working with a gridlocked and largely dysfunctional Congress. But he did make a compelling appeal to lawmakers to take two major actions that could win in 2013: comprehensive immigration reform, and real gun control. Both are long overdue and would make this country a better place. His salute to Desilene Victor, the 102-year-old Florida woman who became famous after a lengthy wait to vote last year, underscored concerns about the outrages of Republican efforts to suppress voting rights.

And I also applaud him for urging the renewal of a strengthened Violence Against Women Act, acknowledging the excesses of CEO pay, and calling for a $15 billion construction jobs program.

But in the face of a Congress too beholden to corporate interests, Obama could have made a better case for vital actions that his administration can take on their own. These include ending drone attacks, shuttering coal plants, using the Environmental Protection Agency to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, ensuring basic labor rights for domestic workers, and pardoning prisoners who were unjustly sentenced. Of these, Obama only indicated that he was ready to order the EPA to take steps to counter climate change.

Obama’s also clinging to a failed free trade policy. And he’s addicted to oil and gas even as he embraces alternatives. His foreign policy vision is overly focused on fighting terrorism as opposed to fostering diplomacy.

Between his more powerful inauguration speech and this address, he’s begun to shift the national conversation toward things that matter to most people. But he’s got a long way to go before he embraces a game-changing agenda.

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons License

Postal Service Modernization Bills Introduced; Saturday Mail Preserved

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) and Rep. Peter DeFazio (D-Ore.) today introduced legislation to modernize the U.S. Postal Service, save Saturday mail and repeal a crippling law responsible for 80 percent of the mail system’s funding woes.

“While we all understand that the Postal Service is experiencing financial problems today and that changes need to be made as the Postal Service adjusts to a digital world, these issues can be dealt with in a way which strengthens the Postal Service rather than initiating a series of cuts that could eventually lead to a death spiral,” Sanders said.

The Senate bill is cosponsored by Sens. Patrick Leahy (D-Vt.), Kirsten Gillibrand (D-N.Y.), Al Franken (D-Minn.), Ron Wyden (D-Ore.), Jeff Merkley (D-Ore.) Tom Udall (D-N.M.) and Sherrod Brown (D-Ohio).

“Congress must work together and pass legislation that will sustain the Postal Service, avert unnecessary closures that hurt communities and save American jobs. Most of the financial issues facing the United States Postal Service are due to short-sighted actions by Congress. Congress must unshackle USPS so we can deal with these problems and allow the Postal Service to better compete,” DeFazio said.

Under the legislation, proposed cuts to Saturday delivery would be prevented. “Providing fewer services and less quality will cause more customers to seek other options,” Sanders said. “Rural Americans, businesses, senior citizens and veterans will be hurt the most by ending Saturday mail.”

The measure would let the Postal Service look for innovative new ways to make money by lifting legal bans on services such as notarizing documents, issuing hunting and fishing licenses and allowing shipments of wine and beer. It also would clear the way for the Postal Service to help customers take advantage of email and Internet services. Moreover, a commission would be created composed of successful business innovators and representatives from small business and labor to make recommendations on other ways the Postal Service could generate new revenue and thrive in the 21st century.

Arguably the most critical financial reform proposed by Sanders and DeFazio would be to rescind an onerous 2006 law pushed through a Republican-controlled House at the behest of President George W. Bush. Unlike any private business or other government agency, the law makes the post office pre-fund 75 years of future health care benefits for retirees over the course of 10 years. The $5 billion annual payments have been piling up in a fund that experts say already has more than enough in reserve. Since 2007, the pre-funding mandate is responsible for $4 out of every $5 in Postal Service debts.

The bill also would reinstate overnight delivery standards to speed mail delivery and prevent shutdowns of mail sorting centers. Safeguards also would be put in place to protect rural post offices.

Federal Review of Missouri Parks’ Drinking Water Sought

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – Some Missouri state parks have a troubling number of violations of the Safe Drinking Water Act, according to a call for a federal enforcement review made today by Public Employees for Environmental Responsibility (PEER). Since 2010, state park water systems have incurred 14 health-based violations for total coliform bacteria and two violations for E. coli.

PEER is asking the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Regional Office to review compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act inside Missouri parks, which are overseen by the state Department of Natural Resources (DNR). The DNR has the dual role of both administering 83 state parks and historic sites visited by 18 million people annually and of regulating the state’s approximately 2,800 public water systems — 44 of which are within the state park system.

The PEER complaint profiles Cuivre River State Park in Lincoln County, just north of St. Louis. Each of the park’s three systems reports safe drinking water violations. Those serving Camp Derricotte had six maximum contaminant level violations of the Total Coliform Rule in the seven months that is was open during fiscal year 2012, one of them for E. coli. Two of the park’s three systems do not have water treatment systems of any kind, despite chronic bacteriological problems.

DNR’s enforcement policies require that chronically troubled water systems enter into a bilateral compliance agreement with the DNR to ensure future compliance. To date no compliance agreement exists for Cuivre River State Park. Records show no formal warning letters with the only hint of an enforcement action on record being a computer generated mailing.

“Now is the time to address the safety of park water systems before many of them reopen to the public this spring,” stated PEER Staff Counsel Kathryn Douglass who filed the complaint with EPA. “The state appears to enforce drinking water rules much more rigorously against systems other than its own facilities.”

State park water contamination issues are not new. A report released by the Missouri State Auditor in 2004 found “numerous incidents where the state parks had not complied with federal and state drinking water regulations or division water testing policies, and therefore could not be assured that park visitors were provided water safe for consumption.”

Although EPA has recognized Missouri’s Water Protection Program as the primacy agency for the Safe Drinking Water Act and delegated enforcement authority to it, EPA retains authority, as well, and can take direct action against violators. In addition, EPA can sanction the state if it finds the state program falls below minimum federal standards.

The PEER complaint was filed jointly with Patricia Ritchie, who for 19 years was the DNR public notice coordinator for safe drinking water compliance until she was separated from state service late last year. In 2002, Ms. Ritchie initially reported concerns of drinking water safety at Missouri state parks to the State Auditor. That office launched an investigation in 2003 and issued the report in 2004 confirming Ms. Ritchie’s concerns. She has challenged her dismissal under the state whistleblower protection law. Her whistleblower case comes before the Administrative Hearing Commission later this month. She is represented by George Smith of Johnson & Smith, L.L.C. in Columbia, Missouri.

SOTU: * Jobs * Equity * Climate

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – LORI WALLACH, [email]
Director of Public Citizen’s Global Trade Watch, Wallach said today: “It is the height of cynicism for President Obama to couple the worthy goal of rebuilding American manufacturing with a call for more of the same NAFTA-style trade-deficit boosting, job-killing FTAs [free trade agreements] – especially the 11-nation TPP [Trans-Pacific Partnership]. … Since the implementation of these agreements, 50,000 U.S. manufacturing facilities have been shuttered and we have lost five million manufacturing jobs – fully one quarter of the American industrial jobs that existed before these agreements. U.S. exports to countries that are not FTA partners has exceeded U.S. export growth to countries that are FTA partners by 44 percent over the last decade. The aggregate U.S. trade deficit with FTA partners increased by more than $151 billion (inflation-adjusted) since the FTAs were implemented.”

GWENDOLYN MINK, [email]
Mink is co-editor of the two-volume Poverty in the United States: An Encyclopedia of History, Politics and Policy and author of Welfare’s End. She said today: “The President reiterated his cramped vision of equity and economic well-being in a speech that should set off alarm bells for anyone concerned with improving policies to assure economic security and advance equality. Instead of spelling out ways to strengthen and improve Medicare and Social Security to benefit program participants, the President continued to wave the banner of ‘entitlement reform,’ inviting unspecified policy changes in the name of deficit reduction. Instead of challenging America to end economic vulnerability and poverty by addressing root causes – such as race and gender inequality, the wage structure, and the extra-economic status of caregiving – the President offered an anemic rise in the minimum wage and repackaged old solutions that hang women’s economic security on their linkage to men through marriage and fatherhood. While the President did repeat his support for the Paycheck Fairness Act, he looked no further than this important but narrow measure to advance wage equity for women. The Paycheck Fairness Act would correct and strengthen interpretations of the Equal Pay Act to improve wage equality prospects for women who do ‘substantially equal’ (the same) work as men. But what about the 40 percent of women who work in jobs primarily staffed by women, which are also the jobs that receive less pay? Or the millions of women, especially of color, who are held to the lowest paying jobs? A President who wants to be perceived as an advocate for women needs to present brave and informed ideas to correct structures and practices that perpetuate injustice. One place to begin would be by uttering the word ‘union’ – when government abdicates, unions are still the best guarantee of an improved wage structure for women.”

KEVIN GRAY, [email]
Author of The Decline of Black Politics: From Malcolm X to Barack Obama, Gray said today: “Doubtless, his call to raise the federal minimum wage to $9.00 an hour should be applauded. He’s right that ‘in the wealthiest nation on Earth, no one who works full-time should have to live in poverty…’ A minor miracle was finally hearing Obama say the word ‘poverty’ in a speech. Even so, the President’s speech wasn’t even a glass half full. It was three quarters empty.

“Little was said about helping those in the black community suffering from double-digit unemployment. Or providing job training and economic reintegration to those locked out of the economy because of the drug war and other factors. Or dealing with a continuing housing-mortgage foreclosure crisis in communities of color and, how to force the banks to help those most in need. And while his ‘Fix It First’ jobs and infrastructure program may be — if enacted — a boon to a few select contractors, its impact on creating jobs where they are needed the most is sketchy at best.

“Obama touted the recommendations of the Simpson-Bowles deficit reduction plan as though making people work until they die was the solution to the nation’s debt problem as opposed to ceasing to pay for wars with social security funds. People of color should be outraged at his support of such a backwards plan. He touted his and Arne Duncan’s ‘Race to the Top’ charter school scheme that is nothing more than turning over the schools to Wall Street and the corporations.”

MICHAEL DORSEY, [email]
Visiting fellow and professor at Wesleyan University, College of the Environment, Dorsey said today: , Dorsey said today: “What he could have said: ‘We must choose to end our dependence on fossil fuels in this decade and do the other things, not because they are easy, but because they are hard, because that goal will serve to organize and measure the best of our energies and skills, because that challenge is one that we are willing to accept, one we are unwilling to postpone, and one which we intend to win, and the others, too.’

“The content of the president’s state of the union regarding climate was un-presidential. Trying to resuscitate broken carbon markets that have not worked in a decade since they began in Europe is a recipe for climate catastrophe. The failure to assemble the growing litany of oil and energy executives that are already doing more than the President proposed reveals the lackluster quality of his advisors – that are in desperate need of being replaced. The President could have reclaimed and built upon the admission of his predecessor, that we are addicted to oil. Who could have plotted a path to break our addiction to oil – not by taxing oil, but by giving us a pathway to shifting subsidies away from all fossil fuels and into viable renewables, like wind and solar. …

“It seems the only way forward on climate will be the coming non-violent civil disobedience – backed by both the NAACP and the Sierra Club, amongst others. These marches on the White House shall start this weekend and continue for the next 100 days to Earth Day, and possibly beyond, until we see presidential action for climate justice.”

Obama Paints His Vision For 2014 and Beyond

0

“If Congress won’t act, I will.”

Here’s the key difference between President Obama’s State of the Union speech of 2013 and his speeches of the past: He reached past his own cautious nature to paint a vision for progress with a very broad brush.

This was not a speech about what is possible, but rather, a speech for what is right. We can dicker over whether he should have said minimum wage should be $15 per hour instead of $9 per hour, but the fact is that until his speech, it wasn’t even on the radar.

Nor was climate change. Not really. Or universal pre-Kindergarten. None of those things were on the front burner before his speech, but they are all part of the larger progressive vision now, well-articulated and philosophically compatible with what most of us who call ourselves progressive stand for. I wanted him to go big and he did.

The importance of what the president said doesn’t rest in what action Congress will take. We know Congress won’t take any action. But while President Obama had the attention of the country and the media for an hour, he shamed Congress while laying out specific policy objectives for a progressive and sustainable agenda.

The clip at the top deals with climate change and his policy objectives. While offering Congress the opportunity to pass legislation to deal with the issues of infrastructure, preparation, and carbon emissions, he also promised them that if they didn’t deal with it, he would. Republicans should take him at his word on that. For progressives, it offers some solid evidence that these proposals are not just mere words on the page, but meaningful policy initiatives.

More broadly, though, this speech was intended to set priorities and an agenda on his terms, rather than the Republican mantra of debt and deficit. He got that part out of the way in the beginning, then proceeded to the larger vision of investment.

If we can keep this initiative moving in this direction, whether it be guns or climate change, there should be a wave by 2014 that not only brings the Congress back into the hands of not just Democrats, but progressives. This speech wasn’t mere talk. Policy initiatives are underway. The grassroots infrastructure created by OFA is in place. There won’t be much cooperation from the media and there certainly will be wailing from Republicans, but if we ignore it and keep the push for these policies moving, there’s no reason why November 2014 can’t come back our way, gerrymandering or otherwise.

SOTU: Obama Poses as Dove while Civilians Bombed in Afghanistan

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – KATHY KELLY, [email]
Just back from Afghanistan, Kelly is co-coordinator of Voices for Creative Nonviolence. She said today: “Obama is a ‘hawkish’ president who likes to sound ‘dovish.’ He spoke of ending the U.S. war in Afghanistan, and yet the Pentagon has already told the Afghan government that U.S. troops will remain in Afghanistan till 2024 and beyond. The Pentagon plans to keep U.S. Special Operations troops in Afghanistan. Just outside of Kabul, the former Blackwater firm, now called ‘Academi,’ is building a 10-acre base, ‘Camp Integrity,’ that will be used to train Special Forces for night raids, drone attacks and aerial bombardments.

“In Afghanistan, on Tuesday evening, February 12, at 10:00 p.m. U.S./NATO forces bombed two homes in Afghanistan’s Kunar province, claiming to attack Taliban forces. According to the Washington Post, nine civilians were killed.

“The Taliban has already responded to announcements about troop withdrawals, saying that troop levels don’t matter – they will continue fighting until the foreign troops leave. Continued U.S. military and security contractor fighting in Afghanistan will prolong the Taliban justification for fighting. The war will continue, and President Obama will force President Karzai to agree to immunity for all U.S. troops in Afghanistan, no matter what crimes they commit.

“U.S. war and development aid have not improved life for the majority of Afghans. The most recent U.S. ‘SIGAR’ [Special Inspector General for Afghanistan Reconstruction] report said that the U.S. development aid to Afghanistan is now approaching a sum of $100 billion. Yet close to a million Afghans under five are acutely malnourished, according to a UN-backed survey.

“Mainstream media has begun to question ‘drones’ and the ‘kill list’ – U.S. citizens should healthily question everything they have presumed to be ‘acceptable’ – for example, they should question the acceptability of ‘immunity’ for U.S. soldiers in Afghanistan.”

NORMAN SOLOMON, [email]
Available for a limited number of interviews, founding director of the Institute for Public Accuracy and author of War Made Easy, Solomon just wrote the piece “What Obama Said – and What He Meant – About Climate Change, War and Civil Liberties,” which critiques Obama’s statements (in bold):

“After a decade of grinding war, our brave men and women in uniform are coming home.”

How’s that for an applause line? Don’t pay too much attention to the fine print. I’m planning to have 32,000 U.S. troops in Afghanistan a year from now, and they won’t get out of there before the end of 2014. And did you notice the phrase “in uniform”? We’ve got plenty of out-of-uniform military contractors in Afghanistan now, and you can expect that to continue for a long time.

“And by the end of next year, our war in Afghanistan will be over.”

If you believe that, you’re the kind of sucker I appreciate – unless you think “our war in Afghanistan” doesn’t include killing people with drones and cruise missiles.

“Beyond 2014, America’s commitment to a unified and sovereign Afghanistan will endure, but the nature of our commitment will change. We’re negotiating an agreement with the Afghan government that focuses on two missions: training and equipping Afghan forces so that the country does not again slip into chaos, and counterterrorism efforts that allow us to pursue the remnants of al Qaeda and their affiliates.”

We’re so pleased to help Afghan people kill other Afghan people! Our government’s expertise in such matters includes superb reconnaissance and some thrilling weaponry, which we’ll keep providing to the Kabul regime. And don’t you love the word “counterterrorism”? It sounds so much better than: “using the latest high-tech weapons to go after people on our ‘kill lists’ and unfortunately take the lives of a lot of other people who happen to be around, including children, thus violating international law, traumatizing large portions of the population and inflicting horrors on people in ways we would never tolerate ourselves.”

Last week, Solomon debated Colin Powell’s former chief of staff, Col. Lawrence Wilkerson, on “Democracy Now!” Solomon wrote the piece “Washington’s War-Makers Aren’t ‘in a Bubble,’ They’re in a Bunker” based on the debate.

Natural Gas Holds No Key to Our Clean Energy Future

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – ”President Obama was right to proclaim the importance of speeding our transition to a clean energy future last night in his State of the Union Address, but natural gas has no place in that plan. The so-called natural gas boom he described is only locking us into further dependence on dirty, polluting fossil fuels, while destroying our communities and the resources on which they thrive.

“While it is encouraging to hear President Obama declare his commitment to combatting climate change, natural gas will only perpetuate this vexing issue. Extracting, transporting and burning natural gas all contribute significantly to greenhouse gas emissions and worsen global climate change. In addition to the carbon dioxide emitted from burning natural gas, significant amounts of methane leak as new wells are fracked and as natural gas is transported. Methane is a potent greenhouse gas, about 33 times more efficient at trapping heat than carbon dioxide over 100 years, and about 70 to 100 times more potent than carbon dioxide over 20 years according to a 2009 study published in Science. New evidence, including data from researchers at the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, indicates that the oil and gas industry and the Environmental Protection Agency have drastically underestimated the extent of methane emissions from drilling and fracking operations.

“President Obama needs to stand up for American communities, not the special interests of the oil and gas industry. He must reject natural gas, as well as plans to export additional supplies overseas. It is true that we need to reinvest in American communities and bolster our green energy infrastructure, but natural gas is not the bridge to a future lit by clean energy. It is, as many have said, a bridge to nowhere.

“Controlling our own energy future means investing in energies that sustain our communities, not the financial needs of the oil and gas industry.”

Americans Against Fracking is composed of the following groups: www.americansagainstfracking.org/members. For more information about Americans Against Fracking, visit www.AmericansAgainstFracking.org.

Food & Water Watch is a nonprofit consumer organization that works to ensure clean water and safe food. We challenge the corporate control and abuse of our food and water resources by empowering people to take action and by transforming the public consciousness about what we eat and drink.

How Congress Could Fix Its Budget Woes, Permanently

0

As Congress struggles through one budget crisis after another, it is becoming increasingly evident that austerity doesn’t work. We cannot possibly pay off a $16 trillion debt by tightening our belts, slashing public services, and raising taxes. Historically, when the deficit has been reduced, the money supply has been reduced along with it, throwing the economy into recession. After a thorough analysis of statistics from dozens of countries forced to apply austerity plans by the World Bank and IMF, former World Bank chief economist Joseph Stiglitz called austerity plans a “suicide pact.” 

Congress already has in its hands the power to solve the nation’s budget challenges — today and permanently. But it has been artificially constrained from using that power by misguided economic dogma, dogma generated by the interests it serves. We have bought into the idea that there is not enough money to feed and house our population, rebuild our roads and bridges, or fund our most important programs — that there is no alternative but to slash budgets and deficits if we are to survive. We have a mountain of critical work to do, improving our schools, rebuilding our infrastructure, pursuing our research goals, and so forth. And with millions of unemployed and underemployed, the people are there to do it. What we don’t have, we are told, is just the money to bring workers and resources together.

But we do have it. Or we could.

Money today is simply a legal agreement between parties. Nothing backs it but “the full faith and credit of the United States.” The United States could issue its credit directly to fund its own budget, just as our forebears did in the American colonies and as Abraham Lincoln did in the Civil War.

Any serious discussion of this alternative has long been taboo among economists and politicians. But in a landmark speech on February 6, 2013, Adair Turner, chairman of Britain’s Financial Services Authority, broke the taboo with a historic speech recommending that approach. According to a February 7th article in Reuters, Turner is one of the most influential financial policy makers in the world. His recommendation was supported by a 75-page paper explaining why handing out newly-created money to citizens and governments could solve economic woes globally and would not lead to hyperinflation.

Our Money Exists Only at the Will and Pleasure of Banks

Government-issued money would work because it addresses the problem at its source. Today, we have no permanent money supply. People and governments are drowning in debt because our money comes into existence only as a debt to banks at interest. As Robert Hemphill of the Atlanta Federal Reserve observed in the 1930s:

We are completely dependent on the commercial banks. Someone has to borrow every dollar we have in circulation, cash or credit. If the banks create ample synthetic money, we are prosperous; if not, we starve.

In the U.S. monetary system, the only money that is not borrowed from banks is the “base money” or “monetary base” created by the Treasury and the Federal Reserve (the Fed). The Treasury creates only the tiny portion consisting of coins. All of the rest is created by the Fed.

Despite its name, the Fed is at best only quasi-federal; and most of the money it creates is electronic rather than paper. We the people have no access to this money, which is not tur ned over to the government or the people but goes directly into the reserve accounts of private banks at the Fed.

It goes there and it stays there. Except for the small amount of “vault cash” available for withdrawal from commercial banks, bank reserves do not leave the doors of the central bank. According to Peter Stella, former head of the Central Banking and Monetary and Foreign Exchange Operations Divisions at the International Monetary Fund:

[I]n a modern monetary system — fiat money, floating exchange rate world — there is absolutely no correlation between bank reserves and lending. . . . [B]anks do not lend “reserves”. . . .

Whether commercial banks let the reserves they have acquired through QE sit “idle” or lend them out in the internet bank market 10,000 times in one day among themselves, the aggregate reserves at the central bank at the end of that day will be the same.

Banks do not lend their reserves to us, but they do lend them to each other. The reserves are what they need to clear checks between banks. Reserves move from one reserve account to another; but the total money in bank reserve accounts remains unchanged, unless the Fed itself issues new money or extinguishes it.

The base money to which we have no access includes that created on a computer screen through “quantitative easing” (QE), which now exceeds $3 trillion. That explains why QE has not driven the economy into hyperinflation, as the deficit hawks have long predicted; and why it has not created jobs, as was its purported mission. The Fed’s QE money simply does not get into the circulating money supply at all.

What we the people have in our bank accounts is a mere reflection of the base money that is the exclusive domain of the bankers’ club. Banks borrow from the Fed and each other at near-zero rates, then lend this money to us at 4% or 8% or 30%, depending on what the market will bear. Like in a house of mirrors, the Fed’s “base money” gets multiplied over and over whenever “bank credit” is deposited and relent; and that illusory house of mirrors is what we call our money supply.

We Need “Quantitative Easing” for the People

The quantitative easing engaged in by central banks today is not what UK Professor Richard Werner intended when he invented the term. Werner advised the Japanese in the 1990s, when they were caught in a spiral of “debt deflation” like the one we are struggling with now. What he had in mind was credit creation by the central bank for productive purposes in the real, physical economy. But like central banks now, the Bank of Japan simply directed its QE firehose at the banks. Werner complains:

[A]ll QE is doing is to help banks increase the liquidity of their portfolios by getting rid of longer-dated and slightly less liquid assets and raising cash. . . . Reserve expansion is a standard monetarist policy and required no new label.

The QE he recommended was more along the lines of the money-printing engaged in by the American settlers in colonial times and by Abraham Lincoln during the American Civil War. The colonists’ paper scrip and Lincoln’s “greenbacks” consisted, not of bank loans, but of paper receipts from the government acknowledging goods and services delivered to the government. The receipts circulated as money in the economy, and in the colonies they were accepted in the payment of taxes. 

The best of these models was in Benjamin Franklin’s colony of Pennsylvania, where government-issued money got into the economy by way of loans issued by a publicly-owned bank. Except for an excise tax on liquor, the government was funded entirely without taxes; there was no government debt; and price inflation did not result. In 1938, Dr. Richard A. Lester, an economist at Princeton University, wrote, “The price level during the 52 years prior to the American Revolution and while Pennsylvania was on a paper standard was more stable than the American price level has been during any succeeding fifty-year period.” 

The Inflation Conundrum

The threat of price inflation is the excuse invariably used for discouraging this sort of “irresponsible” monetary policy today, based on the Milton Friedman dictum that “inflation is everywhere and always a monetary phenomenon.” When the quantity of money goes up, says the theory, more money will be chasing fewer goods, driving prices up. 

What it overlooks is the supply side of the equation. As long as workers are sitting idle and materials are available, increased “demand” will put workers to work creating more “supply.” Supply will rise along with demand, and prices will remain stable. 

True, today these additional workers might be in China or they might be robots. But the principle still holds: if we want the increased supply necessary to satisfy the needs of the people and the economy, more money must first be injected into the economy. Demand drives supply. People must have money in their pockets before they can shop, stimulating increased production. Production doesn’t need as many human workers as it once did. To get enough money in the economy to drive the needed supply, it might be time to issue a national dividend divided equally among the people.

Increased demand will drive up prices only when the economy hits full productive capacitys. It is at that point, and not before, that taxes may need to be levied–not to fund the federal budget, but to prevent “overheating” and keep prices stable. Overheating in the current economy could be a long time coming, however, since according to the Fed’s figures, $4 trillion needs to be added into the money supply just to get it back to where it was in 2008.

Taxes might be avoided altogether, if excess funds were pulled out with fees charged for various government services. A good place to start might be with banking services rendered by publicly-owned banks that returned their profits to the public.

The Road to Prosperity

The Federal Reserve has lavished over $13 trillion in computer-generated bail-out money on the banks, and still the economy is flagging and the debt ceiling refuses to go away. If this money had been pumped into the real economy instead of into the black hole of the private banking system, we might have a thriving economy today.

We are waking up from the long night of our delusion. We do not need to follow the prevailing economic orthodoxies, which have consistently failed and are not corroborated by empirical data. We need a permanent money supply, and the money must come from somewhere. It is the right and duty of government to provide a money supply that is adequate and sustainable.

It is also the duty of government to provide the public services necessary for a secure and prosperous life for its people. As Thomas Edison observed in the 1920s, if the government can issue a dollar bond, it can issue a dollar bill. Both are backed by “the full faith and credit of the United States.” The government can pay for all the services its people need and eliminate budget crises permanently, simply by issuing the dollars to pay for them, debt-free and interest-free.

How Congress Could Fix Its Budget Woes, Permanently

0

As Congress struggles through one budget crisis after another, it is becoming increasingly evident that austerity doesn’t work. We cannot possibly pay off a $16 trillion debt by tightening our belts, slashing public services, and raising taxes. Historically, when the deficit has been reduced, the money supply has been reduced along with it, throwing the economy into recession. After a thorough analysis of statistics from dozens of countries forced to apply austerity plans by the World Bank and IMF, former World Bank chief economist Joseph Stiglitz called austerity plans a “suicide pact.” 

Congress already has in its hands the power to solve the nation’s budget challenges — today and permanently. But it has been artificially constrained from using that power by misguided economic dogma, dogma generated by the interests it serves. We have bought into the idea that there is not enough money to feed and house our population, rebuild our roads and bridges, or fund our most important programs — that there is no alternative but to slash budgets and deficits if we are to survive. We have a mountain of critical work to do, improving our schools, rebuilding our infrastructure, pursuing our research goals, and so forth. And with millions of unemployed and underemployed, the people are there to do it. What we don’t have, we are told, is just the money to bring workers and resources together.

But we do have it. Or we could.

Money today is simply a legal agreement between parties. Nothing backs it but “the full faith and credit of the United States.” The United States could issue its credit directly to fund its own budget, just as our forebears did in the American colonies and as Abraham Lincoln did in the Civil War.

Any serious discussion of this alternative has long been taboo among economists and politicians. But in a landmark speech on February 6, 2013, Adair Turner, chairman of Britain’s Financial Services Authority, broke the taboo with a historic speech recommending that approach. According to a February 7th article in Reuters, Turner is one of the most influential financial policy makers in the world. His recommendation was supported by a 75-page paper explaining why handing out newly-created money to citizens and governments could solve economic woes globally and would not lead to hyperinflation.

Our Money Exists Only at the Will and Pleasure of Banks

Government-issued money would work because it addresses the problem at its source. Today, we have no permanent money supply. People and governments are drowning in debt because our money comes into existence only as a debt to banks at interest. As Robert Hemphill of the Atlanta Federal Reserve observed in the 1930s:

We are completely dependent on the commercial banks. Someone has to borrow every dollar we have in circulation, cash or credit. If the banks create ample synthetic money, we are prosperous; if not, we starve.

In the U.S. monetary system, the only money that is not borrowed from banks is the “base money” or “monetary base” created by the Treasury and the Federal Reserve (the Fed). The Treasury creates only the tiny portion consisting of coins. All of the rest is created by the Fed.

Despite its name, the Fed is at best only quasi-federal; and most of the money it creates is electronic rather than paper. We the people have no access to this money, which is not tur ned over to the government or the people but goes directly into the reserve accounts of private banks at the Fed.

It goes there and it stays there. Except for the small amount of “vault cash” available for withdrawal from commercial banks, bank reserves do not leave the doors of the central bank. According to Peter Stella, former head of the Central Banking and Monetary and Foreign Exchange Operations Divisions at the International Monetary Fund:

[I]n a modern monetary system — fiat money, floating exchange rate world — there is absolutely no correlation between bank reserves and lending. . . . [B]anks do not lend “reserves”. . . .

Whether commercial banks let the reserves they have acquired through QE sit “idle” or lend them out in the internet bank market 10,000 times in one day among themselves, the aggregate reserves at the central bank at the end of that day will be the same.

Banks do not lend their reserves to us, but they do lend them to each other. The reserves are what they need to clear checks between banks. Reserves move from one reserve account to another; but the total money in bank reserve accounts remains unchanged, unless the Fed itself issues new money or extinguishes it.

The base money to which we have no access includes that created on a computer screen through “quantitative easing” (QE), which now exceeds $3 trillion. That explains why QE has not driven the economy into hyperinflation, as the deficit hawks have long predicted; and why it has not created jobs, as was its purported mission. The Fed’s QE money simply does not get into the circulating money supply at all.

What we the people have in our bank accounts is a mere reflection of the base money that is the exclusive domain of the bankers’ club. Banks borrow from the Fed and each other at near-zero rates, then lend this money to us at 4% or 8% or 30%, depending on what the market will bear. Like in a house of mirrors, the Fed’s “base money” gets multiplied over and over whenever “bank credit” is deposited and relent; and that illusory house of mirrors is what we call our money supply.

We Need “Quantitative Easing” for the People

The quantitative easing engaged in by central banks today is not what UK Professor Richard Werner intended when he invented the term. Werner advised the Japanese in the 1990s, when they were caught in a spiral of “debt deflation” like the one we are struggling with now. What he had in mind was credit creation by the central bank for productive purposes in the real, physical economy. But like central banks now, the Bank of Japan simply directed its QE firehose at the banks. Werner complains:

[A]ll QE is doing is to help banks increase the liquidity of their portfolios by getting rid of longer-dated and slightly less liquid assets and raising cash. . . . Reserve expansion is a standard monetarist policy and required no new label.

The QE he recommended was more along the lines of the money-printing engaged in by the American settlers in colonial times and by Abraham Lincoln during the American Civil War. The colonists’ paper scrip and Lincoln’s “greenbacks” consisted, not of bank loans, but of paper receipts from the government acknowledging goods and services delivered to the government. The receipts circulated as money in the economy, and in the colonies they were accepted in the payment of taxes. 

The best of these models was in Benjamin Franklin’s colony of Pennsylvania, where government-issued money got into the economy by way of loans issued by a publicly-owned bank. Except for an excise tax on liquor, the government was funded entirely without taxes; there was no government debt; and price inflation did not result. In 1938, Dr. Richard A. Lester, an economist at Princeton University, wrote, “The price level during the 52 years prior to the American Revolution and while Pennsylvania was on a paper standard was more stable than the American price level has been during any succeeding fifty-year period.” 

The Inflation Conundrum

The threat of price inflation is the excuse invariably used for discouraging this sort of “irresponsible” monetary policy today, based on the Milton Friedman dictum that “inflation is everywhere and always a monetary phenomenon.” When the quantity of money goes up, says the theory, more money will be chasing fewer goods, driving prices up. 

What it overlooks is the supply side of the equation. As long as workers are sitting idle and materials are available, increased “demand” will put workers to work creating more “supply.” Supply will rise along with demand, and prices will remain stable. 

True, today these additional workers might be in China or they might be robots. But the principle still holds: if we want the increased supply necessary to satisfy the needs of the people and the economy, more money must first be injected into the economy. Demand drives supply. People must have money in their pockets before they can shop, stimulating increased production. Production doesn’t need as many human workers as it once did. To get enough money in the economy to drive the needed supply, it might be time to issue a national dividend divided equally among the people.

Increased demand will drive up prices only when the economy hits full productive capacitys. It is at that point, and not before, that taxes may need to be levied–not to fund the federal budget, but to prevent “overheating” and keep prices stable. Overheating in the current economy could be a long time coming, however, since according to the Fed’s figures, $4 trillion needs to be added into the money supply just to get it back to where it was in 2008.

Taxes might be avoided altogether, if excess funds were pulled out with fees charged for various government services. A good place to start might be with banking services rendered by publicly-owned banks that returned their profits to the public.

The Road to Prosperity

The Federal Reserve has lavished over $13 trillion in computer-generated bail-out money on the banks, and still the economy is flagging and the debt ceiling refuses to go away. If this money had been pumped into the real economy instead of into the black hole of the private banking system, we might have a thriving economy today.

We are waking up from the long night of our delusion. We do not need to follow the prevailing economic orthodoxies, which have consistently failed and are not corroborated by empirical data. We need a permanent money supply, and the money must come from somewhere. It is the right and duty of government to provide a money supply that is adequate and sustainable.

It is also the duty of government to provide the public services necessary for a secure and prosperous life for its people. As Thomas Edison observed in the 1920s, if the government can issue a dollar bond, it can issue a dollar bill. Both are backed by “the full faith and credit of the United States.” The government can pay for all the services its people need and eliminate budget crises permanently, simply by issuing the dollars to pay for them, debt-free and interest-free.

15-Year-Old Girl Raped, Police Dismiss the Case Because Victim and Attackers Have “Low IQs”

0

How police treat rape in America.

February 13, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In some of the most disturbing and sickening news of the day, New York state police have decided that a 15-year-old girl who was sexually assaulted by three boys was in fact not sexually assaulted because both she and the boys are mentally handicapped.

In May of last year, three boys attacked a 15-year-old mentally challenged student at Martin De Porres Academy, a school for students with special needs in Long Island. According to the police report, one of the boys repeatedly banged her head against the table while the other two forced her to give them oral sex and then tried to have forcible anal sex with her. In interviews with the police, the girl explained how she repeatedly said “no” and “stop” but that the boys continued to assault her. When she came home from school that day, her mother noticed that she had blood on her underwear.

But the Nassau County Police Department recently decided to drop the case after learning that the boys also had learning disabilities and mental handicaps, which apparently made the situation far too complicated for the police department.

The department’s spokesperson told the New York Daily News , “It was more of a consensual situation with their mental capabilities.”

Of course, head-banging, blood and repeated pleas to “stop” are never consensual situations–regardless of the IQ level of the attackers. But, in this case, the police department is even further off target. As the family’s lawyer explained, the girl has an IQ of about 50 points, which puts her below the cognitive functioning level to consent to sex at all.

The school meanwhile, has played its own part in attempting to cover up the case. Only weeks after the assault occurred, the school sent a letter to the police department, that read:

“The school administration request (sic) no further police action and will handle additional behavioral and social issues with traning (sic) and additional counseling.”

The school did fire the teacher who was present in the classroom during the attack.

Women and girls with mental disabilities are frequently the targets for sexual assaults–and few of their aggressors are ever prosecuted.

According to one study, a staggering 80 percent of women with these disabilities are the targets of rape or sexual assault in their lifetimes.

 

Laura Gottesdiener is a freelance journalist and activist in New York City.

What Obama Said (and What He Meant) About Climate Change, War and Civil Liberties

0

The words in President Obama’s “State of the Union” speech were often lofty, spinning through the air with the greatest of ease and emitting dog whistles as they flew.

Let’s decode the president’s smooth oratory in the realms of climate change, war and civil liberties.

“For the sake of our children and our future, we must do more to combat climate change.”

We’ve done so little to combat climate change — we must do more.

“I urge this Congress to get together, pursue a bipartisan, market-based solution to climate change…”

Climate change is an issue that can be very good for Wall Street. Folks who got the hang of “derivatives” and “credit default swaps” can learn how to handle “cap and trade.” The corporate environmental groups are on board, and maybe we can offer enough goodies to big corporations to make it worth their while to bring enough of Congress along.

“The natural gas boom has led to cleaner power and greater energy independence. We need to encourage that.”

Dual memo. To T. Boone Pickens: “Love ya.” To environmentalists who won’t suck up to me: “Frack you.” (And save your breath about methane.)

“That’s why my administration will keep cutting red tape and speeding up new oil and gas permits.”

Blow off steam with your demonstrations, you 350.org types. I’ll provide the platitudes. XL Keystone, here we come.

“After a decade of grinding war, our brave men and women in uniform are coming home.”

How’s that for an applause line? Don’t pay too much attention to the fine print. I’m planning to have 32,000 U.S. troops in Afghanistan a year from now, and they won’t get out of there before the end of 2014. And did you notice the phrase “in uniform”? We’ve got plenty of out-of-uniform military contractors in Afghanistan now, and you can expect that to continue for a long time.

“And by the end of next year, our war in Afghanistan will be over.”

If you believe that, you’re the kind of sucker I appreciate — unless you think “our war in Afghanistan” doesn’t include killing people with drones and cruise missiles.

“Beyond 2014, America’s commitment to a unified and sovereign Afghanistan will endure, but the nature of our commitment will change. We’re negotiating an agreement with the Afghan government that focuses on two missions: training and equipping Afghan forces so that the country does not again slip into chaos, and counterterrorism efforts that allow us to pursue the remnants of al Qaeda and their affiliates.”

We’re so pleased to help Afghan people kill other Afghan people! Our government’s expertise in such matters includes superb reconnaissance and some thrilling weaponry, which we’ll keep providing to the Kabul regime. And don’t you love the word “counterterrorism”? It sounds so much better than: “using the latest high-tech weapons to go after people on our ‘kill lists’ and unfortunately take the lives of a lot of other people who happen to be around, including children, thus violating international law, traumatizing large portions of the population and inflicting horrors on people in ways we would never tolerate ourselves.”

“We don’t need to send tens of thousands of our sons and daughters abroad, or occupy other nations. Instead, we’ll need to help countries like Yemen, Libya and Somalia provide for their own security, and help allies who take the fight to terrorists, as we have in Mali. And, where necessary, through a range of capabilities, we will continue to take direct action against those terrorists who pose the gravest threat to Americans.”

We don’t need flag-draped coffins coming home. We’re so civilized that we’re the planetary leaders at killing people with remote control from halfway around the world.

“We must enlist our values in the fight. That’s why my administration has worked tirelessly to forge a durable legal and policy framework to guide our counterterrorism efforts. Throughout, we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts. And I recognize that, in our democracy, no one should just take my word for it that we’re doing things the right way. So, in the months ahead, I will continue to engage Congress to ensure not only that our targeting, detention and prosecution of terrorists remains consistent with our laws and system of checks and balances, but that our efforts are even more transparent to the American people and to the world.”

I’m sick of taking flak just because I pick and choose which civil liberties I want to respect. If I need to give a bit more information to a few other pliant members of Congress, I will. The ones who get huffy about the Bill of Rights aren’t going to get the time of day from this White House. I recognize that some of my base is getting a bit upset about this civil-liberties thing, so I’ll ramp up the soothing words and make use of some prominent Democratic members of Congress who are of course afraid to polarize with me. Don’t underestimate this president; I know how to talk reverentially about our great nation’s “checks and balances” as I undermine them.

“The leaders of Iran must recognize that now is the time for a diplomatic solution, because a coalition stands united in demanding that they meet their obligations. And we will do what is necessary to prevent them from getting a nuclear weapon.”

Maybe it’s just about time for another encore of “preemptive war.”

What Obama Said (and What He Meant) About Climate Change, War and Civil Liberties

0

The words in President Obama’s “State of the Union” speech were often lofty, spinning through the air with the greatest of ease and emitting dog whistles as they flew.

Let’s decode the president’s smooth oratory in the realms of climate change, war and civil liberties.

“For the sake of our children and our future, we must do more to combat climate change.”

We’ve done so little to combat climate change — we must do more.

“I urge this Congress to get together, pursue a bipartisan, market-based solution to climate change…”

Climate change is an issue that can be very good for Wall Street. Folks who got the hang of “derivatives” and “credit default swaps” can learn how to handle “cap and trade.” The corporate environmental groups are on board, and maybe we can offer enough goodies to big corporations to make it worth their while to bring enough of Congress along.

“The natural gas boom has led to cleaner power and greater energy independence. We need to encourage that.”

Dual memo. To T. Boone Pickens: “Love ya.” To environmentalists who won’t suck up to me: “Frack you.” (And save your breath about methane.)

“That’s why my administration will keep cutting red tape and speeding up new oil and gas permits.”

Blow off steam with your demonstrations, you 350.org types. I’ll provide the platitudes. XL Keystone, here we come.

“After a decade of grinding war, our brave men and women in uniform are coming home.”

How’s that for an applause line? Don’t pay too much attention to the fine print. I’m planning to have 32,000 U.S. troops in Afghanistan a year from now, and they won’t get out of there before the end of 2014. And did you notice the phrase “in uniform”? We’ve got plenty of out-of-uniform military contractors in Afghanistan now, and you can expect that to continue for a long time.

“And by the end of next year, our war in Afghanistan will be over.”

If you believe that, you’re the kind of sucker I appreciate — unless you think “our war in Afghanistan” doesn’t include killing people with drones and cruise missiles.

“Beyond 2014, America’s commitment to a unified and sovereign Afghanistan will endure, but the nature of our commitment will change. We’re negotiating an agreement with the Afghan government that focuses on two missions: training and equipping Afghan forces so that the country does not again slip into chaos, and counterterrorism efforts that allow us to pursue the remnants of al Qaeda and their affiliates.”

We’re so pleased to help Afghan people kill other Afghan people! Our government’s expertise in such matters includes superb reconnaissance and some thrilling weaponry, which we’ll keep providing to the Kabul regime. And don’t you love the word “counterterrorism”? It sounds so much better than: “using the latest high-tech weapons to go after people on our ‘kill lists’ and unfortunately take the lives of a lot of other people who happen to be around, including children, thus violating international law, traumatizing large portions of the population and inflicting horrors on people in ways we would never tolerate ourselves.”

“We don’t need to send tens of thousands of our sons and daughters abroad, or occupy other nations. Instead, we’ll need to help countries like Yemen, Libya and Somalia provide for their own security, and help allies who take the fight to terrorists, as we have in Mali. And, where necessary, through a range of capabilities, we will continue to take direct action against those terrorists who pose the gravest threat to Americans.”

We don’t need flag-draped coffins coming home. We’re so civilized that we’re the planetary leaders at killing people with remote control from halfway around the world.

“We must enlist our values in the fight. That’s why my administration has worked tirelessly to forge a durable legal and policy framework to guide our counterterrorism efforts. Throughout, we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts. And I recognize that, in our democracy, no one should just take my word for it that we’re doing things the right way. So, in the months ahead, I will continue to engage Congress to ensure not only that our targeting, detention and prosecution of terrorists remains consistent with our laws and system of checks and balances, but that our efforts are even more transparent to the American people and to the world.”

I’m sick of taking flak just because I pick and choose which civil liberties I want to respect. If I need to give a bit more information to a few other pliant members of Congress, I will. The ones who get huffy about the Bill of Rights aren’t going to get the time of day from this White House. I recognize that some of my base is getting a bit upset about this civil-liberties thing, so I’ll ramp up the soothing words and make use of some prominent Democratic members of Congress who are of course afraid to polarize with me. Don’t underestimate this president; I know how to talk reverentially about our great nation’s “checks and balances” as I undermine them.

“The leaders of Iran must recognize that now is the time for a diplomatic solution, because a coalition stands united in demanding that they meet their obligations. And we will do what is necessary to prevent them from getting a nuclear weapon.”

Maybe it’s just about time for another encore of “preemptive war.”

Progressive Grassroots Coalition Takes on ‘Fix The Debt’ Fraud

0

(Photo: Flip the Debt via Facebook)On Monday, a grassroots, anti—corporate tax-dodging coalition called Flip the Debt crashed a “Fix the Debt” party at St. Anselm’s College in New Hampshire hosted by Honeywell CEO David Cote to tell the gathered deficit hawk disciples that paying their “damn taxes” would be a better solution than crippling the nation with fiscal austerity measures.

The CEO-led Fix the Debt campaign promotes fear over the national debt as a guise for lowering the corporate income tax rate and cutting necessary social support programs like Social Security and Medicare.

Three minutes into Cote’s keynote address, the first protestor stood up in the conference room and spoke out: 

Fix the Debt claims to seek bipartisan solutions to reduce the deficit, but Fix the Debt is nothing more than a CEO lobby whose real objective is huge corporate tax breaks and drastic cuts in Social Security, Medicare and Medicaid. David Cote and his CEO friends receive a lot from government: In 2011, Honeywell received $725 million in government deals, making it the 35th largest federal contractor. However, Honeywell and other companies pay next to nothing in taxes. Honeywell’s tax rate from 2008-2011 was 2 percent. Does anyone in this room pay 2 percent?

“Fix the Debt is going to be met by opposition everywhere it goes, because everyone knows it’s a fraud” another added, before leading the group in the chant: “Read our lips. Pay your taxes!”

The group kicked off two weeks ago with the launch of a ‘debt clock’ and rally in New York City. The clock has thus far calculated that at least $2.3 trillion has been stolen by corporations and the top 1% (heavily represented within Fix the Debt) who exploit “loopholes, tax havens and tax cuts.” That figure, according to the group, grows by nearly $100 billion annually.

Laying out the goals of the group, Flip the Debt co-founder Gan Golan said, “We will disrupt Fix the Debt meetings across the country to elevate our message that the biggest corporations in the country aren’t paying taxes, and now they want the rest of us to pay for it.”

On their website, the group adds: “We wouldn’t have to make these cuts, and we could invest in putting America back to work, if only [corporations] pay their fair share. So we say, rather than ‘fix the debt,’ let’s ‘flip the debt’ and put responsibility where it belongs. Hey 1%! Pay your damn taxes.”

One of the protestors produced this video of Monday’s demonstration.

Ron Paul On State of the Union: “It Was Rather Depressing” ; Serious Problems are Inevitable

0
Mac Slavo
February 13th, 2013
SHTFplan.com

Read by 12,524 people

Dr. Ron Paul may no longer be a congressman, but he still understands the core problems facing the United States of America.

Despite President Obama’s promises for a better, more prosperous future for our country, as with his previous State of the Union addresses, it was light on substance and heavy on the rhetoric.

If you’re one of those who feel that hope and change has turned to despair and more of the same, you’re not alone.

Ron Paul is right there with you.

I didn’t come out of that very optimistic. It was rather depressing.

…

It was terrible. It’s like a circus…

The jumping up and down and the ritual they go through… it sounds like the world’s been saved. If you had walked in, just being on that floor, it would be so distorted. But that’s about the way Washington is. It’s so distorted. They live in their own little bubble and they don’t know that there’s anybody like you who might have questions about what’s going on in this country.

And, certainly, we didn’t get any answers tonight.

…

The truth is, after listening to a speech like that, we should be convinced that this spending isn’t going to quit before we have a calamity.

That’s what I think is going to happen.

But that doesn’t mean we should stop trying to change people’s minds.

But, to think that next year or two years from now we’re going to have more members of Congress and we’re finally going to come to our senses and we’re going to vote against some of this largess for all the special interests, and that we’re going to bring our troops home, and they’re going to repeal and restrain the President from assassinating American citizens — his so called right to do that — that’s not going to happen.

There’s going to be a serious problem — economic and a crisis here…

I think it’s inevitable…

Video Interview With John Stossel (Via: SGT Report, ADG UK News) :

After 35 years in Congress, Ron Paul says that it all got worse — spending always went up, government got bigger, more wars, more printing of money, more power the to The Fed, and more central economic planning.

Now, after decades of government interference, we will, as a nation, experience the blow back.

A three year old with a pocket calculator can figure out we’ve got a one way ticket to collapse.

At this point, there is no fixing it.

Nature will take its course and the economic, financial, and political free markets will soon correct the imbalance.

As Dr. Paul warns, it’s inevitable.

Author: Mac Slavo
Views: Read by 12,524 people
Date: February 13th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com

Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

Good News: Obama Recommits to Clean Energy. Terrible News: Obama Recommits to Dirty Energy

0

President Barack Obama disembarks from Air Force One at Asheville Regional Airport in Asheville, N.C., Feb. 13, 2013. (Photo: Stephen Crowley / The New York Times) President Barack Obama disembarks from Air Force One at Asheville Regional Airport in Asheville, N.C., Feb. 13, 2013. (Photo: Stephen Crowley / The New York Times) In his State of the Union speech last night, President Obama offered strong support on behalf of major new investments in energy efficiency and renewable energy. In doing so, he echoed points he made in his inaugural address last month. This is all excellent news. Obama has of course been very strong on the environment in the past. In particular, the 2009 economic stimulus program–the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act–included $90 billion in funds for new investments in energy efficiency and renewable energy, a level of support that was orders of magnitude beyond anything that had been done previously in the U.S. Moreover, to a large extent, these investments have produced major gains toward a green economy that we desperately need. (Full disclosure: I worked as a consultant to the Department of Energy on implementing some of this program).

Nevertheless, when the Democrats lost control of the House of Representatives in 2010 and throughout the 2012 presidential campaign, Obama turned mute on the question of energy and environmental policy. Republicans kept pounding on the point that committing on the environment would be bad for jobs: that you could invest in green energy, or you could be committed on jobs, but you couldn’t do both. Obama and his advisors apparently had become intimidated by this false claim of a massive jobs-versus-the-environment trade-off. As my co-workers and I have shown many times, including here, investing in the green economy is good for jobs. Here are the facts, which we have developed straight from U.S. government statistical sources. On average, you produce roughly 17 jobs per $1 million in spending on the green economy, but only 5 jobs per $1 million by spending to maintain our existing fossil fuel economy.

It is great that Obama is now recommitting his administration to move us back onto a green economy agenda. The fact is, we really have no choice in pushing very hard to build the green economy now, if we take the mountains of evidence from climate science seriously. More specifically, at the least, by 2030, we need to reduce carbon emissions in the U.S. by roughly 40 percent relative to where we are today. This will require a massive effort in both energy efficiency and clean renewable energy investments. But there is a realistic path for getting there, which will also generate millions of good jobs and expand economic opportunities in all areas of the country. (Another full disclosure: My co-workers and I have a book-length study coming out on this very soon, expanding and deepening the material we have produced for the past several years, which is summarized briefly in Back to Full Employment. Stay tuned). If we choose to ignore the facts here, we are simply playing Russian roulette with the environment.

All of which makes it especially dispiriting–or let’s just say totally unacceptable–that Obama also came out strongly in his speech last night in favor of further support for expanding the production and consumption of natural gas and oil. Here is what he said: “The natural gas boom has led to cleaner power and greater energy independence. We need to encourage that. And that’s why my administration will keep cutting red tape and speeding up new oil and gas permits. That’s got to be part of an all-of-the-above plan.”

Let’s get serious here: Natural gas is not a clean fuel. Yes, emissions are only half as bad as with coal, and it is also modestly cleaner than oil. But that isn’t good enough. If we allow our natural gas production to expand significantly–or even to stay where it is today–there is no way we can reduce greenhouse gas emissions by anything close by the 40 percent that is necessary by 2030, and by 80 percent as of 2050. Obama did mention accelerating investments in technologies to burn natural gas with a lot fewer emissions. But these technologies are not close to being workable, and they would require hundreds of billions of dollars to get there, maybe.

On top of this, when Obama is referring to expanding natural gas production, he is talking about fracking–the technology of extracting natural gas from near-surface level deposits of shale rock through hydraulic fracturing. We know that this technology is extremely damaging to the environment, causing serious levels of water contamination. Why, therefore, would we want to expand fracking and burning dirty natural gas? The hard truth is that there is no way that this becomes a path toward ecological sanity.

In fact, investing in energy efficiency and renewables is the only realistic option before us. It is ecologically sound, it is affordable, and it will also be a major engine of job creation into the future. It is time for Obama, and for all policymakers of all stripes, to accept reality: there is just no way to split the difference between clean energy and dirty energy if we care about controlling climate change.

Hemp Is Harmless, a Potential Economic Miracle, and Still Illegal in America — But the Tide Seems to Be Turning

0

Powerful politicians across the country are pushing to bring hemp back.

Photo Credit: SHUTTERSTOCK.COM

February 13, 2013  |  

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The American hemp industry, revived in the 1990s in a wave of cannabis-fueled environmentalism, now sells $450 million a year of products from hemp-oil soap to hemp-coned speakers for guitar amplifiers, according to an industry trade group. Yet all the raw material used for these products, from fiber to hempseed oil, has to be imported, as it’s still illegal to grow hemp in the United States.

The Industrial Hemp Farming Act of 2013, introduced in the House on February 6 by Rep. Thomas Massie (R-KY), would end that. It would amend federal drug law to legalize growing cannabis that contains less than 0.3% THC. Its 28 cosponsors include Kentucky Republican John Yarmuth and Collin Peterson of Minnesota, the ranking Democrat on the House Agriculture Committee. Mostly Democrats, they span a geographic and ideological spectrum from Dan Benishek, a conservative Republican from Michigan’s Upper Peninsula, to Barbara Lee of Oakland, California, former chair of the Congressional Black Caucus. 

“Industrial hemp is a sustainable crop and could be a great economic opportunity for Kentucky farmers,” Massie said in a statement announcing the bill. “Tobacco is no longer a viable crop for many of us in Kentucky and we understand how hard it is for a family farm to turn a profit. Industrial hemp will give small farmers another opportunity to succeed.”

Similar legislation failed to get even a committee hearing in the 2011-’12 session of Congress, but supporters are optimistic. Both of Kentucky’s senators–Rand Paul and Minority Leader Mitch McConnell–plan to introduce a companion bill, with Oregon Democrat Ron Wyden a likely cosponsor. McConnell also recently endorsed a Kentucky state bill to allow hemp farming if the federal law was changed to permit it. Kentucky Agriculture Commissioner James Comer is pushing that measure, against opposition from police groups that claim it would make it difficult to enforce the laws against growing marijuana.

“The utilization of hemp to produce everything from clothing to paper is real, and if there is a capacity to center a new domestic industry in Kentucky that will create jobs in these difficult economic times, that sounds like a good thing to me,” McConnell said in a statement issued January 31. Hemp Industries Association spokesperson Tom Murphy says the e-mail he got with that news had the subject line “Are you sitting down?”

Hemp plants grown to produce oil or fiber are of the same species as cannabis grown for marijuana, but their genetics and the way they are cultivated are as different as a Chihuahua and a Great Dane. Cannabis plants grown for marijuana are bred for high THC and given enough space to branch out so they can produce buds. Cannabis plants grown for hemp have much lower THC and are packed densely–typically 35 to 50 per square foot–because the stalks are the most valuable part. 

Cannabis’ first known use for fiber, in Taiwan about 8000 BCE, predates its first known use as an intoxicant by thousands of years. In the 18th and 19th centuries, hemp was a significant crop in the U.S., with Kentucky the main producer and the fibers used to make rope, cloth and paper. The industry declined in the late 19th century, as technological advances made cotton easier to harvest and process, and sisal and jute imports from Asia provided cheaper materials for rope. 

By 1937, when the federal Marihuana Tax Act levied a punitive $100-an-ounce tax on marijuana, hemp was not an important enough crop to be included in the U.S. Department of Agriculture’s annual “Farm Outlook” forecast. The 1937 law did not actually outlaw the cannabis plant, and it exempted hemp stalks and products such as fiber or oil, but it required growers to pay $1 to get a permit from the federal government–not an insignificant sum in the Depression, when millions of farmers made less than $12 a week. (No sustainable evidence supports the widespread belief that marijuana prohibition was pushed through by a Hearst-DuPont-governmental conspiracy to eliminate hemp as competition for wood-pulp paper, nylon, and polyester.)

Obama Could Go it Alone, Bring All the Troops Home, and Stop the Killing

0

President Obama said during his State of the Union address that he would focus on things he could do alone – without having to depend on a badly divided, partisan Congress. And the powerful imagery he summoned in support of voting rights – real, implementable voting rights, based on the example of a 102-year-old voting rights hero, could and should indeed be a critical focus of executive energy. His story of Desiline Victor waiting six hours to vote in North Miami even brought members of Congress – at least some of them – to their feet in a powerful ovation.

But Obama didn’t seem to include in the list of “things he could do alone” the solo, individual decisions that are fundamental to the role of commander in chief. And that role could include, without Congress having to have any role in it, bringing home all the troops from the failed war in Afghanistan. Ending it. Totally. Quickly.

Bringing home half the troops this year reflects the pressure of massive public opposition to the war – but it’s far from enough. All 66,000 U.S. troops in Afghanistan should be pulled out by the middle of this year. And that role of the president, without Congress, could include announcing that the “winding down” of the U.S. war in Afghanistan won’t be transformed into an expanding drone war waged in shadows across the world.

When Obama claims that budget cuts “would jeopardize our military readiness,” he is signaling a rejection of what his own nominee for Secretary of Defense, Chuck Hagel, acknowledged is the need to cut the “bloated” military budget.

And crucially, when we look at areas in which the President can make executive decisions, independent of the whims of a paralyzed, partisan congress, is there any clearer example than the Obama administration’s strategy of targeting and killing “terror suspects,” along with unknown numbers of civilian “collateral damage” in Obama’s Global War on Terror 2.0? 

We heard a claim about those drone assassinations during his address, that “we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts.”

Bringing home half the troops this year reflects the pressure of massive public opposition to the war – but it’s far from enough.

There’s no way that would fly, given recent revelations of the administration’s efforts to claim a legal right to murder anyone, U.S. citizen or not, who they “believe” may be guilty of something they identify as a terrorist attack. So Obama went on. “I recognize that in our democracy, no one should just take my word that we’re doing things the right way. So, in the months ahead, I will continue to engage with Congress to ensure not only that our targeting, detention, and prosecution of terrorists remains consistent with our laws and system of checks and balances, but that our efforts are even more transparent to the American people and to the world.”

What about the KILLING of the people he calls terrorists, beyond detention and prosecution? The reference to checks and balances referred back to the Justice Department’s claim that “due process” didn’t necessarily mean anything having to do with courts and judges, the claim that a decision by a “decision-maker” – not even necessarily the president – was enough to qualify as due process sufficient to take someone’s life, way beyond taking their liberty and their pursuit of happiness.

Focusing on the executive actions you can take without Congress is a great idea, Mr. President. But not unless that focus includes reversing the individually taken military actions that brought such disgrace on your administration’s first term.

© 2012 Institute for Policy Studies

Obama Could Go it Alone, Bring All the Troops Home, and Stop the Killing

0

President Obama said during his State of the Union address that he would focus on things he could do alone – without having to depend on a badly divided, partisan Congress. And the powerful imagery he summoned in support of voting rights – real, implementable voting rights, based on the example of a 102-year-old voting rights hero, could and should indeed be a critical focus of executive energy. His story of Desiline Victor waiting six hours to vote in North Miami even brought members of Congress – at least some of them – to their feet in a powerful ovation.

But Obama didn’t seem to include in the list of “things he could do alone” the solo, individual decisions that are fundamental to the role of commander in chief. And that role could include, without Congress having to have any role in it, bringing home all the troops from the failed war in Afghanistan. Ending it. Totally. Quickly.

Bringing home half the troops this year reflects the pressure of massive public opposition to the war – but it’s far from enough. All 66,000 U.S. troops in Afghanistan should be pulled out by the middle of this year. And that role of the president, without Congress, could include announcing that the “winding down” of the U.S. war in Afghanistan won’t be transformed into an expanding drone war waged in shadows across the world.

When Obama claims that budget cuts “would jeopardize our military readiness,” he is signaling a rejection of what his own nominee for Secretary of Defense, Chuck Hagel, acknowledged is the need to cut the “bloated” military budget.

And crucially, when we look at areas in which the President can make executive decisions, independent of the whims of a paralyzed, partisan congress, is there any clearer example than the Obama administration’s strategy of targeting and killing “terror suspects,” along with unknown numbers of civilian “collateral damage” in Obama’s Global War on Terror 2.0? 

We heard a claim about those drone assassinations during his address, that “we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts.”

Bringing home half the troops this year reflects the pressure of massive public opposition to the war – but it’s far from enough.

There’s no way that would fly, given recent revelations of the administration’s efforts to claim a legal right to murder anyone, U.S. citizen or not, who they “believe” may be guilty of something they identify as a terrorist attack. So Obama went on. “I recognize that in our democracy, no one should just take my word that we’re doing things the right way. So, in the months ahead, I will continue to engage with Congress to ensure not only that our targeting, detention, and prosecution of terrorists remains consistent with our laws and system of checks and balances, but that our efforts are even more transparent to the American people and to the world.”

What about the KILLING of the people he calls terrorists, beyond detention and prosecution? The reference to checks and balances referred back to the Justice Department’s claim that “due process” didn’t necessarily mean anything having to do with courts and judges, the claim that a decision by a “decision-maker” – not even necessarily the president – was enough to qualify as due process sufficient to take someone’s life, way beyond taking their liberty and their pursuit of happiness.

Focusing on the executive actions you can take without Congress is a great idea, Mr. President. But not unless that focus includes reversing the individually taken military actions that brought such disgrace on your administration’s first term.

© 2012 Institute for Policy Studies

Ed Miliband Under Pressure On The Economy

0

Ed Miliband will use a major speech on Thursday to attempt to regain lost ground on the economy and set out his vision of how the nation’s finances should be run.

Living standards will be at the centrepiece of his message and, in an interview in the Guardian ahead of his speech, the Labour leader says he is “offering a choice between an economic recovery made by the many, not just a few at the top, and a Conservative strategy that consists of trickle-down from the top, a squeeze on the middle and a race to the bottom.”

Channeling Ronald Reagan, he adds: “I will be asking the question ‘are you better off than you were four years ago?’ and I don’t think it is in dispute — people are worse off. The Office for Budget Responsibility figures are showing earnings behind inflation, and the Institute for Fiscal Studies shows the same. It would be a good start if David Cameron could just admit the facts.”

In a deliberate dig at the Tories, Miliband will make his speech in Bedford, where ‘One Nation’ Conservative prime minister Harold Macmillan famously declared, in 1957: “You’ve never had it so good.”

However, the latest polls suggest the public is still more likely to trust the Tories to handle the economy and the leader of the opposition has been warned by his party’s own policy chief, MP Jon Cruddas, that ‘simply opposing the cuts without an alternative is no good.’

On Wednesday, at PMQs, Miliband was mocked by Prime Minister David Cameron, who claimed publicity for the speech said it would contain ‘no new policies’, after the Labour leader had attacked Cameron on the key issue of living standards, demanding to know whether people would be better off at the 2015 general election than they were in 2010.

In an exclusive article for The Huffington Post UK, to accompany the Labour leader’s speech, one of the key figures in Miliband’s inner circle sets out “the battle for the middle”.

Writing for HuffPost UK, (Lord) Stewart Wood, a shadow cabinet minister and one of Miliband’s most senior advisers, says the plight of people on middle incomes – previously labelled the ‘squeezed middle’ by Labour – is “the central economic challenge facing our country.”

In an article that helps contextualise Miliband’s approach to the economy, Wood says the UK is “too dependent on a low-skill, low-wage model of competitiveness,” and castigates Cameron’s ‘global race’ mantra. “The [Tory] idea that the key to our economic turnaround is further deregulation of one of the most deregulated economies in the advanced industrial world is somewhere between dubious and ridiculous.”

For Wood, “strengthening the high-skill/high-wage parts of our economy, and thereby boosting productivity-per-worker of those in the Middle, is essential to altering the relative shares of national income that go to the top and the rest of Britain’s workforce.”

The shadow cabinet minister insists that Labour has “begun to flesh out” its approach, pointing to pledges to tackle the power of banks, pension and utility companies. He hints at future support for the ‘Living Wage’ and “new methods of setting pay in the workplace”.

Gideon Skinner, head of political research of the pollster Ipsos Mori, told The Huffington Post UK that living standards formed “an important part” of the debate on the economy. The overall economic outlook is overwhelmingly ranked at the top of voters’ concerns, he said, underlining how important it is for both parties to get their tactics right.

Skinner said the Conservatives and Labour had exchanged the lead in recent polls, suggesting it is still up for grabs in 2015.

“No party is particularly owning the economy issue,” he added.

Increase In DNA Collection and GPS Tracking

0

RINF Alternative News

dna460276

During a news conference yesterday, Wisconsin Gov. Scott Walker announced proposals for the use of GPS tracking for restraining orders and the expansion of DNA collection, from an extra 68,000 individuals from across the state.

DNA is currently only taken from those convicted of some misdemeanors and felonies, but more than half of all American states are expanding collection.

The new proposals will make it legal to take DNA upon felony arrest and misdemeanor arrests, as well as upon the conviction of any crime.

Walker’s claims the move will cost $6 million of taxpayers money, and defended the plans:

“The families of victims felt that if there was a larger database, it would make it easier to catch the perpetrators of crimes done to individual victims. It has also been used to exonerate people who are generally innocent of a crime. You can’t mislead DNA.”

Director of the American Civil Liberties Union Wisconsin, Chris Ahmuty, has spoken against the proposals:

“The whole expansion of DNA extraction upon arrest could be unconstitutional, depending on the breadth of the Supreme Court’s ruling.”

However, attorney general, J.B. Van Hollen, believes the power to collect the DNA will be found constitutional, despite the fact that in April, the Maryland Court of Appeals ruled that DNA collection from people arrested but not yet convicted violated the Fourth Amendment.

Obama and the Illusory State of the Empire

0

obama

Barack Obama would never be so crass as to use a State of the Union (SOTU) address to announce an “axis of evil”.

No. Double O Bama, equipped with his exclusive license to kill (list), is way slicker. As much as he self-confidently pitched a blueprint for a “smart” — not bigger — US government, he kept his foreign policy cards very close to his chest.

Few eyebrows were raised on the promise that “by the end of next year our war in Afghanistan will be over”; it won’t be, of course, because Washington will fight to the finish to keep sizeable counterinsurgency boots on the ground — ostensibly to fight, in Obama’s words, those evil “remnants of al-Qaeda”.

Obama promised to “help” Libya, Yemen and Somalia, not to mention Mali. He promised to “engage” Russia. He promised to seduce Asia with the Trans-Pacific Partnership — essentially a collection of corporate-friendly free-trade agreements. On the Middle East, he promised to “stand” with those who want freedom; that presumably does not include people from Bahrain.

As this was Capitol Hill, he could not help but include the token “preventing Iran from acquiring nuclear weapons”; putting more “pressure” on Syria — whose “regime kills its own people”; and to remain “steadfast” with Israel.

North Korea was mentioned. Always knowing what to expect from the horse’s mouth, the foreign ministry in Pyongyang even issued a preemptive attack, stressing that this week’s nuclear test was just a “first response” to US threats; “second and third measures of greater intensity” would be unleashed if Washington continued to be hostile.

Obama didn’t even bother to answer criticism of his shadow wars, the Drone Empire and the legal justification for unleashing target practice on US citizens; he mentioned, in passing, that all these operations would be conducted in a “transparent” way. Is that all there is? Oh no, there’s way more.

Double O’s game

Since 9/11, Washington’s strategy during the George W Bush years — penned by the neo-cons — read like a modified return to land war. But then, after the Iraq quagmire, came a late strategic adjustment, which could be defined as the Petraeus vs Rumsfeld match. The Petraeus “victory” myth, based on his Mesopotamian surge, in fact provided Obama with an opening for leaving Iraq with the illusion of a relative success (a myth comprehensively bought and sold by US corporate media).

Then came the Lisbon summit in late 2010, which was set up to turn the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) into a clone of the UN Security Council in a purely Western format, capable of deploying autonomous military interventions — preemption included — all over the world. This was nothing less than classic Bush-Obama continuum.

NATO’s Lisbon summit seemed to have enthroned a Neoliberal Paradise vision of the complex relations between war and the economy; between the military and police operations; and between perennial military hardware upgrading and the political design of preemptive global intervention. Everything, once again, under Obama’s supervision.

The war in Afghanistan, for its part, was quite useful to promote NATO as much as NATO was useful to promote the war in Afghanistan — even if NATO did not succeed in becoming the Security Council of the global American Empire, always bent on dominating, or circumventing, the UN.

Whatever mission NATO is involved in, command and control is always Washington’s. Only the Pentagon is able to come up with the logistics for a transcontinental, global military operation. Libya 2011 is another prime example. At the start, the French and the Brits were coordinating with the Americans. But then Stuttgart-based AFRICOM took over the command and control of Libyan skies. Everything NATO did afterwards in Libya, the virtual commander in chief was Barack Obama.

So Obama owns Libya. As much as Obama owns the Benghazi blowback in Libya.

Libya seemed to announce the arrival of NATO as a coalition assembly line on a global scale, capable of organizing wars all across the world by creating the appearance of a political and military consensus, unified by an all-American doctrine of global order pompously titled “NATO’s strategic concept”.

Libya may have been “won” by the NATO-AFRICOM combo. But then came the Syria red line, duly imposed by Russia and China. And in Mali — which is blowback from Libya — NATO is not even part of the picture; the French may believe they will secure all the gold and uranium they need in the Sahel — but it’s AFRICOM who stands to benefit in the long term, boosting its military surge against Chinese interests in Africa.

What is certain is that throughout this convoluted process Obama has been totally embedded in the logic of what sterling French geopolitical analyst Alain Joxe described as “war neoliberalism”, inherited from the Bush years; one may see it as a champagne definition of the Pentagon’s long, or infinite, war.

Double O’s legacy

Obama’s legacy may be in the process of being forged. We might call it Shadow War Forever — coupled with the noxious permanence of Guantanamo. The Pentagon for its part will never abandon its “full spectrum” dream of military hegemony, ideally controlling the future of the world in all those shades of grey zones between Russia and China, the lands of Islam and India, and Africa and Asia.

Were lessons learned? Of course not. Double O Bama may have hardly read Nick Turse’s exceptional book Kill Anything that Moves: The Real American War in Vietnam, where he painstakingly documents how the Pentagon produced “a veritable system of suffering”. Similar analysis of the long war on Iraq might only be published by 2040.

Obama can afford to be self-confident because the Drone Empire is safe. [1] Most Americans seem to absent-mindedly endorse it — as long as “the terrorists” are alien, not US citizens. And in the minor netherworlds of the global war on terror (GWOT), myriad profiteers gleefully dwell.

A former Navy SEAL and a former Green Beret have published a book this week, Benghazi: the Definitive Report, where they actually admit Benghazi was blowback for the shadow war conducted by John Brennan, later rewarded by Obama as the new head of the CIA.

The book claims that Petraeus was done in by an internal CIA coup, with senior officers forcing the FBI to launch an investigation of his affair with foxy biographer Paula Broadwell. The motive: these CIA insiders were furious because Petraeus turned the agency into a paramilitary force. Yet that’s exactly what Brennan will keep on doing: Drone Empire, shadow wars, kill list, it’s all there. Petraeus-Brennan is also classic continuum.

Then there’s Esquire milking for all it’s worth the story of an anonymous former SEAL Team 6 member, the man who shot Geronimo, aka Osama bin Laden. [2] This is familiar territory, the hagiography of a Great American Killer, whose “three shots changed history”, now abandoned by a couldn’t-care-less government machinery but certainly not by those who can get profitable kicks from his saga way beyond the technically proficient torture-enabling flick — and Oscar contender — Zero Dark Thirty.

Meanwhile, this is what’s happening in the real world. China has surpassed the US and is now the biggest trading nation in the world — and counting. [3] This is just the first step towards the establishment of the yuan as a globally traded currency; then will come the yuan as the new global reserve currency, connected to the end of the primacy of the petrodollar… Well, we all know the drill.

So that would lead us to reflect on the real political role of the US in the Obama era. Defeated (by Iraqi nationalism) — and in retreat — in Iraq. Defeated (by Pashtun nationalism) — and in retreat — in Afghanistan. Forever cozy with the medieval House of Saud — “secret” drone bases included (something that was widely known as early as July 2011). [4] “Pivoting” to the Indian Ocean and the South China Sea, and pivoting to a whole bunch of African latitudes; all that to try to “contain” China.

Thus the question Obama would never dare to ask in a SOTU address (much less in a SOTE — State of the Empire — address). Does the US remain a global imperial power? Or are the Pentagon’s — and the shadow CIA’s — armies nothing more than mercenaries of a global neoliberal system the US still entertains the illusion of controlling?

Notes

1. Poll: 45% approve of Obama’s handling of the economy, CBS News, February 12, 2013.
2. The Man Who Killed Osama bin Laden… Is Screwed, Esquire, February 11, 2013.
3. China Eclipses U.S. as Biggest Trading Nation, Bloomberg News, February 10, 2013.
4. Secret drone bases mark latest shift in US attacks on al-Qaeda, The Times, July 26, 2011.

Pepe Escobar is the author of Globalistan: How the Globalized World is Dissolving into Liquid War (Nimble Books, 2007) and Red Zone Blues: a snapshot of Baghdad during the surge. His new book, just out, is Obama does Globalistan (Nimble Books, 2009). He may be reached at pepeasia@yahoo.com.

North Korea Nuclear Test Sends Message to Washington One Week After US-South Korean War Games

0

The United Nations Security Council is holding an emergency meeting after North Korea conducted its third-ever nuclear test in defiance of U.N. orders. According to international monitors, the underground explosion was roughly twice as large as North Korea’s last nuclear test in 2009. North Korea had vowed to conduct rocket launches and a U.S.-aimed nuclear test after the U.N. Security Council resolution tightened sanctions in response to a rocket launch two months ago. “North Korea has been saying for years they would like to have a peace agreement to formally end the [Korean] war, and they would like to have negotiations directly with the United States,” says Tim Shorrock, an independent journalist who has covered Korea for more than 30 years. “The only way out of this for the United States is to hold direct negotiations and talks with North Korea on stopping its nuclear program and stopping its missile program.”

AMY GOODMAN: We begin today’s show looking at North Korea. The United Nations Security Council is holding an emergency meeting today after North Korea conducted its third-ever nuclear test in defiance of U.N. orders. According to international monitors, the underground explosion was roughly twice as large as North Korea’s last nuclear test in 2009.

The state-run Korean Central News Agency said, quote, “The nuclear test was conducted as part of measures to protect our national security and sovereignty against the reckless hostility of the United States that violated our republic’s right for a peaceful satellite launch,” unquote.

President Obama condemned North Korea’s actions and urged, quote, “swift and credible action by the international community.” Sung Kim, the U.S. ambassador to South Korea, also condemned the nuclear test.

AMBASSADOR SUNG KIM: This is a very provocative act that undermines regional peace and stability. And I think it will be critical for us to coordinate very closely with you and our colleagues in South Korea, going forward.

AMY GOODMAN: Today’s nuclear test is North Korea’s first since leader Kim Jong-un took power in December 2011 following the death of his father, Kim Jong-il.

For more, we’re joined by Tim Shorrock, an independent journalist who has covered Korea for more than 30 years, grew up partly in South Korea. His most recent book is Spies for Hire: The Secret World of Intelligence Outsourcing.

The significance of this nuclear test, Tim?

TIM SHORROCK: I think the significance is in that statement you read from the North Korean official agency there, which is that this test is aimed at stemming the hostility of the United States. And I think for the last couple months, and actually couple of weeks, they’ve increasingly been focused on the role of the United States, the role of the United States military in South Korea and the whole Asian region. And they’ve been talking a lot about these massive war games that the United States and South Korea take that take place almost every year, and which one took place last week. And they see the United States and these war games as very hostile and as a threat to their sovereignty, as they put it.

AMY GOODMAN: Explain what the U.S. and South Korea are doing. What are these exercises that they’re involved in?

TIM SHORROCK: Well, every year the United States and South Korea hold very large military exercises. There’s different ones. There’s one called “OPLAN 5098″ that they–North Koreans take particular umbrage at, which is basically a practice run of regime change in North Korea. It’s ostensibly to prepare for a collapse of the regime. But what they do is they practice first-strike nuclear capability. They practice invading North Korea. They practice taking over the territory of North Korea and having South Korea-U.S. forces, you know, take over it while there’s a crisis there. And there’s other war games, you know, basically aimed at testing all the weaponry the United States and South Korea have, and these are seen as very dangerous.

On the other hand, exploding nuclear weapons and testing nuclear weapons is itself dangerous and a provocation, as a lot of countries have stated this morning.

AMY GOODMAN: Well, I mean, this is the largest nuclear–ever–test, the largest test that has been done to date by North Korea. So, talk about how significant this is, how this fits into politics there and the relationship between North Korea, China, and what this means for the United States on this–it happened, you know, on the eve of the State of the Union address. Do you think the North Korean leader is aware of that?

TIM SHORROCK: Well, first of all, I don’t think it’s the largest test they’ve done, although the reports this morning are contradictory and fragmentary, as they would be only 12 hours after the event took place. But it’s not clear yet whether it was a uranium or plutonium explosion, how large the bomb was exactly. What I read in the South Korean press is that it was actually a smaller kind of test designed, as they’ve been trying to do, to put some kind of weapon on a missile. As you know, they’ve been testing missiles, and they tested one another–they launched one a few weeks ago. So, you know, that’s–that’s unclear exactly how large it is, and we’ll know that in a few days, because there’s massive U.S. intelligence around there that can sniff the air and figure out exactly what kind of explosion it was.

As for the Chinese and the North Koreans, they remain very close, but I think in China there’s–patience is running out. I think they feel that North Korea is being provocative, is upsetting the strategic situation there. China has close economic ties with South Korea, Japan, the entire region. And the Chinese government has said–said a few–made a few statements in recent days that are saying that, you know, this would be a very dangerous step for them to take to test another nuclear weapon. So I think there’s a lot of–there’s a lot of concern in China itself.

I think that for the purposes of this particular test, it’s important for us, as Americans, to keep focused on the role of the United States there, which is massive. And a lot of journalists in America write about it as if the United States is just some kind of neutral observer that happens to be the brunt of North Korean criticism. In fact, there was a Korean War, as we all know, that ended 60 years ago this July. It ended with an armistice; it did not end with a peace agreement. The two combatants that signed the agreement were the United States and North Korea. North Korea has been saying for years they would like to have a peace agreement to formally end the war, and they would like to have negotiations directly with the United States. And I’ve been saying this for years. I think the only way out of this for the United States is to hold direct negotiations and talks with North Korea on stopping its nuclear program and stopping its missile program.

AMY GOODMAN: What would economic integration look like, and how much does North Korea need that support, Tim?

TIM SHORROCK: North Korea needs economic support and economic stability desperately. Its economy is in very bad shape. There are pockets of, you know, healthy economic technological development, such as in software, computer software. A couple weeks ago, you know, a high-ranking executive from Google was there visiting with Governor Richardson of New Mexico. And they actually do export certain kinds of software and certain kinds of computer games. They have the basis for many different kinds of industries–you know, steel and transportation–but over the last 25, 30 years, since really the collapse of the Soviet Union, it’s been downhill.

And they have, you know, some economic ties with South Korea. There’s one remaining large project between this–between North Korea and South Korea, which is called the Kaesong Industrial Zone, where Korean companies have set up and North Korean workers produce goods for South Korean companies for export. But they desperately need, you know, integration with both China. Russia is talking about building oil pipelines through the Korean Peninsula that would go through North and South Korea and send oil from–send energy from the southern ports of Korea. There’s a lot of talk about it, but I think that before anything can happen there’s got to be some kind of peace and stability on the peninsula.

AMY GOODMAN: Tim Shorrock, I want to thank you for being with us, independent journalist who has covered Korea for more than 30 years, grew up partly in South Korea. His most recent book, Spies for Hire: The Secret World of Intelligence Outsourcing.

North Korea Tests Nuclear Device, World Braces For Reaction

0

A defiant North Korea has conducted its third nuclear test, prompting a wave of international criticism from governments and other organization. It also said that more “measures” may follow, raising concerns that more nuclear devices may be exploded.

James Corbett of corbettreport.com appears on RT to discuss North Korea’s third nuclear test and what this means for a region already on edge with tension.

The timing of the test makes it difficult to ease tensions, and a lot of uncertainty surrounds the situation, independent news editor James Corbett said.

“It certainly couldn’t have happened at a worse time internationally speaking,” Corbett told RT. “It’s the Lunar New Year in China, so basically the entire country is holiday. And in the US there is no confirmed defense secretary or central intelligence director.”

“Throw into that the wildcard of Xi Jinping — we don’t know much about him or how he is going to lead China — and the fact that Kim Jong-un is a relatively new leader as well,” he said. “You also have the new Abe government in Japan. There is a lot of wildcard in this mix.”

WWIII Scenario

State of the Union: Do Policy Proposals Live Up to Rhetoric on Wages and Climate Change?

0

Bill Moyers and Michael Winship: Each innocent killed gives rise to second thoughts by those judges who prematurely handed our president the Nobel Prize for Peace.

SOTU: Obama Opens Door to Grand Betrayal

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Bio

William K. Black, author of THE BEST WAY TO ROB A BANK IS TO OWN ONE, teaches economics and law at the University of Missouri Kansas City (UMKC). He was the Executive Director of the Institute for Fraud Prevention from 2005-2007. He has taught previously at the LBJ School of Public Affairs at the University of Texas at Austin and at Santa Clara University, where he was also the distinguished scholar in residence for insurance law and a visiting scholar at the Markkula Center for Applied Ethics. Black was litigation director of the Federal Home Loan Bank Board, deputy director of the FSLIC, SVP and general counsel of the Federal Home Loan Bank of San Francisco, and senior deputy chief counsel, Office of Thrift Supervision. He was deputy director of the National Commission on Financial Institution Reform, Recovery and Enforcement. Black developed the concept of “control fraud” frauds in which the CEO or head of state uses the entity as a “weapon.” Control frauds cause greater financial losses than all other forms of property crime combined. He recently helped the World Bank develop anti-corruption initiatives and served as an expert for OFHEO in its enforcement action against Fannie Mae’s former senior management.

Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Breitbrat Shapiro Tries to Project Worst Conservative Traits Onto Liberals

0

If anyone didn’t think this guy was quite insufferable enough during his interview on Piers Morgan last month, you’re in luck. You can be treated to almost an entire hour of his whining about how liberals are keeping the poor conservative white man down.

This was a talk he gave at Jim DeMint’s wingnut Heritage Foundation a couple of weeks ago.

Yes, Breitbart protege Ben Shapiro has got a book to sell, so naturally he’s being promoted by the likes of C-SPAN, which sadly leans way, way to the right with their Book TV series. They ended up treating their viewers to what was one long exercise in projection, claiming that liberals just want to silence conservatives, making ridiculous claims that conservatives are somehow shut out of the political debate in the United States, and are being oppressed by some secret liberal cabal out there who makes sure no one can hear their message.

[Insert laughter here.]

In Shapiro’s world, Media Matters has a whole lot more influence than I’d give them credit for. Plus, there’s some grand conspiracy to keep conservatives out of Hollywood and our educational institutions. And you can’t dare call a conservative a racist ever… never, ever… and don’t dare call voter suppression racist or mention anything about their policies being racist, because then you’re just pandering and trying to pick on them and YOU JUST BETTER SHUT UP.

And heaven forbid someone picked on poor ALEC and forced them to run away from the “stand your ground” laws. Yes, and Al Sharpton is a big bad meanie who, along with the rest of the “liberal media,” tried to frame George Zimmerman.

I don’t know if anyone’s got the stomach for the rest of his pity party, but you can watch the entire event here. I’ll leave everyone with a quote from one of my fellow contributors here at C&L, Mugsy, who relayed his feelings on this pity party of Shapiro’s by email:

As noted, classic “projection”. I’ve been saying for years that “if a conservative accuses you of something, it’s only because they either did the same thing themselves or would if they were in your shoes.”

Ding, ding, ding, ding… give that man a medal. That’s exactly what we had here — in such blatant form that it’s almost laughable, or it would be, if not for the fact that there are still people who consider this guy some kind of “serious” conservative thinker.

Ladies and gentlemen, I give you the new fresh face of the Republican party — which, oddly enough, looks just like the old face of the Republican party.

If they need any help with their “rebranding” effort, I sincerely hope they give this guy a call. I’m sure it will work out just as well for them as the recent efforts by Eric Cantor and Bobby Jindal.

Clashes erupt in Bangladeshi capital

0

A police officer detains a Jamaat-e-Islami activist during a protest in Dhaka, Bangladesh on February 12, 2013.

Clashes have erupted between demonstrators and police forces in the Bangladeshi capital, Dhaka following the arrest of a Muslim leader.

On Wednesday, protesters gathered near the city’s principal business district, Motijheel, where they demanded release of the Jamaat-e-Islami leader, Abdul Quader Mollah. Reports say that police used tear gas to disperse protesters.

Officials say three policemen have been injured in the violence and dozens of people have also been arrested.

Bangladeshi authorities say the man is accused of murder and torture during the country’s independence from Pakistan in 1971. But his supporters say those allegations are politically motivated. Protesters have vowed to stage more protests in the coming days.

On Tuesday, a similar protest took place in the same region where demonstrators reportedly threw stones at police forces. In response, police fired tear gas to disperse the protesters.

Reports say home-made bombs exploded in the busy commercial area, where dozens of people including protesters and security forces were injured.

Earlier in the month, a senior leader of the party, Selim Uddin issued a statement saying that “There is no scope to give verdict from a controversial tribunal to save the country from the civil war… Don’t push the country towards a civil war by creating discord.”

MAM/JR

Escalating Pressure on Iran

0

Stephen Lendman
rinf.com

Secretary of State John Kerry’s clear where he stands. He laid down markers. He demands Iran comply with Washington’s demands. Left unsaid is what follows otherwise.

On February 26, nuclear talks will resume. P5+1 countries (Washington, Britain, Germany, China and Russia) will meet Iranian negotiators. They’ll do so in Almaty, Kazakhstan.

Targeting Iran’s peaceful nuclear program is red herring cover for regime change. Good faith negotiations aren’t possible. Washington obstructs them. So does Israel behind the scenes.

Kerry disingenuously says:

“The international community is ready to respond if Iran comes prepared to talk real substance and to address the concerns, which could not be more clear, about their nuclear program.”

“It’s disturbing,” he added. “And so my plea to the Iranians – or my statement – is a clear statement. We are prepared to let diplomacy be the victor in this confrontation over their nuclear program.”

“The president has made it clear. He is prepared to talk about a peaceful nuclear program.”

“Iran has a choice. They have to prove to the world that it is peaceful and we are prepared to sit reasonably and negotiate how they can do that. Or they can chose to be more isolated.”

“The president has made it clear that his preference is to have a diplomatic solution. But if he cannot get there, he is prepared to do whatever is necessary to make certain that Iran does not have a nuclear weapon.”

Kerry, Obama, other US officials, and Israeli ones want Iran to prove a negative. They demand unconditional surrender. Conflict resolution won’t follow because both countries obstruct it. War preparations continue.

Anything in 2013 is possible. Obama talks peace. At the same time, he plans war. That’s how rogue leaders operate. Obama replicates the worst of them. He’s a world class scoundrel.

Iran sought normalized relations for decades. Washington and Israel categorically spurn them. Iran can’t have them without good faith partners.

Washington and Israel oppose peace, justice, and equitable conflict resolution. Heavy-handed pressure bullies other countries to go along. At issue is unchallenged regional dominance.

War is an option of choice. Harsh sanctions increase pressure. Imposing them violates international law. Washington and Israel spurn it with impunity.

They commit crimes of war, against humanity, and genocide. Rule of law principles don’t matter. Nor do body counts and unspeakable human misery inflicted.

Ahead of late February talks, Washington imposed new sanctions. Doing so reveals its duplicitous agenda. America’s all take and no give. Ultimatums substitute for good faith relations.

Iranian broadcasting and director were blacklisted. Its iFilm was removed from the Galaxy 19 satellite platform. So was Press TV. It provides 24-hour English language programming.

Real news and information are featured. Washington wants them suppressed. It’s not the first time Press TV was targeted. European satellite provider Eutelsat blocked it.

So did Spanish satellite company Hispasat. They cited EU pressure for doing so. Washington’s long arm applied pressure. So did Israel’s.

New sanctions also target Iran’s Communications Regulatory Authority and Electronic Industries. Foreign Ministry spokesman Ramin Mehmanparast said they’re “designed to put pressure on the nation and to create a gap between the (Iranian) nation and government.”

“In the remaining time (ahead of elections), they want to create tension, crisis, and instability in the country by imposing great pressure.”

Internal opposition forces are supported. It’s done ahead of June 2013 elections.

Washington did so in 2009. It tried manipulating green revolutionary fervor. Post-election, tensions and instability were stoked. Unrest was fomented.

UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon showed which side he backs. He falsely accused Iran of “arrests, threats and use of force.”

Media scoundrels claimed electoral fraud. Obama said the world was “appalled and outraged” by Iran’s attempt to crush dissent. He claimed America didn’t interfere in Iran’s affairs. He lied. Expect more of the same this June.

Iran asserts its state sovereignty rights. It has every right to do so. It’s not about to roll over for Washington, Israel, or its Lobby. It urges good faith negotiations. It won’t engage any other way.

Iman Khamenei rejects direct US talks. Why bother without a good faith partner.

“I am not a diplomat,” he said. “I am a revolutionary and speak frankly, honestly, and firmly. An offer of talks makes sense only when the side (making the offer) shows its goodwill.”

“Negotiation is meaningful when the two sides talk with goodwill, under equal conditions and without seeking to deceive each other. Therefore, ‘negotiation for the sake of negotiation’, ‘tactical negotiation’ and negotiation offer in order to sell a superpower’s gesture to the world is a deceptive move.”

“You (the Americans) point the gun at Iran and say either negotiations or we pull the trigger! You should know that pressure and negotiations do not go together, and the (Iranian) nation will not be intimidated by such things.”

“We, of course, understand their (the Americans’) need for negotiations, because the Middle East policy of the Americans has failed, and in order to compensate for this failure, they need to play a trump card.”

“Negotiation with the United States does not solve any problem because they have not fulfilled any of their promises in the past 60 years.”

On February 8, Murdoch’s Wall Street Journal responded. It headlined “The Ayatollah Always Says No.”

“Joe Biden won’t forget it the next time the US tries to reach out diplomatically to Iran.”

It hasn’t done so in good faith since 1979. Expect nothing different now.

The Journal claims otherwise. America offers good faith bilateral talks, it says. It never has and doesn’t now. Khamenei knows Washington’s velvet glove is cast iron inside.

It’s hardline and belligerent. It’s all take and no give. Journal editors point fingers the wrong way. “The Ayatollah quashed” previous deals, they said. Past US efforts ended in failure.

“Why does the Ayatollah keep saying no?” Journal editors say “get ready for this shocker….Iran really wants a bomb.” Saying so belies annual US intelligence assessments.

Journal editors leave inconvenient facts unmentioned. Vilifying propaganda substitutes for truth and full disclosure. Media scoundrels prioritize it.

They do so to misinform, manipulate public sentiment, and manufacture consent for war. They convince people to support what they should abhor. They persuade them to hate alleged enemies. Most often they should admire and respect them.

Propaganda glorifies war in the name of peace. Managed news misinformation repeats ad nauseam. Big lies repeated often enough get people to believe them.

Invasions and occupations are called liberating struggles. Plunder is called economic development. Exploitation and imperial control are called democracy.

Might justifies right. Nations are destroyed to free them. Code language conceals real motives. Policy involves ravaging the world one country at a time or in multiples. Nations are destroyed for their own good. Monied interests alone benefit.

Political speech masks policies. News is carefully filtered. Fiction substitutes for fact. Free and open societies aren’t tolerated.

Dissent is marginalized and suppressed. Imperial wars are called liberating ones. Human rights are violated for our own good. Patriotism means going along with what harms us.

Terrorism is what they do, not us. Reasons why imperial wars are waged are suppressed. Wealth and power alone matter. Sacrificing human lives and freedoms are small prices to pay. Humanity is at risk but who cares.

Media scoundrels aid and abet state crimes. Where it ends, who knows. Money power won’t sustain a ravaged planet. Militarism and perpetual wars assure it.

Peace is spurned to wage them. Big Lies conceal it. Sunshine is the best disinfectant. Suppressing it is policy. Rule of law principles are spurned. Unchallenged dominance alone matters.

Media scoundrels endorse imperial lawlessness. They lie. They’re complicit in crimes of war, against humanity, and genocide.

They manufacture threats. They stoke fear. They convince people that Washington’s wars are justified because they say so.

Millions die to further America’s imperium. Journal editors and other media scoundrels have blood on their hands.

Rogue states and media scoundrels never say they’re sorry. America claims might justifies right.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

America’s Deplorable State of the Union

0

Stephen Lendman
rinf.com

obamadouble

Obama’s annual State of the Union addresses reflect beginning-to-end doublespeak duplicity. Empty rhetoric signals business as usual.

Policy prioritizes corporate empowerment, rewarding rich elites, letting popular needs go begging, funding America’s war machine, and cracking down hard on non-believers.

Obama does what his supporters thought impossible. He governs to the right of George Bush. He’s beholden to powerful monied interests. They own him. He’s their man in Washington. Whatever they want they get.

He mocks rule of law principles. He deplores democratic values. He prioritizes wrong over right. He’s waging multiple direct and proxy wars on humanity.

He’s waging social and economic ones domestically. He’s creating unprecedented levels of poverty, unemployment, homelessness, hunger and deprivation.

Ahead of his address, White House blog contributor Macon Phillips called it “just the beginning.” Citizen Response will be introduced.

It lets listeners and viewers explain how they’re “connected to (issues) and then share (what’s on their mind) with friends.”

Q and A will follow. Theater will substitute for substance.

Handpicked hundreds will “join a special #WHSocial in person, and 100 White House followers on Twitter, Facebook, and Google+ representing more than 20 states” nationwide.

They were “invited to watch the speech live from the White House and participate in a panel discussion.”

On February 14, Obama will initiate “Fireside Hangouts.” They’ll imitate Franklin Roosevelt’s fireside chats. He delivered dozens on radio from 1933 – 1944.

Obama’s no FDR. The difference between them is stark. Obamanomics substitutes for New Deal fairness. What Roosevelt created, Obama helps put asunder. He heads a bipartisan criminal cabal.

He prioritizes the greatest wealth transfer in history. He’s beholden to powerful monied interests. He’s a jobs destroyer, not a creator.

He deplores people needs. He believes whatever government does, business does better so let it. Reform on his watch is a four-letter word. Social justice is verboten.

He enforces a repressive police state apparatus. Fundamental freedoms are eroding.

He’s heading the nation toward insolvency, tyranny and ruin. Roosevelt promised change and delivered. Obama prioritizes it solely for rich elites, Wall Street backers, war profiteers, and other corporate favorites.

He pretends he cares. He’s a con man. He calls for job creation while destroying them. Over 25 million working age Americans are unemployed. Tens of millions more are underemployed. Poor jobs substitute for decent ones.

Wages don’t keep up with inflation. Benefits are disappearing. Increasingly most Americans are on their own. The worst is yet to come.

Progressive Radio News Hour regular Jack Rasmus says except for America’s wealthiest 10%, median household spending lags badly.

What’s occurring transacts via credit cards, installment and student loans. Incomes are inadequate. Savings are fast depleting.

“Consumer spending based on real income gains is just not happening for the middle class.” Expect conditions to “seriously worsen,” he warns.

Higher taxes, soaring food prices, and gasoline expected to exceed $5 a gallon by spring will hit hard.

Declining middle class income is hugely important. Inequality defines today’s America. The wealthiest 1% gained enormously.

Today’s fundamental cause of dire economic conditions is “long-term and continuing growth of income inequality,” says Rasmus. Unprecedented wealth disparity figures reflect it.

Economist Joseph Stiglitz says America’s top 1% gets around one-fourth of all annually generated income. In 1979, it was 8%. In 1928, it was 22%. It’s more extreme now than ever.

It “continues to grow worse at an accelerating rate,” says Rasmus. From 1993 – 2000, America’s wealthiest 1% got 45% of all income growth.

From 2000 – 2008, it was 65%. In 2010, it was 93%. It comes from high pay, bonuses, capital gains, dividends, interest, rents, and other capital income forms.

At the same time, corporate profits soared. In 2011, they exceeded pre-recession 2007 levels. They’ve been rising at the fastest rate in 31 years.

Pre-tax, they doubled their 2008 recession low by March 2011. Achieving them involved more than increased sales. Job cuts, lower wages, fewer benefits, less working hours, other employee hardships, lower taxes, and faster depreciation rules produced them.

In 2011, profits as a percent of operating costs were their highest in over 80 years. They came at the expense of ordinary households. They sacrificed so corporate America and rich elites could gain.

Rasmus calls income inequality a “double edged sword.” Over 80% of US households suffered so its wealthiest and corporate American could profit.

Middle class households are shrinking. Income inequality is longterm. High unemployment and lack of decent jobs exacerbate crisis conditions. What began decades ago is worse than ever now.

It reflects 21st century America. It’s harsh, unforgiving and deplorable. Obama ignores solutions. Rhetoric substitutes for meaningful policy measures.

Helping those most in need is ignored. Austerity is prioritized when stimulus is needed. Problems fester and worsen.

On January 30, economist Richard Wolff addressed income inequality. Recent decades witnessed “a growing distance between higher and lower” levels, he said.

“Income inequality and poverty levels” grew. Western societies force-feed crushing hardships on ordinary people.

Key in capitalist societies “is how corporate boards of directors distribute (business) surplus(es) or net revenues (sales less direct production costs).”

Since the mid-1970s, real US wages for most workers stagnated or declined. At the same time, productivity rose. Corporations gained hugely. So did rich elites.

Today’s inequality is greater than ever. Obama prioritizes keeping it that way. He personifies capitalism’s failures. He deplores systemic change.

Expect nothing positive ahead on his watch. The worst is yet to come. Bet on it.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago and can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net.

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com and listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network Thursdays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

What’s Next for the Voting Rights Movement?

0

Desmond Meade stood with his wife on the National Mall on that sunny Inauguration Day, listening to a speech delivered by a president he did not vote for. But he followed attentively, hoping to hear just a few words that might address a man like himself: African-American, one-time homeless, recovered from substance abuse, and formerly incarcerated. His felony status kept him from voting for Obama, because as a Florida citizen he is not eligible to vote at all. He would leave D.C. disappointed, not only because he heard nothing about felony disenfranchisement, but he also heard nothing from Obama about the unique problems impacting black men.

“If you’re going to go out there on a limb and talk about gay rights and gun control issues, then why can’t you make mention of the plight of African-American men who are not graduating, who are dying at very young ages and being disenfranchised?” asks Meade. “As an African-American president who doesn’t have to worry about being elected again, he should have at least said something.”

Since Obama didn’t, Meade is saying something, organizing in Florida on behalf of the 1.5 million people in the state who can’t vote due to felony convictions. He’s the president of the Florida Rights Restoration Coalition, comprising more than seventy organizations, most grassroots and community-based. Florida’s disenfranchised voters total more than the combined population of both North and South Dakota. Their problems long preceded Obama and are far from resolved now that he has been re-elected. At the root is Florida’s state constitution, which prevents those with felony convictions from voting, holding office and in certain instances, even obtaining housing.

In addition, Gov. Rick Scott, the Tea Party’s golden neck charm, has rolled back reforms implemented by his predecessor Charlie Crist–reforms that restored voting rights for hundreds of thousands of former felons.

Felony disenfranchisement was far from the only voter problem suffered in Florida. The state’s electoral maladies in the last year read like a primer on how to best frustrate voters. They began with the passing of House Bill 1355, which among other things made voter registration drives prohibitively toilsome and which performed unnecessary surgery on the early voting period, including excising the “Souls to the Polls Sunday” that attracted legions of black voters in 2008. Come election day, long lines left elderly and disabled voters waiting up to five hours to vote in oven-like temperatures while overzealous poll watchers tried to block volunteers from giving them water.

But just as voter suppression schemes backfired on conservatives by provoking voters of color to turn out en masse, the totally avoidable problems caused by bad voter laws gifted voting rights activists with more momentum, more political capital and even a mandate to continue organizing in 2013. Today, Florida advocates are drawing up legislation that would establish a new bill of rights around voting for the state, mostly in response to the suppression.

“There have been so many shenanigans in Florida forever,” says Gihan Perera, executive director of Florida New Majority. “But now there is a real appetite for getting rid of the bad election policies and making permanent structural changes, looking at how the structure of voter suppression was racial, and then shifting the paradigm from conversations around voter fraud to establishing the right to vote as a fundamental right.”

Challenging Florida for the title of “Most Failed Elections State” is Virginia, which also suffered chaotically long lines, except there it was the freezer to Florida’s oven. To make matters worse, there is no regular early voting process. It’s also one of only four states, among them Florida, that permanently disenfranchises those with felony convictions.

Organizers have had a tough time getting state legislators to focus on election improvements, says Tram Nguyen, associate director for Virginia New Majority, though a glance at the state’s legislation activist might suggest otherwise. After the 2008 election, Virginia legislators introduced bills aimed at election reform, including a voter ID bill that became law last year. This year, lawmakers have introduced over one hundred election reform bills. But while some are to make voting easier–by allowing early voting, for example, or providing more polling site resources–they also include “a slew of voter suppression bills,” says Nguyen.

“The bills we find most egregious ask for proof of citizenship for registration, call for stricter voter ID and gives the state access to the SAVE database.” The latter is a Department of Homeland Security database that conservative election officials want to use to purge people thought to be undocumented.

Virginia voting rights advocates at least have an ally in Congress. House Represe Gerry Connolly is reintroducing the FAST Voting Act, which among other things would allocate federal resources to states that can produce best practices and results for reducing long lines. The optics alone of voter lines winding for blocks–a reality for far too many–has led people to claim it is a form of voter suppression. At a voting rights forum in January hosted by Connolly, an attorney with the Advancement Project told the story of a working mother who came to her polling location four times, because the lines during each visit were too long for her to wait through during work breaks.

A major cause of long lines is Virginia’s sketchy voter registration system, which too often prevents people from signing in to vote because their names aren’t in the poll books. The ensuing hassles with poll workers holds up lines. To solve this problem, voting rights advocates are pushing for modernized voter registration, including portable or “universal” voter registration and Election Day registration. This would alleviate jams by allowing people to register once, perhaps online, and then ensuring that their information is updated automatically if they move, get married, or make other life changes. It also allows voters to register or correct mistakes in their file on Election Day rather than being blindsided with a provisional ballot.

But universal voter registration is almost universally panned by Republicans. In late January, Republican attorney Hans von Spakovsky and the Heritage Foundation rounded up a few conservative state secretaries–among them Kris Kobach of Kansas and Scott Gessler of Colorado, both notorious for trampling on voting rights–for a panel titled “The Threat to Election Integrity of ‘Universal’ Registration.” There, Gessler railed off a myth claiming that Oregon got rid of same-day registration after a cult used it to “take over a town.”

He could only have been referring to a 1984 case in which followers of the charismatic spiritual speaker Bhagwan Shree Rajneesh brought homeless people to Oregon in a plot to rig an election by abusing the state’s Election Day registration provision. The attempt was unsuccessful, but it did spook Oregon legislators into rescinding same-day registration. Of course, that was almost 30 years ago, and many improvements have been made to the system since.

Coincidentally, on the same day of Heritage’s panel, the Brennan Center for Justice held a panel on voter registration modernization, featuring none other than Oregon’s state secretary Kate Brown. There, Brown boasted that Oregon is currently the only state that is completely vote by mail–what they call “universal ballot delivery”–and one of a few states that offers online voter registration. “I don’t believe that registration should be a barrier to participation,” she said. This was a sharp contrast to Gessler at the Heritage Foundation, who cast universal voter registration as a threat to states’ rights. “This is not a homogenous nation,” he said, insisting that those “who celebrate diversity” (apparently not him) “should respect it in other areas, including geographical diversity.”

There’s not much diversity among those who bear the brunt of registration mishaps and long-line waits. Back in Florida, a study recently found that at least 201,000 people failed to vote last November due to long lines, and that the worst areas were found in Latino communities.

This is why a Florida coalition that includes Advancement Project, Mi Familia Vota, Florida New Majority, the Florida Consumer Action Network and the Florida Immigrant Coalition is working to amend the Florida state constitution so that it guarantees voting accessibility for all citizens–a state-level voting rights act.

“We’re focusing on legislation that grants an explicit right to vote in Florida,” says Katherine Culliton-González, the director of the Advancement Project’s voter protection program. “It would aim at big picture issues and make voting a fundamental right so no election law changes could happen that would take us back in time.”

Could Florida learn from Virginia activists fighting felon disenfranchisement? Edgardo Cortés, director of the Advancement Project’s Voting Rights Restoration Campaign in Virginia, has been working on this issue with dozens of organizations around the state, including the NAACP and the ACLU. The groups have successfully pushed Virginia Governor Bob McDonnell to streamline the tedious application process for ex-offenders to have their rights restored. As of January 10, Governor McDonnell has restored the voting rights of more people than any governor preceding him, 4,423.

Of course, that’s nothing compared to the 350,000 Virginians disenfranchised due to felony convictions. Governor McDonnell made a surprising move this year when he announced his support for the automatic restoration of voting rights for non-violent felony offenders, but fellow Republicans in the general assembly have not honored his request. Even the state’s far-right attorney general, Ken Cuccinelli, has come out in favor of automatic restoration for ex-offenders, saying the state has engaged in a foul practice of “felony creep,” where low-level, nonviolent crimes are inflated from misdemeanors to felonies, leading to more disenfranchisement. Right now you can be charged with a felony for bouncing a check.

“I think really the only thing that will cause change there is the governor and the higher-ups and state leadership within the parties saying, ‘Yes, we want to push this and we want to get this law passed,” says Cortés. That, and an executive order from Governor McDonnell which would give blanket restoration to the 350,000 without the right to vote.

The same could be done in Florida, except neither the governor nor the state legislators are poised to move on felony disenfranchisement. Which is why Desmond Meade and his coalition are pushing for a ballot initiative to restore voting rights for ex-offenders. Their mobilizing strategy includes trying to locate most or all of the 1.5 million disenfranchised ex-offenders in the state and ask them to find ten friends or family members who will vote for the ballot referendum on their behalf.

“Part of the reason there has been low turnout in black communities is that the issues and candidates that [political parties] try to turn African-Americans out for have been abstract,” says Meade. “These are not individuals or issues the black community can wrap their arms around or sink their teeth into. We’re not talking about issues that would directly impact them and they can see the results. Even when they elected Obama the first time we ran into a lot of African-Americans who said, ‘We got a black president but it looks like our situation got worse. Our conclusion is that with this ballot initiative, this is something that is up close and personal to the black community.”

In other words, rather than asking people to come out and vote for Candidate X, they’re asking people to vote for their brother, sister, father, cousin or friend. There’s nothing that sounds more fundamentally right than that.

Bahraini police clash with protesters

0

File photo shows the scene of a clash between anti-regime protesters and Bahraini forces near the capital, Manama.

Bahraini regime forces have clashed with anti-regime protesters during a demonstration held to demand the downfall of the al-Khalifa regime in the capital, Manama.

On Wednesday, Saudi-backed Bahraini forces fired tear gas to disperse the demonstrators who were chanting anti-regime slogans in the streets of Manama.

Similar protest rallies have also been staged around the capital and in several other towns and villages across the Persian Gulf kingdom.

On February 12, Bahrain’s main opposition bloc al-Wefaq and the February 14 Revolution Youth Coalition called for anti-regime demonstrations this week to mark the second anniversary of the popular uprising against the rule of Al Khalifa dynasty.

The coalition has urged Bahrainis to go on strike and take to the streets on Thursday and march to the site of the iconic Pearl Square, the former epicenter of Bahrain’s revolution, on Friday.

However, Bahraini authorities say the planned rallies aim at putting pressure on the government-initiated national dialogue, which started on February 10 in a bid to end two years of anti-regime protests in the Persian Gulf state.

Bahrainis have been staging demonstrations since mid-February 2011, demanding political reform and a constitutional monarchy, a demand that later changed to an outright call for the ouster of the ruling Al Khalifa family following its crackdown on popular protests.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding anti-regime demonstrations until their demands for the establishment of a democratically-elected government and an end to rights violations are met.

MKA/JR

Libertarian Dream Cities: Coming to Honduras

0

Libertarian Dream Cities: Coming to Honduras

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013
Al-Jazeera

Independent cities run entirely by the business class? They’re in the making in Honduras, where President Porfirio Lobo Sosa has proposed the creation of autonomous, nondemocratic, privatized metropolises, or “Ayn-Randias,” as University of Missouri-Kansas City economist William Black calls them.

Proponents of the plan are casting the cities as opportunities to unleash the power of pure capitalism unhampered by regulation. Black understands the program as another iteration of the ceaseless effort of powerful economic interests to do what they want with their money.

“This is not a democratic movement,” Black says. “This is tremendous hostility not only to government, but to the entire concept of democratic decision making, which they see as inherently coercive and inherently backed up by the military and guns. And in contrast, they say, private decision making is inherently voluntary and almost inherently beneficial.” What this arrangement will produce, he continues, is crony capitalism and social disasters.

–Posted by Alexander Reed Kelly.

Al-Jazeera:


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Human Rights Watch Condemns Israel for War Crimes

RINF Alternative News

israelwarcrimes

An investigation by Human Rights Watch (HRW) has condemned Israel for violating international laws of war during its 2012 assault on the Gaza Strip.

The eight day campaign of terror, which began on November 14, 2012, targeted civilians and civilian objects including homes and farms. 160 Palestinians were killed and 1,200 were injured.

HRW also reminded the Israeli regime that individuals who target civilians or civilian objects are guilty of war crimes.

On January 14, 2013 HWR sent details of the investigation to Israeli military, requesting more information. Israel failed to provide any information to justify the attacks.

“Israeli forces too often conducted airstrikes that killed Palestinian civilians and destroyed homes in Gaza without apparent legal justification,” said Sarah Leah Whitson, the Middle East director at the HRW.

1.7 million people in Gaza are denied their basic human rights, such as freedom of movement and adequate healthcare and education.

Obama and the Vanishing Point of Democracy

0

Obama and the Vanishing Point of Democracy

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013
Jill Clardy (CC BY-SA 2.0)

By Henry A. Giroux, Truthout

This piece first appeared at Truthout.

We live at a time in the United States when the notion of political enemies has become a euphemism for dismantling prohibitions against targeted assassinations, torture, abductions and indefinite detention. Under the elastic notion of permanent war and the use of Orwellian labels like terrorists, enemy combatants, enemies of the state or the all-encompassing “evil-doers,” the United States has tortured prisoners in Iraq and Guantanamo for more than a decade. It also kidnapped suspected terrorists, held them in CIA “black sites,” and subjected them to extraordinary rendition – “the practice [of] taking detainees to and from US custody without a legal process … and often … handing [them] over to countries that practiced torture.”[1] As a new report from the Open Society Foundation, “Globalizing Torture,” points out, since 9/11 the CIA has illegally kidnaped and tortured more than 136 people and was aided in its abhorrent endeavors by 54 countries.[2] All of this was done in secrecy and when it was eventually exposed, the Obama administration refused to press criminal charges against those government officials who committed atrocious human rights abuses, signalling to the military and various intelligence agencies that they would not be held accountable for engaging in such egregious and illegal behavior. The notion that torture, kidnapping and the killing of Americans without due process is an illegitimate function of any state, including the United States, has overtly suffered the fate of the Geneva Conventions, apparently too quaint and antiquated to be operative.

Excessive torture, cruel and unusual punishment, secret detention and the violation of civil liberties are not only deeply ingrained in American history; they also have become normalized in both popular culture and in government policy. For example, popular representations of and support for torture extend from the infamous former television series 24 to the more recent highly acclaimed Hollywood film, Zero Dark Thirty.[3] Whereas popular representations of torture and other legal illegalities prior to 2001 were viewed largely as the acts of desperate and psychologically unbalanced individuals or rogue governments, the post- September 11, 2001 climate has accommodated such representations, as torture has become common fare in mainstream culture – from action films and TV dramas to comedies. As torture moves from state policy to screen culture it contains “an echo of the pornographic in maximizing the pleasure of violence.”[4] In this instance, the spectacle of violence mimics a new kind of mad violence that has engulfed American society. Torture is now a mainstay of what might be called the state-sanctioned carnival of cruelty, designed to delight and titillate while in real life torture has been shamelessly sanctioned as a military necessity and state policy. At the same time, torture, violence and the culture of cruelty have been removed from the discourse of ethics, jurisprudence, accountability and human rights.[5]

This retreat from moral responsibility reveals more than political failure, more than a perverse victory for those who argue for the acceptability of what was once considered unthinkable in a democracy. It signals the emergence of a kind of anti-politics, the dismantling of a politics in which matters of power, justice, governance and social responsibility are inextricably connected to democratic institutions, laws, values and education. This is an anti-politics in which the obligations of justice and responsibility to others has been overtaken by a rhetoric of fear, national security and war that has made Americans accomplices of a tyrannical and terrorist state apparatus. Under such circumstances, the critical project of democracy, if not politics itself, is replaced by the shared experience of fear, the instrumentalization of culture and society and a state of emergency that “eradicates political freedom, democratic processes and legality as such.”[6]

The move toward an authoritarian and dystopian state – one marked by its flight from moral and political responsibility – has been made more acceptable by the widespread popular willingness to overlook, if not legitimate, the ongoing violation of civil liberties as a central theme of government policy, military conduct, mainstream news media and popular culture in general. Mainstream culture is flooded with endless representations of individuals, government officials, and the police operating outside of the law as a legitimate way to seek revenge, implement vigilante justice and rewrite the rationales for violating human rights and domestic law. TV programs like Dexter and Person of Interest, as well as a spate of Hollywood films like as Gangster Squad and Django Unchained have provided a spectacle of legal lawlessness and violence unchecked by ethical considerations and allegedly justified by the pursuit of noble ends.

The culture of violence, fear and sometimes manufactured terror takes a toll politically and ethically on any democratic society, especially when it becomes the most popular spectacle in town. Unfortunately, the line between fiction and material reality, along with the more hallowed spheres of politics and governance, has collapsed and it has become more difficult to determine one from the other. Forms of violence and violations of civil rights that should be unthinkable in a democracy are now lauded as necessary and effective tactics in the war on terrorism, and so rarely subject to critical interrogation. Some of the more notable transgressions are evident in former Vice-President Dick Cheney’s infamous statement to Tim Russert on NBC’s Meet the Press in which he stated that the Bush administration would have to “work … the dark side” and the 2006 comment by John Brennan in which he claimed that we have “to take off the gloves” in some areas in order to wage a war against terrorism. And while torture has been denounced by President Obama, the administration has in actuality created a new foundation for violating civil rights and promoting human abuses.

1 2 3 4 NEXT PAGE >>>

Get truth delivered to
your inbox every week.

Previous item: Dumb and Dumber



New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Dumb and Dumber

0

Dumb and Dumber

Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
Posted on Feb 13, 2013
:mrMark: (CC BY 2.0)

By Tom Engelhardt, TomDispatch

This piece first appeared at TomDispatch.

You could, of course, sit there, slack-jawed, thinking about how mindlessly repetitive American foreign and military policy is these days. Or you could wield all sorts of fancy analytic words to explain it. Or you could just settle for a few simple, all-American ones. Like dumb. Stupid. Dimwitted. Thick-headed. Or you could speak about the second administration in a row that wanted to leave no child behind, but was itself incapable of learning, or reasonably assessing its situation in the world.

Or you could simply wonder what’s in Washington’s water supply. Last week, after all, there was a perfect drone storm of a story, only a year or so late–and no, it wasn’t that leaked “white paper” justifying the White House-directed assassination of an American citizen; and no, it wasn’t the two secret Justice Department “legal” memos on the same subject that members of the Senate Intelligence Committee were allowed to “view,” but in such secrecy that they couldn’t even ask John O. Brennan, the president’s counterterrorism tsar and choice for CIA director, questions about them at his public nomination hearings; and no, it wasn’t anything that Brennan, the man who oversaw the White House “kill list” and those presidentially chosen drone strikes, said at the hearings. And here’s the most striking thing: it should have set everyone’s teeth on edge, yet next to nobody even noticed.

Last Tuesday, the Washington Post published a piece by Greg Miller and Karen DeYoung about a reportorial discovery which that paper, along with other news outlets (including the New York Times), had by “an informal arrangement” agreed to suppress (and not even very well) at the request of the Obama administration. More than a year later, and only because the Times was breaking the story on the same day (buried in a long investigative piece on drone strikes), the Post finally put the news on record. It was half-buried in a piece about the then-upcoming Brennan hearings. Until that moment, its editors had done their patriotic duty, urged on by the CIA and the White House, and kept the news from the public. Never mind, that the project was so outright loony, given our history, that they should have felt the obligation to publish it instantly with screaming front-page headlines and a lead editorial demanding an explanation.

On the other hand, you can understand just why the Obama administration and the CIA preferred that the story not come out. Among other things, it had the possibility of making them look like so many horses’ asses and, again based on a historical record that any numbskull or government bureaucrat or intelligence analyst should recall, it couldn’t have been a more dangerous thing to do. It’s just the sort of Washington project that brings the word “blowback” instantly and chillingly to mind. It’s just the sort of story that should make Americans wonder why we pay billions of dollars to the CIA to think up ideas so lame that you have to wonder what the last two CIA directors, Leon Panetta and David Petraeus, were thinking. (Or if anyone was thinking at all.)

“Agitated Muslims” and the “100 Hour War”

In case you hadn’t noticed, I have yet to mention what that suppressed story was, and given the way it disappeared from sight, the odds are that you don’t know, so here goes. The somewhat less than riveting headline on the Post piece was: “Brennan Nomination Exposes Criticism on Targeted Killings and Secret Saudi Base.” The base story was obviously tacked on at the last second. (There had actually been no “criticism” of that base, since next to nothing was known about it.) It, too, was buried, making its first real appearance only in the 10th paragraph of the piece.

According to the Post, approximately two years ago, the CIA got permission from the Saudi government to build one of its growing empire of drone bases in a distant desert region of that kingdom. The purpose was to pursue an already ongoing air war in neighboring Yemen against al-Qaeda on the Arabian Peninsula.

The first drone mission from that base seems to have taken off on September 30, 2011, and killed American citizen and al-Qaeda supporter Anwar al-Awlaki. Many more lethal missions have evidently been flown from it since, most or all directed at Yemen in a campaign that notoriously seems to be creating more angry Yemenis and terror recruits than it’s killing. So that’s the story you waited an extra year to hear from our watchdog press (though for news jockeys, the existence of the base was indeed mentioned in the interim by numerous media outlets).


New and Improved Comments

If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Leverage Lurches To Post-Crisis Highs

0

As we noted yesterday, the credit bubble is in full swing as high-yield covenant protections hit a new low in January. At the same time, new issue premia in high yield credit has remained extremely low (meaning demand is high) – even as leverage (measured in a number of ways) surges to post-financial-crisis highs. With low yields and technical demand so abundant, firms appear to be leveraging-up in favor of shareholders. But, as is always the case, there is a limit to just how much leverage can be piled on before credit spreads ‘snap’ and raise the cost of capital – hindering the equity price. Finally, for the ‘cash on the balance sheet’ advocates, US firms’ Cash/Debt is its lowest (worst) since pre-crisis. Banks continue to delever, sovereigns relever, and non-financials taking their lead – this didn’t end well last time… and this time, exuberance and positioning is very heavy.

Investment Grade Leverage in the US is rising rapidly – but its the sovereigns that are leading the post-crisis releveraging…

And High-Yield leverage is also surging… and for all those ‘cash on the sidelines’ hopers, Cash/Debt is now at its lowest (worst) since before the crisis…

as Global banks slowly but surely delever…

Though demand remains high for bond issuance…

But where is all that leverage going? Straight to the shareholders…

But those shareholders better hope that nothing goes wrong – as they are all in complacent…

and we have seen these ‘releveragings’ try and drag stocks higher before – with disconnects between HY credit (being priced for that higher leverage) and stocks…

but soon enough the realization comes as credit traders shift from picking winners to avoiding losers…

The credit cycle is called a cycle for a reason – and now firms are in the releveraging mode, that systemic demand for credit may just become a little more idiosyncratic and remove a leg from the equity market’s stool of exuberance.

Charts: Bloomberg and Morgan Stanley

Your rating: None Average: 5 (2 votes)

Zagreb, Milan and Gdansk on KHL’s waitlist

0

RIA Novosti / Vladimir Fedorenko

RIA Novosti / Vladimir Fedorenko

The KHL President Aleksandr Medvedev has unveiled the leagues future expansion plans as the regular season is about to end next week.

Speaking with the Sport-Express paper Medvedev stressed the current season was certainly the most intriguing in the league’s history.

“It was a great pleasure to see so many teams struggling for places in the playoff zone, especially in the Western Conference,” he said, refusing to make any predictions on which of the five teams — Slovan Bratislava, Lev Prague, Donbas Donetsk, Dynamo Minsk or Moscow region’s Atlant — will fill the remaining three playoff slots.

The inclusion of Slovan, Lev and Donbas has been dubbed successful, according to the KLH boss.

“Look, before Lev joined the KHL the record attendance in Prague couldn’t surpass 5,000 for years, while the derby between Lev and Slovan this year attracted a crowd of 16,000. The same surge in interest is witnessed in Bratislava, where we could see around 10,000 spectators at almost every game,” Medvedev said.

As for the future expansion, Medvedev said the most likely candidates are now Croatian Zagreb and Italian Milan. Polish Gdansk has also become an official candidate recently.

“Perhaps, one of these cities will join the league starting from the new season,” stressed Medvedev, adding, that the KHL is mulling over creating a third conference one day.

3 killed in Utah drug house shooting

0

Police search the suburban city of Midvale, Utah, after a triple murder on February 12, 2013.

At least three people have been killed with a fourth in critical condition after a shooting in a suburban drug house in the US state of Utah.

The incident occurred in the city of Midvale, a suburb of Salt Lake City, at about 8 a.m. local time (1500 GMT) Tuesday, causing lockdowns at several schools as authorities searched for two possible male suspects including 25-year-old ex-convict David Fresques.

The identities of the three deceased victims were not released, police said. The fourth person, a woman, was transported to the hospital in critical condition.

Two adults and a child were left unharmed at the house during the shooting.

Local police conducted a drug raid of the home a few weeks prior to the shooting, with neighbors expecting the house to be empty.

“It’s crazy. It blows my mind – scary. I walk my dogs on this street all the time,” a neighbor said.

The shooting comes amid growing calls across the US for legislative action to control free access to guns, especially assault weapons.

On December 14, 2012, a 20-year-old man, identified as Adam Lanza, killed twenty children and six adults at an elementary school in Newtown, Connecticut.

The United States experienced several mass killings in 2012, including the Colorado cinema shooting in July that killed 12 people and injured nearly 60 others. In August, a killing spree at a Sikh temple left seven people dead.

Every year, more than 30,000 people are shot and killed in the US.

GMA/JR

Europe’s Fixed Just Like Wall Street Was “Fixed” in May 2008, How’d That Turn Out?

0

In 2008, as the financial crisis picked up steam, one by one the big bank Wall Street CEOs came forward to assure everyone that “everything is fine” and that their banks were “well capitalized.”

Anyone who did a bit of actual research knew this was not the case. But a large component of corporate (and political) leadership is to maintain confidence and calm no matter how bad things get.

As a result of this, in May 2008 alone, executives at Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan, Lehman Brothers, and Merrill Lynch all stated that the worst was over for financials.  That’s right, in just one month executives at ALL of these firms issued proclamations that everything was just dandy for the banks.

The market took about five months to realize the truth, at which point these firms imploded taking the market with them.

I bring this up because we’re seeing this same game played out on a much larger scale in Europe today. Starting in November, various political bigwigs from the EU, whether it be Germany’s Finance Minister Wolfgang Schauble, France’s Prime Minister Francois Hollande, of Spain’s Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy have all stated that the EU Crisis is either over… or that at least the worst of it is over.

It’s rather incredible when you consider the complete and utter failure of these folks to solve the debt problems for a country as small as Greece (which makes up only 2% of the EU’s GDP).

Greece entered a crisis in 2010. Three years later, its major banks are STILL insolvent, the Greece economy has contracted over 20% (the sort of collapse Argentina saw in 2001 when its entire financial system failed), and nothing has been fixed.

So… the EU, with the help of the ECB, IMF, and the US Fed (QE 2 and 4 were basically EU bank bailouts in disguise), COULDN’T SOLVE GREECE’S PROBLEMS. And we’re supposed to believe that these folks can solve Spain, Italy or even France’s!?!

Let’s cut through the crap here.

The European banking system is a complete and total disaster. Remember how bad Wall Street was in 2008? Europe’s banks are many multiples worse than that. The US at least recapitalized its banking system after the Crisis.

Europe hasn’t. At all. That’s right, the banks in Europe have not raised capital to bring down their leverage rations, which is why the ENTIRE EU BANKING SYSTEM IS LEVERAGED AT 26 TO 1.

Lehman, which was a total sewer of garbage debt, was leveraged at 30 to 1. Europe’s ENTIRE SYSTEM is leveraged at 26 to 1.

Let’s take Spain by way of example.

In the run up to the Spanish banking crisis, Spain sported a housing bubble that DWARFED the US’s. Spain is the DARK blue line in the chart below. The US housing bubble is the little green lump below it.

How does a housing bubble get that out of control? By banks lending to anyone with a pulse. Indeed, a little know fact is that the banks sitting on 56% of the Spanish mortgage market were TOTALLY unregulated up until about 2010. As bad as US lending standards leading up to our housing bust, Spain had us beat by many multiples as the above chart illustrates.

The Spanish Government’s solution to this mess was to merge one garbage bank with another. They’ve been doing this for three years… but the Spanish banking system remains screwed up beyond anyone’s comprehension.

Take Bankia for example.

Bankia was formed in December 2010 when the Spanish Government merged seven bankrupt smaller banks in

The bank was touted as a success story, posting a profit in 2011 and even considering paying a dividend. Then the following happened in 2012…

  • May 9th: Bankia requests €4.5 billion loan, Spanish Government states that the bank is “solvent.”
  • May 21st: Spain meets Bankia’s request for loan and takes a 45% stake in the bank thereby instigating a partial nationalization.
  • May 23rd: Bankia’s bailout needs grows to €11 billion
  • May 24th: Bankia’s bailout needs grow to €15 billion
  • May 25th: Bankia’s bailout needs are now €19 billion (2011 profits revised to €4 billion loss)…
  • December 27th: Spanish bailout fund announces that Bankia still has a “negative value of €4.2 billion” and will need another €13.5 billion in capital
  • January 2nd (2013): Bankia shares halted on Spanish stock exchange.

As a summary… Bankia was considered profitable in 2011… it was actually talking about paying out a dividend in April 2012. And in the following eight months, it was discovered that the bank was not only un-profitable, but completely and totally insolvent.

Today, nine months later, the bank has swallowed up over €19 billion in bailouts and still has a NEGATIVE value. With the additional €13.5 billion Spain claims it needs (assuming that is the actual limit… which I doubt) the bank will have consumed over €32 billion in bailouts.

If you think Bankia is an isolated incident, you’re out of your mind.

The point of this? Europe’s banks are totally insolvent and have not been fixed. No EU leader is going to tell you this because their jobs depend on convincing people that everything is fine. Bankia was supposedly “fine” right up until the truth came out. Just like the Wall Street banks were “fine” going into 2008.

Just like Europe is “fine” today.

I know the markets have yet to fully realize this…the S&P 500 is approaching its all-time highs. But back in late 2007, the last time the markets were at this level… did stocks get what was coming then too? Nope. And by the time stocks “got it” things moved VERY quickly.

So if you have not already taken steps to prepare for systemic failure, you NEED to do so NOW. We’re literally at most a few months, and very likely just a few weeks from Europe’s banks imploding, potentially taking down the financial system with them. Think I’m joking? The Fed is pumping hundreds of BILLIONS of dollars into EU banks right now trying to stop this from happening.

We have produced a FREE Special Report available to all investors titled What Europe’s Collapse Means For You and Your Savings.

This report features ten pages of material outlining our independent analysis real debt situation in Europe (numbers far worse than is publicly admitted), the true nature of the EU banking system, and the systemic risks Europe poses to investors around the world.

It also outlines a number of investments to profit from this; investments that anyone can use to take advantage of the European Debt Crisis.

Best of all, this report is 100% FREE. You can pick up a copy today at:

http://gainspainscapital.com/eu-report/

Best

Phoenix Capital Research

Your rating: None

India’s secret executions

0

India’s democratic futures lie with a sovereignty whose essence is freedom and imagination, not one driven by power, amoral sentiment and a death wish, argues Vijay Nagaraj.

­US used ‘Christian heavy metal’ to torture Iraqi militants

0

U.S. Army soldiers escort former Iraqi prisoners out of Abu Ghraib prison (Reuters / Ceerwan Aziz HH / JV)

U.S. Army soldiers escort former Iraqi prisoners out of Abu Ghraib prison (Reuters / Ceerwan Aziz HH / JV)

Torture doesn’t necessarily have to deal with physical pain. The US military have used Christian heavy metal music by the band Demon Hunter after rockers Metallica asked they stop using their recordings on prisoners.

The US Navy SEAL involved in the killing of Osama bin Laden told Esquire magazine that prior to using Demon Hunter recordings, the commandoes used Metallica music to pull information out of Iraqi prisoners.

“When we first started the war in Iraq we were using Metallica music to soften people up before we interrogated them,” the spokesperson said. 

James Hetfield, lead singer and guitarist of US rock band Metallica (AFP Photo / Petras Malukas)
James Hetfield, lead singer and guitarist of US rock band Metallica (AFP Photo / Petras Malukas)

However after the band, who is totally opposed to violence, asked the US military to stop using their music at interrogations, the commanders chose Demon Hunter.

“Demon Hunter said, ‘We’re all about promoting what you do.’ They sent us CDs and patches. I wore my Demon Hunter patch on every mission — I wore it when I blasted Bin Laden,”
the Navy SEAL added.

“Part of me is proud they chose Metallica, and then part of me is bummed about it. We’ve got nothing to do with this and we’re trying to be apolitical as possible — I think politics and music, at least for us, don’t mix,” Metallica front man James Hetfield said in 2008 commenting on the news that US military used the band’s music for the interrogation of Guantanamo prisoners.

Britain loses 450 drones in battlefield

0

Nearly 450 British assassination drones have crashed, broken down, or been lost in Iraq and Afghanistan over the last five years, the British Ministry of Defence (MoD) has disclosed.

The figure highlights the UK military’s huge reliance on technology, and particularly its deployment of unmanned aircrafts that on one hand minimizes risks to frontline troops and on the other, maximizes threats to civilian population of the target country.

The disclosure by the MoD raised concerns among campaigners about the reliability of using drones, as they say the smaller drones, which are more prone to crashes, are similar to those already being flown in UK airspace.

Chris Cole from watchdog website Drone Wars UK said: “The drone industry constantly talks up the supposed economic benefits of unmanned drones, but it is the civil liberties and safety implications that need real attention.”

“Without a significant improvement in reliability and safety, legislators should remain extremely skeptical about plans to open UK airspace to drones”, added Chris Cole.

Britain has spent more than £2 billion over the last five years, developing its unethical assassination drones, according to British media reports.

The deployment of such drones by the U.S. and its allies has led to killings of at least hundreds of innocent civilians, including many women and children, in the Middle East and South Asian regions.

MOS/MOL/HE

Chernobyl nuclear plant roof collapse, no radiation leak

0

Wall panels and the roof of a unit at the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant in Ukraine have partially collapsed. Two French construction companies working at the emergency unit station had to evacuate their staff, according to AFP.

No one was hurt in the incident, and the radiation level in the exclusion zone around the plant has not changed, according to the power station’s management.

Wall panels and chunks of the roof collapsed on Tuesday night in the machine-hall at the plant’s Reactor Number Four, site of the world’s worst nuclear disaster 27 years ago. The roof was constructed after the disaster, but is not part of the ‘sarcophagus’ structure covering the reactor.

“Today we are talking about an anomalous event. This is not considered an emergency. But it’s important to find out what exactly caused this event,” TASS new agency quoted Dmitry Bobrov, deputy of the state agency for the exclusion zone as saying.

The weight of accumulated snow was believed to the cause of the incident. “The main consequence is that we need to thoroughly study cause of collapse,” Bobrov said.

The affected area was estimated to be about 600 square meters, the plant’s press service reported. Workers are currently clearing snow away and removing debris from the site of the incident. The incident has not threatened Unit 4’s ‘safety’ dome.

French companies Vinci and Bouygues, which are constructing the outer contour of a new sarcophagus over the emergency unit station, had to pull out 80 personnel due to safety precautions.

A new sarcophagus is currently under construction, which will cover the existing one built after the accident; engineers fear the older shield will soon start crumbling, possibly allowing radiation to leak. The new arch-shaped sarcophagus is expected to contain the unit safely for about a century.

On April 26, 1986, reactor number four of the Chernobyl Nuclear Power Plant exploded, causing the death of two workers; 28 more rescuers and staff members died of radiation exposure in the next months. The Soviet leadership was slow to admit the real scale of the catastrophe.

The disaster prompted the evacuation of tens of thousands of residents from nearby areas. Most have since suffered varying degrees of radiation poisoning, which eventually caused serious health problems, such as cancer and multiple cases of birth defects in newborns. Radioactive contamination spread as far as northern Sweden and the UK.

Chernobyl is situated around 100 kilometers from the Ukrainian capital of Kiev, and lies close to its borders of Russia and Belarus. The area around the plant is still highly contaminated, and designated as depopulated.

RIA Novosti
RIA Novosti

Why Organized Labor Must Stand Against the Keystone XL Pipeline

0

Spurred by real urgency over the corporate driven ruin of the environment, a growing social movement is taking shape that will be on display this Sunday, February 17, when tens of thousands descend on the streets of Washington, D.C. in a show of power titled “Forward On Climate.”

What is the target galvanizing these forces? The proposed Keystone XL Pipeline, to be built by TransCanada, which would carry crude oil extracted from the tar sands in Alberta, Canada, some 2,000 miles south to the Gulf of Mexico for export.

What is the outcome hoped for by those who will attend? That President Obama reject the project, finally and definitively, when it comes up for his approval this winter.

Protests, blockades, arrests and disruptions of the pipeline’s construction have been ongoing by activists and landowners in East Texas since last summer. Now, the “Forward On Climate” rally marks a huge step forward to enlarge the movement. This is not your typical environmental protest in defense of a limited ecosystem.

Rather, the potential consequences of the XL Pipeline’s operations are global and catastrophic because of climate change. And that’s why organized labor needs to stand up now in an alliance that has the power to defeat it.

Getting Perspective

To get some perspective on what is happening to the climate let’s looks at some data:

  • According to scientists, the average temperature of the planet has already risen just under 0.8 degrees Celsius (1.4 degrees Fahrenheit) since 1880.
  • The last two decades of the 20th century were the hottest in 400 years and, according to a number of climate studies, possibly in several millennia.
  • The 10 warmest years on record have happened in the last 15 years.
  • According to the Global and Environment Institute at Tufts University, extreme heat waves have been steadily rising over the last 50 to 100 years. They are now happening at a rate two to four times stronger, and are projected to escalate to vast extremes over the next 40 years.
  • The annual number of hurricanes has been escalating. There was an average of 3.5 hurricanes a year between 1905 and 1930. Between 1995 and 2005 this number increased to an average of 8.4.
  • Globally the atmosphere over the oceans is 5 percent wetter, setting the stage for massive floods. Rapidly melting Arctic ice and glaciers will lead to the submerging of coastal cities and islands due to rising sea levels.
  • According to Fatih Birol of the International Energy Agency, after examining the rise of carbon emissions: “When I look at this data, the trend is perfectly in line with a temperature increase of about six degrees (11 degrees Fahrenheit)” by 2100.

Considering the consequences we are already experiencing with a 1.4 degree rise in average temperature, an increase of 11 degrees could transform the planet to such a degree that it would put the survival of most species, including humanity, in peril.

How will the operations of the Keystone XL Pipeline affect this trend?

  • The Alberta tar sands contain enough carbon to raise carbon emissions in the atmosphere by more than half of their current level.
  • In the words of NASA leading climatologist, James Hansen: “If the tar sands are thrown into the mix, it is essentially game over for the climate. There is no practical way to capture co2 while burning oil.”

To call the course we are on suicidal vastly understates the matter. There is a wide consensus among scientists that our climate is teetering on the edge of extreme and irreversible change. This danger is being propelled by our addiction to carbon-based fossil fuels — and more specifically, to the mechanisms of corporate greed.

The world’s top five oil companies have made more than $1 trillion in profits since the turn of the century. This money buys influence, steering national policies and international relations towards the goal of their further enrichment.

This influence runs into sharp conflict with what is needed to prevent a global catastrophe. With all the oil, coal and gas that is available, 80 percent would have to be left in the ground to keep the temperature from rising above an extra two degrees Celsius, the limit recognized by the Copenhagen Accord. That translates into $20 trillion in big energy’s assets.

Collecting and increasing these assets is the entire purpose of the energy companies’ existence. Corporate profit rather than human need is the impersonal motor force of this system. All the scientific data in the world along with appeals to the big energy owners’ consciousness will not stop the machine from seeking to maximize profit regardless of the devastation.

If this force is to be stopped, it will take a social movement of those who are the primary victims, that is, the majority of humanity. And it will take a movement led by working people who can issue the challenge: that if those in charge of the economy don’t find a way to reverse course, it will be us who take control and get the job done.

Where Does Labor Stand?

In the U.S., unions are the primary organizations to defend and promote the interests of workers. Consequently, the role of Labor in opposing the Keystone XL Pipeline is an issue of paramount importance towards developing the popular strength to make a decisive impact.

Where do the unions stand now? AFL-CIO President Richard Trumka stated at the UN Investor Summit on Climate Risk, “The AFL-CIO has not taken a position on the Keystone pipeline – unions don’t agree among ourselves.”

It is extremely rare for someone in Trumka’s position to comment on such a division. As disappointing as this situation might be for many, it is evidence of a needed dialogue taking place within Labor’s leading bodies, and of equal importance, among the working members and labor’s allies.

Significantly, the Transport Workers Union (TWU), the Amalgamated Transit Union (ATU) and National Nurses United have come out in support of the February 17 demonstration against the XL pipeline. The Communication Workers of America (CWA), the United Auto Workers (UAW) and others also favor stopping the pipeline.

On the other hand, the Laborers Union and the Building Trades Council have come out in strong support of the pipeline’s construction. These union bodies have been especially hard hit by unemployment. As a result, they have been quick to take the bait of several thousand jobs that the XL Pipeline’s proponents are dangling.

Laborer’s President Terry O’Sullivan defiantly stated, “I am repulsed by our supposed brothers and sisters lining up with job killers like the Sierra Club and the National Resources Defense Council to destroy the lives of working men and women.”

In a letter to Hillary Clinton, union leaders supporting the XL Pipeline stated it will “spur the creation of 118,000 jobs.” However, as Bloomberg Businessweek reported in an article, “The Questionable Economics of the Keystone XL Pipeline”:

“Clearly, the construction of the pipe, most of it below ground, will be a huge undertaking. The estimated numbers of people it will employ in the process, however, fluctuate wildly, with TransCanada raising the number from 3,500, to 4,200, to 20,000 temporary positions and suggesting the line will employ several hundred in an on-going basis. The U.S. State Department, which made its own assessment because the pipeline crosses the U.S. – Canada border, estimates the line will create just 20 permanent jobs. One advantage of a pipeline, after all, is that it’s automated.”

None of these sources would have any reason to underestimate the number of jobs the pipeline would create, regardless of how widely they diverge from the 118,000 figure cited in the letter to Clinton. It would appear that the leaders of the unions supporting the XL Pipeline are being sold a questionable bill of goods in order to get them behind the project.

Isolating Themselves

The problem with the approach of these unions, however, is not simply that they have the facts wrong in regards to how many jobs the XL Pipeline will create. Clearly the effects of climate change and the XL Pipeline’s contribution to it should be of tremendous concern to all workers, including the members of these unions.

By prioritizing their memberships’ short-term interests above the interests of all others, the XL Pipeline union supporters are putting themselves at odds with the health of working class communities in general, popular consciousness, and scientific consensus. They are isolating themselves.

If they continue to hold this line, it will likely result in diminishing public support for their contract fights and, therefore, less leverage to use against their employers. They are not only acting against their membership’s long term interests in countering climate change, they are weakening their union’s ability to fight against their employers’ greed and win.

A False Choice

These union leaders are caught in a false choice between supporting job creation or promoting environmental health. However, this is just not the case. A report by Blue Green Canada, an alliance of labor, environmental and civil rights group, found that “if the $1.3 billion in government subsidies now given to the oil and gas sector were instead invested in renewable energy and energy efficiency, Canada would create more jobs: 18,000 more.”

The same is true in the U.S. Energy efficiency retrofitting of buildings and the development of renewable energy are “shovel ready jobs” that, if pursued on the necessary scale, could provide full employment.

The main obstacle standing in the way of such a program is the argument that it cannot be done by the private sector because there’s not enough profit in it. A publicly funded program would be required, like a modern day Work Projects Administration (WPA) of the 1930s New Deal era, only on a grander scale with the aim of reversing climate change as well as providing jobs.

Yet no politician would touch this plan out of fear of big business’s opposition to being taxed to pay for it. And therefore it will take the power of an independent social movement which unites Labor, environmentalists and working people in general to make them do it.

One way of funding such an ambitious but necessary program would be with a carbon tax. This could act as a fee on the production, distribution and industrial use of fossil fuels based on how much carbon their combustion emits. It should be aimed exclusively at big business. If this is combined with scientifically based regulation and community oversight, as well as the subsidizing of green energy alternatives, it could go a long way towards transforming our current energy systems into a more sustainable model.

If the social muscle can be built up to compel the passage of such legislation, it will still not be enough to guarantee compliance because you cannot control what you don’t own. Attempts to circumvent and sabotage such restrictions to their profit-making can be expected by Big Energy and their owners’ partners in the 1%.

As their efforts continue to result in the endangerment of the climate, it will then become necessary for the social movement to further organize itself and force these corporations to be operated as publicly owned utilities. Only in this way could they be transformed to run according to social and environmental need rather than the 1%’s profit.

February 17 may be remembered as a significant point in the evolution of such a powerful force. If President Obama rejects the XL Pipeline, that would be a significant victory for those who have hit the streets in the interests of humanity. Regardless of the potential outcome, those organizing around the issue of climate change can only rely on their own collective efforts in building the largest movement possible independent of corporate-funded politicians.

At best, the two main political parties in the U.S. can only deliver too little too late because of their dependence on financial contributions from big business. Consequently, the “Forward on Climate” movement needs to build its power broadly by connecting and highlighting the dual issues: stopping climate change and providing full employment with a Green New Deal.

Confirmation Hearing Of Treasury Secretary Nominee Jack Lew – Webcast

0

Per C-Span: “The Senate Finance Committee will hold a confirmation hearing Wednesday for Treasury Secretary nominee Jacob “Jack” Lew. If approved, he will replace Timothy Geithner. Among the topics he will address include the state of the economy, strategies for reducing the budget deficits, economic ties with China along with questions about global currency war. Sen. Orrin Hatch (R-UT), Ranking Member of the Senate Finance Committee, said in a statement that the “We need a better understanding of his role at Citigroup, what his knowledge is of financial markets, whether he supports reforming our tax code, whether he believes in a robust trade policy and what kind of plan the Obama Administration has to confront our skyrocketing debt and our broken entitlement programs. As we move forward, I’m hopeful that Mr. Lew will answer some remaining questions that I have.” According to AP, “After Wednesday’s hearing, committee members will have two days to send questions to Lew to answer before they vote. The full Senate could vote on the nomination late this month.”

Live webcast below:

The Lew full testimony can be found here, and the word cloud of the most popular words is below. He obviously, “wants” much.

Your rating: None

In Case The Mainstream Media Didn’t Get The Memo, I Crush The Apple Reality Distortion Field On CNBC

0

Yesterday I appeared on CNBC Street Signs, and dropped the truth about America’s favorite over hyped company. Check it out…

One viewpoint that is prevalent is the ideology that Apple’s problems are temporary and can be fixed with a smattering of pixie dust and fairy farts within the crumbling Apple RDF (reality distortion field). The pundit in the segment above stated that their are no signs of margin compression in the iPhone franchise because ASPs are level. Wait a minute dude! ASPs may be level but costs are increasing. Steady sales plus increasing costs mean lower margins right? I called this last year on TV. Reference…

 

The short call – October 2012, the month of Apple’s all-time high and my call to subscribers to short the stock:  Deconstructing The Most Accurate Apple Analysis Ever Made – Share Price, Market Share, Strategy and All

This crux of that article was to debunk the widely assumed notion that I was bearish on Apple’s share price for 2 years. The reality of the matter was that the paid research and opinion clearly supported much of Apple’s share price until right about the last earnings report and release of the iPhone 5, until I notably went bearish and Apple promptly lost 35%, or about 4 Dells with a LinkedIn thrown in to boot…

apple stock and front month options apple stock and front month optionsapple stock and front month options

Notice how this chart shows subscription research would have provided ample profits LONG and short, with the long presumed to be unleverred as a straight stock purchase. This is to put to bed any naysayers. Now, as to whether my many proclamations over the last two years regarding Apple were able to hold water, we let the facts speak on the reasoning behind the call and the accuracy of my call in the deterioration of Apple’s margins, market share and status.

Now, if you recall, there were many sell side analysts calling for Apple to break $1,000 per share just a few months ago. On Friday, 25 January 2013 I penned “What Sell Side Wall Street Doesn’t Understand About Apple – It’s Not The Leader Of The Post PC World!!!“, and is excerpted as follows:

I was going to name this piece “Why Sell Side Wall Street and the Mainstream Media Can’t Touch Me”, but I decided to go the humble route :-) Do you guys remember those highly paid Wall Street analysts and popular MSM guys who had $1,000+ price targets on Apple just a few months ago? Let’s reminisce, shall we…

Let’s contrast this to what I have espoused over a similar time frame…

  1.  – This pretty much says it all, right Mr. Munster of Piper Jaffrey??? Yeah, I called you out on this one! Here is an excerpt for good measure, but before you read it remember that Apple’s thrashing at the exchange has forced it to renounce its earnigns manipulating ways – just as I anticipated!!!

Well, let’s see what’s in today’s news… Oh yeah!!! Apple cuts MacBook Pro Retina and Air prices, boosts specs 

Apple has slashed the price of its MacBook Pro with Retina display notebooks, throwing in some updated specifications along the way.

Hey, wait a minute! Didn’t I say that in the CNBC segment yesterday, and all through last year? Subscribers can access my full Apple report and valuation here Apple 4Q2012 update professional & institutional and Apple 4Q2012 update – retail). Those of you who don’t subscribe can review the dated, redacted version below…

Apple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 01 Apple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 01Apple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 02 Apple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 02Apple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 03 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 03 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 04 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 04 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 05Apple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 05Apple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 07 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 07 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 08 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 08 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 09 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 09 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 10 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 10 copyApple -Competition and Cost Structure - unlocked Page 11Apple -Competition and Cost Structure – unlocked Page 11
If after reading the articles and viewing the videos above and you believe that I’m the best thing since Wall Street brokerages were private partnerships that couldn’t squander other peoples capital at insanely levered levels while misleading muppets with inanely bullshit analysis and sales pitches to 89% losses on their recommendations (reference Multiple Muppet Mashing Leaves Groupon Shareholders Holding The Bag After 89% Off IPO Coupon) just to get paid multi-million dollar bonuses instead of jail time, then feel free to subscribe here.

Your rating: None Average: 2.7 (3 votes)

Faulty Weld on Keystone XL Compromise Lives of East Texas Community

0

WINONA, TX – February 13 – On the morning of December 3rd, faulty welds inside of a mile-long segment of KXL pipe were discovered during a Tar Sands Blockade action. The blockaders were shocked to find light shining through a weld precisely where they were resting after barricading themselves inside. The property through which the pipeline was being constructed belonged to a multi-generational Africa-American family, some of whom had had their land seized through the process of eminent domain, while others were paid as little as $200.

Tina Osby, a 63-year-old lifelong resident of Winona, and her mother, Annie Bircher, 85, have stated that they were never informed of the carcinogenic nature of the substances which will soon be flowing through and onto their land if regulators do not ensure the pipe is fixed and reinspected. Upon learning of the shoddy welding work done by TransCanada, their family is demanding accountability and stringent regulation to avoid a catastrophic spill, akin to the Kalamazoo River spill in 2010.

Annie recounted, “I didn’t think much about it at first, and it wasn’t until after construction started that I began to wonder.”

Photos of the faulty welds were first exposed on January 31st this year when Tar Sands Blockade Spokesperson Ramsey Sprague interrupted the annual Pipetech Americas Summit in Houston, TX, calling into question TransCanada’s commitment to safety and regulation during their speech on pipeline safety.

Whistleblower accounts to Federal officials in Canada and the United States from former TransCanada welding engineers and pipeline weld inspectors Evan Vokes and Michael Klink also describe systemic negligence and malfeasance in the corporation’s internal inspection and auditing process. Couple with the latest news that pipeline inspection technology programmers have been raising serious concerns about the efficacy of Pipeline Inspection Gauges, an industry-standard tool for locating life-threatening shoddy welds and pipe irregularities, there are many now speaking up about the dangers posed by the toxic tar sands pipeline being constructed in Texas and Oklahoma.

“Clearly, the dramatic and life-threatening weld discovered in Winona should be immediately investigated by PHMSA and the recurring themes of TransCanada’s systemic negligence of human health and environmental safety are considered within the broader scope of the Keystone XL Northern Segment’s consideration by the US State Department, but the entire discovery only confirms the deepest, most cynical fears of affected residents near the KXL route,” stated Ramsey Sprague, a Tar Sands Blockade spokesperson. “Construction of all tar sands pipelines should halt immediately until the clear inability for the petrochemical industry to construct, install, monitor, and maintain safe pipelines is remedied adequately in accordance with the common-sense sentiment that pipelines moving hazardous, toxic materials should not leak into peoples’ homes. Period.”

For much more information see: http://www.tarsandsblockade. org/shoddy-weld-on-kxl/
For hi-res images of the weld: http://flickr.com/photos/ tarsandsblockade/8433082468/
& http://flickr.com/photos/ tarsandsblockade/8432000589/

‘I Like My Curries Pretty Hot’: David Cameron Heads For India

0

David Cameron will head for India next week, Downing Street has announced.

The Prime Minister will lead a delegation of British business leaders as part of his bid to make the UK and India “one of the great partnerships of the 21st century.”

In interviews with Asian media ahead of the visit, Cameron said he was a fan of cricketing legend Sachin Tendulkar and revealed he likes his curries “pretty hot, actually, sort of medium-hot”.


Tim Shipman (Mail)

Cameron tells Zee TV ahead of his trip to India he likes his curries ‘pretty hot actually’. I suspect he will regret saying that…

Cameron wants to double the UK’s trade with the emerging economic giant by 2015.

He also sent out a message to young Indians that they should not be deterred from applying to study in the UK by the coalition’s immigration clampdown.

cameron india

David Cameron plays cricket in Delhi during his last trip to India

Admitting that the Government “haven’t perhaps communicated this properly” to would-be students, he stressed there was “no limit” on the numbers of Indians studying at British universities or staying on in graduate-level jobs.

He told Zee TV how he had spent “fantastic holidays” in Kerala and treasured a signed cricket bat given to him by Sachin Tendulkar.

The visit will take in capital New Delhi and commercial centre Mumbai.

Cameron acknowledged that the Conservative Party has “still got work to do” to attract voters of Indian heritage in the UK.

He insisted that his party’s values of “belief in family, belief in entrepreneurship, belief in the importance of neighbourhood and community” were similar to those of many members of the Indian community in Britain, but admitted that “in the past we weren’t open enough”.

He said he was “proud” that there were now Sikh and Hindu Tories in Parliament and wanted to do more to recognise the contribution of the Indian community to society.

And he steered carefully clear of appearing to interfere in the vexed issue of rival Indian and Pakistani claims to the territory of Kashmir.

Pakistan eyeing UK arms in Afghanistan

0

The Pakistani government has called on Britain to give it military equipment in Afghanistan, which the country would leave behind after the withdrawal of its troops before the end of 2014.

The issue was discussed during talks between Prime Minister David Cameron and his Pakistani counterpart Raja Perviz Ashraf at a Number 10 meeting on Tuesday, according to media reports.

The reports had it that Ashraf has apparently asked for military hardware such as night goggles, tanks and armoured vehicles to use them in dealing with the Taliban insurgents after the withdrawal of foreign troops from the war-torn country.

Britain has recently announced a deal with Uzbekistan to sell its weapons in exchange for safe passage for thousands of vehicles and containers as British troops prepare to leave Afghanistan by the end of 2014.

Pakistan, however, has questioned the deal and stated that the costs and logistics through this country could be much cheaper than those through Uzbekistan, noting that Britain has chosen a highly expensive route.

This is while that some equipment will be transported back to Britain through Pakistan, which according to reports is not of much significance as far as military issues are concerned.

MOS/MOL/HE

NOW Salutes Senate Vote on Violence Against Women Act Calls on House to Follow Lead and Pass Inclusive VAWA Statement of NOW President Terry O’Neill

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – The National Organization for Women lauds Tuesday’s Senate vote to pass an inclusive and long-overdue reauthorization of the Violence Against Women Act (VAWA). Despite efforts by a handful of misguided Republicans to undermine the bill’s important provisions, the Senate reauthorized the act with a bipartisan vote of 78-22, sending it to the House for immediate action.

Like the version passed by the Senate in the last Congress, S. 47 extends its protections and improved access to services to students, those in need of housing, immigrant women, LGBT individuals and Native American women living on tribal lands. These underserved victims experience sexual assault, domestic and dating violence and stalking at similar if not higher rates than other survivors, and they often struggle to obtain services, legal protections and basic justice.

VAWA faces tougher opposition in the House, where a radical fringe still controls the Republican leadership. All indications are that majority leader Eric Cantor (R-Va.) and others will continue their shameful efforts to delay passage of the bill, or will try to push through a measure that would leave Native American and immigrant women, LGBT victims and others at risk. These lawmakers need to stop ignoring the daily shootings, burnings, druggings, beatings, rapes and assaults, and recognize the need for improving VAWA to help law enforcement, community service providers and public officials do their jobs.

We call on the House to take up and pass Rep. Gwen Moore’s (D-Wis.) bill (H.R. 11), which mirrors the bipartisan Senate bill and already has nearly 200 sponsors, including 17 Republicans.

The time for delay is over. Let’s recognize that all women matter, and pass the inclusive version of VAWA now.

Thoughts on the Great Rotation

0

Reports indicating that Americans have invested more in equity funds here in 2013 than they did all last year have given rise to talk of the “Great Rotation”. The idea is that Americans are selling fixed income investments bought during the financial crisis and now buying shares. 

We are less sanguine. There is a third asset class that needs to be integrated into the analysis: cash. After surveying the data and various reports, it looks to us that the flows into equities is not coming out of fixed income but rather money market funds and deposits. 

At the end of last year, perhaps spooked by the pending fiscal cliff and policy paralysis, many investors boosted cash (money market and deposits) holdings. One estimate had cash holdings rising by about $350 bln in the Nov-Dec period and about $165 bln has flowed since the start of the year. 

Through last week, equity funds (counting ETFs) saw an inflow of around $70 bln (compared with $23 bln in all of 2012). The $30 bln inflows being reported by bond funds is a major argument against the “Great Rotation”, though this is a bit off the pace seen last year ($40 bln inflows during the same period). 

Drilling down a bit deeper may offer greater insight into what investor are doing. Of the $70 bln that went into equity funds (and ETFs), about 40% went international/global funds, which is more than half they took in all last year. Among bonds, about 40% also went to emerging markets, which is roughly tracking last year’s record pace.

Lipper reported that in the week ending Feb 6, equity funds (mutual funds and ETFs) saw $6.1 bln in new inflows. It was the seventh consecutive week of inflows. Of this sum, $2 bln as in ETFs. However, Lipper notes that the SPDR S&P 500 ETF fell from top position the previous week to last on the back of $3 bln of redemptions. The iShares Russell 2000 index was on top with $700 mln inflow, followed by ishares Dow Jones Real Estate ETF, which took in $600 mln. 

Traditional open-ended equity mutual funds saw inflows of $4.1 bln. According to Lipper data, the 5-week inflow of almost $25 bln is the largest inflow for such a period since the beginning of Q2 2000. Domestic funds, led by large cap, drew $1.1 bln. Global and international funds reported inflows of $3.1 bln. Emerging market funds saw $1.8 bln inflows. Lipper notes this was the fifth consecutive week that emerging market funds drew more than $1 bln.

Many Asian bourses have reported strong inflows (greater than last year) thus far this year. In terms of the biggest gain from the year ago period, investors have bought almost $1.1 bln of Indonesian shares, which represents. In terms of dollar amount, Japan of course is the largest bourse and in play, given the yen’s weakness. Foreigners have bought about $14.1 bln of Japanese shares this year, which is 135% above the year ago pace. India is also a large beneficiary of foreign purchases. The $7.6 bln that has flows in represents a 725 increase from a year ago. 

On the other side, South Korea is a significant exception. Foreign investors have sold about $1.5 bln of Korean equities. The appreciation of the won against the yen appears to have contributed to the profit-taking. Taiwan and Thailand have seen inflows ($1.6 bln and $22 mln respectively), but are well off last year’s pace.

That said, we note that the Korea’s Kospi appears to have bottomed at the second half of last week. The 2.5% bounce has brought it to a trend line drawn off the Jan 3 and Jan 23 highs.   The next target is near 1985 (closed near 1976 today). Longer-term, a recovery could see 2040-2050.  The technical condition looks favorable as the RSI has turned higher and the MACDs are crossing.

Your rating: None

ACLU Responds to Executive Order on Cybersecurity; Opposes CISPA

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – President Obama tonight signed an executive order to protect U.S. critical infrastructure from cyberattacks by improving cybersecurity information sharing between the government and owners and operators of the nation’s critical infrastructure. Unlike legislation that will be introduced into the House tomorrow, the president’s executive order seeks to protect Americans’ digital privacy when information-sharing occurs, according to the ACLU.

“The president’s executive order rightly focuses on cybersecurity solutions that don’t negatively impact civil liberties. For example, greasing the wheels of information sharing from the government to the private sector is a privacy-neutral way to distribute critical cyber information,” ACLU Legislative Counsel Michelle Richardson said. “More encouragingly, the adoption of Fair Information Practice Principles for internal information sharing demonstrates a commitment to tried-and-true privacy practices — like consent, transparency, minimization and use limitations. If new information sharing authorities are granted–especially the overbroad ones being pondered by the House–these principles will be more important than ever. We look forward to working with the administration to make sure that the devil isn’t in the details when privacy regulations are drafted.”

In Congress, House Intelligence Committee Chairman Mike Rogers (R-MI) and Ranking Member Dutch Ruppersberger (D-MD) will reportedly reintroduce the Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act (CISPA) tomorrow, which passed the House last Congress but failed to gain traction in the Senate.

“The ACLU still opposes CISPA, which once again allows companies to share sensitive and personal American internet data with the government, including the National Security Agency and other military agencies,” Richardson said. “CISPA does not require companies to make reasonable efforts to protect their customers’ privacy and then allows the government to use that data for undefined ‘national-security’ purposes and without any minimization procedures, which have been in effect in other security statutes for decades.”

The ACLU continues to support the strong privacy protections in the Senate’s cybersecurity bill from the last Congress, which is expected to be reintroduced sometime soon.

“The Senate bill and the executive order make significant progress in the privacy arena and it is discouraging that the House persists in taking the low road,” Richardson added.

‘Burn it Down’ – Dorner’s hideout deliberately torched by LAPD as dramatic manhunt ends

0

A highway patrol officer checks with colleagues at a roadblockon on Highway 38 near Angeles Oaks during a standoff with fugitive ex-cop Christopher Dorner, near San Bernardino, California on February 12, 2013 (AFP Photo / Joe Klamar)

A highway patrol officer checks with colleagues at a roadblockon on Highway 38 near Angeles Oaks during a standoff with fugitive ex-cop Christopher Dorner, near San Bernardino, California on February 12, 2013 (AFP Photo / Joe Klamar)

US Police were heard on Los Angeles TV and over LAPD audio yelling to burn down fugitive ex-cop Chris Dorner’s cabin, revealing a deliberate, considered plan to torch the building in which Dorner was believed to be hiding.

­Local news channel Kcal9 has played a recording in which police were heard to yell “burn this mother*****r down,” and another shouting, “f*****g burn this mother*****r,” as Dorner was barricaded inside his hideout.

The news followed an LAPD audio recording in which a police officer is heard to say, “Alright, we’re gonna go ahead with the plan with the burners,” and continued, saying, “like we talked about,” as his colleague confirmed he is in agreement.  

Dorner had barricaded himself in the cabin in the San Bernardino Mountains near Big Bear, Los Angeles. The drawn-out and dramatic manhunt culminated with a siege and shootout.

His hideout cabin was apparently set alight after attempts to force him out using smoke bombs and teargas failed. The message “surrender or come out,” had been blasted into the building by law enforcement officials, and the media was ordered to shut off their live feeds during the stand-off.

Hundreds watched the building go up in flames. It was unknown what had caused the fire. Nobody had been seen attempting to escape, and a charred body was later recovered from the wreckage, leading to the widespread belief that Dorner had been burned alive. However, no one has been formally identified — it may take days for the authorities to officially confirm that it was Dorner.

Dorner had been on the run since Tuesday, suspected of murdering three people in a dramatic shootout. He had been formally charged with the murder of a police officer. A car chase ensued, and he was momentarily the most wanted man in America. Police offered a $1 million dollar reward in the case after his burned-out truck was found on February 7 on a forested road near Big Bear Lake.  

Dormer, a former police officer, had been untraceable since he first escaped, and was rumored to be exacting revenge for being fired from his job. He was first named a suspect in the February 3 shooting of the daughter of his police union representative and her fiancé on February. A manifesto attributed to him also appeared online.

The six-day manhunt — which included road blocks, bullets and helicopters covering the mountain town — came to a close on Tuesday night.

Putin calls for transparency on Russian oil reserves data

0

RIA Novosti / Vladimir Vyatkin

RIA Novosti / Vladimir Vyatkin

Russian President Vladimir Putin has ordered the details of the country’s oil reserves declassified.

“I think we should consider lifting the security label from the reserves balance data,” Putin said at a meeting of the Commission for development of fuel and energy complex on Wednesday.

­Reserves balance is a government document, which has data on volumes, quality, extent of research and production development of deposits, which is kept by the Russian Geological Fund and is based on data from mineral developers.

The secrecy is an “obvious anachronism”, as foreign companies are operating in the national fuel and energy industry, and Russian companies go through an international audit, Putin said.

“We do not classify anything here, we do not hide, and it is not possible, it only does damage,” Putin elaborated.

The President believes Russia needs new classification system of its oil and gas resources, which would be close to international standards. Foreign investors are interested in Russian deposits, but differences in the systems of evaluation will vary the country’s resource potential.

“This directly affects investment attractiveness of Russian companies,” Putin said. The country’s natural resources should have a justified, understandable and objective price, he added.

Russia has the most gas reserves in the world, followed by Venezuela and the Persian Gulf states by oil reserves. The country is the second biggest oil extractor after Saudi Arabia and second biggest gas extractor after the United States.

Russia’s oil reserves grew by 681 million tons and natural gas reserves were up 816 billion cubic meters in 2012, Russia’s Natural Resources Minister Sergey Donskoy said in January. In the period between 2005 and 2011, the total oil and condensate produced was 3.2 billion tons, while reserves grew by 4.7 billion; total gas production was 4.2 trillion cubic meters with reserves growing by 5.4 trillion cubic meters.

Guest Post: Europe Is Not “Fixed”: Two Charts

0

Submitted by Charles Hugh-Smith of OfTwoMinds blog,

The Eurozone is not a debt crisis that is “fixed,” it is a debt crisis waiting to implode.

The happy-talk that the Eurozone debt crisis has been resolved is ubiquitous. But when did ubiquitous happy-talk make it correct? Since the crisis is about debt–too much of it, and too much of it cannot and will not be paid back–then perhaps it would be prudent to look at two charts of eurozone credit, courtesy of the insightful chart-based website Market Daily Briefing.

Here is total Eurozone credit since the inception of the euro. This is roughly equivalent to TCMDO (Total Credit Market Debt Owed) in the U.S.

Notice that total credit owed has nearly tripled since the introduction of the euro in 1999, and that it continued to expand robustly after a brief pause in the global financial crisis of late 2008-early 2009. Recently, its expansion has flattened, but there is essentially no evidence that credit has declined, i.e. deleveraging.

Next up: Eurozone credit growth. Recall that debt-based, consumption-based economies like Europe, the U.S., China, Japan, et al. cannot expand without credit growth. Thus any decline of credit growth spells deflation:

This is not a debt crisis that is “fixed,” this is a debt crisis waiting to implode. Total credit owed is still sky-high–only a trivial percentage of the debt has been written down or renounced.

Meanwhile, the credit growth needed to drive expanding consumption has literally fallen into the abyss.

This is the worst of all possible worlds in a debt-dependent economy: a massive overhang of impaired debt and a collapse in credit growth.

The only thing that’s been “fixed” is the mainstream media’s perception management propaganda. So is perception all there is to reality? The next six months should provide an answer.

Your rating: None Average: 5 (4 votes)

A Conspiracy of Stupidity

0

You could, of course, sit there, slack-jawed, thinking about how mindlessly repetitive American foreign and military policy is these days. Or you could wield all sorts of fancy analytic words to explain it. Or you could just settle for a few simple, all-American ones. Like dumb. Stupid. Dimwitted. Thick-headed. Or you could speak about the second administration in a row that wanted to leave no child behind, but was itself (Photo via Bing maps)incapable of learning, or reasonably assessing its situation in the world.

Or you could simply wonder what’s in Washington’s water supply. Last week, after all, there was a perfect drone storm of a story, only a year or so late – and no, it wasn’t that leaked “white paper” justifying the White House-directed assassination of an American citizen; and no, it wasn’t the two secret Justice Department “legal” memos on the same subject that members of the Senate Intelligence Committee were allowed to “view,” but in such secrecy that they couldn’t even ask John O. Brennan, the president’s counterterrorism tsar and choice for CIA director, questions about them at his public nomination hearings; and no, it wasn’t anything that Brennan, the man who oversaw the White House “kill list” and those presidentially chosen drone strikes, said at the hearings. And here’s the most striking thing: it should have set everyone’s teeth on edge, yet next to nobody even noticed.

Last Tuesday, the Washington Post published a piece by Greg Miller and Karen DeYoung about a reportorial discovery which that paper, along with other news outlets (including the New York Times), had by “an informal arrangement” agreed to suppress (and not even very well) at the request of the Obama administration. More than a year later, and only because the Times was breaking the story on the same day (buried in a long investigative piece on drone strikes), the Post finally put the news on record. It was half-buried in a piece about the then-upcoming Brennan hearings. Until that moment, its editors had done their patriotic duty, urged on by the CIA and the White House, and kept the news from the public. Never mind, that the project was so outright loony, given our history, that they should have felt the obligation to publish it instantly with screaming front-page headlines and a lead editorial demanding an explanation.

On the other hand, you can understand just why the Obama administration and the CIA preferred that the story not come out. Among other things, it had the possibility of making them look like so many horses’ asses and, again based on a historical record that any numbskull or government bureaucrat or intelligence analyst should recall, it couldn’t have been a more dangerous thing to do. It’s just the sort of Washington project that brings the word “blowback” instantly and chillingly to mind. It’s just the sort of story that should make Americans wonder why we pay billions of dollars to the CIA to think up ideas so lame that you have to wonder what the last two CIA directors, Leon Panetta and David Petraeus, were thinking. (Or if anyone was thinking at all.)

“Agitated Muslims” and the “100 Hour War”

In case you hadn’t noticed, I have yet to mention what that suppressed story was, and given the way it disappeared from sight, the odds are that you don’t know, so here goes. The somewhat less than riveting headline on the Post piece was: “Brennan Nomination Exposes Criticism on Targeted Killings and Secret Saudi Base.” The base story was obviously tacked on at the last second. (There had actually been no “criticism” of that base, since next to nothing was known about it.) It, too, was buried, making its first real appearance only in the 10th paragraph of the piece.

According to the Post, approximately two years ago, the CIA got permission from the Saudi government to build one of its growing empire of drone bases in a distant desert region of that kingdom. The purpose was to pursue an already ongoing air war in neighboring Yemen against al-Qaeda on the Arabian Peninsula.

The first drone mission from that base seems to have taken off on September 30, 2011, and killed American citizen and al-Qaeda supporter Anwar al-Awlaki. Many more lethal missions have evidently been flown from it since, most or all directed at Yemen in a campaign that notoriously seems to be creating more angry Yemenis and terror recruits than it’s killing. So that’s the story you waited an extra year to hear from our watchdog press (though for news jockeys, the existence of the base was indeed mentioned in the interim by numerous media outlets).

One more bit of information: Brennan, the president’s right-hand counterterrorism guy, who oversaw Obama’s drone assassination program from an office in the White House basement (you can’t take anything away from Washington when it comes to symbolism) and who is clearly going to be approved by the Senate as our the new CIA director, was himself a former CIA station chief in Riyadh. The Post reports that he worked closely with the Saudis to “gain approval” for the base. So spread the credit around for this one. And note as well that there hasn’t been a CIA director with such close ties to a president since William Casey ran the outfit for President Ronald Reagan, and he was the man who got this whole ball of wax rolling by supporting, funding, and arming any Islamic fundamentalist in sight – the more extreme the better – to fight the Soviets in Afghanistan in the 1980s.

Chalmers Johnson used to refer to the CIA as “the president’s private army.” Now, run by this president’s most trusted aide, it once again truly will be so.

Okay, maybe it’s time to put this secret drone base in a bit of historical context. (Think of this as my contribution to a leave-no-administration-behind policy.) In fact, that Afghan War Casey funded might be a good place to start. Keep in mind that I’m not talking about the present Afghan War, still ongoing after a mere 11-plus years, but our long forgotten First Afghan War. That was the one where we referred to those Muslim extremists we were arming as “freedom fighters” and our president spoke of them as “the moral equivalent of our Founding Fathers.”

It was launched to give the Soviets a bloody nose and meant as payback for our bitter defeat in Vietnam less than a decade earlier. And what a bloody nose it would be! Soviet General Secretary Mikhail Gorbachev would dub the Soviet disaster there “the bleeding wound,” and two years after it ended, the Soviet Union would be gone. I’m talking about the war that, years later, President Jimmy Carter’s former national security advisor Zbigniew Brzezinski summed up this way: “What is more important in world history? The Taliban or the collapse of the Soviet empire? Some agitated Muslims or the liberation of Central Europe and the end of the Cold War?”

That’s all ancient history and painful to recall now that “agitated Muslims” are a dime a dozen and we are (as Washington loves to say) in a perpetual global “war” with a “metastasizing” al-Qaeda, an organization that emerged from among our allies in the First Afghan War, as did so many of the extremists now fighting us in Afghanistan.

So how about moving on to a shining moment a decade later: our triumph in the “100 Hour War” in which Washington ignominiously ejected its former ally (and later Hitler-substitute) Saddam Hussein and his invading Iraqi army from oil-rich Kuwait? Those first 100 hours were, in every sense, a blast. The problems only began to multiply with all the 100-hour periods that followed for the next decade, the 80,000th, all of which were ever less fun, what with eternal no-fly zones to patrol and an Iraqi dictator who wouldn’t leave the scene.

The Worldwide Attack Matrix and a Global War on Terror

Maybe, like Washington, we do best to skip that episode, too. Let’s focus instead on the moment when, in preparation for that war, U.S. troops first landed in Saudi Arabia, that fabulously fundamentalist giant oil reserve; when those 100 hours were over (and Saddam wasn’t), they never left. Instead, they moved into bases and hunkered down for the long haul.

By now, I’m sure some of this is coming back to you: how disturbed, for instance, the rich young Saudi royal and Afghan war veteran Osama bin Laden and his young organization al-Qaeda were on seeing those “infidels” based in (or, as they saw it, occupying) the country that held Islam’s holiest shrines and pilgrimage sites. I’m sure you can trace al-Qaeda’s brief grim history from there: its major operations every couple of years against U.S. targets to back up its demand that those troops depart the kingdom, including the Khobar Towers attack in Saudi Arabia that killed 19 U.S. airmen in 1996, the destruction of two U.S. embassies in Africa in 1998, and the blowing up of the USS Cole in the Yemeni port of Aden in 2000. Finally, of course, there was al-Qaeda’s extraordinary stroke of dumb luck (and good planning), those attacks of September 11, 2001, which managed – to the reported shock of at least one al-Qaeda figure – to create an apocalyptic-looking landscape of destruction in downtown New York City.

And here’s where we go from dumb luck to just plain dumb. Lusting for revenge, dreaming of a Middle Eastern (or even global) Pax Americana, and eager to loose a military that they believed could eternally dominate any situation, the Bush administration declared a “global war” on terrorism. Only six days after the World Trade Center towers went down, George W. Bush granted the CIA an unprecedented license to wage planet-wide war. By then, it had already presented a plan with a title worthy of a sci-fi film: the “Worldwide Attack Matrix.” According to journalist Ron Suskind in his book The One Percent Doctrine, the plan “detailed operations [to come] against terrorists in 80 countries.”

This was, of course, a kind of madness. After all, al-Qaeda wasn’t a state or even much of an organization; in real terms, it barely existed. So declaring “war” on its scattered minions globally was little short of a bizarre and fantastical act. And yet any other approach to what had happened was promptly laughed out of the American room. And before you could blink, the U.S. was invading… nuts, you already knew the answer: Afghanistan.

After another dazzlingly brief and triumphant campaign, using tiny numbers of American military personnel and CIA operatives (as well as U.S. air power), the first of Washington’s you-can’t-go-home-again crew marched into downtown Kabul and began hunkering down, building bases, and preparing to stay. One Afghan war, it turned out, hadn’t been faintly enough for Washington. And soon, it would be clear that one Iraq war wasn’t either. By now, we were in the express lane in the Möbius loop of history.

“Stuff Happens”

This should be getting more familiar to you. It might also strike you – though it certainly didn’t Washington back in 2002-2003 – that there was no reason things should turn out better the second time around. With that new “secret Saudi base” in mind, remember that somewhere in the urge to invade Iraq was the desire to find a place in the heart of the planet’s oil lands where the Pentagon would be welcome to create not “enduring camps” (please don’t call them “permanent bases”!) – and hang in for enduring decades to come.

So in early April 2003, invading American troops entered a chaotic Baghdad, a city being looted. (“Stuff happens,” commented Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld in response.) On April 29th, Rumsfeld held a news conference with Prince Sultan bin Abdul Aziz, broadcast on Saudi TV, announcing that the U.S. would pull all its combat troops out of that country. No more garrisons in Saudi Arabia. Ever. U.S. air operations were to move to al-Udeid Air Base in Qatar. As for the rest, there was no need even to mention Iraq. This was just two days before President Bush landed a jet, Top Gun-style, on an aircraft carrier off San Diego and – under a White House-produced banner reading “Mission Accomplished” – declared “the end of major combat operations in Iraq.” And all’s well that ends well, no?

You know the rest, the various predictable disasters that followed (as well as the predictably unpredictable ones). But don’t think that, as America’s leaders repeat their mistakes endlessly – using varying tactics, ranging from surges to counterinsurgency to special operations raids to drones, all to similar purposes – everything remains repetitively the same. Not at all. The repeated invasions, occupations, interventions, drone wars, and the like have played a major role in the unraveling of the Greater Middle East and increasingly of northern Africa as well.

Here, in fact, is a rule of thumb for you: keep your eye on the latest drone bases the CIA and the U.S. military are setting up abroad – in Niger, near its border with Mali, for example – and you have a reasonable set of markers for tracing the further destabilization of the planet. Each eerily familiar tactical course change (always treated as a brilliant strategic coup) each next application of force, and more things “metastasize.”

And so we reach this moment and the news of that two-year-old secret Saudi drone base. You might ask yourself, given the previous history of U.S. bases in that country, why the CIA or any administration would entertain the idea of opening a new U.S. outpost there. Evidently, it’s the equivalent of catnip for cats; they just couldn’t help themselves.

We don’t, of course, know whether they blanked out on recent history or simply dismissed it out of hand, but we do know that once again garrisoning Saudi Arabia seemed too alluring to resist. Without a Saudi base, how could they conveniently strike al-Qaeda wannabes in a neighboring land they were already attacking from the air? And if they weren’t to concentrate every last bit of drone power on taking out al-Qaeda types (and civilians) in Yemen, one of the more resource-poor and poverty-stricken places on the planet? Why, the next thing you know, al-Qaeda might indeed be ruling a Middle Eastern Caliphate. And after that, who knows? The world?

Honestly, could there have been a stupider gamble to take (again)? This is the sort of thing that helps you understand why conspiracy theories get started – because people in the everyday world just can’t accept that, in Washington, dumb and then dumber is the order of the day.

When it comes to that “secret” Saudi base, if truth be told, it does look like a conspiracy – of stupidity. After all, the CIA pushed for and built that base; the White House clearly accepted it as a fine idea. An informal network of key media sources agreed that it really wasn’t worth the bother to tell the American people just how stupidly their government was acting. (The managing editor of the New York Times explained its suppression by labeling the story nothing more than “a footnote.”) And last week, at the public part of the Brennan nomination hearings, none of the members of the Senate Intelligence Committee, which is supposed to provide the CIA and the rest of the U.S. Intelligence Community with what little oversight they get, thought it appropriate to ask a single question about the Saudi base, then in the news.

The story was once again buried. Silence reigned. If, in the future, blowback does occur, thanks to the decision to build and use that base, Americans won’t make the connection. How could they?

It all sounds so familiar to me. Doesn’t it to you? Shouldn’t it to Washington?

© 2013 Tom Engelhardt

Rubin’s Yann M’Vila at center of another prostitution scandal in France

0

Yann M'Vila (Reuters / Yves Herman)

Yann M’Vila (Reuters / Yves Herman)

Rubin Kazan’s most recent signing Yann M’Vila could be sent behind the bars in France for an alleged connection with a 15-year prostitute.

One of the most talented players of his age M’Vila surprisingly moved from Rennes to Rubin Kazan for €12 million instead of the English Premier League this winter. The player was expelled from the French national team for reportedly organizing a night out while on duty with the French under-21 squad. He had also become the victim of a robbery by two prostitutes in 2011. He was motivated to move to Russia to escape the attention he had received at home. Now he has found himself at the center of another scandal.

France’s Le Monde paper reports that in November 2012 police detained a girl, who had been suspected of shoplifting. Further investigation found that the girl was 15 at the time of arrest and involved in prostitution. More importantly ‘explicit’ photos and text messages, discovered in her mobile phone, fed suspicions that some top football players, including M’Vila, could be connected to her.

According to French law, if it is proved that M’Vila did have sexual relations with the girl and that he knew how old she was, he could face up to three years in prison.

The case is similar to one involving Franck Ribery and Karim Benzema last year, and is another scar on the French national team.

Meanwhile, there is more bad news for M’Vila. The 21 year old may not make his Rubin Kazan debut in Thursday’s Europa League clash with Atletico Madrid due to a knee problem.

Greek Factory Under Workers Control

0

The workers of Vio.Me., a building materials factory in Thessaloniki, Greece, which was abandoned by its bankrupt owners, have been unpaid since May of 2011. This week, after a series of general assemblies the workers convened, they’ve started occupying the factory and operating it under direct democratic workers’ control. The culmination of a year-long struggle that has attracted attention and solidarity in Greece and worldwide, the occupiers are trying to kick-start production and prove themselves a viable new model.

Workers at Vio.Me factory in GreeceAs part of a letter being circulated by the Thessaloniki Solidarity Initiative explains:

This experience of worker’s occupation to workers recovery and control is not new–either historically or currently. Since 2001 there are close to 300 workplaces that are run democratically by workers in Argentina, ranging from health clinics and newspapers and schools, to metal factories, print shops and a hotel. The experience there has shown that workers together cannot only run their own workplace, but can do it better. The example of Argentina has spread throughout the Americas, and now to Europe and the United States. In Chicago, workers of New World Windows have begun production under workers control after years of struggles with former owners and bosses. And now in Greece, workers are again showing that the way forward–out of unemployment–refusing the crisis–is workers control and directly democratic self-management.

This is a dangerous time for Greece. Worn down by years of austerity, the right, led by the neo-fascist Golden Dawn is making gains. But the left is also on the rise. Bold experimentation is called for and has, perhaps, a better chance of a fair test than at previous, more stable points in the Greek economy. The Thessaloniki workers have reached out for solidarity throughout Greece and received critical support. But, more help is needed.

Here’s what you can do:

– Spread the word. Share this information with friends, family and your Facebook and Twitter communities.

– Contribute money. Forging new anti-capitalist economic models is expensive. The costs of production are high and the first few months are critical. Whatever you can afford here will be devoted to a genuine effort to create a new way of doing things. Think of it as an investment in the future.

– Send solidarity statements to Thessaloniki’s Open Solidarity Initiative at protbiometal@gmail.com. The workers are encouraged by the warmth of solidarity coming from abroad.

© 2013 The Nation

The Hubris of the Drones

0

Protesters march against drone warfare during President Obama's inauguration, January 21, 2013.Protesters march against drone warfare during President Obama’s inauguration, January 21, 2013. (Photo: World Can’t Wait)Last week, The New York Times published a chilling account of how indiscriminate killing in war remains bad policy even today. This time, it’s done not by young GIs in the field but by anonymous puppeteers guiding drones that hover and attack by remote control against targets thousands of miles away, often killing the innocent and driving their enraged and grieving families and friends straight into the arms of the very terrorists we’re trying to eradicate.

The Times told of a Muslim cleric in Yemen named Salem Ahmed bin Ali Jaber, standing in a village mosque denouncing al Qaeda. It was a brave thing to do – a respected tribal figure, arguing against terrorism. But two days later, when he and a police officer cousin agreed to meet with three al Qaeda members to continue the argument, all five men – friend and foe – were incinerated by an American drone attack. The killings infuriated the village and prompted rumors of an upwelling of support in the town for al Qaeda, because, the Times reported, “such a move is seen as the only way to retaliate against the United States.”

Our blind faith in technology combined with a false sense of infallible righteousness continues unabated. Reuters correspondent David Rohde recently wrote:

“The Obama administration’s covert drone program is on the wrong side of history. With each strike, Washington presents itself as an opponent of the rule of law, not a supporter. Not surprisingly, a foreign power killing people with no public discussion, or review of who died and why, promotes anger among Pakistanis, Yemenis and many others.”

Rohde has firsthand knowledge of what a drone strike can do. He was kidnapped by the Taliban in 2008 and held for seven months. During his captivity, a drone struck nearby. “It was so close that shrapnel and mud showered down into the courtyard,” he told the BBC last year. “Just the force and size of the explosion amazed me. It comes with no warning and tremendous force… There’s sense that your sovereignty is being violated… It’s a serious military action. It is not this light precise pinprick that many Americans believe.”

“It’s a serious military action… not this light precise pinprick that many Americans believe.”

A special report from the Council on Foreign Relations last month, “Reforming U.S. Drone Strike Policies,” quotes “a former senior military official” saying, “Drone strikes are just a signal of arrogance that will boomerang against America.” The report notes that, “The current trajectory of U.S. drone strike policies is unsustainable… without any meaningful checks – imposed by domestic or international political pressure – or sustained oversight from other branches of government, U.S. drone strikes create a moral hazard because of the negligible risks from such strikes and the unprecedented disconnect between American officials and personnel and the actual effects on the ground.”

Negligible? Such hubris brought us to grief in Vietnam and Iraq and may do so again with President Obama’s cold-blooded use of drones and his indifference to so-called “collateral damage,” grossly referred to by some in the military as “bug splat,” and otherwise known as innocent bystanders.

Yet the ease with which drones are employed and the lower risk to our own forces makes the unmanned aircraft increasingly appealing to the military and the CIA. We’re using drones more and more; some 350 strikes since President Obama took office, seven times the number that were authorized by George W. Bush. And there’s a whole new generation of the weapons on the way – deadlier and with greater endurance.

According to the CFR report, “Of the estimated three thousand people killed by drones… the vast majority were neither al-Qaeda nor Taliban leaders. Instead, most were low-level, anonymous suspected militants who were predominantly engaged in insurgent or terrorist operations against their governments, rather than in active international terrorist plots.”

By the standards of slaughter in Vietnam, the deaths caused by drones are hardly a bleep on the consciousness of official Washington. But we have to wonder if each innocent killed – a young boy gathering wood at dawn, unsuspecting of his imminent annihilation; a student who picked up the wrong hitchhikers; that tribal elder arguing against fanatics – doesn’t give rise to second thoughts by those judges who prematurely handed our president the Nobel Prize for Peace. Better they had kept it on the shelf in hopeful waiting, untarnished.

‘She’s Not Superwoman’

0

Vicky Pryce was not “superwoman”, but a “real woman with real pressures” who was pressured into taking Chris Huhne’s speeding points, her lawyer has told a court.

Julian Knowles QC said Pryce was bullied by her “ruthlessly ambitious” ex-husband when she had a “second’s lapse” and signed a form agreeing to take his points in 2003.

Pryce, 60, denies perverting the court of justice, claiming she was coerced by Huhne, the former energy secretary who has resigned as an MP.

The day after she was accused by prosecutor Andrew Edis QC of telling “barefaced lies” to the jury during her trial at Southwark Crown Court, Knowles said she was a “woman of integrity” with the same emotions and frailties as anyone else, not “bloodless” and “emotionless”.

vicky pryce

Vicky Pryce denied perverting the course of justice

“She is not superwoman, they exist only in comic books, she was a real woman with real pressures,” he said.

“A job, five children, yes there was money around, sure, but money doesn’t solve everything.”

He said Huhne had bullied her, going on and on for her to take the points.

“Everyone has a breaking point, everyone runs out of gas, everyone makes mistakes, has moments of weakness, can be worn down.

“It doesn’t matter who you are, where you are from, what you do, how many languages you speak.

“Every single one of us, given the right combination of circumstances, feel they have no option but to do something they don’t want to do even though they know it’s not the right thing to do.

“To portray Vicky Pryce as some bloodless, emotionless, career woman who never put a foot wrong, who never did things that she didn’t want to do, is just so far wide of the mark that it ought to be dismissed out of hand.

“People are more complex, they have frailties, she does too.”

Mr Knowles told the court Pryce was not born with “silver spoons in her mouth”, and achieved everything she had “by the sweat of her brow”.

“No matter how people might look up to Ms Pryce for her achievements and for the financial benefits that she might or might not have achieved, she has had a hard and difficult life and has worked for everything that she has achieved.”

He said Huhne had been described as “ferociously intelligent” and “controversial” in Westminster and often regarded others, including Pryce, as inferior.

“People who regard others as their inferiors tend to expect their inferiors to do what they want them to do, and the fact that that was the dynamic in their marriage is of real and telling significance,” said Mr Knowles.

“How he treated her through the court of the marriage – intellectually intelligent he may have been, emotionally intelligent he certainly was not.

“Mr Huhne was a man who didn’t let anything stand in the way of his career.

“He wanted to do more in his career than just write dry business articles somewhere two-thirds in the middle of the paper that only those with certain interest wanted to read.

“Ruthlessly ambitious, Mr Huhne wanted power, he wanted to be an MP, he wanted to be not just an MP, he wanted to be a leading MP.”

Pryce was worn down by her then husband’s “badgering”, he said, telling jurors: “He had been on at her and on at her and on at her.

“Bullies, domineers, don’t just use their fists, they don’t have to.

“Clever people like Mr Huhne have other ways of controlling and domineering, and it was the other ways that he utilised.

“This combination of pressures forced her into a second’s lapse when she scribbled her name on the form that he had already completed for her.

“There is quite simply no way Vicky Pryce, a woman of integrity, would willingly have sent that form for the sake of convenience in the way that is being suggested to you.

“She was under lots of pressure from him and from every direction and in a situation frankly she should never have been in.

“He should not have filled that form in nominating her when he knew full well that he was the driver.”

He said when Pryce told Sunday Times political editor Isabel Oakeshott about the points-swapping, she had a “cocktail of emotions which swirled around and settled in different ways at different times” and later regretted.

Closing his speech, the barrister said to jurors: “Chris Huhne may once have been a politician, with people voting for him, but she needs your votes now – 12 of them – and these are 12 votes that I ask for on her behalf, because she is not guilty.”

Obama, Boehner and the American Theater

0

President Barack Obama receives applause as he delivers the State of the Union address in the House Chamber of the U.S. Capitol in Washington, Feb. 12, 2013. (Photo: Doug Mills / The New York Times) President Barack Obama receives applause as he delivers the State of the Union address in the House Chamber of the U.S. Capitol in Washington, Feb. 12, 2013. (Photo: Doug Mills / The New York Times)

Here’s the deal.

When you’re talking about a State of the Union speech, you are talking about theater. Anyone who does not know that, who gets themselves all geeked up over what a president says during these things, who thinks real action is afoot in the chamber, who thinks even one word spoken has any meaning beyond political showmanship, has entirely missed the point.

These grandiose television programs are, in truth, a relatively recent occurrence; it was in the era of Ronald Reagan that these speeches became the Very Big Deal they are today, because Reagan’s people knew that he could put on one hell of a show, and so they turned these yearly affairs into a great spectacle, because their guy could always be counted on to give a dominant performance…and every president since has been required to light up the room and the networks in similar fashion, with a performance that has everything to do with sounding good, and very little to do with actually getting anything done.

President Obama on Tuesday night delivered a fine example of the phenomenon, for what it was worth … but if you want to know how effective it was, if you want to know how much actual legislation will come of it, look no further than my notes on the event.

Three words appear in my notes after every line I jotted down as I watched last night, after the line on deficit reduction, on the American Jobs Act, on the president’s proposals about science and technology investment, on climate change, on infrastructure development, on immigration reform, on passing the Violence Against Women Act in the House, on the Paycheck Fairness Act, on raising the minimum wage, on education reform, on ending the war in Afghanistan next year, on helping veterans, on gun control, and even on a 102-year-old woman from North Miami who was celebrated for casting her vote after waiting hours to do so.

The same three words in my notes after every line: “Boehner didn’t stand.”

Translation: “Dead in the House.”

Translation: Dead in the water.

If that sad, sorry, orange-hued sack of failure couldn’t summon the simple decency to ask his legs to support his carcass for a 102-year-old voter being celebrated on a night when theater is all, what on this Earth makes anyone think he will allow legislation on women’s rights, education, infrastructure repair and the minimum wage to come to a vote in the House?

Boehner didn’t even stand for dead children last night. There is not much else to say on the matter.

I can appreciate President Obama’s strategy last night. The whole event was about shame: he reeled off a laundry list of very popular proposals, and let all of America look over his shoulder at the Oompaloompa who would not rise for any of it, because the Oompaloompa is a captive of the far right, and cannot be seen to show favor of any kind to the Kenyan Terrorist Muslim Socialist. Thus, the Oompaloompa was required to spend the entire speech looking like he’d sat on an open bag of weasels who have dreams of proctology and the tools to give it a go.

And all on national television.

That’s theater.

The president offered a number of very fine proposals last night, and did so in a manner that was rousing without being overbearing. The portion of his speech on gun control was moving indeed. He papered over a number of very dark corners – the legal justification for his drone program and the targeting of American citizens, for example, got a wink and a nod and a promise of more transparency to come, no, really, he promised, so it’s OK – and sanded down some rough edges, and delivered a performance worthy of the moment.

But, in the end, it is Washington DC’s big see-and-be-seen night; it is theater, and that is all. The president played his part enthusiastically, the Speaker played his part reluctantly, and the horserace press will spend the next couple of days writing about it all as if it really had an impact. That’s theater, too.

State Tax Systems Need to Become More Progressive, Not Less

0

State tax systems, according to a new report from the Institute for Taxation and Economic Policy, take a far larger share of income from their lowest income residents than they do from the wealthy, exacerbating income inequality within and between states, encouraging the wealthy to move to low tax states, and even worse, threatening the effectiveness of federal and state programs designed to ease the tax burden for the poorest families.

The report, called Who Pays: A Distributional Analysis of the Tax Systems in all 50 States, measures the state and local taxes paid by different income groups in 2013 (measured at 2010 income levels, and accounting for the impact of tax changes enacted through January 2, 2013). After combining all of the state and local income, property, sales and excise taxes state residents pay, researchers found that the average overall effective tax rates by income group nationwide are 11.1 percent for the bottom 20 percent, 9.4 percent for the middle 20 percent and 5.6 percent for the top 1 percent. 

Ten states that are particularly egregious offenders. In the “Terrible Ten” as the authors call Washington State, Florida, South Dakota, Illinois, Texas, Tennessee, Arizona, Pennsylvania, Indiana, and Alabama the bottom 20 percent pay up to six times as much of their income in taxes as their wealthy counterparts. 

Five of these “Terrible Ten” derive roughly half to two thirds of their tax revenue from sales and excise taxes, compared to a national average of roughly one third. Five also do not levy a broad-based personal income tax. The other five have a personal income tax rate that is flat or virtually flat, no matter what the income.

Some Republican governors in states that do have an income tax are pushing to get rid of that tax, which would pile an even greater burden on the poor — not to mention undermine funding for things like education, hospitals, and roads. It’s the poorest residents, says Matthew Gardner, the Executive Director of ITEP in a Citizen’s For Tax Justice article, who are forced to make up the difference when the low tax promises become law. Often, income taxes are reduced while sales taxes are increased, which of course overwhelming hurts the poor who are forced to pay more for food, gas, and other basic needs. Gardner calls this trend “the surest way to make an already upside down tax system even more so.” 

Sometimes credits and deductions like the Earned Income Tax Credit can help. The EITC improves progressivity in 24 states and the District of Columbia, though often the wealthy still have the advantage of low capital gains taxes, and more knowledge of their own eligibility for deductions, or at least access to professionals who can help them. 

In order to counter this increasingly inequal pattern, the report recommends that states adopt a progressive personal income tax, and to reduce their reliance on consumption and sales taxes, whose costs often reduce the impacts of credits like the EITC, since families end up spending much of the money they would have samed from lower taxes on food and gas. Without these changes, inequality between, as well as within states will only get worse. 

So to repeat: Yes, we need state income taxes and such taxes should be even more progressive than they are. The last thing we want for states to go in the opposite direction.

Eamonn Holmes’ on-air apology for Kate Middleton photo gaffe

0

The editor of an Australian magazine has defended her decision to print photographs of the Duchess of Cambridge in a bikini on a private Caribbean holiday, saying her readers will “love” the images.

Woman’s Day is the second publication to use the pictures of the pregnant royal, following Italian gossip magazine Chi.

The photos, which have been condemned by St James’s Palace, are said to show Kate strolling on a beach on the island of Mustique with William. They were reportedly taken from a boat using a long-lens camera, but Fiona Connolly, editor of Woman’s Day, claimed a member of the public snapped the Duchess.

Speaking to Australia’s Channel Nine network ahead of publishing the pictures in Monday’s edition of the magazine, Ms Connolly said: “This is not a hard decision about these photos. Kate’s on a public beach, there are other holiday-makers there and she looks fabulous.”

She made a distinction between the new pictures and those taken while Kate was topless on holiday in France last year as the latest ones were not taken at a private location.

“Look, I think the British are very sensitive about this,” Ms Connolly told Channel Nine. “As Australians, we see this every day. We see pregnant women in bikinis on the beach – and a public one at that – so we are a lot less sensitive here in Australia.”

A St James’s Palace spokesman said: “We are disappointed that photographs of the Duke and Duchess on a private holiday look likely to be published overseas. This is a clear breach of the couple’s right to privacy.” The spokesman would not comment on whether William had been informed about the issue or if they were considering legal action against the magazine.

But Ms Connolly said: “Our readers are going to love these photos. I don’t expect any backlash at all really. I think she’s looking fabulous and healthy and (with) a beautiful bump, like we haven’t seen her before.”

Chi, which produced a 26-page spread showing last year’s topless images, has published the Mustique pictures. On a website publicising the magazine – owned by former Italian prime minister Silvio Berlusconi – Kate, who is about four months pregnant, is pictured on the magazine’s front cover in a blue bikini striding knee-high through the sea above the headline “the belly grows”.

A second image shows the Duke, wearing shorts, with his left arm around his wife as they walk along a beach. It is believed that the royal couple are still holidaying on Mustique and during their time on the island were reportedly joined by Kate’s parents Carole and Michael Middleton and her siblings James and Pippa. Photographs of Pippa in a bikini are also being offered for sale, the Daily Mail said.

Housefire deaths: Pair ‘slept with Philpott in turns’

0

The former mistress of a man accused of killing his children in a house fire has told a court how she and his wife used to alternate the nights they would sleep with him.

Lisa Willis, 29, said she would sleep with Mick Philpott one night and his wife Mairead, 31, would sleep with him the other night at the home they all shared with their children. She told Nottingham Crown Court: “We took it in turns, we never had all three of us together.”

She went on: “We would take it in turns at night so one night it would be me, one night it would be Mairead.”

Miss Willis said the children slept upstairs and this arrangement continued until they bought a caravan which stood on the driveway of the house. The woman who would be sleeping with Philpott on any given night went to the caravan with him, while the other woman slept inside with the children.

Miss Willis told the court about the domestic arrangements at 56-year-old Philpott’s manslaughter trial. He denies six counts of manslaughter in relation to the deaths of the six children. His wife and a third defendant, 46-year-old Paul Mosley, also deny the same six charges.

Mick and Mairead Philpott’s children – Jade, 10, and her brothers John, nine, Jack, eight, Jesse, six, Jayden, five, and Duwayne, 13 – all perished after the fire which engulfed their home in Victory Road, Allenton, Derby, as they slept in their beds in the early hours of May 11 last year.

It is alleged by prosecutor Richard Latham QC that the Philpotts and Mosley started the fire in a botched plan to set Miss Willis up as the culprit after she and her five children, four of whom were fathered by Philpott, left the relationship.

Miss Willis, who gave evidence to the court from behind a screen, said she met Philpott when she was 17, and that he was a friend of her sister’s. She already had a young son with another man and was living in a two-bed council house at the time but was hoping to move to larger accommodation, which she was struggling to get.

After getting better acquainted with Philpott he suggested she moved in with him and his wife, though they were not married at the time. The couple had a son and a daughter and Miss Willis told the court that when they decided to marry she was a bridesmaid at their wedding.

Her relationship with Philpott became sexual “weeks” after she moved in to the Victory Road council house, and it was something which did not bother Philpott’s wife.

Obama Avoids War Rhetoric with Iran

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Bio

Glen Ford is a distinguished radio-show host and commentator. In 1977, Ford co-launched, produced and hosted America’s Black Forum, the first nationally syndicated Black news interview program on commercial television. In 1987, Ford launched Rap It Up, the first nationally syndicated Hip Hop music show, broadcast on 65 radio stations. Ford co-founded the Black Commentator in 2002 and in 2006 he launched the Black Agenda Report. Ford is also the author of The Big Lie: An Analysis of U.S. Media Coverage of the Grenada Invasion.

Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Due Process

0

Matt Bors relentlessly skewers the latest absurdities of American politics and culture. From war to religion to obsessive lawn care, Bors’ cartoons dissect and expose the news, “avoiding the Donkeys and Elephants of many of his peers,” to make readers think and laugh about real issues. Bors’ unique cartoons feature a vivid style and biting humor that have earned him a great deal of praise. Drawn! Magazine editor John Martz says that Bors is “one of few in his field whose work redefines what an editorial cartoon should look like.”

Matthews Blasts Rubio’s Rebuttal Speech as ‘Tinker Toy’

0

I have to say, I completely agree with Chris Matthews here after watching Sen. Marco Rubio’s rebuttal to President Obama’s State of the Union speech tonight. During MSNBC’s coverage immediately following his speech, with Rachel Maddow giving a brief overview of some of what was said and her calling it a “claws out, kind of aggressive speech,” her colleague Chris Matthews was not so kind.

MATTHEWS: I thought it was tinker toys. I thought it was primitive, that it was something you’d hear on a high school debating team. First of all, he went after government as some kind of evil, then he admitted that he had gone to school on student loans. Well, I went to school on student loans, my dad went to school on the G.I. Bill. Most of us have benefited from good government. Government’s worked for us. I got in the Peace Corps, changed my life. You know, I am very pro-government and he admitted he was, too.

He says “I love Medicare because of how it takes care of my mother. I took care of my father with dignity. He said I went the student loan route, I benefited from it. I got my education.” Where was the consistency here? I didn’t get it. He was saying he was a product of solid government and positive programs, and then he just trashed the whole thing. And then he played this victim game that everybody seems to play today.

What’s the Republicans’ victims. They’re paying one in six dollars now, we’ve got six percent of GDP going to revenues. We’re spending twenty five percent. Who’s being over-taxed? I mean, what are they talking about?

It was almost like a YAFer speech, Young Americans for Freedom speech in the 1950’s. There was no originality to it. It was basic. Again, it was tinker toys. It was a kid’s presentation of a philosophy reduced to maybe the ninth grade level. I’m sorry, but that’s what it was.

My thoughts were that it sounded like more Ayn Rand worship type of claptrap which is, “I’ve got mine and the hell with everyone else. I got my help with student loans, but the hell with the rest of you. My parents are benefiting from Medicare and we’re not going to harm them, but if you’re in your forties, look out because you’re going to have to suck it up and have your benefits cut.” As Matthews rightfully noted, there was just a ton of inconsistency and hypocrisy laced through the entire speech.

We can have a bit of fun with the water bottle moment, but ultimately I think the criticism as we saw here and the hypocrisy we’ve seen constantly from the Republicans with their policies and how this speech was just another example of that is what is going to matter more in the long run.

Professor Droney

0

Bill Moyers and Michael Winship: Each innocent killed gives rise to second thoughts by those judges who prematurely handed our president the Nobel Prize for Peace.

Italy’s Ex-Intelligence Chief Given 10-year Sentence for Role in CIA Kidnapping

0

A US State Department official on Monday “expressed concern” about what he called “a ‘climate of impunity’ over abuses by police and security forces” – in Egypt. The official, Michael Posner, warned that failure to investigate Egyptian state agents responsible for “cruel treatment of those in their custody” – including torture – creates “a lack of meaningful accountability for these actions”. Last week, I wrote that “I’ve become somewhat of a connoisseur of US government statements that are so drowning in obvious, glaring irony that the officials uttering them simply must have been mischievously cackling to themselves when they created them,” and this American denunciation of Egypt’s “climate of impunity” almost certainly goes to the top of the list.Osama Moustafa Hassan Nasr, also known as Abu Omar, was kidnapped in 2003 by the CIA from the streets Milan and sent to Egypt. (Photograph: EPA)

After all, Michael Posner works for the very same administration that not only refused to prosecute or even investigate US officials who tortured, kidnapped and illegally eavesdropped, but actively shielded them all from all forms of accountability: criminal, civil or investigative. Indeed, Posner works for the very same State Department that actively impeded efforts by countries whose citizens were subjected to those abuses – such as Spain and Germany – to investigate them. Being lectured by the US State Department about a “culture of impunity” is like being lectured by David Cameron about supporting Arab dictators.

To see just how extreme the US “culture of impunity” is, consider the extraordinary 2003 kidnapping by the CIA of the Muslim cleric, Hassan Mustafa Osama Nasr (Abu Omar), from the streets of Milan. Nasr, who in 2001 had been granted asylum by Italy from persecution in Egypt, was abducted by the CIA and then shipped back to Egypt where he was imprisoned for four years without charges and, he says, brutally tortured by America’s long-standing ally, the Mubarak regime.

Der Spiegel described just what a standard kidnapping it was: Nasr “was seized in broad daylight on the open street, pushed into a white van, taken to the Aviano military airport and then flown to Egypt via the US Ramstein Air Base in Germany”. Yesterday, an Italian appellate court sentenced the country’s former intelligence chief, Niccolò Pollari, to ten years in prison “for complicity” in that kidnapping:

The appeals court, in Milan, sentenced the former chief, Niccolò Pollari, to 10 years and his former deputy Marco Mancini to nine years for their role in the kidnapping of the cleric, Hassan Mustafa Osama Nasr . . . . Three Italian secret service officials were also sentenced to six years each.

Mr. Nasr was kidnapped under the practice of ‘extraordinary rendition‘, in which people suspected of being Islamic militants were abducted in one country and then transferred to another, often one where torture was common.

While Mr. Nasr was initially charged with membership in an illegal organization, the charges were ultimately dropped. He has since been released.

In other words, not only did the CIA kidnap Nasr and deliberately send him to an allied regime notorious for torture – a serious crime no matter who he was – but, as it turns out, he was guilty of absolutely nothing. What made him a kidnapping target was that, according to the New York Times, his “anti-American speeches and calls to jihad were resonating with young Muslim men who were attending his Islamic center”.

Despite being convicted of no crime (other than criticizing US aggression), he was imprisoned in Egypt without charges for four years until a Cairo court found his detention unfounded and ordered him released. Upon release, he said “he had been reduced to a ‘human wreck’ by torture he had undergone in a Cairo jail”. Nasr detailed the truly horrific kidnapping and torture he endured in a 2008 interview with Peter Bergen for Mother Jones, who used Italian court documents to write a comprehensive report on the case:

“A little before noon on February 17, 2003, Abu Omar was headed to his mosque, incongruously located inside a garage. He strolled down Via Guerzoni, a quiet street mostly empty of businesses and lined with high, view-blocking walls. A red Fiat pulled up beside him and a man jumped out, shouting ‘Polizia! Polizia!’ Abu Omar produced his ID. ‘Suddenly I was lifted in the air,’ he recalled. He was dragged into a white van and beaten, he said, by wordless men wearing balaclavas. After trussing him with restraints and blindfolding him, they sped away.

“Hours later, when the van stopped, Abu Omar heard airplane noise. His clothes were cut off and something was stuffed in his anus, likely a tranquilizing suppository. His head was entirely covered in tape with only small holes for his mouth and nose, and he was placed on a plane. Hours later he was hustled off the jet. He heard someone speaking Arabic in a familiar cadence; in the distance, a muezzin was calling the dawn prayer. After more than a decade in exile, he was back in Egypt. . . .

“Spreading his arms in a crucifixion position, he demonstrates how he was tied to a metal door as shocks were administered to his nipples and genitals. His legs tremble as he describes how he was twice raped. He mentions, almost casually, the hearing loss in his left ear from the beatings, and how he still wakes up at night screaming, takes tranquilizers, finds it hard to concentrate, and has unspecified ‘problems with my wife at home.’ He is, in short, a broken man.”

Yesterday’s 10-year sentence was based on a 2010 finding by an Italian judge that “the Italian secret service was most likely aware of, ‘and perhaps complicit in,’ the operation”. In 2009, an Italian criminal court found 23 individual CIA agents (including the Milan station chief, Robert Lady) guilty of kidnapping and other crimes, but was forced to try them in abstentia because the US (first under Bush and then Obama) pressured the Italian government to suppress extradition requests issued by Italian courts to compel those CIA agents to travel to Italy to stand trial.

This entire case reveals vital facts about the culture of impunity for high-level officials that prevails in the US even when they commit the most egregious crimes:

First, it is completely inconceivable that anything like what just happened in Italy could happen in the US. Even in the face of overwhelming evidence that the highest-level US officials had systematically committed felonies under the War on Terror rubric, both political parties, bolstered by a virtual consensus of the DC press, united to block all forms of accountability. A sacred rule in US political culture is that high-level state officials are to be shielded from all accountability, let alone criminal punishment, for how they abuse power.

In sum, US officials are not subject to the rule of law but reside above it. Neither party’s establishment nor their Adversarial Press Corps would ever tolerate the CIA Director being prosecuted for his crimes the way Italy’s just was. The defense offered to the press by Lady, the CIA’s Milan station chief – I was just following orders – is exactly what resonates in US elite circles as an excuse for all crimes: if the US government does it, then it is, by definition, shielded from legal punishment.

Second, both Bush and Obama officials continuously attempted to apply coercive pressure on Italian magistrates to obstruct this investigation, and when that failed, applied the same pressure to the Berlusconi and Prodi governments. Indeed, numerous diplomatic cables published by WikiLeaks detail those efforts, and the Italian journalist Stefania Maurizi of L’Espresso described that campaign of obstruction in her book “Dossier WikiLeaks. Segreti Italiani.”

One 2006 cable describes a meeting between US Ambassador Ronald Spogli and Italy’s new Undersecretary to the Prime Minister Enrico Letta in which the US made not-so-subtle threats about the need of the Italian government to suppress extradition requests for the CIA agents:

In the context of keeping our excellent bilateral relationship on sound footing, the Ambassador explained to Letta that nothing would damage relations faster or more seriously than a decision by the GOI to forward warrants for arrests of the alleged CIA agents named in connection with the Abu Omar case. This was absolutely critical. Letta took note of this and suggested the Ambassador discuss the matter personally with Justice Minister Mastella, who Letta suggested should be invited to Washington for an early meeting with the Attorney General.

A 2007 cable describes plotting between the US and Italian governments to thwart the judicial investigation. They agreed that the US should “send something in writing to [the Italian justice official] explaining that the US would not act on extradition requests in the Abu Omar case if tendered”, which “could be used pre-emptively by the GOI to fend off action by Italian magistrates to seek the extradition of the implicated Americans”. In response, “the [US] Ambassador agreed that we should work to avoid having extradition requests forwarded.”

A 2010 cable details a meeting between Defense Secretary Robert Gates and Berlusconi in which Gates “asked Berlusconi for his assistance in affirming US jurisdiction” over one of the high-level CIA defendants.” A 2011 cable noted that “Justice Minister Mastella has so far kept the lid on recurring judicial demands to extradite presumed CIA officers allegedly involved in a rendition of Muslim cleric Abu Omar.”

This US pressure campaign succeeded in quashing the efforts of the Italian judiciary to hold these CIA agents criminally accountable for their crimes in Italy. Indeed, as Maurizi told me yesterday, “five different Italian ministers of Justice refused to forward extradition requests for CIA agents.” After Italy’s highest court upheld the convictions of the CIA agents last September, the Guardian noted: “successive Italian governments denied all knowledge of the case and consistently ruled out extradition.”

Under serious pressure from two successive US administrations, the Italian justice ministers simply refused to forward their own courts’ extradition demands. The Italian courts were thus left to imprison their own officials for the ancillary role they played in the kidnapping because the US government, as usual, draped its own officials with a full-scale shield of immunity.

Third, what allowed this accountability in Italy is exactly what the US so tragically lacks: a brave and independent judiciary willing to perform its core ostensible function of applying the law equally to everyone, including those who wield the greatest power. Indeed, a 2005 US diplomatic cable complained that “Italian magistrates [prosecutors] are fiercely independent and are not answerable to any government authority/entity, including the Minister of Justice” and that “consequently, it is nearly impossible to prevent them from undertaking action in Italy that they wish to carry out.”

This prosecution was possible in the first instance only because a single Italian magistrate, Armando Spataro, insisted on pursuing it despite all sorts of attacks against him. This 2009 Der Spiegel article reports that, as a result of his pursuit of the case, “his communications were monitored, the Italian intelligence service placed him under observation and there were even investigations into whether he had betrayed state secrets. The government tried again and again to silence him.” But the magistrates ignored those repressive efforts, eventually even seizing Lady’s retirement villa in Italy to cover court costs.

Numerous cables show Italian officials, especially Berlusconi himself, attacking the Italian magistrates and assuring the US that Italian courts would eventually stop them. One 2005 US cable celebrates that Minister of Justice Roberto Castelli “took the unusual step of publicly criticizing a member of Italy’s highly independent magistracy” over this case, specifically that he “called Armando Spataro a “militant’. meaning a communist” (ironically, Spataro previously “faced accusations of right-wing bias when he led prosecutions of the Red Brigade terrorist organization in the late 1970’s and 1980’s”.) That public denunciation of the magistrate happened, recounted the US cable, after he “presented Castelli with requests for the provisional arrest in contemplation of extradition for 22 Americans involved in the alleged rendition of Egyptian Imam Abu Omar from Milan.”

Assuring Washington that the prosecution of the CIA agents was politically motivated and would be stopped, this US cable claimed:

“In the 1960s and 1970s Italian communists made a concerted effort to ‘infiltrate’ the judiciary; today, many Italian judges are considered to be sympathetic to the left and some have made decisions that undermine our shared security objectives. . . .

“Berlusconi’s government certainly believes that judicial treatment of the Abu Omar case is an example of a politically motivated action directed, not at the US, but at Berlusconi in an further attempt to embarrass the Prime Minister. Castelli’s very public criticism of Spataro is a sign he is willing to risk criticizing the judiciary in order to avoid precipitous action in this case.”

The 2010 cable describing the meeting between Gates and Berlusconi describes how “Berlusconi gave an extended rant about the Italian judicial system – which frequently targets him since it is ‘dominated
by leftists’ as the public prosecutor level.” Moreover, “Berlusconi predicted that the ‘courts will come down in our favor’ upon appeal, noting that higher-level appellate courts are significantly less politicized than local courts.”

But that did not happen. Indeed, the opposite happened: Italian appellate courts were even more aggressive and steadfast in demanding accountability than the lower courts. Just two weeks ago, an Italian appellate court vacated the acquittals of three CIA agents whom a lower court had protected on the ground of diplomatic immunity and then sentenced one of them – former CIA Rome station chief Jeffrey Castelli – to seven years in prison. Last September, it was Italy’s highest court that upheld the convictions of the 23 CIA agents. And yesterday’s 10-year sentence for Italy’s ex-intelligence chief was also imposed by an appeals court.

So what Berlucsoni predicted never happened. Italian courts exercised great independence and courage in applying the law to both the American and Italian kidnappers without regard to their power and position.

The contrast with the US federal judiciary is stark. American federal judges have proven themselves indescribably servile to the US government. It is impossible to imagine American federal judges – except in the most aberrational and quickly-overturned instances – defying the wishes of the US government when it comes to claims of national security and secrecy.

Indeed, not a single victim of the abuses of the US War on Terror – not one – has even been allowed by the US federal judiciary to have a day in court, let alone obtain accountability for what was done to them. Federal judges have obediently slammed the courthouse doors shut in the faces of War on Terror victims even when everyone recognizes that the victims were treated savagely and were guilty of nothing. Indeed, US courts have refused even to hear cases brought by rendition (kidnapping) victims. Instead, US federal judges, over and over, have meekly submitted to the decrees of US national security state officials that the mandates of secrecy and national security shield them from any form of judicial review even when they kidnap and torture innocent people.

An independent judiciary, willing to apply the law even to the most powerful political officials, is a prerequisite to a healthy political system that functions under the rule of law. As this case vividly demonstrates, Italy has that and the US does not. Of all the US institutions that have shamefully abdicated their duties in the post-9/11 era, the federal judiciary is at the top of that list. That is why even the former head of Italy’s intelligence service faces criminal punishment for kidnapping an innocent person while such accountability is inconceivable in the US. It is why the “rule of law” is a ludicrous joke when it comes to US elites.

We also see here, yet again, how monumentally important leaks are. Almost everything we know about the conduct of the US government in this case comes from diplomatic cables published by WikiLeaks and allegedly disclosed by Bradley Manning. It is remarkable how often major media outlets rely on WikiLeaks documents to report to their readers what is happening in the world. For exactly that reason, it is no mystery why the US government is so eager to punish so severely those responsible for leaks generally and these disclosures specifically: precisely because nothing sheds light on their bad acts the way whistleblowing does.

SOTU: Lukewarm Liberalism at Home, Hypocrisy Abroad

0

President Obama’s State of the Union Address provided some solace to progressives on some issues, but left a lot to be desired on others.

He was right to point out that we can’t keep “drifting from one manufactured crisis to the next”–a good, clean shot at Republican obstructionism on the fiscal cliff and sequestration.

But for the longest time in the first part of his speech, he focused on deficit reduction, which is an exaggerated problem. He said that “economists” say we need $2 trillion more in deficit reduction “to stabilize our finances.” Which economists was he talking about? Not Nobel Prize-winners Joseph Stiglitz and Paul Krugman, who have urged him not to focus so much on deficit reduction but rather on job creation.

And in his discussion of deficit reduction, Obama hinted that most people are going to suffer. “We can’t ask senior citizens and working families to shoulder the entire burden of deficit reduction while asking nothing more from the wealthiest and most powerful,” he said. That doesn’t sound like he’s making a good bargain to me. Instead, it sounds like he’s going to ask “senior citizens and working families” to shoulder a big part of the deficit burden, which they can’t afford to do.

“[The speech] was lukewarm liberalism at home coupled with Bush-league justifications for lawlessness and hypocrisy abroad.”

His endorsement of universal pre-kindergarten was a positive step. But he acted like that would even the playing field by itself, saying, “Let’s . . . make sure none of our children start the race of life already behind.” Actually, children in poverty are already behind, so how about tackling poverty in America? But Obama didn’t talk about eliminating poverty in the American context, only in the global context.

And as for high schools, he boasted about Race to the Top, which has been a nightmare, and said he now wanted to “redesign America’s high schools” so they can give students “the skills today’s employers are looking for.” What about giving students the skills to be engaged learners or thoughtful citizens?

On the positive side, he did come out for raising the minimum wage to $9 an hour. But why $9 an hour instead of the $10 an hour that Ralph Nader has been calling for?

He did give some welcome shout outs to LGBTS and women and the cause of equality for all.

He did come out strongly for a fairer tax code, for gun control, and for protecting voting rights.

And he spoke forcefully for action on global warming, though he favored a “market-based solution.”

He proposed to rebuild the nation’s infrastructure, which was welcome.

And he said he wanted to fix the housing market by allowing “every responsible homeowner in America” to refinance at today’s rates. The problem is, he seems to be calling anyone who ever missed a payment an irresponsible homeowner, when they may have been unable to pay because they got sick or got laid off. Is he not going to help them at all?

He talked about comprehensive immigration reform and a pathway to citizenship, as he did in his Inaugural address. Fortunately, he added the need to “cut waiting periods,” which can be 20 years or longer right now. Some people will die on that path to citizenship.

On foreign and military policy, he was the most disappointing. He threatened Iran again, saying, “Now is the time for a diplomatic solution,” and warning: “We will do what is necessary to prevent them from getting a nuclear weapon.”

He was blatantly one-sided on the Israel-Palestinian issue, saying, “We will stand steadfast with Israel in pursuit of security and a lasting peace.” He didn’t even bother to mention the Palestinians at all.

And appallingly, he defended his drone warfare and assassination policy. “Where necessary, through a range of capabilities, we will continue to take direct action against those terrorists who pose the gravest threat to Americans,” he said. And in the very next sentence, he had the chutzpah to add: “As we do, we must enlist our values in the fight.”

He said his Administration “has worked tirelessly to forge a durable legal and policy framework to guide our counterterrorism operations.” But is it “legal” just because he and his Justice Department say it is?

He also said, in a bald-faced lie, that “throughout, we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts.” Try running that past Sen. Ron Wyden, who for months has been trying to get his questions answered on the Administration’s assassination doctrine.

He also sang from the hymnal of American exceptionalism. “America must remain a beacon to all who seek freedom during this period of historic change,” he said. “In the Middle East, we will stand with citizens as they demand their universal rights.” Tell that to the people of Bahrain.

This was neither Obama’s most eloquent defense of an affirmative role for government, nor was it close to his most honest discussion of U.S. foreign policy.

Instead, it was lukewarm liberalism at home coupled with Bush-league justifications for lawlessness and hypocrisy abroad.

© 2012 The Progressive

Can A Brain Scan Show Your Political Allegiance?

0

Never mind the polls – a person’s political stripe can be determined with a brain scan.

Scientists have found that liberals and conservatives use different parts of their brain when they respond to risk.

British researchers working with American colleagues were able to predict if people voted Democrat or Republican with 83% accuracy just by studying their brain activity.

brain scan

The test appears to be remarkably accurate

A group of 82 US volunteers were asked to play a simple gambling game while their brains were scanned.

All were registered members of political parties whose affiliations could be obtained from public records.

Republicans and Democrats were no different in terms of the risks they took during the game, the scientists found.

But there was a marked contrast in the way their brains dealt with risk-taking.

Democrats showed significantly greater activity in the left insula, a brain region associated with social and self-awareness.

Meanwhile, Republicans had a more active right amygdala, a region involved in defensive “fight-or-flight” responses.

Brain activity in these two regions alone was enough to predict whether a participant was a Democrat or Republican with 82.9% accuracy.

The scans provided a better clue to political allegiance than the party loyalty of an individual’s parents, which was only 69.5% accurate.

They also outperformed forecasts based on genetic differences.

The research was published in the online journal Public Library of Science ONE.

Co-author Dr Darren Schreiber, from the University of Exeter, said: “Although genetics have been shown to contribute to differences in political ideology and strength of party politics, the portion of variation in political affiliation explained by activity in the amygdala and insula is significantly larger, suggesting that affiliating with a political party and engaging in a partisan environment may alter the brain, above and beyond the effect of heredity.”

The results could pave the way for new research on voter behaviour, yielding better understanding of the differences in how liberals and conservatives think, Dr Schreiber said.

He added: “The ability to accurately predict party politics using only brain activity while gambling suggests that investigating basic neural differences between voters may provide us with more powerful insights than the traditional tools of political science.”

‘Cuz the Bible Tells Me So

0

We humans constantly are telling ourselves stories about moral and immoral behavior. Many of the most memorable — if only because of repetition — are from the Bible. From them we learn about moral courage and cowardice, about wisdom and folly, about when to obey and when to rebel.  And, of course, most Bible stories tell us to believe in God. But God — He/She/It — is so many things at once: God is Love, God is Nature, God is Truth. How can I believe in all these things at the same time? I’m more comfortable with each of those declarations about what God  IS when  the formula is reversed. For example, I prefer Nature is God. If that identifies me as a pagan, so be it. But the Bible stories still move me profoundly, especially when I try to apply them to the world around me.  

For instance, remember the story of King Herod and the Massacre of the Innocents? Herod, in an attempt to protect his crown from being supplanted by the rumored birth of the King of the Jews, ordered the execution of all male children in Nazareth under the age of two. He cannot identify which child might be Jesus, so he decides to kill them all. We are expected to think about this monstrous crime as the work of a paranoid maniac, which it is. And we may be expected to learn that totalitarian leadership can lead to this sort of barbarity. That is also correct.   

But couldn´t we also interpret Herod´s actions as the use of rational and necessary collateral damage to ensure the continued integrity of the state? If the sanctity of the state is the foremost good, then security has to trump justice and the right to life of any individual. In fact, security then becomes justice. It’s the same political and philosophical excuse used for drone warfare by our government today. If children are killed as a by-product of killing terrorists, then the killing is justified. Herod feared Jesus wanted to overthrow his state. Our government fears the terrorists do. Are all actions that advance the security of the state de facto ethical?  Should our drones be called Herod? (Image: Giotto’s ‘Massacre of the Innocents’)

Take a look at Giotto’s masterful 14th Century fresco of the Massacre of the Innocents. Above the town square, where his soldiers are lancing and decapitating children, Herod stands calmly giving his orders, pointing out the next victim as calmly as a US president ordering a drone strike. In neither case is any consideration given to law or to morality, or to what we might quaintly call “due process.” We witness the paranoid justice of security.  

What lesson is this behavior meant to teach our children? I am reminded of how Martin Luther King, Jr. struggled in the late 1960s to answer young black men in the ghetto when they asked him why they should not use violence to achieve their rights. They reminded Dr. King that the US government claimed the use of extreme violence in Vietnam as justified and necessary to promote democracy, so why shouldn’t they use the same method to achieve equality at home? King’s only answer was to condemn the war as immoral, a war that was racist, imperialist, and for the benefit of the military-industrial complex at the expense of the poor.  

Another instructive Bible story is the Wisdom of Solomon parable. King Solomon is approached by two women both claiming to be the mother of the same child. How can he know who is telling the truth? DNA tests were still a ways off. So, he suggests a compromise. Compromises are good. He raises his sharp sword intending to slice the baby in half.  

One woman objects and gives up her claim in order to protect the child. Solomon in his wisdom now knows who the mother is and hands her the intact child. 

But our Solomon today is CEO of Terrible Swift Sword, Inc. His “compromise” has a special interest. What an opportunity to demonstrate superior sword performance! This shareholder Solomon asks us to accept the damage done to our children by gun violence, by contamination, by poor education, by fast food, by climate change, by absurd drug laws, by continual war funding, by the necessities of Empire — on & on — as “compromises” so that profits may be enhanced and markets expanded. The wisdom of capitalism. The lives of our children are being sliced in half.  

When the rights of money become part of the process of ethical compromise, wisdom is lost. When we allow our justice to be derived from our fears for security, ethics are lost. We are not then wise kings with wise swords, but armed and frightened barbarians with bottom lines. Every would-be Solomon becomes a Herod. 

How do I know this? The Bible tells me so.

Mike’s Blog Round Up

0

So. Thoughts on last night’s SOTU? Was it everything you dreamed it would be? And is America just the greatest country in the world, or what?

BeggarsCanBeChoosers: How Rush Limbaugh damaged the GOP brand.

Litbrit: How Christopher Dorner might well be any of us.

Frankly Curious: How “reasonable” Republicans are still unreasonable.

Gin and Tacos: How February 5 is the Yom Kippur of American journalism.

Mario Piperni: How Marco Rubio is the new Mitt Romney.

Round-up by Michael J.W. Stickings of The Reaction (@mjwstickings). I’ll be here all week.

Send tips to mbru AT crooksandliars DOT com.

Pupils lose legal challenge over GCSE grades

0

Hundreds of pupils and schools who united in an unprecedented legal move over GCSE exam grades have lost their High Court challenge.

Judges ruled that teenagers hit by changes to English grade levels were treated unfairly but that exam boards and the regulator Ofqual had not acted unlawfully.

The alliance, which also included scores of local councils and teaching unions, sought a judicial review after grade boundaries were increased by 10 marks between January and June.

It accused AQA and Edexcel of an “illegitimate grade manipulation” and “statistical fix” involving Ofqual and called for the papers of around 10,000 pupils affected to be remarked.

But the claim was dismissed by Lord Justice Elias and Mrs Justice Sharp, sitting in London.

The ruling will be a relief to Education Secretary Michael Gove, who has expressed his determination to drive up school standards.

Lord Justice Elias said Ofqual had appreciated there were features that had operated unfairly and noted the regulator had proposed numerous changes to avoid future problems.

But he added: “I am satisfied that it was indeed the structure of the qualification itself which is the source of such unfairness … and not any unlawful action by either Ofqual or the AOs (exam boards).”

The alliance had argued that pupils who sat the exam in June but missed out on a C grade had been unjustifiably “clobbered” because of a warning from the regulator about grade inflation.

Statistical predictions had indicated too many would achieve at least a C so it was decided to raise the boundaries, Clive Sheldon QC told the court.

He claimed this resulted in “conspicuous unfairness and an abuse of power” and called for the pupils to be treated in the same way as those who took the exams in January.

After the court defeat, headteacher Joan McVittie said the alliance was “bitterly disappointed” and pointed out that the judges had agreed children were treated unfairly.

“This was about the law and it wasn’t about fairness. That is a hard lesson for children to learn,” she said.

Russell Hobby, general secretary of the National Association of Head Teachers, said: “Grading decisions were unfair and an injustice was done to many thousands of pupils.

“While boundaries have not been restored, we hope this action will demonstrate to Ofqual and the exam boards that they should not act like this again.”

AQA and Pearson UK, which oversees Edexcel, admitted there were lessons to learn from the debacle and vowed to work more closely with the regulator, ministers and teachers.

Ofqual welcomed the judges’ agreement that the value of GCSE English would have been “debased” had the regulator given in to the alliance’s demands.

“We know some students and schools will be disappointed with this. We understand that. But it’s our job to secure standards,” chief regulator Glenys Stacey said.

The Department for Education said: “The judgement demonstrates that overall Ofqual got it right last year. Attention can now focus on reforming GCSEs ready for first teaching in 2015.”

Five Afghan Children Among Ten Civilians Killed in NATO/US Attack

0

Afghan officials say that five children are among the ten civilians killed by a US/NATO missile attack in eastern Afghanistan on Wednesday.

“Four women and five children were killed, and five children wounded. One man, who was the leader of the family, was also killed, according to reports from the site,” a man named Farid told The Guardian‘s local correspondent by telephone. Farid is the chief of staff to the governor of Kunar Province, where the missile strike took place.

As Reuters reports:

The strike, in the Shigal district of Kunar province, was confirmed by NATO’s International Security Assistance Force (ISAF), though a spokesman said it could not confirm civilian casualties.

“Foreign forces carried out the attack by themselves without informing us,” Kunar Governor Fazlullah Wahidi told Reuters.

The suspected drone attack, though not confirmed in all its details due to the remote nature of the village where it occurred, took place just hours after President Obama delivered his State of the Union address in Washington. 

Though the president said troop “drawdowns” would continue and the “war in Afghanistan would come to an end in 2014,” Obama made clear that counter-terrorism efforts, like the drone targeting program behind strikes such as this that have claimed the lives of hundreds of innocent people in recent years, will be very much a part of the ongoing military and counter-terrorism campaign in the region.

As many experts contend, however, the continued use of missile attacks from remotely-controlled US drones that kill innocent civilians–and often children–are only exacerbating instability, fueling anger, and prolonging violent conflict in Afghanistan and wherever such methods are deployed.

In this particular case, as The Guardian reports: “The Nato-led coalition declined to confirm whether there had been an air strike in the area overnight, saying only that it was looking into allegations of civilian casualties.”

Civil Disobedience Today at White House to Stop Tar Sands, Keystone XL pipeline

0

WASHINGTON – February 13 – Fifty American leaders—including Michael Brune (Sierra Club), Bill McKibben (350.org), Reverend Lennox Yearwood Jr. (Hip Hop Caucus), civil rights legend Julian Bond, actress Daryl Hannah, Nebraska rancher Randy Thompson and others on the frontlines of climate change—will risk arrest in front of the White House to demonstrate the depth of their support for decisive action against climate change. For the first time in its 120-year history, the Sierra Club will participate in this civil disobedience action to convey the severity and urgency of action on climate.

Where and when:
10:30AM Media availability in Lafayette park for those risking arrest.

11:00AM Activists and supporters will gather in Lafayette park for photos and speeches.

11:30AM The civil disobedience will take place around at the East Gate of the White House on Pennsylvania Avenue, just east of the picture-postcard zone.

Why: 2012 was the hottest year on record, half the country is in severe drought, and Superstorm Sandy just flooded the greatest city in the world—New York. A global crisis unfolds before our eyes and immediate action is required. President Obama has the executive authority to make a significant and immediate impact on carbon pollution, and he can begin by saying no to Big Oil by rejecting the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline.

Civil disobedience is the response of ordinary people to extraordinary injustices. Americans have righted the wrongs of our society — slavery, child labor, suffrage, segregation, and inequality for gays and immigrant workers — with creative nonviolent resistance. Climate change threatens the health and security of all Americans, and action proportional to the problem is required—now.

The full list of participants, along with photos and bios, is available at tarsandsaction.org.

The participants risking arrest have released the following letter to explain their collective action.

“We’re here today to show the depth of our resolve that President Obama take immediate, decisive action against climate change–to show that if the president leads, the vast majority of Americans will rally behind him. We’re not here today to protest the president, we are here to encourage and support him. We lived through horrors of Superstorm Sandy, the Midwest drought, wildfires, and the hottest year on record: we know in our bones that the time has come to do more than we have, and all that we can.

“The president can’t work miracles by himself. An obstructionist Congress stands in the way of progress and innovation. But President Obama has the executive authority and the mandate from the American people to stand up to the fossil fuel industry, and to reject the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline right now.

“And we’re here to show something else–that the movement for a clean energy revolution is a broad and powerful one. In 2011 we were moved by the 1,253 Americans who went jail to protest Keystone in the biggest civil disobedience action in many years in this country. Today we are 50 people at the White House representing millions of Americans in every state, in every community. Today we risk arrest because a global crisis unfolds before our eyes. We have the solutions to this climate crisis. We have a moral obligation to stand stand for immediate, bold action to solve climate disruption. We can do it, and we will.”

Prime Minister’s Questions Dominated By Debate On Living Standards

0

Labour is banking on the nation’s falling living standards to help decide the outcome of the 2015 General Election.

Opposition leader Ed Miliband said people feeling worse off than in 2010 would be “the issue of the next two years”, attempting to pin down David Cameron on the issue during Prime Minister’s Questions.

Channelling Ronald Reagan, he asked: “Can the Prime Minister tell us whether at the end of this Parliament, living standards will be higher or lower than they were at the beginning?”

Cameron said 24 million people had benefited from a cut in the basic rate of income tax, saying living standards would “certainly be higher” for those on the minimum wage and working full time.

This was not enough for Miliband, who changed the wording of his question: “In 2015, people will be asking ‘am I better off now than I was five years ago’.

“What is his answer?”

This prompted the Prime Minister to snap: “People will be better off than they were under Labour.”

ed miliband

Ed Miliband has previously borrowed from Benjamin Disraeli

Cameron pointed to the prediction of a return to growth from the Bank of England, and blamed Labour’s policies in government for the economic slowdown.

Miliband’s attack echoed Reagan’s famous line against Jimmy Carter in the 1980 US presidential election campaign.

Republican Reagan used a televised debate to ask the US public : “Are you better off now than you were four years ago?”

It’s not the first time the Labour leader has borrowed from a conservative icon – his 2012 conference speech was built around Benjamin Disraeli’s ‘one nation’ concept.

It comes after a report warned it would be a decade before living standards returned to their pre-recession levels.

LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

The Resolution Foundation said low to middle income households would never fully recover the ground they lost in the slump.

Miliband referred to figures the Office for Budget Responsibility, which forecast wages would will lag behind inflation up to 2015, leaving working households worse off as a result.

Prices have been rising faster than wages, he told the Commons, pinning the blame on the lack of economic growth under the coalition.

“We have had to take difficult decisions,” Cameron replied.

After Miliband highlighted the government’s tax cut for the highest earners, the PM mocked an announcement by a Labour-linked lobbyist that a ‘major speech on the economy’ by the Labour leader “won’t have any new policies in it”.

Asked whether the living standards attack would be a winning tactic for Labour, pollsters YouGov told the Huffington Post UK that it did not carry out surveys on the topic, because it meant “different things to different people.”

SOTU: Do Policy Proposals Live up to Rhetoric on Wages and Climate Change?

0

Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

Bio

Gerald Epstein is codirector of the Political Economy Research Institute (PERI) and Professor of Economics. He received his Ph.D. in economics from Princeton University. He has published widely on a variety of progressive economic policy issues, especially in the areas of central banking and international finance, and is the editor or co-editor of six volumes.

Comments

Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

Activists Plan White House Civil Disobedience to Pressure Obama on Climate

0

Opponents of the proposed Keystone XL pipeline demonstrate in front of the White House in August, 2011. On Wednesday, activists vow to continue and escalate their opposition to the pipeline with new direct actions. (Photo by Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images)Saying they’re not attacking or protesting against the Obama administration but rather applying the necessary pressure the president himself has asked for, climate activists and environmental groups will descend on the White House today to demand an end to the Keystone XL tar sands pipeline.

For the first time in its 120-year history, the Sierra Club will participate in this civil disobedience action to convey the severity and urgency of action on climate. Joining them will be representatives from other groups including 350.org, Tar Sands Blockade and the Hip Hop Caucus, and individual activists like civil rights activist Julian Bond, actress Daryl Hannah, Nebraska rancher Randy Thompson and others on the frontlines of the climate justice movement.

Those involved released a group statement which said their purpose was “to show the depth of our resolve that President Obama take immediate, decisive action against climate change.”

“If the president leads,” they continued, “the vast majority of Americans will rally behind him. We’re not here today to protest the president, we are here to encourage and support him. We lived through horrors of Superstorm Sandy, the Midwest drought, wildfires, and the hottest year on record: we know in our bones that the time has come to do more than we have, and all that we can.”

350.org, which has staged protest rallies and civil resistance actions outside the White House before, says Wednesday’s events are both a continuation of their previous efforts and an escalation they plan to sustain as Obama begins his second term in earnest following his State of the Union address Tuesday night.

As Bill McKibben, co-founder and chief spokesperson for the group, tweeted Wednesday morning:

And:

Those participating will gather in Lafayette in the mid-morning for a small rally and press conference before heading across the street for what they term “civil disobedience” at the East Gate of the White House just before noon.

“Civil disobedience is the response of ordinary people to extraordinary injustices,” they said. “Americans have righted the wrongs of our society — slavery, child labor, suffrage, segregation, and inequality for gays and immigrant workers — with creative nonviolent resistance. Climate change threatens the health and security of all Americans, and action proportional to the problem is required–now.”

“Today we risk arrest because a global crisis unfolds before our eyes. We have the solutions to this climate crisis. We have a moral obligation to stand stand for immediate, bold action to solve climate disruption. We can do it, and we will.”

Wednesday’s action is seen as a small but dramatic preface for a rally scheduled for Sunday that organizers say will bring many thousands of activists from all over the country to the White House gates to ask Obama to move “forward on climate”.

_______________________

Madeleine McCann lookalike DNA results revealed

0

DNA tests have confirmed a New Zealand girl is not the missing youngster Madeleine McCann, police have announced.

The girl has twice been mistaken for Madeleine by members of the public and British police asked for testing to be carried out to confirm she was not the missing child.

The first sighting was last March and the second on New Year’s Eve.

New Zealand police have said in a statement that they have sent the DNA samples to Scotland Yard officers who are still investigating Madeleine’s disappearance.

Detective Inspector Steve McGregor said: “We have received confirmation from Scotland Yard that a DNA sample provided voluntarily from a girl mistaken as missing British girl Madeleine McCann on New Year’s Eve in Queenstown last year does not provide a match for that of the missing girl.

“At the time of the sighting police made thorough inquiries into the sighting and were completely satisfied that the girl was not Madeleine McCann.”

New Zealand police say the unnamed girl’s family has requested privacy.

A Scotland Yard spokesman confirmed that following the DNA submission police were “satisfied” that the girl identified in New Zealand was not Madeleine.

Madeleine was nearly four when she disappeared from her family’s holiday apartment in Praia da Luz in Portugal’s Algarve on May 3, 2007 as her parents dined at a tapas restaurant with friends nearby.

Kate and Gerry McCann, of Rothley, Leicestershire, have campaigned tirelessly for information on their daughter’s whereabouts, battling for a review by the Metropolitan Police, which has now been under way for more than 18 months.

Her disappearance has sparked a number of false sightings around the world.

Portuguese police closed the case in 2008 after failing to find out what happened to her.

State Of The Fist Bump Union

0
  • Obama Holds Final Primary Night Event In St. Paul

    ST. PAUL, MN – JUNE 3: Democratic presidential candidate Sen. Barack Obama (D-IL) (R) and his wife Michelle Obama bump fists at an election night rally at the Xcel Energy Center June 3, 2008 in St. Paul, Minnesota. Obama clinched the Democratic presidential nomination following today’s primaries in South Dakota and Montana, although his rival Sen. Hillary Clinton (D-NY) has not yet conceded the race. (Photo by Scott Olson/Getty Images)

  • Obama Fist Bump

    President Barack Obama fist-bumps custodian Lawrence Lipscomb in the Eisenhower Executive Office Building following the opening session of the White House Forum on Jobs and Economic Growth, Dec. 3, 2009. (Official White House Photo by Pete Souza)

  • President Barack Obama does a fist bump

    President Barack Obama does a fist bump with Ethan Gibbs, the son of Press Secretary Robert Gibbs, after arriving by Marine One on the South Lawn of the White House, Washington, DC, April 19, 2009. President Barack Obama returned from the Fifth Summit of the Americas held in Trinidad and Tobago. AFP PHOTO/Aude GUERRUCCI (Photo credit should read Aude GUERRUCCI/AFP/Getty Images)

  • Barack Obama Campaigns Across U.S. Ahead Of Primaries

    SPRINGHILL, WV- MAY 12: Democratic presidential hopeful Sen. Barack Obama (D-IL) (L) bumps fists with Iraq war veteran Paul Scott after playing a game of pool during a stop at Schultzie’s Bar & Hot Spot May 12, 2008 in Springhill, West Virginia. Sen. Obama and Sen. Hillary Clinton (D-NY) continue to battle for the Democratic presidential nomination. (Photo by Mark Wilson/Getty Images)

  • McCain And Obama Address LULAC National Convention

    WASHINGTON – JULY 8: Los Angeles Mayor Antonio Villaraigosa (L) gives a ‘fist bump’ to presumptive Democratic presidential nominee Sen. Barack Obama (D-IL) during the national convention of the League of United Latin American Citizens (LULAC) at the Washington Hilton July 8, 2008 in Washington, DC. Obama has been recently criticized for moving to the political center after calling for a slowing of withdrawal of troops from Iraq, supporting a proposed wiretap law and government funding of faith-based programs. (Photo by Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images)

  • Barack Obama Campaign Weeks Away From Election Day

    CHANTILLY, VA- OCTOBER 22: Democratic presidential nominee U.S. Sen. Barack Obama (D-IL) fists bumps with Ethan Gibbs the son of Robert Gibbs the campaign communication director as he arrives at Dulles International Airport October 22, 2008 in Chantilly, Virginia. Obama continues to campaign with election day less than two weeks away. (Photo by Joe Raedle/Getty Images)

  • US Democratic presidential candidate Ill

    US Democratic presidential candidate Illinois Senator Barack Obama (R) and North Carolina Governor Mike Easley bump fists at Sen. Obama’s surprise appearance at a North Carolina Democratic Party dinner October 4, 2008 at the The Grove Park Inn in Asheville, North Carolina. AFP PHOTO/Stan HONDA (Photo credit should read STAN HONDA/AFP/Getty Images)

  • President Barack Obama

    BAGHDAD, IRAQ – APRIL 7: In this handout provide by the White House, U.S. President Barack Obama (L) receives a fist-bump from a U.S. soldier as he greets hundreds of U.S. troops during his visit to Camp Victory on April 7, 2009 in Baghdad, Iraq. Obama is serving as the 44th President of the U.S. and the first African-American to be elected to the office of President in the history of the United States. (Photo by Pete Souza/White House via Getty Images)

  • President Barack Obama

    WASHINGTON – APRIL 8: In this handout provide by the White House, U.S. President Barack Obama (L) holding a football, offers a fist-bump, to senior staff member Pete Rouse (R), during a meeting with senior advisors in the Oval Office of the White House on April 8, 2009 in Washington, DC. Obama is serving as the 44th President of the U.S. and the first African-American to be elected to the office of President in the history of the United States. (Photo by Pete Souza/White House via Getty Images)

  • US President Barack Obama gives a studen

    US President Barack Obama gives a student a fist bump while touring the Wind Turbine Manufacturing and Fabrication Lab at Lorain County Community College, in Elyria, Ohio, January 22, 2010. Obama is visiting Ohio to tour local businesses and hold a town hall meeting on jobs and the economy. AFP PHOTO / Saul LOEB (Photo credit should read SAUL LOEB/AFP/Getty Images)

  • US President Barack Obama bumps fists wi

    US President Barack Obama bumps fists with a school children after reading Christams book ‘The Polar Express’ to an audience of elementary school children at the Richard England Clubhouse and Community Center in Washington, DC, on December 21, 2009. AFP PHOTO/Jewel SAMAD (Photo credit should read JEWEL SAMAD/AFP/Getty Images)

  • US President Barack Obama fist-bumps wit

    US President Barack Obama fist-bumps with a supporter after speaking at a fundraiser for Senator Michael Bennet February 18, 2010 at the Fillmore Auditorium in Denver. AFP PHOTO/Mandel NGAN (Photo credit should read MANDEL NGAN/AFP/Getty Images)

  • US President Barack Obama (2nd-R) fist b

    US President Barack Obama (2nd-R) fist bumps with Marvin Nicholson as he plays golf at Farm Neck Golf Club in Oak Bluffs on Martha’s Vineyard, Massachusetts, on August 26, 2010. The US First Family is vacationing on the Island until August 29. AFP PHOTO/Jewel Samad (Photo credit should read JEWEL SAMAD/AFP/Getty Images)

  • President And Mrs. Obama Host Annual Easter Egg Roll

    WASHINGTON, DC – APRIL 25: (AFP OUT)U.S. President Barack Obama gives a fist bump to a young boy during a ‘Let’s Move’ tennis clinic during the White House Easter Egg Roll on the South Lawn of the White House April 25, 2011 in Washington, DC. About 30,000 people are expected to attend the 133-year-old tradition of rolling colored eggs down the White House lawn. (Photo by Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images)

  • US President Barack Obama gives a young

    US President Barack Obama gives a young boy a fist bump as he greets guests after speaking about the economy at Shaker Heights High School in Shaker Heights, Ohio, a suburb of Cleveland, on January 4, 2012. Obama announced plans to appoint Richard Cordray as acting head of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau in a recess appointment, bypassing Congress and setting up a bitter election-year legal showdown with Republicans. AFP PHOTO / Saul LOEB (Photo credit should read SAUL LOEB/AFP/Getty Images)

  • Barack Obama

    President Barack Obama fist bumps service members after he addressed troops at Bagram Air Field, Afghanistan, Wednesday, May 2, 2012. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak)

  • US President Barack Obama (L) asks for a

    US President Barack Obama (L) asks for a fist bump from a young girl as he speaks with patrons outside the Kozy Corner restaurant in Oak Harbor, Ohio, July 5, 2012, where he made an unannounced visit to speak with supporters while on a bus tour of Ohio and Pennslyvania. AFP PHOTO/Jim Watson (Photo credit should read JIM WATSON/AFP/GettyImages)

  • Obama Welcomes 2012 NCAA Women’s Basketball Champions To White House

    WASHINGTON, DC – JULY 18: U.S. President Barack Obama gives a fist bump to Baylor University basketball guard Terran Condrey while welcoming the 2012 NCAA Women’s Basketball champions in the East Room of the White House July 18, 2012 in Washington, DC. The Baylor Lady Bears became the first NCAA basketball team to complete a 40-0 season by defeating Notre Dame 80-61 in the NCAA women’s championship. (Photo by Chip Somodevilla/Getty Images)

  • Barack Obama, Odyssey Sims

    Point guard Odyssey Sims gets a fist bump from President Barack Obama at a ceremony honoring the 2012 NCAA Women’s basketball champions Baylor University Bears in the East Room at the White House in Washington, Wednesday, July 18, 2012. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak)

  • US-VOTE-2012-DEMOCRATIC CAMPAIGN

    US President Barack Obama (L) fist bumps with supporters after delivering remarks during a campaign event at Truckee Meadows Community College in Reno, Nevada, August 21, 2012. AFP PHOTO/Jim WATSON (Photo credit should read JIM WATSON/AFP/GettyImages)

  • Barack Obama

    President Barack Obama pounds fists with a supporter after speaking at a campaign event at The Memorial Athletic and Convocation Center at Kent State University Wednesday, Sept. 26, 2012, in Kent, Ohio. (AP Photo/Tony Dejak)

  • US-VOTE-2012-DEMOCRATIC CAMPAIGN

    US President Barack Obama fist-bumps with a woman during a lunch visit to the West Tampa Sandwich Shop and Restaurant in Tampa, Florida, September 8, 2012, during the first day of a 2-day bus tour across Florida. AFP PHOTO / Saul LOEB (Photo credit should read SAUL LOEB/AFP/GettyImages)

  • US-VOTE-2012-DEMOCRATIC CAMPAIGN

    US President Barack Obama (L) fist bumps a supporter after speaking at a campaign rally in Nashua, New Hampshire, on October 27, 2012. AFP PHOTO/Jim WATSON (Photo credit should read JIM WATSON/AFP/Getty Images)

  • Chomsky supports MP’s Israel criticism

    0

    American academic Noam Chomsky has lent his support to a British Liberal Democrat MP, who criticized the Israeli regime’s violent treatment of Palestinians.

    Earlier in January, Bradford East MP David Ward accused “the Jews” in Israel of having failed to learn lessons from their persecution by the Nazis in World War II by continuing to “inflict atrocities” on Palestinian people “on a daily basis.”

    Chomsky said he agreed there was “nothing remotely anti-Semitic in his remarks, which are in fact familiar in Israeli discussions.”

    In an item posted on his website, Ward also thanked the American academic for his support, saying, “The intention behind my comments was to start a genuine discussion about Israel’s treatment of Palestinians and how the Israeli government seemingly acts with impunity for its actions in Gaza and the West Bank.”

    Ward’s comments, which were released ahead of Holocaust Memorial Day, were condemned by his party.

    Last week, Britain’s Liberal Democrat party said “further decisions” would be taken about the MP.

    SSM/PKH/HE

    Iran, Russia ink deal in energy sector

    0

    Iran’s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi and Russia’s Energy Minister Alexander Novak have signed a deal for more cooperation between their countries in the energy sector, Press TV reports.

    The agreement was signed after the 10th Russian-Iranian joint economic commission in the Russian capital, Moscow, on Tuesday.

    The deal includes cooperation in the fields of energy, oil, gas, petrochemical industry, electricity, water and renewable energy resources.

    “Today’s session was a new page in our relations with Russia. It was a breakthrough. We have important ties in many fields including industry, politics, economy, trade, tourism, space and many others,” Salehi said after the signing of the agreement.

    He added that Tehran and Moscow were willing to further develop bilateral relations.

    The Russian energy minister, for his part, said Moscow was also interested in strengthening ties with Tehran.

    As part of the agreement, the two countries agreed that Russia would supply equipment to Iran to enable joint oil and gas projects.

    Salehi stated that Russian companies would get a chance to develop oil and gas fields in Iran.

    AR/HSN/HJL

    Rosneft borrows $30bn from banks to buy out TNK-BP

    0

    RIA Novosti / Grigory Syisoev

    RIA Novosti / Grigory Syisoev

    Russia’s oil major Rosneft has agreed for another $13 billion line of credit with a group of international banks to pay for its $55 billion acquisition of TNK-BP. It has now borrowed a total of $30 billion.

    ­A syndicate of banks led by Bank of America, Merrill Lynch and Citigroup have agreed to provide the financing to Rosneft, following a similar $16.8 billion deal in December.

    Last week it was reported that the all-in margin for the deal for Rosneft will be LIBOR plus 2.5% per annum. The company will get a $3 billion consortium loan for 5 years and a $10 billion bridge credit for 1-2 years.

    The total cost of the acquisition of TNK-BP by Rosneft is estimated at $55 billion, with $45.1 billion needed to be raised in cash, and the remainder coming in the form of 12.84% of Rosneft treasury notes. Treasury notes and $17.1bn will be paid to buy out BP’s 50% stake, while $28 billion will be paid to TNK-BP’s Russian shareholder AAR. Rosneft is going to close the deal in the first half of 2013.

    Last December Rosneft announced the first stage of financing the deal. The company agreed with a group of international banks on two loans for the total amount of $16.8 billion. Under the agreements Rosneft got a $4.1 billion loan for five years and $12.7 billion loan for two years. The lenders included Bank of America, Merrill Lynch, Barclays Bank, BNP Paribas, BTMU, Citibank, Credit Agricole, ING Bank, Intesa Sanpaolo Banking Group, J.P. Morgan, Mizuho Corporate Bank, Natixis, Nordea Bank, SMBC, Societe Generale and Unicredit Bank.

    At the same time Rosneft launched negotiations with the same group of banks on the second tranche. It was initially said that Rosneft was discussing attracting around $30 in total. According to The Times, it is the 9th largest loan ever given in Europe.

    Also, Rosneft has about $15 billion in its accounts and it placed $3bn in Eurobonds. The company might get an estimated $50 billion advanced payment on the new long-term contract for oil deliveries from trading companies Vitol and Glencore. 

    In October 2012 Rosneft agreed with BP and the quartet of Soviet-born billionaires who make up the Alfa Access Renova (AAR) consortium- the two major shareholders of what used to be the Russian — British oil venture TNK-BP — to buy 100% of the company. After the deal is completed Rosneft will become the world’s largest energy company in terms of liquid hydrocarbons extraction, as well as the third largest by estimated net profit at $21.46bn, lagging behind $41.06bn of Exxon Mobil and $26.9 of Chevron, as calculated by RBC.

    Fugitive US cop most likely killed

    0

    Police officers man a blockade near the entrance to the San Bernardino National Forest in southern California after Christopher Dorner engaged in a shootout with police forces.

    A former US police officer wanted for killing four people, including two police officers, is suspected to have been killed by a self-inflicted gunshot after police attempted to remove the walls of the cabin where he had barricaded himself.

    The development came late Tuesday afternoon, following a fierce gun exchange between the fugitive Los Angeles police officer, 33-year-old Christopher Dorner, and an army of law enforcement officers, who had surrounded the cabin in the snow-covered Big Bear Lake forested area in Western coastal state of California.

    Two police officers were critically injured during the fire exchange, one of whom later died of his wounds.

    Latest reports indicate that Dorner, who remained inside the cabin even after it was riddled with hundred of bullets with teargas cartridges hurled inside through its blasted-out windows, set the place on fire and most likely killed himself with a single gunshot as authorities deployed “a vehicle” to tear down the walls of the cabin.

    However, The Los Angeles Times reports that as of Tuesday night there were still conflicting reports on whether a body was located inside the burned-out cabin. While some police sources told news outlets that a body was spotted in the rubble, Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) officials insisted that the cabin was still too hot to search for bodies.

    According to the report, hundreds of law enforcement personnel had descended to the site after the gun battles between Dorner and officers. The police fugitive had been eluding a massive manhunt since his truck was found burning in the area late last week.

    Law enforcement officers in military-style outfit and armed with high-powered weapons took up positions in the heavily forested area as the fierce standoff transpired.

    The ex-LAPD police officer went on a killing spree, seeking “revenge” for being fired by the police force in 2008 after reporting a case of police abuse by his training officer, a white female. Dorner, an African American, had insisted that he was a victim of racism, which has reportedly been rampant in the Los Angele Police Department.

    The disgruntled former officer has been on the run since last week, after allegedly killing three people, including one police officer in southern California.

    State and federal law enforcement officers launched a massive search after Dorner’s initial killings and in the process fired multiple shots at three individuals who were riding in vehicles that resembled that of Dorner’s. Two of the people targeted and wounded by police were females and the other one was a white, skinny male that did not at-all resemble the fugitive cop.

    At one point, police announced that Dorner may have crossed the border into Mexico.

    MFB/MFB

    FIDE boss Ilyumzhinov to launch political Chess Party

    0

    Kirsan Ilyumzhinov (RIA Novosti / Konstantin Veremeychik)

    Kirsan Ilyumzhinov (RIA Novosti / Konstantin Veremeychik)

    The head of the FIDE chess federation and former president of the Russian Republic of Kalmykia says the international chess party would promote chess and unite other political parties and movements.

    50-year old Kirsan Ilyumzhinov headed Kalmykia from 1993 till 2010. He also was elected president of the World Chess Federation FIDE in 1995 and still holds this post.

    In an interview with the Izvestia Daily Ilyumzhinov said the planned the Chess Party will be an international movement uniting all 178 countries that are FIDE members. He emphasized that the representatives of the party would run for parliaments of all levels and in various countries. The main objective is to lobby for chess all over the world and give more support to the game. He set an example of the Republic Party of Kyrgyzstan that prepared a bill introducing chess as compulsory school subject.

    Ilyumzhinov is a member of Russia’s largest party United Russia and he says he will remain in it and his role in the new project will be of an informal coordinator. He added that he wanted other parties from all sides of the political spectrum to join the Russian branch of his movement. He claims to be ready to invite former chess champions Anatoly Karpov and Garry Kasparov (who are a United Russia MP and a leader of the Coordination Council of the Opposition), former head of Vladimir Putin’s elections HQ Stanislav Govorukhin, the leader of the populist opposition LDPR Vladimir Zhirinovsky and many others to join his cause.

    As its first steps on the international level the movement plans chess tournaments between North and South Korea and after that between Palestine and Israel.

    Some Russian politicians, like Vladimir Zhirinovsky and Stanislav Govorukhin welcomed the initiative, Anatoly Karpov, however, said that there was no need in the movement and that chess, like other sports, should not be mixed with politics.

    After leaving the post of Kalmykia’s leader Ilyumzhinov has not taken an active part in politics, but in June 2011 he went to Tripoli at the invitation of Muammar Gaddafi and played a game with the embattled dictator. This was a personal visit and Ilyumzhinov was not representing Russian authorities.

    French Peugeot unveils 5bn-euro loss

    0

    PSA workers protesting against planned factory closure in north of Paris. (file photo)

    The French auto giant PSA Peugeot Citroen has announced a net loss of five billion euros (USD 6.7 billion) in 2012, making it the worst result in its history.

    The carmaker released on Wednesday the historic loss, blaming 4.74 billion euro in asset write-downs and a collapse in European sales for the results.

    The automaker is reportedly losing seven million euros every day. This is while the company has reported a 588 million-euro profit in 2011.

    In an attempt to recover, the PSA previously announced that the company plans to eliminate 11,200 jobs and close its Aulnay plant in north of Paris. This has sparked several demonstrations by the workers.

    The company’s troubles deepened after a decision was made in 2012 to suspend business with Iran under US pressures, which resulted in a sudden shrink in a large part of its market.

    With its more than 200,000 workers, French automotive sector is strategic for the country.

    Since the economic downturn in Europe in 2008, French carmakers have tried to solve their problems with plummeting car sales through slashing capacity and cutting costs. The European car market is at an almost two-decade low and set to shrink for a sixth consecutive year.

    CAH/PKH

    Millions Of Families Face A Decade Of Economic Hardship

    0

    Millions of families might not see see a return to pre-recession standards of living for another decade, a think-tank warned today.

    The Resolution Foundation said many low to middle income households would never fully recover the ground they lost due to the prolonged economic downturn.

    Even if typical earnings for such families were to rise by 1.1% a year, the report calculated that would take until 2023 before they recovered to £22,000 a year at current prices – the equivalent of where they stood in real terms in 2008.

    Without the prolonged downturn, the report estimates that typical earnings could now be expected to stand at £27,500 a year.

    However to reach that level over the next decade would require real terms growth of 3.3%-a-year – figure the report described as “unattainable” based on current forecasts and past experience.

    The report defines low and middle income households as being of working age and relying primarily on their own earned resources but with incomes below the median for the UK.

    In practice, it means couples without children living on a joint income of between £12,000 and £30,000 or between £17,000 and £41,000 for a couple with two children.

    On average this group has seen a 2.4% cut in real incomes since 2009-10, and the report calculated that it would now take 22 years for such households to save for an average deposit on a first time buyer property.

    At the same time, polling conducted by Ipsos Mori for the report found many people remained pessimistic about the outlook for the economy.

    More than one in three – 36% – did not believe the economy would be growing again by 2015, compared to 47% who thought it would.

    Views were divided on whether people expect to be better off by 2015 than they are now – with 42% saying they thought they would against 40% who thought they would not.

    The report’s author, Matthew Whittaker, said: “There is a long road to travel just to get back to where living standards stood before the crisis – and the prospects of actually recovering the ground lost over recent years appear vanishingly thin.

    “Every extra month of falling household incomes is harder to take than the last as household budgets get closer to the edge.”

    Ipsos Mori interviewed 1,005 British adults aged 18 and over by telephone between February 1 and 3.

    Iraq to sign prisoner swap deal with UK

    0

    The Iraqi government says it will sign a prisoner transfer deal with Britain, under which a former British soldier convicted of murder in Iraq could serve the remaining of his life sentence in the UK.

    An Iraqi cabinet statement on Tuesday said the government has given Justice Minister Hassan al-Shammari “the power to negotiate and sign a draft agreement for transferring convicted prisoners between Iraq and Britain.”

    The Iraqi Justice Minister and British officials have been discussing the deal since January.

    A key beneficiary of the deal would be British security guard Danny Fitzsimons, who was sentenced to life imprisonment by an Iraqi court in February 2011 for shooting two of his colleagues in Baghdad’s Green Zone in August 2009.

    Earlier in January, allegations that British troops were guilty of killing Iraqi civilians and performing “terrifying acts of brutality” were also made in London’s High Court.

    Lawyers representing 192 Iraqis are asking for a public inquiry into British detention practices following the US-led invasion of Iraq in March 2003, to which Britain was the second largest contributor of troops.

    US-led forces attacked Iraq in 2003 and toppled Saddam Hussein on the pretext of possessing weapons of mass destruction. But no WMD was ever discovered in Iraq. At the peak of the US-led military operation in Iraq, there were 170,000 US troops and more than 500 bases in Iraq.

    More than one million Iraqis were killed as the result of the US-led invasion and subsequent occupation of the country, according to the California-based investigative organization Project Censored.

    SSM/PKH/HE

    ­Baghdad hosts first fashion show since US invasion

    0

    AFP Photo / Ahmad Al-Rubaye

    AFP Photo / Ahmad Al-Rubaye

    As wartime seems to have passed for Baghdad, the local fashion and beauty industry has begun to recover. The city has hosted the first fashion show since the 2003 US invasion of Iraq which echoes a turn around in the social life of the city.

    Last weekend’s Make-up, Hairdressing and Fashion Show wasn’t exactly a catwalk show like those in Paris and Milan. The festival in central Baghdad was more a show of Iraq’s best hairdressers’ and beauticians’ talents. 

    The sectarian war following the invasion by US troops in 2003, led to extremist attacks on the fashion and beauty industry players.

    The religious extremists pushed hair stylists and fashion designers out of the cities and threatened their businesses. They also insisted that women shouldn’t change their appearance and must only be seen by their husbands.

    However as time passed, Iraqi women felt the need to return to a more international approach to fashion and style. An overall improvement in security meant the beauty industry players could come back home and once again ply their trade.

    Currency wars not that huge a bogey — Russia’s Deputy Finance Minister

    0

    While experts around the world warn against the drastic effects currency wars could produce on the global economy, “it’s not something that’s going to bring the world to its end,” Aleksey Moiseev, Russia’s Deputy Finance Minister, told RT.

    “I wouldn’t overdramatize the issue,” Moiseev told Business RT.

    Currency wars, or an artificial devaluation of currencies aimed at making domestically produced goods more competitive in the global market, has become one of the key concerns for experts. While creating undoubted advantages for exporters, the move creates a risk of spurring inflation, as well as hurting neighboring economies. On top of that, as any war, it could create geopolitical tension.

    “I think, the effectiveness of the attempts by various countries to depreciate their currencies would be quite low,” Moiseev commented.

    Action over currency wars came from the Group of G7 nations on Tuesday, when they said they would leave their currency exchange rates to market forces.

    “We reaffirm that our fiscal and monetary policies have been and will remain oriented towards meeting our respective domestic objectives using domestic instruments, and that we will not target exchange rates,” they said.

    Stimulating real growth and attracting foreign investment are far more important issues, the Deputy Finance Minister stressed. The topic is set to come to a center stage at a two — day G20 meeting in Moscow, scheduled to start on February 15.

    “The most important topic, in my opinion, would be stimulating foreign investment. We understand that this is the main challenge for this world to generate enough investment to support growth.”

    “Second, of course, we expect to discuss new concepts of debt management, debt levels and sort of best standards of countries should behave in the face of that problems and so on,” Moiseev told RT.

    Finance Ministers and the heads of the Central Banks of G20 nations will meet in Moscow this week ahead of the main September G20 summit in Moscow. This will be the first time Russia will host the meeting — an event that has taken place at least once a year since 1999.

    ‘Iran has fully cooperated with IAEA’

    0

    Iran’s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi says the Islamic Republic has always fully cooperated with the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA).

    Salehi said in a press conference in Moscow on Tuesday that Iran has always cooperated with the IAEA and that IAEA inspectors had an “unprecedented” record of visits to Iran’s nuclear facilities “in the history of the agency.”

    The Iranian foreign minister added that the IAEA inspectors had carried out over 7,000 man-hours of inspecting Iranian facilities.

    Salehi said the inspections were carried out abruptly as the inspectors announced the site of their visits two hours before the inspections began.

    The Iranian foreign minister also rejected claims that Iran did not allow IAEA inspections of its Parchin military site, saying that Parchin was “not a nuclear site.” The Parchin site has been inspected once before and a framework is needed for a next visit to the site, Salehi stated.

    Salehi pointed to a delegation of the IAEA that arrived in Tehran on Wednesday for a new round of talks with Iranian officials and said the delegation would also discuss the aforementioned framework.

    The United States, the Israeli regime, and some of their allies have falsely accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

    Iran rejects the allegation and argues that as a committed signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the IAEA, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

    TE/HSN/HJL

    PHOTOS: Relatives Of Gun Violence Victims React To Obama’s Emotional Plea

    0
  • Barack Obama

    President Barack Obama is greeted before his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama, flanked by Vice President Joe Biden and House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio, gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Secretary of State John Kerry greets President Barack Obama before the president’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. Sen.Patrick Leahy, D-Vt. is at right, Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano is at center. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama gestures toward Vice President Joe Biden and House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio before giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama waves before giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. Vice President Joe Biden and House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio stand behind the president. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama is greeted before giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Barack Obama

    President Barack Obama gestures as he gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Barack Obama, Joe Biden, John Boehner

    President Barack Obama, flanked by Vice President John Biden and House Speaker John Boehner smiles as he gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama is applauded as he gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • Reporters listen and work as President Barack Obama gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Pablo Martinez Monsivais)

  • President Barack Obama gestures as he gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • Barack Obama, Joe Biden, John Boehner

    Vice President Joe Biden and House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio applaud President Barack Obama as he gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • First lady Michelle Obama, front row, center, and other, listen as President Barack Obama gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. Front row, from left are, Sgt. Sheena Adams, Nathanial Pendleton, Cleopatra Cowley-Pendleton, Mrs. Obama, Menchu Sanchez, Jill Biden, Kaitlin Roif and Alan Aleman.Second row, from from left are, Deb Carey, Apple CEO Tim Cook, Amanda McMillan, Lt. Brian Murphy, Marie Lopez Rogers and Bradley Henning. Third row, third from left are,Tracey Hepner, Haile Thomas, Lee Maxwell, Sgt. Carlos Evand and White House seniot adviser Valerie Jarrett, (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • House Majority Whip Kevin McCarthy of Calif., left, and House Majority Leader Eric Cantor of Va. listen as President Barack Obama gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Jacquelyn Martin)

  • Former Arizona Rep. Gabrielle Giffords and her husband Mark Kelly watch President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Pablo Martinez Monsivais)

  • President Barack Obama, Vice President Joe Biden and House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio applaud during the president’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Carolyn Murray wipes her eye as she holds a photo of her son Justin during President Barack Obama’ State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. Murray was shot and killed in Evanston, Ill. Nov. 29, 2012. (AP Photo/Pablo Martinez Monsivais)

  • President Barack Obama gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Barack Obama, Joe Biden, John Boehner

    President Barack Obama, flanked by Vice President Joe Biden and House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio, gestures as he gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama greets outgoing Defense Secretary Leon Panetta after the president gave his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • President Barack Obama gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • President Barack Obama is greeted after giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • President Barack Obama waves and House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio applauds after the president gave his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama shakes hands as he leaves after giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vt. greets President Barack Obama after the president gave his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • President Barack Obama is greeted after giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • President Barack Obama shakes hands with Vice President Joe Biden after the president gave his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio is at left. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • First lady Michelle Obama stands with Cleopatra Cowley-Pendleton before President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Pablo Martinez Monsivais)

  • First lady Michelle Obama is applauded before President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. Front row, from left are, Nathaniel Pendleton, Cleopatra Cowley-Pendleton, Mrs. Obama, Menchu Sanchez and Jill Biden. Second row, from left are, Oregon Gov. John Kitzhaber, Deb Carey, Apple CEO Tim Cook, Amanda McMillan, Lt. Brian Murphy and Marie Lopez Rogers. (AP Photo/Jacquelyn Martin)

  • House Budget Committee Chairman Rep.Paul Ryan, R-Wis. applauds during President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Jacquelyn Martin)

  • House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi of Calif. applauds during President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Jacquelyn Martin)

  • Carolyn Murray holds a photo of her slain son Justin during President Barack Obama’ State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Pablo Martinez Monsivais)

  • President Barack Obama leaves after giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Jacquelyn Martin)

  • President Barack Obama is greeted by Rep. Barbara Lee, D-Calif., second from left, Rep. Terri Sewell, D-Ala., and Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz, D-Fla., right, before giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Desiline Victor, 102, of Miami is applauded by White House senior adviser Valerie Jarrett, right, and others, during President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Jacquelyn Martin)

  • US-POLITICS-OBAMA-STATE OF THE UNION

    (Front row) Attorney General Eric Holder, outgoing Defense Secretary Leon Panetta, Secretary of State John Kerry, (second row) EPA Administrator Lisa Jackson, White House Chief of Staff Denis McDonough, Homeland Security Secretary Janet Napolitano and Veterans Affairs Secretary Eric Shinseki applaud as US President Barack Obama delivers his State of the Union address before a joint session of Congress on February 12, 2013 at the US Capitol in Washington, DC. AFP PHOTO/Mandel NGAN (Photo credit should read MANDEL NGAN/AFP/Getty Images)

  • US-POLITICS-OBAMA-STATE OF THE UNION

    Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Martin Dempsey points out a person in the audience to outgoing Defense Secretary Leon Panetta as Chief of Army Staff Raymond Odierno (R) looks on before the State of the Union address before a joint session of Congress by US President Barack Obama on February 12, 2013 at the US Capitol in Washington, DC. AFP PHOTO/Mandel NGAN (Photo credit should read MANDEL NGAN/AFP/Getty Images)

  • Peter Hudson co-founder and CEO iTriage, Evergreen, Colo., far right, listens during President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Jacquelyn Martin)

  • US-POLITICS-STATE OF THE UNION-OBAMA

    US President Barack Obama rests his hand next to a copy of his speech as he delivers his State of the Union address before a joint session of Congress on February 12, 2013 at the US Capitol in Washington, DC. AFP PHOTO/Mandel NGAN (Photo credit should read MANDEL NGAN/AFP/Getty Images)

  • US-POLITICS-OBAMA-STATE OF THE UNION

    US President Barack Obama shakes hands with Vice President Joe Biden as House Speaker John Boehner applauds after Obama delivered his State of the Union address before a joint session of Congress on February 12, 2013 at the US Capitol in Washington, DC. AFP PHOTO/Mandel NGAN (Photo credit should read MANDEL NGAN/AFP/Getty Images)

  • US-POLITICS-OBAMA-STATE OF THE UNION

    US President Barack Obama shakes hands with House Speaker John Boehner after delivering his State of the Union address before a joint session of Congress on February 12, 2013 at the US Capitol in Washington, DC. AFP PHOTO/Mandel NGAN (Photo credit should read MANDEL NGAN/AFP/Getty Images)

  • Secretary of State John Kerry applauds as President Barack Obama gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. Vice President Joe Biden is at left, House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio is second from right. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • First lady Michelle Obama is applauded before President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. Front row from left are Sgt. Sheena Adams, Nathaniel Pendelton, Cleopatra Cowley-Pendelton, Obama, Menchu Sanchez and Jill Biden. Second row from left are Oregon Gov. John Kitzhaber, Deb Carey, Tim Cook, Amanda McMillan, Lt. Brian Murphy, Marie Lopez Rogers, and Bradley Henning. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • First lady Michelle Obama is applauded before President Barck Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. Front row, from left are, Sgt. Sheena Adms, Nathaniel Pendleton, Cleopatra Cowley-Pendleton, Mrs, Obama, Menchu de Luna Sanchez and Jill Biden. Second row, third from left are, Oregon Gov. John Kitzhaber, Deb Carey and Apple CEO Tim Cook Amanda McMillian, Lt. Brian Murphy, (AP Photo/Pablo Martinez Monsivais)

  • House Majority Whip Kevin McCarthy of Calif. left, and House Majority Leader Eric Cantor listen during President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • From left, Attorney General Eric Holder, outgoing Defense Secretary Leon Panetta and Secretary of State John Kerry applaud during President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • President Barack Obama gestures while giving his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Pablo Martinez Monsivais)

  • Barack Obama

    Vice President Joe Biden applauds as President Barack Obama gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio sits at right. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Secretary of State John Kerry, right, greets Sen.Lindsey Graham, R-S.C., center, and Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz, before President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/J. Scott Applewhite)

  • Barack Obama

    President Barack Obama, flanked by Vice President Joe Biden and House Speaker John Boehner of Ohio, gestures as he gives his State of the Union address during a joint session of Congress on Capitol Hill in Washington, Tuesday Feb. 12, 2013. (AP Photo/Charles Dharapak, Pool)

  • Will Obama Plan Create a “Rising, Thriving Middle Class”?

    0

    Context: As yet there are no context links for this item.

    Bio

    Leo Panitch is the Canada Research Chair in Comparative Political Economy and a Distinguished Research Professor of Political Science at York University in Toronto. Panitch is also the author of “Global Capitalism and American Empire” and his most recent release “American Empire and the Political Economy of International Finance.”

    Jennifer S. Taub is an Associate Professor of Law at the Vermont Law School where she teaches contracts, corporations and securities regulation. Before joining VLS, she taught at the Isenberg School of Management, University of Massachusetts, Amherst. She researches and writes in the area of corporate governance, shareholders’ rights, bankruptcy, and financial market regulation. Previously, Professor Taub was an Associate General Counsel for Fidelity Investments.

    Transcript

    PAUL JAY, SENIOR EDITOR, TRNN: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Paul Jay in Baltimore.

    In Washington on Tuesday night, President Obama delivered his State of the Union speech. And the fundamental idea of the speech: it’s time to restore the basic bargain. Here’s what the said.~~~BARACK OBAMA, U.S. PRESIDENT: [T]ogether, we have cleared away the rubble of crisis, and we can say with renewed confidence that the state of our union is stronger.But we gather here knowing that there are millions of Americans whose hard work and dedication have not yet been rewarded. Our economy is adding jobs–but too many people still can’t find full-time employment. Corporate profits have skyrocketed to all-time highs–but for more than a decade, wages and incomes have barely budged.It is our generation’s task, then, to reignite the true engine of America’s economic growth–a rising, thriving middle class.It is our unfinished task to restore the basic bargain that built this country–the idea that if you work hard and meet your responsibilities, you can get ahead, no matter where you come from, no matter what you look like, or who you love.It is our unfinished task to make sure that this government works on behalf of the many, and not just the few; that it encourages free enterprise, rewards individual initiative, and opens the doors of opportunity to every child across this great nation.~~~JAY: Now joining us to give us their take on President Obama’s speech is, first of all, Jennifer Taub. She’s an associate professor of law at Vermont Law School. She researches and writes in the area of corporate governance and financial market regulation.And joining us from Toronto is Leo Panitch. He’s the Canada research chair in comparative political economy and a distinguished research professor of political science at York University. He coauthored the book The Making of Global Capitalism.Thank you, both of you, for joining us.LEO PANITCH, PROF. POLITICAL SCIENCE, YORK UNIVERSITY: Hi, Paul.JAY: So, Leo, why don’t you kick us off? What did you make? It’s time to restore the basic bargain.PANITCH: Yeah. Well, I found it a typical and, for that reason, very disappointing speech, entirely vague in terms of the basic bargain, and misleading in terms of what that applies, but worse, symbolically touching on all the things that need to be done, above all, massive public expenditure on infrastructure, without really providing any of the financial muscle or the direct government employment that would make these things happen, without taking on–and understandably, given the way he praised free enterprise out of the same side of his mouth that he attacked the wealthy and the people who are able to escape taxation by using high-powered accountants–you know, he didn’t take on any of the interests. Sure, he took a shot at the banks for not allowing people to renew their mortgages at lower interest rates, but indicated he would do nothing to actually force them to do it. This has been on the agenda now since the beginning of the crisis.So I found it in every sense a typically symbolic speech and really, really very, very disappointing [inaud.]JAY: Jennifer, what do you think? It seems to have been effective. Some of the people I’ve been talking to are happy that he just mentioned these things. What did you think?JENNIFER TAUB, ASSOC. PROF., VERMONT LAW SCHOOL: I was also very disappointed, and glad that you zeroed in on that particular phrase he used, which was that we’ve together “cleared away the rubble” of the crisis. That’s simply not true.And I think that if you compare what he said to what Rubio said in terms of the crisis in his response, Rubio said a major cause of our recent downturn was a housing crisis. So that part is true. What was not true in what Rubio said was that the housing crisis was due to reckless government policies. Of course, instead it was due to regulatory failure and due to recklessness and predatory behavior of banks. And by the president failing to remind us and place in the proper historical context where we are today in terms of this very anemic recovery, he won’t really get the public’s support for what we’ve already heard needs to be done, which is massive infrastructure spending. We have a problem of lack of aggregate demand. It’s not about training people for jobs. It’s not about them lacking skills. What we have now are massive unemployment–we’re still at 7.9 percent, and when you include the people who are working part-time, who are discouraged, according to vice chairman of the Fed, Janet Yellen, who spoke just yesterday on this topic, we’re over 14 percent. And she was bold enough, unlike the president tonight, to talk about the real causes of this. And by the way, it’s not just about blaming the banks or blaming regulatory failure, but it actually ties into why the recovery’s been so weak, which is this problem that housing has not been able to lead the recovery. And the fact that the president mentioned housing is picking up, we shouldn’t look to that as an indicator of growth. Robert Schiller [unintel.] speaking about this recently. So I was discouraged in that, for the reasons we’ve already talked about, but also particularly discouraged by the failure to really look at who’s to blame for this and how we can move forward.JAY: Now, he did–Leo, he did talk about the need for this infrastructure program. He talked about we need to create employment through rebuilding bridges and rebuilding roads. I mean, why isn’t that what you’re looking for?PANITCH: Well, it is what one should be looking for. He just isn’t–having stated the objective, isn’t providing the means. And while it’s certainly true that he’s dealing with a ridiculously recalcitrant Republican Party in Congress, it’s also true that American business is fed up with the kind of role they’re playing. And he should be leading a massive campaign to get American business behind, Wall Street behind a massive program of borrowing for infrastructure spending, for direct government infrastructure spending. And, you know, one can borrow–governments can borrow now at virtually zero interest rates. The kind of stuff that he’s proposing is so minimal, if you compared it to anything that the Work Projects Administration did in the New Deal, it’s almost laughable.But more than that, I think it’s this triangulation problem that he has–and he shares, by the way, with all of the European social democrats who were enveloped in the middle way, admiring Clinton–he speaks in a way that is at the same time trying to cater to big business and not point, as Jennifer says, to the role that they play in causing the crisis–and even worse, causing the stagnation and the inequality that goes with it–while at the same time throwing out a few symbolic words about things not being fair, but without taking any leadership with regard to getting behind the kind of massive, massive government spending and direct public employment that alone could solve these problems.JAY: Jennifer, there seems to be two contradictory principles here. One is: restore the basic bargain, which–in other words, build the foundation of success or future of the American economy on a restored middle class, and don’t add a dime to the deficit. I mean, are these contradictory ideas? And which one does he seem to believe in more?TAUB: I don’t know what he actually believes in, but what he was expressing were contradictory ideas. And I think that it’s a shame that he didn’t use this opportunity to break down these false narratives. You know, if anyone looks at the equation for calculating GDP, they can see right in it is government spending and government and the private sector complimenting each other. And I think by privileging or putting forward this idea that it’s–you know, that it’s only the private sector that should lead a recovery, he may think he’s just using rhetoric to get people to support his agenda here. But I think it’s a lost opportunity to make people understand how things really operate. And I agree with Leo: I think government jobs here are important and that he needs to use the word spending. I listened to this speech carefully and then went back and looked at the transcript, and he mentioned jobs over 30 times, and he mentioned spending only on three occasions–twice was about cutting spending, and the third time was about military spending that would be reduced. And nobody is going to be fooled by this idea that we can cut the deficit, cut spending, and somehow end up in a situation we don’t–that we can move forward and grow the economy. So it’s not going to work if that’s what his plans are.JAY: Leo, right from the beginning of his presidency, President Obama has been adamant that the solutions are going to be found through the private sector, when during his stimulus plan, which was–you know, in terms of American history, it was a big stimulus plan–not as big as a lot of people thought it should have been, but it was wedded that it had to be done through the private sector. Now, a lot of that money did in fact go to state and city governments because they were desperate and going bankrupt, but all his rhetoric was private sector, private sector.PANITCH: And he repeated that tonight. He said that in order to have spending on schools and highways and ports, that he would be mobilizing the private sector to invest in these. Now, that’s a recipe for privatizing stuff that is not yet privatized or, at best, for private-public partnerships, which turn out to be far more costly, because what governments then do is underwrite corporate borrowing at higher rates of interest than the governments could borrow themselves. But this is all about this triangulation with the enormous power–one has to admit this–of the capitalist class in the United States. And, you know, look, I think to some extent one needs to say it’s not just Obama’s failures. What we are seeing here is the increasing impossibility of securing anything like equality, let alone justice, in societies that are driven by private property and the power of capitalist classes. The hope that people have that we could get to a social-democratic type of mixed economy, where capitalist crises would be contained by Keyesian spending and whereby you’d get a gradual set of reforms that would equalize class relations, we are now, into the second decade of the 20th century, clearly seeing that those types of goals are no longer realizable in the framework of contemporary capitalism. And the tragedy of people who start out with those kinds of goals, like Obama or like European social democrats, is they end up reinforcing the current structure of power. And I can only hope that eventually people will come to see that one needs much more fundamental change than Obama or indeed others like him are prepared to mobilize people behind.JAY: Alright. Thank you both for joining us.PANITCH: Good to talk to you, Paul.JAY: And thank you for joining us on The Real News Network.

    End

    DISCLAIMER: Please note that transcripts for The Real News Network are typed from a recording of the program. TRNN cannot guarantee their complete accuracy.


    Comments

    Our automatic spam filter blocks comments with multiple links and multiple users using the same IP address. Please make thoughtful comments with minimal links using only one user name. If you think your comment has been mistakenly removed please email us at contact@therealnews.com

    Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

    State of the Union

    0

    State of the Union

    Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
    Posted on Feb 12, 2013

    David Fitzsimmons, Cagle Cartoons, The Arizona Star

    Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

    The Pope Resigns

    Kerry

    Papal Abdication

    No Respect

    More Below the Ad


    New and Improved Comments

    If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

    Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

    Papal Abdication

    0

    Papal Abdication

    Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
    Posted on Feb 12, 2013

    Pat Bagley, Cagle Cartoons, Salt Lake Tribune

    Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

    The Pope Resigns

    Kerry

    State of the Union

    No Respect

    More Below the Ad


    New and Improved Comments

    If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

    Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

    No Respect

    0

    No Respect

    Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
    Posted on Feb 12, 2013

    Cam Cardow, Cagle Cartoons, The Ottawa Citizen

    Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

    The Pope Resigns

    Kerry

    State of the Union

    Papal Abdication

    More Below the Ad


    New and Improved Comments

    If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

    Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

    Torn Between Heart and Mind

    0

    Torn Between Heart and Mind

    Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
    Posted on Feb 12, 2013

    Angel Boligan, Cagle Cartoons, El Universal, Mexico City

    Click to see more Truthdig Cartoons

    The Pope Resigns

    Kerry

    State of the Union

    Papal Abdication

    More Below the Ad


    New and Improved Comments

    If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

    Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

    UK ‘Should Avoid Triple-Dip-Recession’

    0

    A leading business body has cut its UK growth forecast for this year but said the UK should avoid a triple-dip recession.

    The CBI expects the UK economy to grow 1% in 2013, less than its previous estimate of 1.4%, warning the potential for a new “flare-up” in eurozone tensions was likely to keep confidence and growth in check.

    But it said a rise in job vacancies and an improvement in business sentiment since its last forecast suggested the economy would avoid another recession and grow 0.3% in the first quarter of this year.

    Hopes that Britain will avoid a triple-dip recession after the economy shrank in the final quarter of last year have been boosted by recent surveys which showed the services sector returned to growth and manufacturing output rose at its fastest pace since September 2011 in January.

    Director-general John Cridland said: “We are beginning to see the return of organic growth, with clear signs that firms offering the right products into the right markets are growing sales and expanding. Recent business surveys also give grounds for cautious optimism about our forward prospects.”

    But he said the potential for eurozone tensions to flare up again, coupled with tough conditions in the domestic market, explained why business confidence remained patchy.

    He said: “After the uncertainties of 2012, the fear of external storm clouds lingers.”

    Inflation, which remained above target at 2.7% in January, is likely to edge higher by the middle of the year due to energy price hikes and tuition fees, but the CBI said unless there was a “marked deterioration in economic conditions” it did not expect the Bank of England to carry out any more asset purchases, also known as money printing.

    It also said household spending power, which has come under pressure amid high inflation, is set to grow at a more muted pace this year, but as confidence improved the impulse to save would wane.

    The CBI said UK exports would be stronger this year, with the global economy likely to grow faster as growth in China picks up and the US economy continues its “relatively solid, if unspectacular recovery”.

    NATO airstrike kills at least 8 Afghan civilians, mostly women and children

    0

    10 civilians killed in NATO air strike in Afghanistan

    10 civilians killed in NATO air strike in Afghanistan

    Numerous women and children are among the ten killed in a NATO air strike in Afghanistan, say Afghan officials, as AFP reports.

    ­DETAILS TO FOLLOW

    Clegg Calls For Tax Abuse Action Ahead Of Africa G8 Talks

    0

    Nick Clegg has called for global action against tax-dodging firms as he embarked on a G8 trip to Africa, arguing that tackling abuses would bolster public support for increasing foreign aid.

    As part of the UK’s presidency of the G8 group, the deputy prime minister is to begin a three-day tour of Mozambique and Ethiopia.

    He will meet politicians and diplomats from across the continent as well as UK firms running successful operations in the region.

    He said: “Many of the difficulties that governments face in the developing world are becoming increasingly common in the developed world.

    “For too long, the developed world ignored the way in which tax revenues, which rightfully belonged to developing countries, disappeared as people exploited different tax regimes, and made a mockery of governments in the developing world. We must work together to overcome it.

    LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

    “To disrupt the vicious cycle of inequity in the systems of tax and trade, we must first create a level playing field whereby responsible and thriving companies are attracted to trade and do business in a fair and transparent way.

    “As the UK will meet its promise to spend 0.7% of GNI on international aid in 2013, it is vital that the benefits of aid are not wiped out by losses sustained by multinationals or individuals gaming countries’ tax systems.”

    Clegg, accompanied on the visit by International Development Minister Lynne Featherstone, is due to meet the presidents of both countries.

    Featherstone said boosting tax revenues would help developing nations “stand on their own two feet”

    “Helping developing countries to collect taxes means they can improve their own public services such as health and education. It also helps attract the investment and trade they need to grow and develop.”

    Officials said trade between the UK and the two countries was “booming” – with exports to Mozambique nearly doubling last year and more than doubling to Ethiopia in 2011.

    Among projects funded by UK aid to be visited by the ministers are a mobile phone banking system, and a UK firm making ethanol from root vegetable cassava to replace health-damaging charcoal for cooking and fair-trade

    Environment Secretary To Fly To Brussels For Horsemeat Summit

    0

    Environment Secretary Owen Paterson is to fly to Brussels on Wednesday for a horsemeat summit after two British processing plants were shut down as part of the inquiry into the scandal.

    The Food Standards Agency (FSA), accompanied by police, swooped on a slaughterhouse and a meat manufacturer in both Yorkshire and Wales after apparently uncovering “a blatant misleading of consumers”.

    Peter Boddy slaughterhouse in Todmorden, West Yorkshire, and meat processing plant Farmbox Meats at Llandre in Aberystwyth, West Wales, had records seized and were temporarily shut down pending the outcome of investigations into claims they supplied and used horse carcasses in burgers and kebabs.

    The FSA said it had “detained” all meat found at the premises and seized paperwork and customer lists from the two companies.

    horsemeat poland

    Two British slaughterhouses have been dragged into the scandal

    The news comes as Waitrose announced it has withdrawn its beef Essential British Frozen Meatballs after pork was bound in two batches.

    Until now, meat linked to the scandal is thought to have come from suppliers in Europe, but for the first time it appears the contamination may also stem from British premises.

    Andrew Rhodes, FSA director of operations, said: “I ordered an audit of all horse producing abattoirs in the UK after this issue first arose last month and I was shocked to uncover what appears to be a blatant misleading of consumers.
    “I have suspended both plants immediately while our investigations continue.”

    owen paterson

    Paterson said the selling of horsemeat was ‘completely unacceptable’

    Paterson will later discuss the scandal with counterparts in EU countries.

    He said: “This is absolutely shocking. It’s totally unacceptable if any business in the UK is defrauding the public by passing off horse meat as beef.

    “I expect the full force of the law to be brought down on anyone involved in this kind of activity.”

    Slaughterhouse owner Peter Boddy said he would co-operate with FSA officers and claimed they had not “raided” his Todmorden premises.

    He told ITV: “It was not a raid – they are welcome to visit whenever they want, they just wanted to see my records which I will be showing them.”

    The Welsh Government minister for agriculture, Alun Davies, said: “Integrity and trust are essential in the food chain.
    “I would be appalled if these allegations are proven.

    “The Welsh Government is working closely with the Department for the Environment, Food and Rural Affairs (Defra) and the FSA to ensure this matter is dealt with swiftly and decisively.”

    The raids came as Mr Paterson met representatives of the Institute of Grocery Distribution, which represents food retailers and suppliers, to discuss plans for a new regime of quarterly testing of products.

    Results of tests into the extent of contamination of beef products are expected on Friday.

    horsemeat tesco spaghetti

    Tesco discovered a spaghetti bolognese contained more than 60% horsemeat

    Supermarket giant Tesco on Tuesday became the latest retailer to drop a major supplier after discovering a range of spaghetti bolognese ready meals contained more than 60% horse meat.

    It followed frozen food firm Findus and Aldi in finding the meat in products made by French firm Comigel and last night joined them in dropping the company as a supplier.

    French consumer safety authorities said companies from Romania, Cyprus and the Netherlands, as well as its own firms, were involved.

    Romanian authorities confirmed they are investigating while their Dutch counterparts said they are ready to do so if necessary.

    But Romanian prime minister Victor Ponta has said his government had no evidence that any companies in Romania had broken any European laws.

    The National Beef Association (NBA) has suggested the addition of the words “United Kingdom origin” to packaging to prevent “further cheating” by suppliers.

    6in of snow, then here comes sun

    0

    Much of the UK will be covered with a blanket of snow that in some places could be 6in (15cm) deep.

    But it will disappear almost as soon as it has arrived, heralding drier, warmer and sunnier weather for the rest of the week, forecasters predict.

    The Met Office has issued severe weather warnings for much of Scotland and northern England for today, advising people to be aware of snow fall.

    Snow will move into western Scotland on Wednesday morning and pass eastwards throughout the day across most parts of the UK, although west Wales, south west England and coastal parts of the South will see rain instead.

    Sally Webb, a forecaster with MeteoGroup, the weather division of the Press Association, said snow would hit the Midlands later in the morning and London and East Anglia at about 4pm. But later in the afternoon it will begin to clear and turn increasingly to rain and drizzle in western areas as milder air begins to move in.

    “We will see up to 2cm (1in) across the South East throughout the day, 2cm to 5cm (1in to 2in) quite widely, and over higher ground and in the North up to 8cm (3in), or 10cm (4in) across higher ground,” Miss Webb said.

    “In Scotland there will be 4cm to 7cm (2in to 3in) widely, and 15cm (6in) expected on higher ground. Overnight it will turn to patchy rain and drizzle across the UK, before a band of heavy rain moves in during the early hours. It will also be windy today, especially across northern Scotland.”

    Temperatures will hover at about 2C to 3C (36F to 37F) in most places, though they could reach 10C (50F) in the South West or 12C (54F) in Northern Ireland.

    “As soon as the snow moves through it does get a bit milder,” Miss Webb said. “It will be milder for the rest of the week, mainly dry with sunny spells and cloud.”

    The Environment Agency has 88 flood alerts in place, mainly in the South East, and 12 more serious flood warnings.

    Market Buzz: Looking for positive stats from Europe and the US

    0

    AFP Photo / Daniel Roland

    AFP Photo / Daniel Roland

    Investors in Russia are expected to remain positive on Wednesday, with analysts expecting solid manufacturing data from Europe and retail figures from the US.

    “… One should expect a minor growth of Russian shares at the start of trading, as well as significant dynamics after important macro statistics from Europe and the USA comes,” Investcafe analyst Grigoriy Birg wrote in an e-mail.

    On Tuesday, Russia’s key indices finished in the black: The RTS rose 0.03% to 1,582.35 and the MICEX went up 0.23% to 1,515.49.

    Among important data set to be released on Wednesday are the figures for December industrial production in the eurozone, with month-to-month dynamics largely expected to show a 0.2% growth. “However, after a November 0.3% contraction this should support the markets,” Birg explained.

    The US is also scheduled to produce its January retail sales figures, not including car sales. “Any information, proving growth of consumer demand in the US will cause positive investor reaction,” Birg said.

    US stocks finished trading mixed on Tuesday. The Dow edged closer to a record high, underpinned by strong earnings from beauty products direct seller Avon, and luxury clothing and accessories seller Michael Kors. The Dow Jones Industrial Average rose 47.46 points to 14,018.70. The broader Standard & Poor’s 500 index inched up 2.42 points to 1,519.43. The tech-laden Nasdaq composite index fell 5.51 points to 3,186.49.

    The Obama Administration made it clear that the Democrats were ready to produce a game plan to escape the ‘fiscal cliff,’ including a combination of higher taxes and lower government spending.

    “Overall, a systematic approach to resolving the problem of an excessive budget deficit and state debt is better than the alternative of an automatic $1.2trln spending cuts in the US, which could lead to catastrophic economic aftermath not just in the US but in the world,” Birg said.

    European markets finished higher on Tuesday, with shares in France leading the region. The CAC 40 was up 0.99%, while London’s FTSE 100 gained 0.98% and Germany’s DAX added 0.35%.

    Japanese shares are lower today as the Nikkei 225 fell 1.10%. Stock markets in Hong Kong and Shanghai are closed at this time.

    Kebabs in spotlight as British slaughterhouse raided

    0

    The Food Standards Agency has raided a slaughterhouse allegedly involved in supplying horsemeat labelled as beef.

    The FSA has shut down Peter Boddy Licensed Slaughterhouse in Todmorden, West Yorkshire, while it investigates allegations that it supplied horse carcasses to a meat business in Wales.

    Officers from West Yorkshire and Dyfed-Powys police accompanied the FSA as they seized meat and paperwork from the Yorkshire abattoir and Farmbox Meats Ltd in Llandre, Aberystwyth.

    The FSA and police are looking into the circumstances through which meat products, purporting to be beef for kebabs and burgers, were sold, which were in fact horse.

    The FSA has suspended operations at both sites while it investigates the first suspected instance of a UK abattoir passing off horsemeat as beef.

    Meanwhile, Waitrose has announced it is clearing the shelves of its Essential British Frozen Beef Meatballs after pork was detected in tests on two batches.

    Environment Secretary Owen Paterson said he expects tough action to be taken against any business that has broken the law.

    He said: “This is absolutely shocking. It’s totally unacceptable if any business in the UK is defrauding the public by passing off horsemeat as beef.

    “I expect the full force of the law to be brought down on anyone involved in this kind of activity.”

    Slaughterhouse owner Peter Boddy, who denied that the FSA visit amounted to a “raid”, told Sky News: “I have not been supplying meat to Farmbox. I don’t know who they are.”

    Farmbox Meats Ltd has also denied any wrongdoing.

    In an interview with Sky News, FSA Director of Operations Andrew Rhodes said: “We acted on excellent evidence, which includes the traceability of where products go from one location to another.

    “I’m very confident that the information we have used and what we have obtained is evidence that something has happened which should not have been.”

    The raids came after a respected food scientist warned that lamb ready meals and other products may contain horsemeat and should be tested.

    Mr Paterson today met representatives of supermarkets and food suppliers to discuss the growing scandal of horse meat mislabelled as beef.

    Joining officials from the Food Standards Agency, he talked to the Institute of Grocery Distribution, which represents food retailers and suppliers, to discuss plans for a new regime of quarterly testing of products.

    Results of tests into the extent of contamination of beef products are expected on Friday.

    The Environment Secretary will travel to Brussels tomorrow to discuss the scandal with counterparts in EU countries.

    Four-Letter “G” Word Discussed on TV

    0

    The title of the video clip under review and subject of their discussion is: “Would returning to the gold standard end currency wars?” Obviously, countries which use gold as money would have to accept the fact that gold cannot be devalued. This would be a huge improvement over today.

    Michael Woolfolk from Bank of New York Mellon takes the anti-gold position, and Komal Sri-Kumar from Sri-Kumar Global Strategies is pro-gold. Mr. Woolfolk seems the perfect representative of the establishment. He works for a major bank and just wants to continue the status quo, though as most do, he has some quibbles with it. While he admits that there is no long-term benefit to “currency wars”, he asserts that there is a short-term benefit.

    Mr. Sri-Kumar, answers Mr. Woolfolk as he deserves. Nothing good comes from robbing savers and productive enterprise via devaluation, in the short term or in the long term. Unfortunately, he is not a great representative of the gold standard, as we shall see below.

    Mahatma Ghandi once said, “First they ignore you, then they laugh at you, then they fight you, then you win.” In this Bloomberg video clip, we see that we are currently somewhere between laughing and fighting.   Gold can no longer be ignored.

    Mr. Woolfolk seems barely able to conceal his contempt at times. In rebutting Mr. Sri-Kumar, he interrupts “but you can’t do that [adopt gold]… right?” His face flickers to a smirk, which he quickly suppresses. “I mean the value of gold would have to be astronomically high to be able to back the money supply.” He adds, “Wouldn’t it?” He takes on a tone of exaggerated patience.

    Mr. Woolfolk says we don’t have enough gold. Whenever I hear that, I always feel an urge to ask three questions. First, How much gold do you think we have? Second, how much do you think we would need to have? And finally, how did you arrive at these numbers? There is little point in spending further electrons dwelling on Mr. Woolfolk.

    Mr. Sri-Kumar made a point that I think is under-appreciated: central banks create uncertainty. I would add that economic calculation as such is impossible under paper. A construction worker cannot use a rubber band to measure the length of a beam; he must use a steel tape. An accountant cannot use a rubber dollar to measure the worth of an enterprise; he must use gold. Well, today, they do try to use dollars, but there is a systemic bias towards overstating profits and understating losses.

    Unfortunately, Mr. Sri-Kumar’s main idea is wrong. He wants governments to fix the price of gold. He even claims he knows the magic number: $1675 per ounce. Mr. Sri-Kumar and everyone else should be reminded that price fixing never works (and the price is always fluctuating in a free market).

    Apart from this fatal problem with price fixing, government always gets the wrong price for two reasons. First, they don’t have perfect information, and second there are special interest lobbyists. Imagine the debate in Washington about a fixed gold price. Debtors would want the price to be high, so they could liquidate their debts with as little gold as possible. Creditors would want the gold price set low, so they can get more gold out of their counterparties. The fighting between the special interest groups would be like the shoot-out at the OK Corral!

    Mr. Sri-Kumar proposes to return to the last throes of the terminal gold standard, the twisted husk known as the “Bretton Woods System”. In this system, it was a criminal offense punishable by imprisonment for a US citizen to own gold. While Mr. Sri-Kumar did not endorse this particular feature, it is a necessary feature because otherwise unpredictable people could begin buying gold and force governments to either let the price rise or else drain their reserves of gold.

    In Bretton-Woods, the dollar was redeemable only by foreign central banks. Those banks were indeed redeeming, at an accelerating pace. By 1971, they were bringing enough dollars to the US to take home over 100 tons per day. The US government was within a few months or running out of gold at that rate.  President Nixon made his fateful decision to “temporarily” suspend redeemability as a response to this monetary crisis.

    The failure of Bretton-Woods was inevitable. Economists Jacques Rueff and Robert Triffin predicted it many years before it happened.

    I covered some of the problems of the pre-1913 gold standard, but it was superior in every way to Bretton Woods. It certainly did not self-destruct.

    It’s good that Mr. Sri-Kumar pointed out that there cannot be debasement and thus endemically rising prices under gold. But there is much more to be said, if we are to avoid the fate of Rome. The next time Bloomberg needs someone to talk about the gold standard, let’s hope they pick someone who understands it fully. 

    For those who are interested, I published a video yesterday discussing an important consequence of irredeemable dollar: the system is collapsing under the weight of the rising debt.

    C&L’s Late Night Music Club With The Outfield

    0

    Title: I Don’t Need Her

    The Outfield’s Play Deep is one of my favorites from the 80’s. Got a favorite from way back then?

    Play Deep
    Play Deep

    Artist: Outfield

    Price: $3.08

    (As of 02/12/13 07:10 pm details)

    Big Gulp: Rubio Takes Water Break During SOTU Rebuttal

    0

    I think Sen. Rubio has got some work to do before he’s ready for prime time: Rubio Takes Awkward Water Break At State Of The Union Speech:

    Sen. Marco Rubio (R-FL) appeared to be having some trouble delivering the GOP rebuttal to President Obama’s State of the Union address on Tuesday night, when he awkwardly reached for a sip of water midway through his speech.

     photo anigif_enhanced-buzz-32312-1360728765-6_zpsea257689.gif

    via Buzzfeed

    The (Two) GOP #SOTU Responses

    0

    Well, this is awkward, but in our always fair and balanced way, we present the two sides of the GOP’s response to Obama’s SOTU – the ‘official’ Marco Rubio response and Rand Paul’s Tea Party Express response, with speech excerpts and streams…

    Marco Rubio:

    Rubio’s not so greatest moment:

    A few excerpts from Rubio’s speech:

    “This opportunity — to make it to the middle class or beyond no matter where you start out in life — it isn’t bestowed on us from Washington. It comes from a vibrant free economy where people can risk their own money to open a business. And when they succeed, they hire more people, who in turn invest or spend the money they make, helping others start a business and create jobs. Presidents in both parties — from John F. Kennedy to Ronald Reagan — have known that our free enterprise economy is the source of our middle class prosperity. But President Obama? He believes it’s the cause of our problems.”

    “Mr. President, I still live in the same working class neighborhood I grew up in. My neighbors aren’t millionaires. They’re retirees who depend on Social Security and Medicare. They’re workers who have to get up early tomorrow morning and go to work to pay the bills. They’re immigrants, who came here because they were stuck in poverty in countries where the government dominated the economy. The tax increases and the deficit spending you propose will hurt middle class families. It will cost them their raises. It will cost them their benefits. It may even cost some of them their jobs. And it will hurt seniors because it does nothing to save Medicare and Social Security. So Mr. President, I don’t oppose your plans because I want to protect the rich. I oppose your plans because I want to protect my neighbors.”

    “Economic growth is the best way to help the middle class. Unfortunately, our economy actually shrank during the last three months of 2012. But if we can get the economy to grow at just 4 percent a year, it would create millions of middle class jobs. And it could reduce our deficits by almost $4 trillion dollars over the next decade. Tax increases can’t do this. Raising taxes won’t create private sector jobs. And there’s no realistic tax increase that could lower our deficits by almost $4 trillion. That’s why I hope the President will abandon his obsession with raising taxes and instead work with us to achieve real growth in our economy.”

    “The real cause of our debt is that our government has been spending 1 trillion dollars more than it takes in every year. That’s why we need a balanced budget amendment. The biggest obstacles to balancing the budget are programs where spending is already locked in. One of these programs, Medicare, is especially important to me. It provided my father the care he needed to battle cancer and ultimately die with dignity. And it pays for the care my mother receives now. I would never support any changes to Medicare that would hurt seniors like my mother. But anyone who is in favor of leaving Medicare exactly the way it is right now, is in favor of bankrupting it.”

    “Despite our differences, I know that both Republicans and Democrats love America. I pray we can come together to solve our problems, because the choices before us could not be more important. If we can get our economy healthy again, our children will be the most prosperous Americans ever. And if we do not, we will forever be known as the generation responsible for America’s decline.”

    and 5 minutes later…

    Rand Paul (via Tea Party Express – no Embed!):

    click image for link...

    Below are a few excerpts anticipated from Sen. Rand Paul’s (R-Ky.) Tea Party response to the State of the Union Address.

    “We are the party that embraces hard work and ingenuity, therefore we must be the party that embraces the immigrant who wants to come to America for a better future. We must be the party who sees immigrants as assets, not liabilities. We must be the party that says, ‘If you want to work, if you want to become an American, we welcome you.’”

    “The path we are on is not sustainable, but few in Congress or in this Administration seem to recognize that their actions are endangering the prosperity of this great nation.”

    “Both parties have been guilty of spending too much, of protecting their sacred cows, of backroom deals in which everyone up here wins, but every taxpayer loses. It is time for a new bipartisan consensus. It is time Democrats admit that not every dollar spent on domestic programs is sacred. And it is time Republicans realize that military spending is not immune to waste and fraud.”

    “Not only should the sequester stand, many pundits say the sequester really needs to be at least $4 trillion to avoid another downgrade of America’s credit rating. Both parties will have to agree to cut, or we will never fix our fiscal mess.”

    “Washington acts in a way that your family never could — they spend money they do not have, they borrow from future generations, and then they blame each other for never fixing the problem.”

    “If Congress refuses to obey its own rules, if Congress refuses to pass a budget, if Congress refuses to read the bills, then I say: Sweep the place clean. Limit their terms and send them home!”

    Your rating: None Average: 5 (2 votes)

    And Summarizing It All…

    0
    Manipuflation's picture

    How about incineration?

    “Before the fire, SWAT officers had been firing tear gas inside the cabin as part of a “tactical operation.” No gunfire has been heard since the structure went up in flames shortly after 4 p.m. PT. It was still burning 90 minutes later, and authorities made no attempt to extinguish the flames.

    “We won’t allow them (firefighters) to get close to the cabin,” said Cindy Bachman, spokeswoman for the San Bernardino County Sheriff’s Department. “It’s just not safe.”

    At an afternoon news conference after the gun fight and shortly before the cabin began burning, Smith called on Dorner to surrender.

    “Enough is enough. It’s time to turn yourself in,” Smith said, addressing Dorner via television cameras. “It’s time to end the bloodshed.”

    The Los Angeles police chief called Dorner “a domestic terrorist,” and a $1 million reward, from public and private sources, was offered. Police had received more than 1,000 tips by Monday.”

    #SOTU – The Summary: Minimum Wage, Maximum Genomes, Macs, And Moar Cyber-Security

    0

    5% fewer words, slightly shorter than last year but just as hope-full. From a hike (and inflation-indexed) in the minimum wage to a 140x multiplier of genome sciences investment (now that is Keynesian awesomeness); from extending homeownership (and refinancing plans) even more to energy independence; from Apple, Ford, and CAT’s US Manufacturing to Bridge-Building and infrastructure spending; and from Trans-Pacific and -Atlantic Trade to cyber-security; it’s all gonna be great – because as President Obama reminded us at the start… “Our housing market is healing, our stock market is rebounding,” and this won’t add a dime to the deficit… oh and that Student loan bubble – no worries, there’s a college scorecard so now you know where you can get the biggest bang for your credit-based buck. Summing it all up:

    • Guns 9 : 3 Freedom
    • Jobs 31 : 17 Tax
    • Congress 17 : 40 Work
    • Recovery 2 : 0 Unicorns
    • Spending 3 : 2 Cutting

    Fed heads chimed in early:

    • *PLOSSER: `BRIGHTER LINE’ NEEDED BETWEEN FISCAL, MONETARY POLICY
    • *PLOSSER EXPECTS FED TO REDUCE BOND BUYING BY END OF THIS YEAR

    That won’t help fund all of this wonderfulness…

    But we started on an awkward note with Reince Priebus:

    and David Axelrod…

    Oh well…

    The word cloud: Jobs – Years – America (and… people education like)

    Full Speech:

    Mr. Speaker, Mr. Vice President, Members of Congress, fellow citizens:

        Fifty-one years ago, John F. Kennedy declared to this Chamber that “the Constitution makes us not rivals for power but partners for progress…It is my task,” he said, “to report the State of the Union — to improve it is the task of us all.”

        Tonight, thanks to the grit and determination of the American people, there is much progress to report. After a decade of grinding war, our brave men and women in uniform are coming home. After years of grueling recession, our businesses have created over six million new jobs. We buy more American cars than we have in five years, and less foreign oil than we have in twenty. Our housing market is healing, our stock market is rebounding, and consumers, patients, and homeowners enjoy stronger protections than ever before.

        Together, we have cleared away the rubble of crisis, and can say with renewed confidence that the state of our union is stronger.

        But we gather here knowing that there are millions of Americans whose hard work and dedication have not yet been rewarded. Our economy is adding jobs — but too many people still can’t find full-time employment. Corporate profits have rocketed to all-time highs — but for more than a decade, wages and incomes have barely budged.

        It is our generation’s task, then, to reignite the true engine of America’s economic growth — a rising, thriving middle class.

        It is our unfinished task to restore the basic bargain that built this country — the idea that if you work hard and meet your responsibilities, you can get ahead, no matter where you come from, what you look like, or who you love.

        It is our unfinished task to make sure that this government works on behalf of the many, and not just the few; that it encourages free enterprise, rewards individual initiative, and opens the doors of opportunity to every child across this great nation.

        The American people don’t expect government to solve every problem. They don’t expect those of us in this chamber to agree on every issue. But they do expect us to put the nation’s interests before party. They do expect us to forge reasonable compromise where we can. For they know that America moves forward only when we do so together; and that the responsibility of improving this union remains the task of us all.

        Our work must begin by making some basic decisions about our budget — decisions that will have a huge impact on the strength of our recovery.

        Over the last few years, both parties have worked together to reduce the deficit by more than $2.5 trillion — mostly through spending cuts, but also by raising tax rates on the wealthiest 1 percent of Americans. As a result, we are more than halfway towards the goal of $4 trillion in deficit reduction that economists say we need to stabilize our finances.

        Now we need to finish the job. And the question is, how?

        In 2011, Congress passed a law saying that if both parties couldn’t agree on a plan to reach our deficit goal, about a trillion dollars’ worth of budget cuts would automatically go into effect this year. These sudden, harsh, arbitrary cuts would jeopardize our military readiness. They’d devastate priorities like education, energy, and medical research. They would certainly slow our recovery, and cost us hundreds of thousands of jobs. That’s why Democrats, Republicans, business leaders, and economists have already said that these cuts, known here in Washington as “the sequester,” are a really bad idea.

        Now, some in this Congress have proposed preventing only the defense cuts by making even bigger cuts to things like education and job training; Medicare and Social Security benefits.

        That idea is even worse. Yes, the biggest driver of our long-term debt is the rising cost of health care for an aging population. And those of us who care deeply about programs like Medicare must embrace the need for modest reforms — otherwise, our retirement programs will crowd out the investments we need for our children, and jeopardize the promise of a secure retirement for future generations.

        But we can’t ask senior citizens and working families to shoulder the entire burden of deficit reduction while asking nothing more from the wealthiest and most powerful. We won’t grow the middle class simply by shifting the cost of health care or college onto families that are already struggling, or by forcing communities to lay off more teachers, cops, and firefighters. Most Americans — Democrats, Republicans, and Independents — understand that we can’t just cut our way to prosperity. They know that broad-based economic growth requires a balanced approach to deficit reduction, with spending cuts and revenue, and with everybody doing their fair share. And that’s the approach I offer tonight.

        On Medicare, I’m prepared to enact reforms that will achieve the same amount of health care savings by the beginning of the next decade as the reforms proposed by the bipartisan Simpson-Bowles commission. Already, the Affordable Care Act is helping to slow the growth of health care costs. The reforms I’m proposing go even further. We’ll reduce taxpayer subsidies to prescription drug companies and ask more from the wealthiest seniors. We’ll bring down costs by changing the way our government pays for Medicare, because our medical bills shouldn’t be based on the number of tests ordered or days spent in the hospital — they should be based on the quality of care that our seniors receive. And I am open to additional reforms from both parties, so long as they don’t violate the guarantee of a secure retirement. Our government shouldn’t make promises we cannot keep — but we must keep the promises we’ve already made.

        To hit the rest of our deficit reduction target, we should do what leaders in both parties have already suggested, and save hundreds of billions of dollars by getting rid of tax loopholes and deductions for the well-off and well-connected. After all, why would we choose to make deeper cuts to education and Medicare just to protect special interest tax breaks? How is that fair? How does that promote growth?

        Now is our best chance for bipartisan, comprehensive tax reform that encourages job creation and helps bring down the deficit. The American people deserve a tax code that helps small businesses spend less time filling out complicated forms, and more time expanding and hiring; a tax code that ensures billionaires with high-powered accountants can’t pay a lower rate than their hard-working secretaries; a tax code that lowers incentives to move jobs overseas, and lowers tax rates for businesses and manufacturers that create jobs right here in America. That’s what tax reform can deliver. That’s what we can do together.

        I realize that tax reform and entitlement reform won’t be easy. The politics will be hard for both sides. None of us will get 100 percent of what we want. But the alternative will cost us jobs, hurt our economy, and visit hardship on millions of hardworking Americans. So let’s set party interests aside, and work to pass a budget that replaces reckless cuts with smart savings and wise investments in our future. And let’s do it without the brinksmanship that stresses consumers and scares off investors. The greatest nation on Earth cannot keep conducting its business by drifting from one manufactured crisis to the next. Let’s agree, right here, right now, to keep the people’s government open, pay our bills on time, and always uphold the full faith and credit of the United States of America. The American people have worked too hard, for too long, rebuilding from one crisis to see their elected officials cause another.

        Now, most of us agree that a plan to reduce the deficit must be part of our agenda. But let’s be clear: deficit reduction alone is not an economic plan. A growing economy that creates good, middle-class jobs — that must be the North Star that guides our efforts. Every day, we should ask ourselves three questions as a nation: How do we attract more jobs to our shores? How do we equip our people with the skills needed to do those jobs? And how do we make sure that hard work leads to a decent living?

        A year and a half ago, I put forward an American Jobs Act that independent economists said would create more than one million new jobs. I thank the last Congress for passing some of that agenda, and I urge this Congress to pass the rest. Tonight, I’ll lay out additional proposals that are fully paid for and fully consistent with the budget framework both parties agreed to just 18 months ago. Let me repeat — nothing I’m proposing tonight should increase our deficit by a single dime. It’s not a bigger government we need, but a smarter government that sets priorities and invests in broad-based growth.

        Our first priority is making America a magnet for new jobs and manufacturing.

        After shedding jobs for more than 10 years, our manufacturers have added about 500,000 jobs over the past three. Caterpillar is bringing jobs back from Japan. Ford is bringing jobs back from Mexico. After locating plants in other countries like China, Intel is opening its most advanced plant right here at home. And this year, Apple will start making Macs in America again.

        There are things we can do, right now, to accelerate this trend. Last year, we created our first manufacturing innovation institute in Youngstown, Ohio. A once-shuttered warehouse is now a state-of-the art lab where new workers are mastering the 3D printing that has the potential to revolutionize the way we make almost everything. There’s no reason this can’t happen in other towns. So tonight, I’m announcing the launch of three more of these manufacturing hubs, where businesses will partner with the Departments of Defense and Energy to turn regions left behind by globalization into global centers of high-tech jobs. And I ask this Congress to help create a network of fifteen of these hubs and guarantee that the next revolution in manufacturing is Made in America.

        If we want to make the best products, we also have to invest in the best ideas. Every dollar we invested to map the human genome returned $140 to our economy. Today, our scientists are mapping the human brain to unlock the answers to Alzheimer’s; developing drugs to regenerate damaged organs; devising new material to make batteries ten times more powerful. Now is not the time to gut these job-creating investments in science and innovation. Now is the time to reach a level of research and development not seen since the height of the Space Race. And today, no area holds more promise than our investments in American energy.

        After years of talking about it, we are finally poised to control our own energy future. We produce more oil at home than we have in 15 years. We have doubled the distance our cars will go on a gallon of gas, and the amount of renewable energy we generate from sources like wind and solar — with tens of thousands of good, American jobs to show for it. We produce more natural gas than ever before — and nearly everyone’s energy bill is lower because of it. And over the last four years, our emissions of the dangerous carbon pollution that threatens our planet have actually fallen.

        But for the sake of our children and our future, we must do more to combat climate change. Yes, it’s true that no single event makes a trend. But the fact is, the 12 hottest years on record have all come in the last 15. Heat waves, droughts, wildfires, and floods — all are now more frequent and intense. We can choose to believe that Superstorm Sandy, and the most severe drought in decades, and the worst wildfires some states have ever seen were all just a freak coincidence. Or we can choose to believe in the overwhelming judgment of science — and act before it’s too late.

        The good news is, we can make meaningful progress on this issue while driving strong economic growth. I urge this Congress to pursue a bipartisan, market-based solution to climate change, like the one John McCain and Joe Lieberman worked on together a few years ago. But if Congress won’t act soon to protect future generations, I will. I will direct my Cabinet to come up with executive actions we can take, now and in the future, to reduce pollution, prepare our communities for the consequences of climate change, and speed the transition to more sustainable sources of energy.

        Four years ago, other countries dominated the clean energy market and the jobs that came with it. We’ve begun to change that. Last year, wind energy added nearly half of all new power capacity in America. So let’s generate even more. Solar energy gets cheaper by the year — so let’s drive costs down even further. As long as countries like China keep going all-in on clean energy, so must we.

        In the meantime, the natural gas boom has led to cleaner power and greater energy independence. That’s why my Administration will keep cutting red tape and speeding up new oil and gas permits. But I also want to work with this Congress to encourage the research and technology that helps natural gas burn even cleaner and protects our air and water.

        Indeed, much of our new-found energy is drawn from lands and waters that we, the public, own together. So tonight, I propose we use some of our oil and gas revenues to fund an Energy Security Trust that will drive new research and technology to shift our cars and trucks off oil for good. If a non-partisan coalition of CEOs and retired generals and admirals can get behind this idea, then so can we. Let’s take their advice and free our families and businesses from the painful spikes in gas prices we’ve put up with for far too long. I’m also issuing a new goal for America: let’s cut in half the energy wasted by our homes and businesses over the next twenty years. The states with the best ideas to create jobs and lower energy bills by constructing more efficient buildings will receive federal support to help make it happen.

        America’s energy sector is just one part of an aging infrastructure badly in need of repair. Ask any CEO where they’d rather locate and hire: a country with deteriorating roads and bridges, or one with high-speed rail and internet; high-tech schools and self-healing power grids. The CEO of Siemens America — a company that brought hundreds of new jobs to North Carolina — has said that if we upgrade our infrastructure, they’ll bring even more jobs. And I know that you want these job-creating projects in your districts. I’ve seen you all at the ribbon-cuttings.

        Tonight, I propose a “Fix-It-First” program to put people to work as soon as possible on our most urgent repairs, like the nearly 70,000 structurally deficient bridges across the country. And to make sure taxpayers don’t shoulder the whole burden, I’m also proposing a Partnership to Rebuild America that attracts private capital to upgrade what our businesses need most: modern ports to move our goods; modern pipelines to withstand a storm; modern schools worthy of our children. Let’s prove that there is no better place to do business than the United States of America. And let’s start right away.

        Part of our rebuilding effort must also involve our housing sector. Today, our housing market is finally healing from the collapse of 2007. Home prices are rising at the fastest pace in six years, home purchases are up nearly 50 percent, and construction is expanding again.

        But even with mortgage rates near a 50-year low, too many families with solid credit who want to buy a home are being rejected. Too many families who have never missed a payment and want to refinance are being told no. That’s holding our entire economy back, and we need to fix it. Right now, there’s a bill in this Congress that would give every responsible homeowner in America the chance to save $3,000 a year by refinancing at today’s rates. Democrats and Republicans have supported it before. What are we waiting for? Take a vote, and send me that bill. Right now, overlapping regulations keep responsible young families from buying their first home. What’s holding us back? Let’s streamline the process, and help our economy grow.

        These initiatives in manufacturing, energy, infrastructure, and housing will help entrepreneurs and small business owners expand and create new jobs. But none of it will matter unless we also equip our citizens with the skills and training to fill those jobs. And that has to start at the earliest possible age.

        Study after study shows that the sooner a child begins learning, the better he or she does down the road. But today, fewer than 3 in 10 four year-olds are enrolled in a high-quality preschool program. Most middle-class parents can’t afford a few hundred bucks a week for private preschool. And for poor kids who need help the most, this lack of access to preschool education can shadow them for the rest of their lives.

        Tonight, I propose working with states to make high-quality preschool available to every child in America. Every dollar we invest in high-quality early education can save more than seven dollars later on — by boosting graduation rates, reducing teen pregnancy, even reducing violent crime. In states that make it a priority to educate our youngest children, like Georgia or Oklahoma, studies show students grow up more likely to read and do math at grade level, graduate high school, hold a job, and form more stable families of their own. So let’s do what works, and make sure none of our children start the race of life already behind. Let’s give our kids that chance.

        Let’s also make sure that a high school diploma puts our kids on a path to a good job. Right now, countries like Germany focus on graduating their high school students with the equivalent of a technical degree from one of our community colleges, so that they’re ready for a job. At schools like P-Tech in Brooklyn, a collaboration between New York Public Schools, the City University of New York, and IBM, students will graduate with a high school diploma and an associate degree in computers or engineering.

        We need to give every American student opportunities like this. Four years ago, we started Race to the Top — a competition that convinced almost every state to develop smarter curricula and higher standards, for about 1 percent of what we spend on education each year. Tonight, I’m announcing a new challenge to redesign America’s high schools so they better equip graduates for the demands of a high-tech economy. We’ll reward schools that develop new partnerships with colleges and employers, and create classes that focus on science, technology, engineering, and math — the skills today’s employers are looking for to fill jobs right now and in the future.

        Now, even with better high schools, most young people will need some higher education. It’s a simple fact: the more education you have, the more likely you are to have a job and work your way into the middle class. But today, skyrocketing costs price way too many young people out of a higher education, or saddle them with unsustainable debt.

        Through tax credits, grants, and better loans, we have made college more affordable for millions of students and families over the last few years. But taxpayers cannot continue to subsidize the soaring cost of higher education. Colleges must do their part to keep costs down, and it’s our job to make sure they do. Tonight, I ask Congress to change the Higher Education Act, so that affordability and value are included in determining which colleges receive certain types of federal aid. And tomorrow, my Administration will release a new “College Scorecard” that parents and students can use to compare schools based on a simple criteria: where you can get the most bang for your educational buck.

        To grow our middle class, our citizens must have access to the education and training that today’s jobs require. But we also have to make sure that America remains a place where everyone who’s willing to work hard has the chance to get ahead.

        Our economy is stronger when we harness the talents and ingenuity of striving, hopeful immigrants. And right now, leaders from the business, labor, law enforcement, and faith communities all agree that the time has come to pass comprehensive immigration reform.

        Real reform means strong border security, and we can build on the progress my Administration has already made — putting more boots on the southern border than at any time in our history, and reducing illegal crossings to their lowest levels in 40 years.

        Real reform means establishing a responsible pathway to earned citizenship — a path that includes passing a background check, paying taxes and a meaningful penalty, learning English, and going to the back of the line behind the folks trying to come here legally.

        And real reform means fixing the legal immigration system to cut waiting periods, reduce bureaucracy, and attract the highly-skilled entrepreneurs and engineers that will help create jobs and grow our economy.

        In other words, we know what needs to be done. As we speak, bipartisan groups in both chambers are working diligently to draft a bill, and I applaud their efforts. Now let’s get this done. Send me a comprehensive immigration reform bill in the next few months, and I will sign it right away.

        But we can’t stop there. We know our economy is stronger when our wives, mothers, and daughters can live their lives free from discrimination in the workplace, and free from the fear of domestic violence. Today, the Senate passed the Violence Against Women Act that Joe Biden originally wrote almost 20 years ago. I urge the House to do the same. And I ask this Congress to declare that women should earn a living equal to their efforts, and finally pass the Paycheck Fairness Act this year.

        We know our economy is stronger when we reward an honest day’s work with honest wages. But today, a full-time worker making the minimum wage earns $14,500 a year. Even with the tax relief we’ve put in place, a family with two kids that earns the minimum wage still lives below the poverty line. That’s wrong. That’s why, since the last time this Congress raised the minimum wage, nineteen states have chosen to bump theirs even higher.

         Tonight, let’s declare that in the wealthiest nation on Earth, no one who works full-time should have to live in poverty, and raise the federal minimum wage to $9.00 an hour. This single step would raise the incomes of millions of working families. It could mean the difference between groceries or the food bank; rent or eviction; scraping by or finally getting ahead. For businesses across the country, it would mean customers with more money in their pockets. In fact, working folks shouldn’t have to wait year after year for the minimum wage to go up while CEO pay has never been higher. So here’s an idea that Governor Romney and I actually agreed on last year: let’s tie the minimum wage to the cost of living, so that it finally becomes a wage you can live on.

        Tonight, let’s also recognize that there are communities in this country where no matter how hard you work, it’s virtually impossible to get ahead. Factory towns decimated from years of plants packing up. Inescapable pockets of poverty, urban and rural, where young adults are still fighting for their first job. America is not a place where chance of birth or circumstance should decide our destiny. And that is why we need to build new ladders of opportunity into the middle class for all who are willing to climb them.

        Let’s offer incentives to companies that hire Americans who’ve got what it takes to fill that job opening, but have been out of work so long that no one will give them a chance. Let’s put people back to work rebuilding vacant homes in run-down neighborhoods. And this year, my Administration will begin to partner with 20 of the hardest-hit towns in America to get these communities back on their feet. We’ll work with local leaders to target resources at public safety, education, and housing. We’ll give new tax credits to businesses that hire and invest. And we’ll work to strengthen families by removing the financial deterrents to marriage for low-income couples, and doing more to encourage fatherhood — because what makes you a man isn’t the ability to conceive a child; it’s having the courage to raise one.

        Stronger families. Stronger communities. A stronger America. It is this kind of prosperity — broad, shared, and built on a thriving middle class — that has always been the source of our progress at home. It is also the foundation of our power and influence throughout the world.

        Tonight, we stand united in saluting the troops and civilians who sacrifice every day to protect us. Because of them, we can say with confidence that America will complete its mission in Afghanistan, and achieve our objective of defeating the core of al Qaeda. Already, we have brought home 33,000 of our brave servicemen and women. This spring, our forces will move into a support role, while Afghan security forces take the lead. Tonight, I can announce that over the next year, another 34,000 American troops will come home from Afghanistan. This drawdown will continue. And by the end of next year, our war in Afghanistan will be over.

        Beyond 2014, America’s commitment to a unified and sovereign Afghanistan will endure, but the nature of our commitment will change. We are negotiating an agreement with the Afghan government that focuses on two missions: training and equipping Afghan forces so that the country does not again slip into chaos, and counter-terrorism efforts that allow us to pursue the remnants of al Qaeda and their affiliates.

        Today, the organization that attacked us on 9/11 is a shadow of its former self. Different al Qaeda affiliates and extremist groups have emerged — from the Arabian Peninsula to Africa. The threat these groups pose is evolving. But to meet this threat, we don’t need to send tens of thousands of our sons and daughters abroad, or occupy other nations. Instead, we will need to help countries like Yemen, Libya, and Somalia provide for their own security, and help allies who take the fight to terrorists, as we have in Mali. And, where necessary, through a range of capabilities, we will continue to take direct action against those terrorists who pose the gravest threat to Americans.

        As we do, we must enlist our values in the fight. That is why my Administration has worked tirelessly to forge a durable legal and policy framework to guide our counterterrorism operations. Throughout, we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts. I recognize that in our democracy, no one should just take my word that we’re doing things the right way. So, in the months ahead, I will continue to engage with Congress to ensure not only that our targeting, detention, and prosecution of terrorists remains consistent with our laws and system of checks and balances, but that our efforts are even more transparent to the American people and to the world.

        Of course, our challenges don’t end with al Qaeda. America will continue to lead the effort to prevent the spread of the world’s most dangerous weapons. The regime in North Korea must know that they will only achieve security and prosperity by meeting their international obligations. Provocations of the sort we saw last night will only isolate them further, as we stand by our allies, strengthen our own missile defense, and lead the world in taking firm action in response to these threats.

        Likewise, the leaders of Iran must recognize that now is the time for a diplomatic solution, because a coalition stands united in demanding that they meet their obligations, and we will do what is necessary to prevent them from getting a nuclear weapon. At the same time, we will engage Russia to seek further reductions in our nuclear arsenals, and continue leading the global effort to secure nuclear materials that could fall into the wrong hands — because our ability to influence others depends on our willingness to lead.

        America must also face the rapidly growing threat from cyber-attacks. We know hackers steal people’s identities and infiltrate private e-mail. We know foreign countries and companies swipe our corporate secrets. Now our enemies are also seeking the ability to sabotage our power grid, our financial institutions, and our air traffic control systems. We cannot look back years from now and wonder why we did nothing in the face of real threats to our security and our economy.

        That’s why, earlier today, I signed a new executive order that will strengthen our cyber defenses by increasing information sharing, and developing standards to protect our national security, our jobs, and our privacy. Now, Congress must act as well, by passing legislation to give our government a greater capacity to secure our networks and deter attacks.

        Even as we protect our people, we should remember that today’s world presents not only dangers, but opportunities. To boost American exports, support American jobs, and level the playing field in the growing markets of Asia, we intend to complete negotiations on a Trans-Pacific Partnership. And tonight, I am announcing that we will launch talks on a comprehensive Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership with the European Union — because trade that is free and fair across the Atlantic supports millions of good-paying American jobs.

        We also know that progress in the most impoverished parts of our world enriches us all. In many places, people live on little more than a dollar a day. So the United States will join with our allies to eradicate such extreme poverty in the next two decades: by connecting more people to the global economy and empowering women; by giving our young and brightest minds new opportunities to serve and helping communities to feed, power, and educate themselves; by saving the world’s children from preventable deaths; and by realizing the promise of an AIDS-free generation.

        Above all, America must remain a beacon to all who seek freedom during this period of historic change. I saw the power of hope last year in Rangoon — when Aung San Suu Kyi welcomed an American President into the home where she had been imprisoned for years; when thousands of Burmese lined the streets, waving American flags, including a man who said, “There is justice and law in the United States. I want our country to be like that.”

        In defense of freedom, we will remain the anchor of strong alliances from the Americas to Africa; from Europe to Asia. In the Middle East, we will stand with citizens as they demand their universal rights, and support stable transitions to democracy. The process will be messy, and we cannot presume to dictate the course of change in countries like Egypt; but we can — and will — insist on respect for the fundamental rights of all people. We will keep the pressure on a Syrian regime that has murdered its own people, and support opposition leaders that respect the rights of every Syrian. And we will stand steadfast with Israel in pursuit of security and a lasting peace. These are the messages I will deliver when I travel to the Middle East next month.

        All this work depends on the courage and sacrifice of those who serve in dangerous places at great personal risk — our diplomats, our intelligence officers, and the men and women of the United States Armed Forces. As long as I’m Commander-in-Chief, we will do whatever we must to protect those who serve their country abroad, and we will maintain the best military in the world. We will invest in new capabilities, even as we reduce waste and wartime spending. We will ensure equal treatment for all service members, and equal benefits for their families — gay and straight. We will draw upon the courage and skills of our sisters and daughters, because women have proven under fire that they are ready for combat. We will keep faith with our veterans — investing in world-class care, including mental health care, for our wounded warriors; supporting our military families; and giving our veterans the benefits, education, and job opportunities they have earned. And I want to thank my wife Michelle and Dr. Jill Biden for their continued dedication to serving our military families as well as they serve us.

        But defending our freedom is not the job of our military alone. We must all do our part to make sure our God-given rights are protected here at home. That includes our most fundamental right as citizens: the right to vote. When any Americans — no matter where they live or what their party — are denied that right simply because they can’t wait for five, six, seven hours just to cast their ballot, we are betraying our ideals. That’s why, tonight, I’m announcing a non-partisan commission to improve the voting experience in America. And I’m asking two long-time experts in the field, who’ve recently served as the top attorneys for my campaign and for Governor Romney’s campaign, to lead it. We can fix this, and we will. The American people demand it. And so does our democracy.

        Of course, what I’ve said tonight matters little if we don’t come together to protect our most precious resource — our children.

        It has been two months since Newtown. I know this is not the first time this country has debated how to reduce gun violence. But this time is different. Overwhelming majorities of Americans — Americans who believe in the 2nd Amendment — have come together around commonsense reform — like background checks that will make it harder for criminals to get their hands on a gun. Senators of both parties are working together on tough new laws to prevent anyone from buying guns for resale to criminals. Police chiefs are asking our help to get weapons of war and massive ammunition magazines off our streets, because they are tired of being outgunned.

        Each of these proposals deserves a vote in Congress. If you want to vote no, that’s your choice. But these proposals deserve a vote. Because in the two months since Newtown, more than a thousand birthdays, graduations, and anniversaries have been stolen from our lives by a bullet from a gun.

        One of those we lost was a young girl named Hadiya Pendleton. She was 15 years old. She loved Fig Newtons and lip gloss. She was a majorette. She was so good to her friends, they all thought they were her best friend. Just three weeks ago, she was here, in Washington, with her classmates, performing for her country at my inauguration. And a week later, she was shot and killed in a Chicago park after school, just a mile away from my house.

        Hadiya’s parents, Nate and Cleo, are in this chamber tonight, along with more than two dozen Americans whose lives have been torn apart by gun violence. They deserve a vote.

        Gabby Giffords deserves a vote.

        The families of Newtown deserve a vote.

        The families of Aurora deserve a vote.

        The families of Oak Creek, and Tucson, and Blacksburg, and the countless other communities ripped open by gun violence — they deserve a simple vote.

        Our actions will not prevent every senseless act of violence in this country. Indeed, no laws, no initiatives, no administrative acts will perfectly solve all the challenges I’ve outlined tonight. But we were never sent here to be perfect. We were sent here to make what difference we can, to secure this nation, expand opportunity, and uphold our ideals through the hard, often frustrating, but absolutely necessary work of self-government.     We were sent here to look out for our fellow Americans the same way they look out for one another, every single day, usually without fanfare, all across this country. We should follow their example.

        We should follow the example of a New York City nurse named Menchu Sanchez. When Hurricane Sandy plunged her hospital into darkness, her thoughts were not with how her own home was faring — they were with the twenty precious newborns in her care and the rescue plan she devised that kept them all safe.

        We should follow the example of a North Miami woman named Desiline Victor. When she arrived at her polling place, she was told the wait to vote might be six hours. And as time ticked by, her concern was not with her tired body or aching feet, but whether folks like her would get to have their say. Hour after hour, a throng of people stayed in line in support of her. Because Desiline is 102 years old. And they erupted in cheers when she finally put on a sticker that read “I Voted.”

        We should follow the example of a police officer named Brian Murphy. When a gunman opened fire on a Sikh temple in Wisconsin, and Brian was the first to arrive, he did not consider his own safety. He fought back until help arrived, and ordered his fellow officers to protect the safety of the Americans worshiping inside — even as he lay bleeding from twelve bullet wounds.

        When asked how he did that, Brian said, “That’s just the way we’re made.”

        That’s just the way we’re made.

         We may do different jobs, and wear different uniforms, and hold different views than the person beside us. But as Americans, we all share the same proud title:

        We are citizens. It’s a word that doesn’t just describe our nationality or legal status. It describes the way we’re made. It describes what we believe. It captures the enduring idea that this country only works when we accept certain obligations to one another and to future generations; that our rights are wrapped up in the rights of others; and that well into our third century as a nation, it remains the task of us all, as citizens of these United States, to be the authors of the next great chapter in our American story.

        Thank you, God bless you, and God bless the United States of America.

    Your rating: None Average: 1.5 (8 votes)

    #SOTU – The Summary: Minimum Wage, Maximum Genomes, Macs, And Moar Cyber-Security

    0

    5% fewer words, slightly shorter than last year but just as hope-full. From a hike (and inflation-indexed) in the minimum wage to a 140x multiplier of genome sciences investment (now that is Keynesian awesomeness); from extending homeownership (and refinancing plans) even more to energy independence; from Apple, Ford, and CAT’s US Manufacturing to Bridge-Building and infrastructure spending; and from Trans-Pacific and -Atlantic Trade to cyber-security; it’s all gonna be great – because as President Obama reminded us at the start… “Our housing market is healing, our stock market is rebounding,” and this won’t add a dime to the deficit… oh and that Student loan bubble – no worries, there’s a college scorecard so now you know where you can get the biggest bang for your credit-based buck. Summing it all up:

    • Guns 9 : 3 Freedom
    • Jobs 31 : 17 Tax
    • Congress 17 : 40 Work
    • Recovery 2 : 0 Unicorns
    • Spending 3 : 2 Cutting

    Fed heads chimed in early:

    • *PLOSSER: `BRIGHTER LINE’ NEEDED BETWEEN FISCAL, MONETARY POLICY
    • *PLOSSER EXPECTS FED TO REDUCE BOND BUYING BY END OF THIS YEAR

    That won’t help fund all of this wonderfulness…

    But we started on an awkward note with Reince Priebus:

    and David Axelrod…

    Oh well…

    The word cloud: Jobs – Years – America (and… people education like)

    Full Speech:

    Mr. Speaker, Mr. Vice President, Members of Congress, fellow citizens:

        Fifty-one years ago, John F. Kennedy declared to this Chamber that “the Constitution makes us not rivals for power but partners for progress…It is my task,” he said, “to report the State of the Union — to improve it is the task of us all.”

        Tonight, thanks to the grit and determination of the American people, there is much progress to report. After a decade of grinding war, our brave men and women in uniform are coming home. After years of grueling recession, our businesses have created over six million new jobs. We buy more American cars than we have in five years, and less foreign oil than we have in twenty. Our housing market is healing, our stock market is rebounding, and consumers, patients, and homeowners enjoy stronger protections than ever before.

        Together, we have cleared away the rubble of crisis, and can say with renewed confidence that the state of our union is stronger.

        But we gather here knowing that there are millions of Americans whose hard work and dedication have not yet been rewarded. Our economy is adding jobs — but too many people still can’t find full-time employment. Corporate profits have rocketed to all-time highs — but for more than a decade, wages and incomes have barely budged.

        It is our generation’s task, then, to reignite the true engine of America’s economic growth — a rising, thriving middle class.

        It is our unfinished task to restore the basic bargain that built this country — the idea that if you work hard and meet your responsibilities, you can get ahead, no matter where you come from, what you look like, or who you love.

        It is our unfinished task to make sure that this government works on behalf of the many, and not just the few; that it encourages free enterprise, rewards individual initiative, and opens the doors of opportunity to every child across this great nation.

        The American people don’t expect government to solve every problem. They don’t expect those of us in this chamber to agree on every issue. But they do expect us to put the nation’s interests before party. They do expect us to forge reasonable compromise where we can. For they know that America moves forward only when we do so together; and that the responsibility of improving this union remains the task of us all.

        Our work must begin by making some basic decisions about our budget — decisions that will have a huge impact on the strength of our recovery.

        Over the last few years, both parties have worked together to reduce the deficit by more than $2.5 trillion — mostly through spending cuts, but also by raising tax rates on the wealthiest 1 percent of Americans. As a result, we are more than halfway towards the goal of $4 trillion in deficit reduction that economists say we need to stabilize our finances.

        Now we need to finish the job. And the question is, how?

        In 2011, Congress passed a law saying that if both parties couldn’t agree on a plan to reach our deficit goal, about a trillion dollars’ worth of budget cuts would automatically go into effect this year. These sudden, harsh, arbitrary cuts would jeopardize our military readiness. They’d devastate priorities like education, energy, and medical research. They would certainly slow our recovery, and cost us hundreds of thousands of jobs. That’s why Democrats, Republicans, business leaders, and economists have already said that these cuts, known here in Washington as “the sequester,” are a really bad idea.

        Now, some in this Congress have proposed preventing only the defense cuts by making even bigger cuts to things like education and job training; Medicare and Social Security benefits.

        That idea is even worse. Yes, the biggest driver of our long-term debt is the rising cost of health care for an aging population. And those of us who care deeply about programs like Medicare must embrace the need for modest reforms — otherwise, our retirement programs will crowd out the investments we need for our children, and jeopardize the promise of a secure retirement for future generations.

        But we can’t ask senior citizens and working families to shoulder the entire burden of deficit reduction while asking nothing more from the wealthiest and most powerful. We won’t grow the middle class simply by shifting the cost of health care or college onto families that are already struggling, or by forcing communities to lay off more teachers, cops, and firefighters. Most Americans — Democrats, Republicans, and Independents — understand that we can’t just cut our way to prosperity. They know that broad-based economic growth requires a balanced approach to deficit reduction, with spending cuts and revenue, and with everybody doing their fair share. And that’s the approach I offer tonight.

        On Medicare, I’m prepared to enact reforms that will achieve the same amount of health care savings by the beginning of the next decade as the reforms proposed by the bipartisan Simpson-Bowles commission. Already, the Affordable Care Act is helping to slow the growth of health care costs. The reforms I’m proposing go even further. We’ll reduce taxpayer subsidies to prescription drug companies and ask more from the wealthiest seniors. We’ll bring down costs by changing the way our government pays for Medicare, because our medical bills shouldn’t be based on the number of tests ordered or days spent in the hospital — they should be based on the quality of care that our seniors receive. And I am open to additional reforms from both parties, so long as they don’t violate the guarantee of a secure retirement. Our government shouldn’t make promises we cannot keep — but we must keep the promises we’ve already made.

        To hit the rest of our deficit reduction target, we should do what leaders in both parties have already suggested, and save hundreds of billions of dollars by getting rid of tax loopholes and deductions for the well-off and well-connected. After all, why would we choose to make deeper cuts to education and Medicare just to protect special interest tax breaks? How is that fair? How does that promote growth?

        Now is our best chance for bipartisan, comprehensive tax reform that encourages job creation and helps bring down the deficit. The American people deserve a tax code that helps small businesses spend less time filling out complicated forms, and more time expanding and hiring; a tax code that ensures billionaires with high-powered accountants can’t pay a lower rate than their hard-working secretaries; a tax code that lowers incentives to move jobs overseas, and lowers tax rates for businesses and manufacturers that create jobs right here in America. That’s what tax reform can deliver. That’s what we can do together.

        I realize that tax reform and entitlement reform won’t be easy. The politics will be hard for both sides. None of us will get 100 percent of what we want. But the alternative will cost us jobs, hurt our economy, and visit hardship on millions of hardworking Americans. So let’s set party interests aside, and work to pass a budget that replaces reckless cuts with smart savings and wise investments in our future. And let’s do it without the brinksmanship that stresses consumers and scares off investors. The greatest nation on Earth cannot keep conducting its business by drifting from one manufactured crisis to the next. Let’s agree, right here, right now, to keep the people’s government open, pay our bills on time, and always uphold the full faith and credit of the United States of America. The American people have worked too hard, for too long, rebuilding from one crisis to see their elected officials cause another.

        Now, most of us agree that a plan to reduce the deficit must be part of our agenda. But let’s be clear: deficit reduction alone is not an economic plan. A growing economy that creates good, middle-class jobs — that must be the North Star that guides our efforts. Every day, we should ask ourselves three questions as a nation: How do we attract more jobs to our shores? How do we equip our people with the skills needed to do those jobs? And how do we make sure that hard work leads to a decent living?

        A year and a half ago, I put forward an American Jobs Act that independent economists said would create more than one million new jobs. I thank the last Congress for passing some of that agenda, and I urge this Congress to pass the rest. Tonight, I’ll lay out additional proposals that are fully paid for and fully consistent with the budget framework both parties agreed to just 18 months ago. Let me repeat — nothing I’m proposing tonight should increase our deficit by a single dime. It’s not a bigger government we need, but a smarter government that sets priorities and invests in broad-based growth.

        Our first priority is making America a magnet for new jobs and manufacturing.

        After shedding jobs for more than 10 years, our manufacturers have added about 500,000 jobs over the past three. Caterpillar is bringing jobs back from Japan. Ford is bringing jobs back from Mexico. After locating plants in other countries like China, Intel is opening its most advanced plant right here at home. And this year, Apple will start making Macs in America again.

        There are things we can do, right now, to accelerate this trend. Last year, we created our first manufacturing innovation institute in Youngstown, Ohio. A once-shuttered warehouse is now a state-of-the art lab where new workers are mastering the 3D printing that has the potential to revolutionize the way we make almost everything. There’s no reason this can’t happen in other towns. So tonight, I’m announcing the launch of three more of these manufacturing hubs, where businesses will partner with the Departments of Defense and Energy to turn regions left behind by globalization into global centers of high-tech jobs. And I ask this Congress to help create a network of fifteen of these hubs and guarantee that the next revolution in manufacturing is Made in America.

        If we want to make the best products, we also have to invest in the best ideas. Every dollar we invested to map the human genome returned $140 to our economy. Today, our scientists are mapping the human brain to unlock the answers to Alzheimer’s; developing drugs to regenerate damaged organs; devising new material to make batteries ten times more powerful. Now is not the time to gut these job-creating investments in science and innovation. Now is the time to reach a level of research and development not seen since the height of the Space Race. And today, no area holds more promise than our investments in American energy.

        After years of talking about it, we are finally poised to control our own energy future. We produce more oil at home than we have in 15 years. We have doubled the distance our cars will go on a gallon of gas, and the amount of renewable energy we generate from sources like wind and solar — with tens of thousands of good, American jobs to show for it. We produce more natural gas than ever before — and nearly everyone’s energy bill is lower because of it. And over the last four years, our emissions of the dangerous carbon pollution that threatens our planet have actually fallen.

        But for the sake of our children and our future, we must do more to combat climate change. Yes, it’s true that no single event makes a trend. But the fact is, the 12 hottest years on record have all come in the last 15. Heat waves, droughts, wildfires, and floods — all are now more frequent and intense. We can choose to believe that Superstorm Sandy, and the most severe drought in decades, and the worst wildfires some states have ever seen were all just a freak coincidence. Or we can choose to believe in the overwhelming judgment of science — and act before it’s too late.

        The good news is, we can make meaningful progress on this issue while driving strong economic growth. I urge this Congress to pursue a bipartisan, market-based solution to climate change, like the one John McCain and Joe Lieberman worked on together a few years ago. But if Congress won’t act soon to protect future generations, I will. I will direct my Cabinet to come up with executive actions we can take, now and in the future, to reduce pollution, prepare our communities for the consequences of climate change, and speed the transition to more sustainable sources of energy.

        Four years ago, other countries dominated the clean energy market and the jobs that came with it. We’ve begun to change that. Last year, wind energy added nearly half of all new power capacity in America. So let’s generate even more. Solar energy gets cheaper by the year — so let’s drive costs down even further. As long as countries like China keep going all-in on clean energy, so must we.

        In the meantime, the natural gas boom has led to cleaner power and greater energy independence. That’s why my Administration will keep cutting red tape and speeding up new oil and gas permits. But I also want to work with this Congress to encourage the research and technology that helps natural gas burn even cleaner and protects our air and water.

        Indeed, much of our new-found energy is drawn from lands and waters that we, the public, own together. So tonight, I propose we use some of our oil and gas revenues to fund an Energy Security Trust that will drive new research and technology to shift our cars and trucks off oil for good. If a non-partisan coalition of CEOs and retired generals and admirals can get behind this idea, then so can we. Let’s take their advice and free our families and businesses from the painful spikes in gas prices we’ve put up with for far too long. I’m also issuing a new goal for America: let’s cut in half the energy wasted by our homes and businesses over the next twenty years. The states with the best ideas to create jobs and lower energy bills by constructing more efficient buildings will receive federal support to help make it happen.

        America’s energy sector is just one part of an aging infrastructure badly in need of repair. Ask any CEO where they’d rather locate and hire: a country with deteriorating roads and bridges, or one with high-speed rail and internet; high-tech schools and self-healing power grids. The CEO of Siemens America — a company that brought hundreds of new jobs to North Carolina — has said that if we upgrade our infrastructure, they’ll bring even more jobs. And I know that you want these job-creating projects in your districts. I’ve seen you all at the ribbon-cuttings.

        Tonight, I propose a “Fix-It-First” program to put people to work as soon as possible on our most urgent repairs, like the nearly 70,000 structurally deficient bridges across the country. And to make sure taxpayers don’t shoulder the whole burden, I’m also proposing a Partnership to Rebuild America that attracts private capital to upgrade what our businesses need most: modern ports to move our goods; modern pipelines to withstand a storm; modern schools worthy of our children. Let’s prove that there is no better place to do business than the United States of America. And let’s start right away.

        Part of our rebuilding effort must also involve our housing sector. Today, our housing market is finally healing from the collapse of 2007. Home prices are rising at the fastest pace in six years, home purchases are up nearly 50 percent, and construction is expanding again.

        But even with mortgage rates near a 50-year low, too many families with solid credit who want to buy a home are being rejected. Too many families who have never missed a payment and want to refinance are being told no. That’s holding our entire economy back, and we need to fix it. Right now, there’s a bill in this Congress that would give every responsible homeowner in America the chance to save $3,000 a year by refinancing at today’s rates. Democrats and Republicans have supported it before. What are we waiting for? Take a vote, and send me that bill. Right now, overlapping regulations keep responsible young families from buying their first home. What’s holding us back? Let’s streamline the process, and help our economy grow.

        These initiatives in manufacturing, energy, infrastructure, and housing will help entrepreneurs and small business owners expand and create new jobs. But none of it will matter unless we also equip our citizens with the skills and training to fill those jobs. And that has to start at the earliest possible age.

        Study after study shows that the sooner a child begins learning, the better he or she does down the road. But today, fewer than 3 in 10 four year-olds are enrolled in a high-quality preschool program. Most middle-class parents can’t afford a few hundred bucks a week for private preschool. And for poor kids who need help the most, this lack of access to preschool education can shadow them for the rest of their lives.

        Tonight, I propose working with states to make high-quality preschool available to every child in America. Every dollar we invest in high-quality early education can save more than seven dollars later on — by boosting graduation rates, reducing teen pregnancy, even reducing violent crime. In states that make it a priority to educate our youngest children, like Georgia or Oklahoma, studies show students grow up more likely to read and do math at grade level, graduate high school, hold a job, and form more stable families of their own. So let’s do what works, and make sure none of our children start the race of life already behind. Let’s give our kids that chance.

        Let’s also make sure that a high school diploma puts our kids on a path to a good job. Right now, countries like Germany focus on graduating their high school students with the equivalent of a technical degree from one of our community colleges, so that they’re ready for a job. At schools like P-Tech in Brooklyn, a collaboration between New York Public Schools, the City University of New York, and IBM, students will graduate with a high school diploma and an associate degree in computers or engineering.

        We need to give every American student opportunities like this. Four years ago, we started Race to the Top — a competition that convinced almost every state to develop smarter curricula and higher standards, for about 1 percent of what we spend on education each year. Tonight, I’m announcing a new challenge to redesign America’s high schools so they better equip graduates for the demands of a high-tech economy. We’ll reward schools that develop new partnerships with colleges and employers, and create classes that focus on science, technology, engineering, and math — the skills today’s employers are looking for to fill jobs right now and in the future.

        Now, even with better high schools, most young people will need some higher education. It’s a simple fact: the more education you have, the more likely you are to have a job and work your way into the middle class. But today, skyrocketing costs price way too many young people out of a higher education, or saddle them with unsustainable debt.

        Through tax credits, grants, and better loans, we have made college more affordable for millions of students and families over the last few years. But taxpayers cannot continue to subsidize the soaring cost of higher education. Colleges must do their part to keep costs down, and it’s our job to make sure they do. Tonight, I ask Congress to change the Higher Education Act, so that affordability and value are included in determining which colleges receive certain types of federal aid. And tomorrow, my Administration will release a new “College Scorecard” that parents and students can use to compare schools based on a simple criteria: where you can get the most bang for your educational buck.

        To grow our middle class, our citizens must have access to the education and training that today’s jobs require. But we also have to make sure that America remains a place where everyone who’s willing to work hard has the chance to get ahead.

        Our economy is stronger when we harness the talents and ingenuity of striving, hopeful immigrants. And right now, leaders from the business, labor, law enforcement, and faith communities all agree that the time has come to pass comprehensive immigration reform.

        Real reform means strong border security, and we can build on the progress my Administration has already made — putting more boots on the southern border than at any time in our history, and reducing illegal crossings to their lowest levels in 40 years.

        Real reform means establishing a responsible pathway to earned citizenship — a path that includes passing a background check, paying taxes and a meaningful penalty, learning English, and going to the back of the line behind the folks trying to come here legally.

        And real reform means fixing the legal immigration system to cut waiting periods, reduce bureaucracy, and attract the highly-skilled entrepreneurs and engineers that will help create jobs and grow our economy.

        In other words, we know what needs to be done. As we speak, bipartisan groups in both chambers are working diligently to draft a bill, and I applaud their efforts. Now let’s get this done. Send me a comprehensive immigration reform bill in the next few months, and I will sign it right away.

        But we can’t stop there. We know our economy is stronger when our wives, mothers, and daughters can live their lives free from discrimination in the workplace, and free from the fear of domestic violence. Today, the Senate passed the Violence Against Women Act that Joe Biden originally wrote almost 20 years ago. I urge the House to do the same. And I ask this Congress to declare that women should earn a living equal to their efforts, and finally pass the Paycheck Fairness Act this year.

        We know our economy is stronger when we reward an honest day’s work with honest wages. But today, a full-time worker making the minimum wage earns $14,500 a year. Even with the tax relief we’ve put in place, a family with two kids that earns the minimum wage still lives below the poverty line. That’s wrong. That’s why, since the last time this Congress raised the minimum wage, nineteen states have chosen to bump theirs even higher.

         Tonight, let’s declare that in the wealthiest nation on Earth, no one who works full-time should have to live in poverty, and raise the federal minimum wage to $9.00 an hour. This single step would raise the incomes of millions of working families. It could mean the difference between groceries or the food bank; rent or eviction; scraping by or finally getting ahead. For businesses across the country, it would mean customers with more money in their pockets. In fact, working folks shouldn’t have to wait year after year for the minimum wage to go up while CEO pay has never been higher. So here’s an idea that Governor Romney and I actually agreed on last year: let’s tie the minimum wage to the cost of living, so that it finally becomes a wage you can live on.

        Tonight, let’s also recognize that there are communities in this country where no matter how hard you work, it’s virtually impossible to get ahead. Factory towns decimated from years of plants packing up. Inescapable pockets of poverty, urban and rural, where young adults are still fighting for their first job. America is not a place where chance of birth or circumstance should decide our destiny. And that is why we need to build new ladders of opportunity into the middle class for all who are willing to climb them.

        Let’s offer incentives to companies that hire Americans who’ve got what it takes to fill that job opening, but have been out of work so long that no one will give them a chance. Let’s put people back to work rebuilding vacant homes in run-down neighborhoods. And this year, my Administration will begin to partner with 20 of the hardest-hit towns in America to get these communities back on their feet. We’ll work with local leaders to target resources at public safety, education, and housing. We’ll give new tax credits to businesses that hire and invest. And we’ll work to strengthen families by removing the financial deterrents to marriage for low-income couples, and doing more to encourage fatherhood — because what makes you a man isn’t the ability to conceive a child; it’s having the courage to raise one.

        Stronger families. Stronger communities. A stronger America. It is this kind of prosperity — broad, shared, and built on a thriving middle class — that has always been the source of our progress at home. It is also the foundation of our power and influence throughout the world.

        Tonight, we stand united in saluting the troops and civilians who sacrifice every day to protect us. Because of them, we can say with confidence that America will complete its mission in Afghanistan, and achieve our objective of defeating the core of al Qaeda. Already, we have brought home 33,000 of our brave servicemen and women. This spring, our forces will move into a support role, while Afghan security forces take the lead. Tonight, I can announce that over the next year, another 34,000 American troops will come home from Afghanistan. This drawdown will continue. And by the end of next year, our war in Afghanistan will be over.

        Beyond 2014, America’s commitment to a unified and sovereign Afghanistan will endure, but the nature of our commitment will change. We are negotiating an agreement with the Afghan government that focuses on two missions: training and equipping Afghan forces so that the country does not again slip into chaos, and counter-terrorism efforts that allow us to pursue the remnants of al Qaeda and their affiliates.

        Today, the organization that attacked us on 9/11 is a shadow of its former self. Different al Qaeda affiliates and extremist groups have emerged — from the Arabian Peninsula to Africa. The threat these groups pose is evolving. But to meet this threat, we don’t need to send tens of thousands of our sons and daughters abroad, or occupy other nations. Instead, we will need to help countries like Yemen, Libya, and Somalia provide for their own security, and help allies who take the fight to terrorists, as we have in Mali. And, where necessary, through a range of capabilities, we will continue to take direct action against those terrorists who pose the gravest threat to Americans.

        As we do, we must enlist our values in the fight. That is why my Administration has worked tirelessly to forge a durable legal and policy framework to guide our counterterrorism operations. Throughout, we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts. I recognize that in our democracy, no one should just take my word that we’re doing things the right way. So, in the months ahead, I will continue to engage with Congress to ensure not only that our targeting, detention, and prosecution of terrorists remains consistent with our laws and system of checks and balances, but that our efforts are even more transparent to the American people and to the world.

        Of course, our challenges don’t end with al Qaeda. America will continue to lead the effort to prevent the spread of the world’s most dangerous weapons. The regime in North Korea must know that they will only achieve security and prosperity by meeting their international obligations. Provocations of the sort we saw last night will only isolate them further, as we stand by our allies, strengthen our own missile defense, and lead the world in taking firm action in response to these threats.

        Likewise, the leaders of Iran must recognize that now is the time for a diplomatic solution, because a coalition stands united in demanding that they meet their obligations, and we will do what is necessary to prevent them from getting a nuclear weapon. At the same time, we will engage Russia to seek further reductions in our nuclear arsenals, and continue leading the global effort to secure nuclear materials that could fall into the wrong hands — because our ability to influence others depends on our willingness to lead.

        America must also face the rapidly growing threat from cyber-attacks. We know hackers steal people’s identities and infiltrate private e-mail. We know foreign countries and companies swipe our corporate secrets. Now our enemies are also seeking the ability to sabotage our power grid, our financial institutions, and our air traffic control systems. We cannot look back years from now and wonder why we did nothing in the face of real threats to our security and our economy.

        That’s why, earlier today, I signed a new executive order that will strengthen our cyber defenses by increasing information sharing, and developing standards to protect our national security, our jobs, and our privacy. Now, Congress must act as well, by passing legislation to give our government a greater capacity to secure our networks and deter attacks.

        Even as we protect our people, we should remember that today’s world presents not only dangers, but opportunities. To boost American exports, support American jobs, and level the playing field in the growing markets of Asia, we intend to complete negotiations on a Trans-Pacific Partnership. And tonight, I am announcing that we will launch talks on a comprehensive Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership with the European Union — because trade that is free and fair across the Atlantic supports millions of good-paying American jobs.

        We also know that progress in the most impoverished parts of our world enriches us all. In many places, people live on little more than a dollar a day. So the United States will join with our allies to eradicate such extreme poverty in the next two decades: by connecting more people to the global economy and empowering women; by giving our young and brightest minds new opportunities to serve and helping communities to feed, power, and educate themselves; by saving the world’s children from preventable deaths; and by realizing the promise of an AIDS-free generation.

        Above all, America must remain a beacon to all who seek freedom during this period of historic change. I saw the power of hope last year in Rangoon — when Aung San Suu Kyi welcomed an American President into the home where she had been imprisoned for years; when thousands of Burmese lined the streets, waving American flags, including a man who said, “There is justice and law in the United States. I want our country to be like that.”

        In defense of freedom, we will remain the anchor of strong alliances from the Americas to Africa; from Europe to Asia. In the Middle East, we will stand with citizens as they demand their universal rights, and support stable transitions to democracy. The process will be messy, and we cannot presume to dictate the course of change in countries like Egypt; but we can — and will — insist on respect for the fundamental rights of all people. We will keep the pressure on a Syrian regime that has murdered its own people, and support opposition leaders that respect the rights of every Syrian. And we will stand steadfast with Israel in pursuit of security and a lasting peace. These are the messages I will deliver when I travel to the Middle East next month.

        All this work depends on the courage and sacrifice of those who serve in dangerous places at great personal risk — our diplomats, our intelligence officers, and the men and women of the United States Armed Forces. As long as I’m Commander-in-Chief, we will do whatever we must to protect those who serve their country abroad, and we will maintain the best military in the world. We will invest in new capabilities, even as we reduce waste and wartime spending. We will ensure equal treatment for all service members, and equal benefits for their families — gay and straight. We will draw upon the courage and skills of our sisters and daughters, because women have proven under fire that they are ready for combat. We will keep faith with our veterans — investing in world-class care, including mental health care, for our wounded warriors; supporting our military families; and giving our veterans the benefits, education, and job opportunities they have earned. And I want to thank my wife Michelle and Dr. Jill Biden for their continued dedication to serving our military families as well as they serve us.

        But defending our freedom is not the job of our military alone. We must all do our part to make sure our God-given rights are protected here at home. That includes our most fundamental right as citizens: the right to vote. When any Americans — no matter where they live or what their party — are denied that right simply because they can’t wait for five, six, seven hours just to cast their ballot, we are betraying our ideals. That’s why, tonight, I’m announcing a non-partisan commission to improve the voting experience in America. And I’m asking two long-time experts in the field, who’ve recently served as the top attorneys for my campaign and for Governor Romney’s campaign, to lead it. We can fix this, and we will. The American people demand it. And so does our democracy.

        Of course, what I’ve said tonight matters little if we don’t come together to protect our most precious resource — our children.

        It has been two months since Newtown. I know this is not the first time this country has debated how to reduce gun violence. But this time is different. Overwhelming majorities of Americans — Americans who believe in the 2nd Amendment — have come together around commonsense reform — like background checks that will make it harder for criminals to get their hands on a gun. Senators of both parties are working together on tough new laws to prevent anyone from buying guns for resale to criminals. Police chiefs are asking our help to get weapons of war and massive ammunition magazines off our streets, because they are tired of being outgunned.

        Each of these proposals deserves a vote in Congress. If you want to vote no, that’s your choice. But these proposals deserve a vote. Because in the two months since Newtown, more than a thousand birthdays, graduations, and anniversaries have been stolen from our lives by a bullet from a gun.

        One of those we lost was a young girl named Hadiya Pendleton. She was 15 years old. She loved Fig Newtons and lip gloss. She was a majorette. She was so good to her friends, they all thought they were her best friend. Just three weeks ago, she was here, in Washington, with her classmates, performing for her country at my inauguration. And a week later, she was shot and killed in a Chicago park after school, just a mile away from my house.

        Hadiya’s parents, Nate and Cleo, are in this chamber tonight, along with more than two dozen Americans whose lives have been torn apart by gun violence. They deserve a vote.

        Gabby Giffords deserves a vote.

        The families of Newtown deserve a vote.

        The families of Aurora deserve a vote.

        The families of Oak Creek, and Tucson, and Blacksburg, and the countless other communities ripped open by gun violence — they deserve a simple vote.

        Our actions will not prevent every senseless act of violence in this country. Indeed, no laws, no initiatives, no administrative acts will perfectly solve all the challenges I’ve outlined tonight. But we were never sent here to be perfect. We were sent here to make what difference we can, to secure this nation, expand opportunity, and uphold our ideals through the hard, often frustrating, but absolutely necessary work of self-government.     We were sent here to look out for our fellow Americans the same way they look out for one another, every single day, usually without fanfare, all across this country. We should follow their example.

        We should follow the example of a New York City nurse named Menchu Sanchez. When Hurricane Sandy plunged her hospital into darkness, her thoughts were not with how her own home was faring — they were with the twenty precious newborns in her care and the rescue plan she devised that kept them all safe.

        We should follow the example of a North Miami woman named Desiline Victor. When she arrived at her polling place, she was told the wait to vote might be six hours. And as time ticked by, her concern was not with her tired body or aching feet, but whether folks like her would get to have their say. Hour after hour, a throng of people stayed in line in support of her. Because Desiline is 102 years old. And they erupted in cheers when she finally put on a sticker that read “I Voted.”

        We should follow the example of a police officer named Brian Murphy. When a gunman opened fire on a Sikh temple in Wisconsin, and Brian was the first to arrive, he did not consider his own safety. He fought back until help arrived, and ordered his fellow officers to protect the safety of the Americans worshiping inside — even as he lay bleeding from twelve bullet wounds.

        When asked how he did that, Brian said, “That’s just the way we’re made.”

        That’s just the way we’re made.

         We may do different jobs, and wear different uniforms, and hold different views than the person beside us. But as Americans, we all share the same proud title:

        We are citizens. It’s a word that doesn’t just describe our nationality or legal status. It describes the way we’re made. It describes what we believe. It captures the enduring idea that this country only works when we accept certain obligations to one another and to future generations; that our rights are wrapped up in the rights of others; and that well into our third century as a nation, it remains the task of us all, as citizens of these United States, to be the authors of the next great chapter in our American story.

        Thank you, God bless you, and God bless the United States of America.

    Your rating: None Average: 1.5 (8 votes)

    New Report: Brennan’s ‘Black Ops’ In Libya Caused “Benghazigate”, Stevens Death

    0

    libya_clip_image002

    Benghazigate’ continues to unravel, and the man who’s front and center at this week’s Washington DC hearings is now being blamed for the villa siege last September…

    According to a new investigative book published by two former US special operations soldiers, and serialised exclusively in yesterday’s Daily Mail, former CIA Director, David Petraeus, was blackmailed by two senior CIA officers into resigning and was made to publicly admit to his affair with intelligence operative Paula Broadwell. Of course, this angle of the story will surely drive book sales, but it’s not the most significant revelation in the story…

    Drone-Master J: John Brennan

    In their book which is due to be release tomorrow entitled, Benghazi: The Definitive Report, authors Jack Murphy (Army Green Beret) and co-author Brandon Webb (Navy SEAL and friend of Glen Doherty who died in the Benghazi siege) also revealed that ‘Drone-Master J’, John O. Brennan – President Barack Obama’s current CIA Director nominee who was the President’s own deputy NSA advisor at the time, had been authorizing covert ‘unilateral operations outside of the traditional command structure’, using the Pentagon’s Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC) across Libya and North Africa. It is Brennan’s black ops that are said to have prompted retaliation inside Libya that led to the September 11 Benghazi compound siege that killed four Americans, including ‘Ambassador’ Chris Stevens and three other Americans.

    It’s worth noting here that the Benghazi siege was initially blamed by Hillary Clinton, Susan Rice and the entire US media and the BBC at the time — on a highly deceptive YouTube film entitled, “The Innocence of Muslims”. That was the first stages of the cover-up.

    So, according to the new book, it’s John O. Brennan who was the architect of events that led to the debacle known as Benghazigate? Apparently, yes, but not quite…

    Murphy and Webb’s book, although very hard-hitting and well-researched, through what the authors describe as “a vast network of military insiders and intelligence officers to uncover the ‘untold’ story behind the attacks”,focuses on the Petraeus Affair, but only provides surface detail on the actual nature of US Ambassador J. Christopher Stevens’s mission there in Libya.

    Nor do the authors explain that the compound in question was not an “Embassy” in Benghazi as the Obama White House first referred to it, nor was it a “US Consulate”, or a “CIA safe house” as came to be known in later reports. Susanne Posel of OccupyCorporatism.com, reports what is more likely to be the real story:

    “In Benghazi, Stevens stayed at a gated-villa, leased by the US State Department from a local man named Mohammad al-Bishari. The villa in Benghazi was not a US Embassy, diplomatic mission or extension of the embassy. In fact, the nearest US Embassy is Tripoli. This location housed Stevens where he spoke with the NTC, a defaco-government in Libya that assisted the US in the overthrow of Muammar Gaddafi in 2011.

    Stevens had previously been designated as a special representative to the NTC during the US-controlled Libyan revolution. To mask Stevens new role, he was given US Ambassador status by Hillary Clinton, Secretary of State, and stationed in Tripoli.

    Bishari has confirmed that Stevens would stay at the villa when he met with the NTC. Stevens’ mission in Benghazi was to gather intelligence for the CIA “conducting surveillance and collecting information on an array of armed militant groups in and around the city.”

    Hand in the honey pot: Petraeus and Broadwell.

    According to The Mail story, Petraeus’s ousters were,’high-level career officers on the CIA who got the ball rolling on the investigation’. The Mail exclusive goes on to explain how the Petraeus story unfolded and triggered a ‘palace coup’:

    “The authors say that senior intelligence officers working on the 7th floor of Central Intelligence headquarters in Langley, Virginia, used their political clout to ensure that the FBI investigated the former Army general’s personal life.

    They then told Petraeus that they would publicly humiliate him if he didn’t admit the affair and resign.

    ‘It was well known to Petraeus’s Personal Security Detachment (bodyguards) that he and Broadwell were having an affair. He wasn’t the only high-ranking Agency head or general engaged in extramarital relations, but when the 7th floor wanted Petraeus out, they cashed in their chips,’ Webb and Murphy write.

    The book continues: ‘The reality of the situation is that high-ranking CIA officers had already discovered the affair by consulting with Petraeus’s PSD and then found a way to initiate an FBI investigation in order to create a string of evidence and an investigative trail that led to the information they already had–in other words, an official investigation that could be used to force Petraeus to resign.’

    … Senior officials were furious over the way he had been running the agency since he was appointed in September 2011… He was turning the agency’s focus from intelligence gathering and analysis to paramilitary operations, including drone strikes.”

    What they reveal about the Petraeus scandal is that the sensational extramarital affair was deployed in the media in order to keep the public distracted from the real story.

    Chris Stevens and CIA gun-running

    According to the Daily Mail, Webb and Murphy’s book does document that “Stevens likely helped consolidate as many weapons as possible after the war to safeguard them, at which point Brennan exported them overseas to start another conflict”.

    Although both authors, who run a website called SOFREP.com – a news site written and edited by current and former members of the special operations community, appear to be ‘well-positioned’ to access classified insider information about events and a ‘vast network’ of contacts in the game, they could have gone a lot deeper into what are now mainstream allegations: that Chris Stevens was CIA point man for running illegal guns out of Libya via Turkey into Syria for the Free Syrian Army (FSA). Even Kentucky Senator Rand Paul challenged Hillary Clinton on these charges, but was stonewalled by the outgoing Secretary of State.

    The book says that Stevens was aiding John Brennan in highly illegal international gun-running, a fact alone that should (in theory, anyway) kill Brennan in the CIA directorate conformation hearings this week in Washington DC. It’s amazing how this aspect of the story is given a back seat to a sex scandal — which makes us suspicious of this book, and its peculiar timing.

    Posel also explains Stevens role as CIA gun-runner:

    “Some of Stevens’ deals for arms can be realized in the artillery and weapons being funneled to the Free Syrian Army (FSA) in Syria who are fighting the proxy war for the US. Stevens became the “liaison” between US-sponsored terrorist factions and the movement of arms to Syria to assist the FSA.

    Shipments to the FSA have come from Saudi Arabia where the Salafi terrorists originated and the Partisans of Sharia is used to further subversive interests. Thanks to the US, the Saudi government and Stevens, the FSA are the most heavily armed state-sponsored jihadist group in the Middle East.

    In reality, Islamic terrorist factions that work with the US were employed by the Saudi Arabian government to take out one of Petraeus’ CIA spies. That spy’s name was J. Christopher Stevens.”

    Author, former SEAL Brandon Webb

    Author, former Ranger Jack Murphy

    Chemical Weapons to Syria

    The other obvious and very big aspect of this story which they also miss, is the very visible thread which first appeared in early Dec 2012 of reports ‘chemical weapons in Syria’, and these are likely to have originated in Libya — in the form of Gadaffi’s aging chemical weapons stocks being smuggled out of Libya and into the hands of the FSA in Syria… in order to blame Syria Assad government for using “chemical weapons against his own people”.

    In late December, the US intelligence community, via the US General Console in Istanbul, Turkey, appears to have set-up the thread for the Assad chemical weapons story to go public, but quickly began to back track on this talking point, practically abandoning it altogether in the end.

    In ‘Benghazi: The Definitive Report’, it does appear that the authors have opened up the door to some incredible and perhaps crucial insights into events surrounding Benghazigate — and their book will make a big media splash but it seems like black-ops ‘insiders’ Murphy and Webb missed the biggest story in all of this — which just happens to be the very scandal that would certainly bring down the Obama Administration in one swoop. Amazing how these events are borne out – and not borne out in the media, as the case may be.

    More and more these days, we see an endless parade of ex-Navy SEAL and ex-Special Ops commando authors — who may very well have a great black book when comes to inside info but they are not journalists, and in some cases their relationship to the special operations world may be a little too close for comfort to consider them objective and independent investigators.

    To authors Murphy and Webb, you cannot call it a “Definitive Report” a few months after the event. It’s a bit cock-sure, to be sure.

    We’re waiting for the sequel, the book which blows the lid on the real story.

    Until then, this might just be a ‘controlled media detonation’.
    –

    Capture

    –
    ‘Benghazi: The Definitive Report,’ written by Brandon Webb and Jack Murphy, is published by William Morrow Company, an imprint of HarperCollins. It will be available for download in ebook format on Tuesday.

    Live streaming The State of the Union: Full Transcript Open Thread

    0

    So let us know what you think.

    It is our generation’s task, then, to reignite the true engine of America’s economic growth — a rising, thriving middle class.

    It is our unfinished task to restore the basic bargain that built this country — the idea that if you work hard and meet your responsibilities, you can get ahead, no matter where you come from, what you look like, or who you love.

    It is our unfinished task to make sure that this government works on behalf of the many, and not just the few; that it encourages free enterprise, rewards individual initiative, and opens the doors of opportunity to every child across this great nation.

    The American people don’t expect government to solve every problem. They don’t expect those of us in this chamber to agree on every issue. But they do expect us to put the nation’s interests before party. They do expect us to forge reasonable compromise where we can. For they know that America moves forward only when we do so together; and that the responsibility of improving this union remains the task of us all.

    Our work must begin by making some basic decisions about our budget — decisions that will have a huge impact on the strength of our recovery.

    Over the last few years, both parties have worked together to reduce the deficit by more than $2.5 trillion — mostly through spending cuts, but also by raising tax rates on the wealthiest 1 percent of Americans. As a result, we are more than halfway towards the goal of $4 trillion in deficit reduction that economists say we need to stabilize our finances. Now we need to finish the job. And the question is, how?

    In 2011, Congress passed a law saying that if both parties couldn’t agree on a plan to reach our deficit goal, about a trillion dollars’ worth of budget cuts would automatically go into effect this year. These sudden, harsh, arbitrary cuts would jeopardize our military readiness. They’d devastate priorities like education, energy, and medical research. They would certainly slow our recovery, and cost us hundreds of thousands of jobs. That’s why Democrats, Republicans, business leaders, and economists have already said that these cuts, known here in Washington as “the sequester,” are a really bad idea.

    Now, some in this Congress have proposed preventing only the defense cuts by making even bigger cuts to things like education and job training; Medicare and Social Security benefits.

    That idea is even worse. Yes, the biggest driver of our long-term debt is the rising cost of health care for an aging population. And those of us who care deeply about programs like Medicare must embrace the need for modest reforms — otherwise, our retirement programs will crowd out the investments we need for our children, and jeopardize the promise of a secure retirement for future generations.

    But we can’t ask senior citizens and working families to shoulder the entire burden of deficit reduction while asking nothing more from the wealthiest and most powerful. We won’t grow the middle class simply by shifting the cost of health care or college onto families that are already struggling, or by forcing communities to lay off more teachers, cops, and firefighters. Most Americans — Democrats, Republicans, and Independents — understand that we can’t just cut our way to prosperity. They know that broad-based economic growth requires a balanced approach to deficit reduction, with spending cuts and revenue, and with everybody doing their fair share. And that’s the approach I offer tonight.

    On Medicare, I’m prepared to enact reforms that will achieve the same amount of health care savings by the beginning of the next decade as the reforms proposed by the bipartisan Simpson-Bowles commission. Already, the Affordable Care Act is helping to slow the growth of health care costs. The reforms I’m proposing go even further. We’ll reduce taxpayer subsidies to prescription drug companies and ask more from the wealthiest seniors. We’ll bring down costs by changing the way our government pays for Medicare, because our medical bills shouldn’t be based on the number of tests ordered or days spent in the hospital — they should be based on the quality of care that our seniors receive. And I am open to additional reforms from both parties, so long as they don’t violate the guarantee of a secure retirement. Our government shouldn’t make promises we cannot keep — but we must keep the promises we’ve already made.

    To hit the rest of our deficit reduction target, we should do what leaders in both parties have already suggested, and save hundreds of billions of dollars by getting rid of tax loopholes and deductions for the well-off and well-connected. After all, why would we choose to make deeper cuts to education and Medicare just to protect special interest tax breaks? How is that fair? How does that promote growth?

    Now is our best chance for bipartisan, comprehensive tax reform that encourages job creation and helps bring down the deficit. The American people deserve a tax code that helps small businesses spend less time filling out complicated forms, and more time expanding and hiring; a tax code that ensures billionaires with high-powered accountants can’t pay a lower rate than their hard-working secretaries; a tax code that lowers incentives to move jobs overseas, and lowers tax rates for businesses and manufacturers that create jobs right here in America. That’s what tax reform can deliver. That’s what we can do together.

    I realize that tax reform and entitlement reform won’t be easy. The politics will be hard for both sides. None of us will get 100 percent of what we want. But the alternative will cost us jobs, hurt our economy, and visit hardship on millions of hardworking Americans. So let’s set party interests aside, and work to pass a budget that replaces reckless cuts with smart savings and wise investments in our future. And let’s do it without the brinksmanship that stresses consumers and scares off investors. The greatest nation on Earth cannot keep conducting its business by drifting from one manufactured crisis to the next. Let’s agree, right here, right now, to keep the people’s government open, pay our bills on time, and always uphold the full faith and credit of the United States of America. The American people have worked too hard, for too long, rebuilding from one crisis to see their elected officials cause another.

    Now, most of us agree that a plan to reduce the deficit must be part of our agenda. But let’s be clear: deficit reduction alone is not an economic plan. A growing economy that creates good, middle-class jobs — that must be the North Star that guides our efforts. Every day, we should ask ourselves three questions as a nation: How do we attract more jobs to our shores? How do we equip our people with the skills needed to do those jobs? And how do we make sure that hard work leads to a decent living?

    A year and a half ago, I put forward an American Jobs Act that independent economists said would create more than one million new jobs. I thank the last Congress for passing some of that agenda, and I urge this Congress to pass the rest. Tonight, I’ll lay out additional proposals that are fully paid for and fully consistent with the budget framework both parties agreed to just 18 months ago. Let me repeat — nothing I’m proposing tonight should increase our deficit by a single dime. It’s not a bigger government we need, but a smarter government that sets priorities and invests in broad-based growth.
    Our first priority is making America a magnet for new jobs and manufacturing.
    After shedding jobs for more than 10 years, our manufacturers have added about 500,000 jobs over the past three. Caterpillar is bringing jobs back from Japan. Ford is bringing jobs back from Mexico. After locating plants in other countries like China, Intel is opening its most advanced plant right here at home. And this year, Apple will start making Macs in America again.

    There are things we can do, right now, to accelerate this trend. Last year, we created our first manufacturing innovation institute in Youngstown, Ohio. A once-shuttered warehouse is now a state-of-the art lab where new workers are mastering the 3D printing that has the potential to revolutionize the way we make almost everything. There’s no reason this can’t happen in other towns. So tonight, I’m announcing the launch of three more of these manufacturing hubs, where businesses will partner with the Departments of Defense and Energy to turn regions left behind by globalization into global centers of high-tech jobs. And I ask this Congress to help create a network of fifteen of these hubs and guarantee that the next revolution in manufacturing is Made in America.

    If we want to make the best products, we also have to invest in the best ideas. Every dollar we invested to map the human genome returned $140 to our economy. Today, our scientists are mapping the human brain to unlock the answers to Alzheimer’s; developing drugs to regenerate damaged organs; devising new material to make batteries ten times more powerful. Now is not the time to gut these job-creating investments in science and innovation. Now is the time to reach a level of research and development not seen since the height of the Space Race. And today, no area holds more promise than our investments in American energy.

    After years of talking about it, we are finally poised to control our own energy future. We produce more oil at home than we have in 15 years. We have doubled the distance our cars will go on a gallon of gas, and the amount of renewable energy we generate from sources like wind and solar — with tens of thousands of good, American jobs to show for it. We produce more natural gas than ever before — and nearly everyone’s energy bill is lower because of it. And over the last four years, our emissions of the dangerous carbon pollution that threatens our planet have actually fallen.

    But for the sake of our children and our future, we must do more to combat climate change. Yes, it’s true that no single event makes a trend. But the fact is, the 12 hottest years on record have all come in the last 15. Heat waves, droughts, wildfires, and floods — all are now more frequent and intense. We can choose to believe that Superstorm Sandy, and the most severe drought in decades, and the worst wildfires some states have ever seen were all just a freak coincidence. Or we can choose to believe in the overwhelming judgment of science — and act before it’s too late.

    The good news is, we can make meaningful progress on this issue while driving strong economic growth. I urge this Congress to pursue a bipartisan, market-based solution to climate change, like the one John McCain and Joe Lieberman worked on together a few years ago. But if Congress won’t act soon to protect future generations, I will. I will direct my Cabinet to come up with executive actions we can take, now and in the future, to reduce pollution, prepare our communities for the consequences of climate change, and speed the transition to more sustainable sources of energy.

    Four years ago, other countries dominated the clean energy market and the jobs that came with it. We’ve begun to change that. Last year, wind energy added nearly half of all new power capacity in America. So let’s generate even more. Solar energy gets cheaper by the year — so let’s drive costs down even further. As long as countries like China keep going all-in on clean energy, so must we.

    In the meantime, the natural gas boom has led to cleaner power and greater energy independence. That’s why my Administration will keep cutting red tape and speeding up new oil and gas permits. But I also want to work with this Congress to encourage the research and technology that helps natural gas burn even cleaner and protects our air and water.

    Indeed, much of our new-found energy is drawn from lands and waters that we, the public, own together. So tonight, I propose we use some of our oil and gas revenues to fund an Energy Security Trust that will drive new research and technology to shift our cars and trucks off oil for good. If a non-partisan coalition of CEOs and retired generals and admirals can get behind this idea, then so can we. Let’s take their advice and free our families and businesses from the painful spikes in gas prices we’ve put up with for far too long. I’m also issuing a new goal for America: let’s cut in half the energy wasted by our homes and businesses over the next twenty years. The states with the best ideas to create jobs and lower energy bills by constructing more efficient buildings will receive federal support to help make it happen.

    America’s energy sector is just one part of an aging infrastructure badly in need of repair. Ask any CEO where they’d rather locate and hire: a country with deteriorating roads and bridges, or one with high-speed rail and internet; high-tech schools and self-healing power grids. The CEO of Siemens America — a company that brought hundreds of new jobs to North Carolina — has said that if we upgrade our infrastructure, they’ll bring even more jobs. And I know that you want these job-creating projects in your districts. I’ve seen you all at the ribbon-cuttings.

    Tonight, I propose a “Fix-It-First” program to put people to work as soon as possible on our most urgent repairs, like the nearly 70,000 structurally deficient bridges across the country. And to make sure taxpayers don’t shoulder the whole burden, I’m also proposing a Partnership to Rebuild America that attracts private capital to upgrade what our businesses need most: modern ports to move our goods; modern pipelines to withstand a storm; modern schools worthy of our children. Let’s prove that there is no better place to do business than the United States of America. And let’s start right away.

    Part of our rebuilding effort must also involve our housing sector. Today, our housing market is finally healing from the collapse of 2007. Home prices are rising at the fastest pace in six years, home purchases are up nearly 50 percent, and construction is expanding again.

    But even with mortgage rates near a 50-year low, too many families with solid credit who want to buy a home are being rejected. Too many families who have never missed a payment and want to refinance are being told no. That’s holding our entire economy back, and we need to fix it. Right now, there’s a bill in this Congress that would give every responsible homeowner in America the chance to save $3,000 a year by refinancing at today’s rates. Democrats and Republicans have supported it before. What are we waiting for? Take a vote, and send me that bill. Right now, overlapping regulations keep responsible young families from buying their first home. What’s holding us back? Let’s streamline the process, and help our economy grow.

    These initiatives in manufacturing, energy, infrastructure, and housing will help entrepreneurs and small business owners expand and create new jobs. But none of it will matter unless we also equip our citizens with the skills and training to fill those jobs. And that has to start at the earliest possible age.

    Study after study shows that the sooner a child begins learning, the better he or she does down the road. But today, fewer than 3 in 10 four year-olds are enrolled in a high-quality preschool program. Most middle-class parents can’t afford a few hundred bucks a week for private preschool. And for poor kids who need help the most, this lack of access to preschool education can shadow them for the rest of their lives.

    Tonight, I propose working with states to make high-quality preschool available to every child in America. Every dollar we invest in high-quality early education can save more than seven dollars later on — by boosting graduation rates, reducing teen pregnancy, even reducing violent crime. In states that make it a priority to educate our youngest children, like Georgia or Oklahoma, studies show students grow up more likely to read and do math at grade level, graduate high school, hold a job, and form more stable families of their own. So let’s do what works, and make sure none of our children start the race of life already behind. Let’s give our kids that chance.

    Let’s also make sure that a high school diploma puts our kids on a path to a good job. Right now, countries like Germany focus on graduating their high school students with the equivalent of a technical degree from one of our community colleges, so that they’re ready for a job. At schools like P-Tech in Brooklyn, a collaboration between New York Public Schools, the City University of New York, and IBM, students will graduate with a high school diploma and an associate degree in computers or engineering.

    We need to give every American student opportunities like this. Four years ago, we started Race to the Top — a competition that convinced almost every state to develop smarter curricula and higher standards, for about 1 percent of what we spend on education each year. Tonight, I’m announcing a new challenge to redesign America’s high schools so they better equip graduates for the demands of a high-tech economy. We’ll reward schools that develop new partnerships with colleges and employers, and create classes that focus on science, technology, engineering, and math — the skills today’s employers are looking for to fill jobs right now and in the future. Now, even with better high schools, most young people will need some higher education. It’s a simple fact: the more education you have, the more likely you are to have a job and work your way into the middle class. But today, skyrocketing costs price way too many young people out of a higher education, or saddle them with unsustainable debt.

    Through tax credits, grants, and better loans, we have made college more affordable for millions of students and families over the last few years. But taxpayers cannot continue to subsidize the soaring cost of higher education. Colleges must do their part to keep costs down, and it’s our job to make sure they do. Tonight, I ask Congress to change the Higher Education Act, so that affordability and value are included in determining which colleges receive certain types of federal aid. And tomorrow, my Administration will release a new “College Scorecard” that parents and students can use to compare schools based on a simple criteria: where you can get the most bang for your educational buck. To grow our middle class, our citizens must have access to the education and training that today’s jobs require. But we also have to make sure that America remains a place where everyone who’s willing to work hard has the chance to get ahead.

    Our economy is stronger when we harness the talents and ingenuity of striving, hopeful immigrants. And right now, leaders from the business, labor, law enforcement, and faith communities all agree that the time has come to pass comprehensive immigration reform.

    Real reform means strong border security, and we can build on the progress my Administration has already made — putting more boots on the southern border than at any time in our history, and reducing illegal crossings to their lowest levels in 40 years.

    Real reform means establishing a responsible pathway to earned citizenship — a path that includes passing a background check, paying taxes and a meaningful penalty, learning English, and going to the back of the line behind the folks trying to come here legally. And real reform means fixing the legal immigration system to cut waiting periods, reduce bureaucracy, and attract the highly-skilled entrepreneurs and engineers that will help create jobs and grow our economy.

    In other words, we know what needs to be done. As we speak, bipartisan groups in both chambers are working diligently to draft a bill, and I applaud their efforts. Now let’s get this done. Send me a comprehensive immigration reform bill in the next few months, and I will sign it right away.

    But we can’t stop there. We know our economy is stronger when our wives, mothers, and daughters can live their lives free from discrimination in the workplace, and free from the fear of domestic violence. Today, the Senate passed the Violence Against Women Act that Joe Biden originally wrote almost 20 years ago. I urge the House to do the same. And I ask this Congress to declare that women should earn a living equal to their efforts, and finally pass the Paycheck Fairness Act this year.

    We know our economy is stronger when we reward an honest day’s work with honest wages. But today, a full-time worker making the minimum wage earns $14,500 a year. Even with the tax relief we’ve put in place, a family with two kids that earns the minimum wage still lives below the poverty line. That’s wrong. That’s why, since the last time this Congress raised the minimum wage, nineteen states have chosen to bump theirs even higher.

    Tonight, let’s declare that in the wealthiest nation on Earth, no one who works full-time should have to live in poverty, and raise the federal minimum wage to $9.00 an hour. This single step would raise the incomes of millions of working families. It could mean the difference between groceries or the food bank; rent or eviction; scraping by or finally getting ahead. For businesses across the country, it would mean customers with more money in their pockets. In fact, working folks shouldn’t have to wait year after year for the minimum wage to go up while CEO pay has never been higher. So here’s an idea that Governor Romney and I actually agreed on last year: let’s tie the minimum wage to the cost of living, so that it finally becomes a wage you can live on.

    Tonight, let’s also recognize that there are communities in this country where no matter how hard you work, it’s virtually impossible to get ahead. Factory towns decimated from years of plants packing up. Inescapable pockets of poverty, urban and rural, where young adults are still fighting for their first job. America is not a place where chance of birth or circumstance should decide our destiny. And that is why we need to build new ladders of opportunity into the middle class for all who are willing to climb them.

    Let’s offer incentives to companies that hire Americans who’ve got what it takes to fill that job opening, but have been out of work so long that no one will give them a chance. Let’s put people back to work rebuilding vacant homes in run-down neighborhoods. And this year, my Administration will begin to partner with 20 of the hardest-hit towns in America to get these communities back on their feet. We’ll work with local leaders to target resources at public safety, education, and housing. We’ll give new tax credits to businesses that hire and invest. And we’ll work to strengthen families by removing the financial deterrents to marriage for low-income couples, and doing more to encourage fatherhood — because what makes you a man isn’t the ability to conceive a child; it’s having the courage to raise one. Stronger families. Stronger communities. A stronger America. It is this kind of prosperity — broad, shared, and built on a thriving middle class — that has always been the source of our progress at home. It is also the foundation of our power and influence throughout the world.

    Tonight, we stand united in saluting the troops and civilians who sacrifice every day to protect us. Because of them, we can say with confidence that America will complete its mission in Afghanistan, and achieve our objective of defeating the core of al Qaeda. Already, we have brought home 33,000 of our brave servicemen and women. This spring, our forces will move into a support role, while Afghan security forces take the lead. Tonight, I can announce that over the next year, another 34,000 American troops will come home from Afghanistan. This drawdown will continue. And by the end of next year, our war in Afghanistan will be over.

    Beyond 2014, America’s commitment to a unified and sovereign Afghanistan will endure, but the nature of our commitment will change. We are negotiating an agreement with the Afghan government that focuses on two missions: training and equipping Afghan forces so that the country does not again slip into chaos, and counter-terrorism efforts that allow us to pursue the remnants of al Qaeda and their affiliates.

    Today, the organization that attacked us on 9/11 is a shadow of its former self. Different al Qaeda affiliates and extremist groups have emerged — from the Arabian Peninsula to Africa. The threat these groups pose is evolving. But to meet this threat, we don’t need to send tens of thousands of our sons and daughters abroad, or occupy other nations. Instead, we will need to help countries like Yemen, Libya, and Somalia provide for their own security, and help allies who take the fight to terrorists, as we have in Mali. And, where necessary, through a range of capabilities, we will continue to take direct action against those terrorists who pose the gravest threat to Americans.

    As we do, we must enlist our values in the fight. That is why my Administration has worked tirelessly to forge a durable legal and policy framework to guide our counterterrorism operations. Throughout, we have kept Congress fully informed of our efforts. I recognize that in our democracy, no one should just take my word that we’re doing things the right way. So, in the months ahead, I will continue to engage with Congress to ensure not only that our targeting, detention, and prosecution of terrorists remains consistent with our laws and system of checks and balances, but that our efforts are even more transparent to the American people and to the world.

    Of course, our challenges don’t end with al Qaeda. America will continue to lead the effort to prevent the spread of the world’s most dangerous weapons. The regime in North Korea must know that they will only achieve security and prosperity by meeting their international obligations. Provocations of the sort we saw last night will only isolate them further, as we stand by our allies, strengthen our own missile defense, and lead the world in taking firm action in response to these threats.

    Likewise, the leaders of Iran must recognize that now is the time for a diplomatic solution, because a coalition stands united in demanding that they meet their obligations, and we will do what is necessary to prevent them from getting a nuclear weapon. At the same time, we will engage Russia to seek further reductions in our nuclear arsenals, and continue leading the global effort to secure nuclear materials that could fall into the wrong hands — because our ability to influence others depends on our willingness to lead.

    America must also face the rapidly growing threat from cyber-attacks. We know hackers steal people’s identities and infiltrate private e-mail. We know foreign countries and companies swipe our corporate secrets. Now our enemies are also seeking the ability to sabotage our power grid, our financial institutions, and our air traffic control systems. We cannot look back years from now and wonder why we did nothing in the face of real threats to our security and our economy.

    That’s why, earlier today, I signed a new executive order that will strengthen our cyber defenses by increasing information sharing, and developing standards to protect our national security, our jobs, and our privacy. Now, Congress must act as well, by passing legislation to give our government a greater capacity to secure our networks and deter attacks.

    Even as we protect our people, we should remember that today’s world presents not only dangers, but opportunities. To boost American exports, support American jobs, and level the playing field in the growing markets of Asia, we intend to complete negotiations on a Trans-Pacific Partnership. And tonight, I am announcing that we will launch talks on a comprehensive Transatlantic Trade and Investment Partnership with the European Union — because trade that is free and fair across the Atlantic supports millions of good-paying American jobs.

    We also know that progress in the most impoverished parts of our world enriches us all. In many places, people live on little more than a dollar a day. So the United States will join with our allies to eradicate such extreme poverty in the next two decades: by connecting more people to the global economy and empowering women; by giving our young and brightest minds new opportunities to serve and helping communities to feed, power, and educate themselves; by saving the world’s children from preventable deaths; and by realizing the promise of an AIDS-free generation.
    Above all, America must remain a beacon to all who seek freedom during this period of historic change. I saw the power of hope last year in Rangoon — when Aung San Suu Kyi welcomed an American President into the home where she had been imprisoned for years; when thousands of Burmese lined the streets, waving American flags, including a man who said, “There is justice and law in the United States. I want our country to be like that.”

    In defense of freedom, we will remain the anchor of strong alliances from the Americas to Africa; from Europe to Asia. In the Middle East, we will stand with citizens as they demand their universal rights, and support stable transitions to democracy. The process will be messy, and we cannot presume to dictate the course of change in countries like Egypt; but we can — and will — insist on respect for the fundamental rights of all people. We will keep the pressure on a Syrian regime that has murdered its own people, and support opposition leaders that respect the rights of every Syrian. And we will stand steadfast with Israel in pursuit of security and a lasting peace. These are the messages I will deliver when I travel to the Middle East next month.

    All this work depends on the courage and sacrifice of those who serve in dangerous places at great personal risk — our diplomats, our intelligence officers, and the men and women of the United States Armed Forces. As long as I’m Commander-in-Chief, we will do whatever we must to protect those who serve their country abroad, and we will maintain the best military in the world. We will invest in new capabilities, even as we reduce waste and wartime spending. We will ensure equal treatment for all service members, and equal benefits for their families — gay and straight. We will draw upon the courage and skills of our sisters and daughters, because women have proven under fire that they are ready for combat. We will keep faith with our veterans — investing in world-class care, including mental health care, for our wounded warriors; supporting our military families; and giving our veterans the benefits, education, and job opportunities they have earned. And I want to thank my wife Michelle and Dr. Jill Biden for their continued dedication to serving our military families as well as they serve us.

    But defending our freedom is not the job of our military alone. We must all do our part to make sure our God-given rights are protected here at home. That includes our most fundamental right as citizens: the right to vote. When any Americans — no matter where they live or what their party — are denied that right simply because they can’t wait for five, six, seven hours just to cast their ballot, we are betraying our ideals. That’s why, tonight, I’m announcing a non-partisan commission to improve the voting experience in America. And I’m asking two long-time experts in the field, who’ve recently served as the top attorneys for my campaign and for Governor Romney’s campaign, to lead it. We can fix this, and we will. The American people demand it. And so does our democracy. Of course, what I’ve said tonight matters little if we don’t come together to protect our most precious resource — our children.

    It has been two months since Newtown. I know this is not the first time this country has debated how to reduce gun violence. But this time is different. Overwhelming majorities of Americans — Americans who believe in the 2nd Amendment — have come together around commonsense reform — like background checks that will make it harder for criminals to get their hands on a gun. Senators of both parties are working together on tough new laws to prevent anyone from buying guns for resale to criminals. Police chiefs are asking our help to get weapons of war and massive ammunition magazines off our streets, because they are tired of being outgunned.
    Each of these proposals deserves a vote in Congress. If you want to vote no, that’s your choice. But these proposals deserve a vote. Because in the two months since Newtown, more than a thousand birthdays, graduations, and anniversaries have been stolen from our lives by a bullet from a gun.

    One of those we lost was a young girl named Hadiya Pendleton. She was 15 years old. She loved Fig Newtons and lip gloss. She was a majorette. She was so good to her friends, they all thought they were her best friend. Just three weeks ago, she was here, in Washington, with her classmates, performing for her country at my inauguration. And a week later, she was shot and killed in a Chicago park after school, just a mile away from my house.

    Hadiya’s parents, Nate and Cleo, are in this chamber tonight, along with more than two dozen Americans whose lives have been torn apart by gun violence. They deserve a vote. Gabby Giffords deserves a vote. The families of Newtown deserve a vote. The families of Aurora deserve a vote. The families of Oak Creek, and Tucson, and Blacksburg, and the countless other communities ripped open by gun violence — they deserve a simple vote.

    Our actions will not prevent every senseless act of violence in this country. Indeed, no laws, no initiatives, no administrative acts will perfectly solve all the challenges I’ve outlined tonight. But we were never sent here to be perfect. We were sent here to make what difference we can, to secure this nation, expand opportunity, and uphold our ideals through the hard, often frustrating, but absolutely necessary work of self-government.

    We were sent here to look out for our fellow Americans the same way they look out for one another, every single day, usually without fanfare, all across this country. We should follow their example.

    We should follow the example of a New York City nurse named Menchu Sanchez. When Hurricane Sandy plunged her hospital into darkness, her thoughts were not with how her own home was faring — they were with the twenty precious newborns in her care and the rescue plan she devised that kept them all safe.

    We should follow the example of a North Miami woman named Desiline Victor. When she arrived at her polling place, she was told the wait to vote might be six hours. And as time ticked by, her concern was not with her tired body or aching feet, but whether folks like her would get to have their say. Hour after hour, a throng of people stayed in line in support of her. Because Desiline is 102 years old. And they erupted in cheers when she finally put on a sticker that read “I Voted.”

    We should follow the example of a police officer named Brian Murphy. When a gunman opened fire on a Sikh temple in Wisconsin, and Brian was the first to arrive, he did not consider his own safety. He fought back until help arrived, and ordered his fellow officers to protect the safety of the Americans worshiping inside — even as he lay bleeding from twelve bullet wounds.

    When asked how he did that, Brian said, “That’s just the way we’re made.”
    That’s just the way we’re made.

    We may do different jobs, and wear different uniforms, and hold different views than the person beside us. But as Americans, we all share the same proud title:

    We are citizens. It’s a word that doesn’t just describe our nationality or legal status. It describes the way we’re made. It describes what we believe. It captures the enduring idea that this country only works when we accept certain obligations to one another and to future generations; that our rights are wrapped up in the rights of others; and that well into our third century as a nation, it remains the task of us all, as citizens of these United States, to be the authors of the next great chapter in our American story.
    Thank you, God bless you, and God bless the United States of America.

    Report: Realistic Urban Training is DHS and DOD “Conducting Desensitizing Exercises”

    0

    Just a couple years ago we reported that the U.S. military was involved in war gaming scenarios that included training for such things as large scale economic collapse and civil unrest. Photos from the training exercises showed simulated situations that included protesters holding up “We Need Food Now” signs. It was a clear sign that the government is preparing for just such an event, and that they were training military personnel to respond in the capacity of a domestic police force.

    The warnings we and others issued were ignored by most of the population and dismissed by many as nothing more than conspiracy theory and fear mongering.

    A few years on, the military continues to step up exercises focused on urban deployment and as recently as last month held live exercises in heavily populated US metropolitan areas.

    Residents of Miami and Houston were treated to troop mobilizations, machine gun fire, and gunships flying over their cities. After concerned callers reported the activities to local news stations, the media quickly moved to calm fears of a terrorist attack or invasion. They smiled while they did it and shrugged off the unprecedented displays as just your average, everyday military exercise.

    Except, of course, the US military, up until recently, has never openly trained in U.S. cities, and especially not in scores of cities with training spread over such a short period of time.

    Which begs the question, why are the military and local law enforcement holding realistic urban training exercises on the streets of America when they could do it at any of the hundreds of training facilities around the world?

    Via: The Daily Crux, Burning Platform

    I was once stationed at Camp Lejuene, NC. As a Navy Corpsman, I helped care for Marines. I tell you this because inevitably there will be those that assume I hold some anti-military motive.

    …

    At no time during my time there were “realistic urban training” exercises conducted in towns and cities. This is a recent development.

    …

    The training has been coordinated with local, county and state agencies and officials, including the Ridgeland police and fire departments, according to a Marine Corps news release.

    Although there is no danger, Farao said residents should stay away if they see training under way or uniformed personnel.

    Realistic Urban Training is happening all over the U.S.  

    In Miami, Florida on January 26, 2013, Army Backhawk helicopters swooped through the city at night, firing door-guns and chasing make-believe bad guys like something out of an action movie. The fired blanks echoed off of the buildings, scaring many residents into taking cover. The local news reported excitedly about the exercise, stating it was only a drill and for residents not to be concerned. However, there was no journalistic follow up asking hard questions. Such as, who authorized an exercise without informing the public? Why conduct this type of training in a populated U.S. city and put citizens at risk? Isn’t this a violation of Posse Comitatus? No hard follow up questions were asked, and to my knowledge, have not been since.

    Not even when the same exercise occurred in Houston, Texas on January 29, 2013.  The U.S. Army along with other agencies took over the Carnegie Vanguard High School in Houston on Monday. Alarmed residents called police and complained about gunshots and helicopters. No details were provided about the training. Watch the KTRK-TV Houston report and hear how alarmed residents responded after hearing gunshots and seeing military helicopters flying over their homes.

    …

    According to Sgt. 1st Class Michael Noggle, an Army spokesman based at Fort Bragg, N.C., “We were invited by the city of Galveston to conduct joint training exercises to enhance the effectiveness of both services in order to better protect the residents of Galveston.”

    He went on to say in an email that “The purpose of the realistic urban training is to give our Special Operators an opportunity to hone their skills in a controlled, but unfamiliar, realistic urban environment that cannot be replicated with the bare-boned facades found on military installation ranges.”

    I’ve highlighted a few examples, but there are more. In a search I came upon these others.  Los Angeles, CA,  Plainville and Worchester, Massachusetts. As reported in the other stories, residents were unaware of the drills until helicopters swooped over their neighborhoods. And here’s more: Minneapolis, MN, and this in East Saint Louis, MO. There are many more, but these links provide a foundation for further research.

    I spoke with a high-ranking, military source in DHS.

    Preferring to remain unnamed for obvious reasons, he told me, “DHS and DOD are conducting desensitizing exercises all across the U.S.,” he paused, then added, “we’re being prepared for mass civil unrest in major U.S. cities. DOD will be expected to help — when we’re requested.”

    I asked if there was a timeline for expecting civil unrest in our cities and why should we expect it to begin with.

    I was told that there were many reasons, but that the continued devaluation of our currency, the predicted history-setting prices for gasoline this summer and the continued gun control debate are forming a perfect storm of civil discontent. When this storm hits, it will most assuredly produce mass casualties. When does DHS expect this to happen? 

    This summer.

    From a high-ranking source deep within DHS, who has strong DOD ties, we are being told that joint DOD-local law enforcement exercises are to desensitize us to military occupation. When asked if there was any concern about violating Posse Comitatus, he stated “no concern at all,” and added, “That’s been a non-issue for a long time.”

    Source: The Allegiant

    We are hearing similar reports from DHS, DOD, and law enforcement sources known by numerous investigators and reporters in alternative media. Many of the sources have requested to remain anonymous, prompting skeptics to call it bunk. However, it’s hard to believe that there is nothing to this. Furthermore, if you were privy to details that your government was about to implement a massive police state and past whistle blowers were imprisoned and had their lives destroyed, would you be willing to share your name and put your family in harm’s way?

    As noted by Paul Joseph Watson and Alex Jones in a recent report at Infowars.com, there is a strong possibility that whatever the US government is preparing for has been orchestrated by the elite, who hope to benefit in the form of money, resources and power, something we’ve seen throughout history:

    Every indication clearly suggests that authorities in the United States are preparing for widespread civil unrest. This trend has not emerged by accident — it is part of a tried and tested method used by the banking elite to seize control of nations, strip them of their assets, and absorb them into the new world order.

     There is a crucial economic imperative as to why the elite is seeking to engineer and exploit social unrest.

    …

    One of the final steps of the process, the “IMF riot,” detailed how the elite would plan for mass civil unrest ahead of time that would have the effect of scaring off investors and causing government bankruptcies.

    “This economic arson has its bright side — for foreigners, who can then pick off remaining assets at fire sale prices,” writes Palast, adding, “A pattern emerges. There are lots of losers but the clear winners seem to be the western banks and US Treasury.”

    In other words, the banking elite creates the very economic environment — soaring interest rates, spiraling food prices, poverty, lower standards of living — that precipitates civil unrest — and then like a vulture swoops down to devour what remains of the country’s assets on the cheap.

    We have already seen this process unfold in places like Bolivia, Ecuador, Indonesia, Greece and Argentina. Next on the chopping block are Spain, Italy, Britain and France — all of which have seen widespread riots over the last two years.

    …

    Given the clear economic motive for stirring unrest in the United States, we’d expect to see preparations for domestic disorder in numerous different guises — and indeed the signs are everywhere. 

    Full Infowars Report

    Most Americans cannot possibly fathom an America where the economy has collapsed, the dollar is valueless, and food is so expensive that it can’t be had by the majority of the populace.

    They can’t imagine any situation that would require the deployment of military soldiers into their towns and cities.

    They are clueless to the existence of the National Defense Authorization Act which legalizes the indefinite detention of terror suspects. They think the Patriot Act is legislation that applies only to Al Queda. They don’t know, nor do they care, that President Obama has signed numerous Executive Orders designed for continuity of government operations and martial law.

    None of them realize that the President himself is now creating kill lists and justifications for why American citizens can be targeted by military drone strikes without charge or trial.

    For these people, with their heads buried in the sand, America today is the same as it has always been.

    When their idealistic paradigm of stable 9-5 employment, ample retirement funds, weekend barbecues, and Constitutional protections comes to end, what do you think they are going to do?

    What will they do should stock markets melt down, the US dollar crashes or the economy collapses to Great Depression levels?

    They will panic. They will riot in the streets. They will turn violent. Their whole world will be turned upside down and devolve into violence and bloodshed.

    The government knows this. Homeland security knows this. The military knows this. Any student of history knows this.

    We are now being desensitized to the response should it ever come to pass.

    Russia: The World’s Top Gold Buyer

    0

    gold

    Over the last decade Russia’s Central Bank acquired 570 metric tonnes of gold. The amount is almost triple the weight of the American Statue of Liberty and makes Russia the world’s biggest buyer of gold.

    The amount is a quarter more than runner-up China, Bloomberg reported on Monday.

    Countries like Russia and China use such stockpiles as an economic buffer against another wave of economic crisis or US dollar devaluation, as both remain weary of the US Federal Reserve’s stability and prefer to edge their bets on gold.

    It’s also proven a sound investment and opportunity for the Russian state to make money, with gold prices crawling upwards over the past 12 years, gaining 12% in 2012 alone. On Monday gold traded at $1650 per ounce and analysts expect the price to keep growing in 2013 to reach $1825 by the end of the year. However French investment bank Natixis dampened the outlook by forecasting a drop in price to $1500 by 2014, Finmarket.ru reports.

    But the link between high gold prices and falling crude has plagued Russia in the past. In 1998, when Russia defaulted on $40 billion of domestic debt, it took 28 barrels of crude to buy an ounce of gold, according to Bloomberg research. Two years later, when Vladimir Putin came to power, an ounce was worth 11.5 barrels. By 2005 the ratio had dropped to 6.5 and that is when President Putin ordered his Central Bank to buy. In just a month the proportion of gold in Russia’s total reserve rose from 2.2% to 3.5%.

    In 2000 Vladimir Putin inherited a country with 384 metric tons of gold and more than doubled its gold reserve in 12 years — according to official data from World Gold Council, in October 2012 gold made up 9.6% of Russia’s national forex reserve and stood at 936.7 metric tons.

    However it is still far from its historic high — in 1941 Russia held a record 2800 tons of the precious metal and thanks to these reserves successfully recovered after World War II.

    Russia’s gold rush still doesn’t mean it tops the list of global gold owners. The United States holds the leading position with 8133.5 tons of gold which make 75.4% of country’s total reserve. Germany runs second with 3391.3 tons and the IMF third with 2814 tons. China and Russia are sitting in sixth and eighth place respectively.

    China however is suspected of downplaying its actual volume of gold by 3-4 times, Zerohedge news website reports, and prepares to introduce Yuan as world’s reserve currency. Back in 2009 China set a goal to overtake the US in the rankings. When the Chinese Central bank is ready to officially declare its actual gold reserve volume, world markets will experience serious problems, Zerohedge.com believes.

    Major global investor and consulting adviser to the Obama administration, George Soros also appears to have a golden investment streak. In August 2012 it was reported, Mr. Soros offloaded over a million shares in financial companies and banks and purchased $130 million in gold. His move to sell stocks and beef up on gold, is being interpreted by some as a sign of changing investment strategy in the world market.

    The State Of The Union – Live Webcast

    0

    Last year’s 6,977 word homage to jobs provided just over an hour’s worth of applause-impacted rhetoric create much ado – more with what was not said than what was said. This year’s 9pmET speech will likely be dotted with hope, and change, and jobs, and congress, and of course our union is strong… because the S&P is up 16% since last year’s SOTU. But, by our measurement from Bloomberg’s data from December 2011 (the last NFP before 2012’s SOTU) to January 2013 (this year’s last NFP) – Non-Farm Payrolls (NSA) dropped from 133.292 million to 132.705 million (or a 587,000 job loss).

    • *OBAMA SAYS `GENERATION’S TASK’ IS TO BUILD STRONG MIDDLE CLASS
    • *OBAMA SAYS GOVERNMENT MUST WORK `ON BEHALF OF THE MANY’ NOT FEW
    • *OBAMA SAYS PROPOSALS WILL NOT INCREASE DEFICIT BY `SINGLE DIME’
    • *OBAMA CALLS FOR `SMARTER GOVERNMENT’ NOT `BIGGER GOVERNMENT’
    • *OBAMA ORDERS DHS TO DEVELOP REAL-TIME CYBERSECURITY RESPONSE

    Enjoy…

    Full breakdown and summary to follow:

    Your rating: None

    The State Of The Union – Live Webcast

    0

    Last year’s 6,977 word homage to jobs provided just over an hour’s worth of applause-impacted rhetoric create much ado – more with what was not said than what was said. This year’s 9pmET speech will likely be dotted with hope, and change, and jobs, and congress, and of course our union is strong… because the S&P is up 16% since last year’s SOTU. But, by our measurement from Bloomberg’s data from December 2011 (the last NFP before 2012’s SOTU) to January 2013 (this year’s last NFP) – Non-Farm Payrolls (NSA) dropped from 133.292 million to 132.705 million (or a 587,000 job loss).

    • *OBAMA SAYS `GENERATION’S TASK’ IS TO BUILD STRONG MIDDLE CLASS
    • *OBAMA SAYS GOVERNMENT MUST WORK `ON BEHALF OF THE MANY’ NOT FEW
    • *OBAMA SAYS PROPOSALS WILL NOT INCREASE DEFICIT BY `SINGLE DIME’
    • *OBAMA CALLS FOR `SMARTER GOVERNMENT’ NOT `BIGGER GOVERNMENT’
    • *OBAMA ORDERS DHS TO DEVELOP REAL-TIME CYBERSECURITY RESPONSE

    Enjoy…

    Full breakdown and summary to follow:

    Your rating: None

    Woman and toddler hit-and-run CCTV released

    0

    Police have released video of the moment a woman and toddler were sent flying in a hit-and-run in an effort to track the driver and the car.

    The CCTV footage shows the 42-year-old driving instructor and her three-year-old nephew crossing the road on December 7 in Coventry.

    As they reach the middle of King William Street a black Audi estate overtakes another car, which had stopped to turn into a junction, and strikes them.

    The driver of the Audi is seen to slow for a moment, but then accelerates along the road as passers-by rush to help the stricken pair, left lying in the middle of the street.

    Fortunately, the woman and toddler were unharmed aside from a few minor injuries.

    West Midlands Police said a witness supplied a partial number plate for the Audi – EN57 – but they have been unable to trace the vehicle and believe it could be hidden in a garage.

    Officers believe the car will have sustained damage on the front.

    “We have taken the unusual step of releasing the images – which carries a warning for viewers – in the hope that someone will recognise the car and come forward with information so that we can trace the driver,” said PC Abbi Jones.

    “This could have been so much worse. At the time of the collision, the driver would not have known that the woman and child were uninjured.”

    Juventus ends Celtic fairytale in Champions League

    0

    Juventus's Leonardo Bonucci (2L) leads his teammates in celebration after a 3-0 victory against Celtic during the UEFA Champions League last sixteen football match between Celtic and Juventus at Celtic park in Glasgow, Scotland, on February 12, 2013. (AFP Photo / Graham Stuart)

    Juventus’s Leonardo Bonucci (2L) leads his teammates in celebration after a 3-0 victory against Celtic during the UEFA Champions League last sixteen football match between Celtic and Juventus at Celtic park in Glasgow, Scotland, on February 12, 2013. (AFP Photo / Graham Stuart)

    Celtic’s risky approach to taking on hot favorites in their tie, Juventus, played an evil game with them as the Italian giants made the most of their chances and virtually sealed their place in the quarterfinals of the Champions League on Tuesday.

    Neil Lennon had been apparently expecting to stun the guests with pressing but Celtic’s offence heavily lacked creativeness while trying to penetrate into Gianluigi Buffon’s box.

    Solid in defense this evening, all the Torino side needed was to patiently wait their chances to score in blazing counter-attacks, which didn’t take them much time.

    The first mistake of the day by defender Efe Ambrose, who only returned from international duty at the African Nations Cup hours before the match, led to Alessandro Matri’s goal just three minutes into the game.

    The current Serie A leaders doubled the score in the 77th courtesy of Claudio Marchisio, who finished a flowing team move by the Italian champions, and Mirko Vucinic capitalized on another Ambrose’s errorsix minutes later to make the return leg a formality for both sides.

    “We need a miracle but it’s the harsh reality of Champions League football,” Lennon said after the game.

    “We took a gamble on Efe Ambrose,”
    he also acknowledged.

    The other tie between Valencia and PSG also looks a pretty decided thing after the French fat-cats beat the Spaniards on the road 2-1.

    Ezequiel Lavezzi and Javier Pastore silenced the home crowd at the Mestalla stadium twice in the first half as all the hosts could manage was a late consolation goal by Adil Rami.

    The game also saw PSG’s star Zlatan Ibrahimovic sent off and suspended for a crazy late foul.

    PSG′s Brazilian midfielder Lucas (L) vies with Valencia′s Mexican midfielder Jose Andres Guardado during the UEFA Champions League round of 16 first leg football match Valencia CF vs Paris Saint Germain at the Mestalla stadium in Valencia on February 12, 2013.(AFP Photo / Jose Jordan)
    PSG’s Brazilian midfielder Lucas (L) vies with Valencia’s Mexican midfielder Jose Andres Guardado during the UEFA Champions League round of 16 first leg football match Valencia CF vs Paris Saint Germain at the Mestalla stadium in Valencia on February 12, 2013.(AFP Photo / Jose Jordan)

    North Korea Conducts Another Nuclear Test

    0

    Welcome to the Secretary of State job, John Kerry: North Korea appears to conduct 3rd nuclear test, officials and experts say:

    Hong Kong (CNN) — North Korea appeared to have conducted its third underground nuclear bomb test Tuesday, officials and experts said, as U.S. seismologists reported activity centered near the site of the secretive regime’s two previous atomic blasts.

    Although North Korea had warned the world of its plans to carry out a new test in a vitriolic statement last month, the move is still likely to rattle the security situation in Northeast Asia as analysts try to determine the power and complexity of the device the North is thought to have detonated.

    If confirmed, it would be the first nuclear test under the North’s young leader, Kim Jong Un, who appears to be sticking closely to his father’s policy of building up the isolated state’s military deterrent to keep its foes at bay, shrugging off the resulting international condemnation and sanctions.

    It also provided a provocative reminder of a seemingly intractable foreign policy challenge for President Barack Obama ahead of his State of the Union address later Tuesday.

    The area around the reported epicenter of the magnitude 4.9 disturbance in northeastern North Korea has little or no history of earthquakes or natural seismic hazards, according to U.S. Geological Survey maps. The disturbance Tuesday took place at a depth of about 1 kilometer, the USGS said.

    Officials suspect a nuclear test

    Government officials and security analysts had little doubt about the cause of the quake.

    “We believe North Korea conducted its third nuclear test,” said Kim Min-seok, a spokesman for the South Korean defense ministry. He added that the magnitude of the “artificial tremor” suggested the size of the blast was in the order of 6 to 7 kilotons, more powerful than the North’s two prior nuclear tests. Read on…

    Russian cop faces 5 years in jail after leaving disabled man to die on street in -40C

    0

    RIA Novosti / Ramil Sitdikov

    RIA Novosti / Ramil Sitdikov

    After losing his fingers as a result of twelve hours spent in subzero temperatures, a disabled man has died from a blood clot in a Russian hospital. A policeman who refused to fulfill his duty by helping the man is now facing five years behind bars.

    ­The incident happened late last year when 28-year-old speech impaired Vitaliy Seduhinsky was boarding a bus with his mother when the doors shut before she could get on.

    Unable to communicate, Seduhinsky spent some time circling the bus route before being let off at a suburban stop in the city of Barnaul.

    Lost and confused, he was spotted by a woman who called the police to help the stranded individual. The officer who responded to the call failed to carry out his duty, simply decideding not to investigate the report any further.

    As a result, Seduhinsky spent over twelve hours in temperatures of minus forty degrees Celsius. On December 10, the man was admitted to hospital where his fingers were amputated due to severe freeze burns. On January 8 Seduhinsky was killed by a blood clot in his brain.

    Because of the policeman’s failure to follow up on the emergency phone call, he has been charged with negligence that resulted in the harm and death of one or more human beings under the criminal code article 125, with a maximum sentence of five years.

    Police have earlier defended their actions saying that such calls — like the one received on the night of December 10 from the woman who found Seduhinsky — are statistically proven to be prank calls. Allegedly the reason why the officer decided not to act. Further investigation is underway.

    Detectives are also looking into the failure of another police department in the city of Barnaul, linked to the same case. Immediately after her son boarded the bus, his mother, who was unable to get onboard, tried filing a missing persons report. It’s alleged that the police force ignored the request to search for the disabled man, saying that the case had no criminal basis.

    Authorities are also trying to establish exactly which bus crew was responsible for letting the disabled man off the vehicle in sub-freezing conditions.

    Screenshot from YouTube user victor3310
    Screenshot from YouTube user victor3310

    Screenshot from YouTube user victor3310
    Screenshot from YouTube user victor3310

    What Would It Look Like If Red States Actually Seceded?

    0

    Our interconnected world makes an amicable divorce a bit more complicated than just breaking up the states.

    Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

    February 12, 2013  |  

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Thirty-five percent of Texas Republicans want to secede from the United States. After November’s election, eight red states filed petitions on the White House’s YouGov Web site calling for a split, and judging from the popularity of Chuck Thompson’s Better Off Without ‘Em: A Northern Manifesto for Southern Secession (which calls for an “amicable divorce” from the former states of the Confederacy) a fair number of progressives would be happy to let them go.

    Talk of secession is, of course, pretty silly. But national boundaries have historically been impermanent, and it does lead to an interesting thought experiment: just how would one approach the task of dividing up the world’s leading superpower? It’s easy to write a screed about how out of touch with Real America those socialist coastal elites are, or how backward the South’s cousin-marrying bumpkins can be, but I’m not sure either side of that squabble has paused to consider the details.

    Making it a truly amicable divorce would have to be the primary goal. A scenario in which two powerful new states with a shared border and a degree of mutual animosity might end up at war would be the last thing anyone would want. This also isn’t the 19th century — like it or not, we live in an interconnected world, and we’d still share 200-plus years of common history.

    An amicable separation would require creating something like a North American Union, with each country maintaining sovereignty over domestic policy while establishing some cooperation through binding treaties. Let’s consider some of the sticky points.

    Where Do You Draw the Borders?

    Texas could just secede, or the United States could disaggregate into regional blocs with similar political cultures. You might have the Pacific States of America, the Southwestern States of America, the Northeastern States, etc. But most Americans like living in a large, powerful state, and size — market size and military might — matters on the international stage.

    If one were to divide the country in two, a quick glance at a map reveals that there’s no clean way to sever the “red” and “blue” states into two contiguous territories. North Dakota went for Romney by 20 points, but it would have to be part of the “Northern States of America.” New Mexico, which Obama won by 10 points, would end up being one of the more liberal states in the “Southern States of America.”

    It gets trickier when you consider the political and cultural differences within states. A farmer in Southern Illinois once told me, “We consider this area to be Northern Kentucky.” You could hold a county-by-county referendum to determine exactly where to draw the line, which would be great for the folks in Northern New Mexico, as this county-by-county electoral map suggests.

    Something to think about.

    The Military

    This gets sticky. How do you split up the most powerful military on the planet? Ideally, you wouldn’t; you’d create a NATO-style common defense force, with a central chain of command, and it would be dedicated to protecting the territory formerly known as the United States. This would avoid a situation in which the world’s leading military powers shared a common border — a scenario that could lead to all sorts of ugliness.

    But here’s the problem: the two new countries would want the ability to set their own foreign policies and determine their own levels of military spending. Presumably, the “blue” states would want to spend a little less on guns and a little more on butter (or a lot less on guns and a lot more on butter).

    Labour Select Satirist As Eastleigh By-Election Candidate

    0

    Labour has selected author and satirist John O’Farrell as its candidate to fight the Eastleigh by-election.

    Announced on Wednesday night, O’Farrell is the last of the main party candidates to be picked for the contest on February 28, which was triggered when Liberal Democrat ex-Cabinet minister Chris Huhne resigned in disgrace.

    The Lib Dems are favourite to retain the seat, which Huhne secured at the 2010 general election with a majority of 3,864. Local councillor Mike Thornton is representing the party.

    LIKE HUFFPOST UK POLITICS ON FACEBOOK | FOLLOW US ON TWITTER

    However, the Tories have signalled they are setting aside coalition links to mount a fierce campaign.

    They have selected Maria Hutchings, a staunch eurosceptic and opponent of David Cameron‘s gay marriage policy.

    Earlier today, Ukip candidate Diane James said Romanians were associated with crime and called for a temporary halt to all immigration.

    James was in the Hampshire constituency for a rally with supporters aided by Ukip leader Nigel Farage.

    How Our Machine-Based Way of Life is Not Only Destroying Nature, It Is Also Destroying Us

    0

    In a society with little time for rest, our sense of self is identified with anxiety and accomplishment instead of our true being.

    Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/OtnaYdur

    February 12, 2013  |  

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    The following is an excerpt from Eros Over Logos: A Revolt of the Instinctual Mind Amidst the Madness of Modern Life.

    We’re so engaged in doing things to achieve purposes of outer value that we forget that the inner value, the rapture that is associated with being alive, is what it’s all about. –Joseph Campbell, The Power of Myth

    As human beings living in the modern world, we must ask ourselves, “How does our being coexist with all our going?” It‘s an important question because every day we are constantly and simultaneously moving in multiple directions so rapidly that we rarely have the opportunity to connect with the being of our human nature. Being is not the same as doing, and we live in a culture of non-stop acceleration, of continual, frenzied, anxiety and competition-driven, on the go action.

    Even our foremost pastimes, the movies, television shows, and sporting events we view–things we do to recover from all our work and busyness–exemplify this glorification of non-stop, nerve-riveting action, of violence, crime, sexual exploits, and destruction.

    In this world, there is very little time for rest and relaxation, and when there is time we virtually recoil from it in horror, somehow believing that the moment we cease to act, we also cease to exist. Thus, our most revered and apparent sense of self is identified with anxiety and accomplishment. Many of us tend to resolve this predicament, albeit temporarily, by sedating ourselves with drugs and/or alcohol. When the work day is done the only way many people can change gears or get relaxed is to crack open the bottle or load up the pipe. Our use of mind-altering substances also displays our need to return to the being of our human nature; so why does our normal modern mode of living have to operate in antithesis to it?

    By losing regular contact with our underlying non-anxiety driven, non-neurotic, but intrinsically stable, calm, and reflective inner nature, we have ceased to function as, or find fulfillment in, the inherent human being that we are. Indeed, we are becoming increasingly like the programmed devices with which our technological society inundates us, giving the outer impression of vast and dynamic possibilities, but moreover removed from the human heart. Because we lack a true connection with our inner being, we are terrified of being alone or of being at rest; and, paradoxically, through our compulsive obsessions with the frenetic, technology-driven pace of life: we have alienated ourselves from ourselves.

    The more we aspire to be in touch with each other via technological devices such as the cell phone, internet, and webcam, the further we stray from the simple human capacity to share space: to talk in person face to face, to be silent, to listen, to breath the same air, to break bread, to live closely together, and to feel the true embodied companionship of those we love, of family, friends, and even strangers. Having quantifiably more contacts in our cell phone, MySpace, or Facebook account is not the same as having more quality relationships that incorporate depth and richness. Sometimes “less is more,” but that‘s something our capitalistic, money-driven society does not easily grasp.

    In the modern Western world, powerful personalities are not usually measured as such by their magnitude of loving-kindness or their propensity to inspire the imagination and the human spirit–although figures such as John Lennon and Martin Luther King, Jr. certainly were–but moreover by their capacity to control others, to manipulate the markets and accumulate wealth. In the world of capitalism, the way powerful people relate to things, such as time, or even other people, is not in any way contemplative, reflective or appreciative; it is almost completely manipulative, aimed at molding things to fit in with their goals of how they want the world to be–for them, “time is money.”

    Obama to say 34k troops exiting Afghan war

    0

    US President Barack Obama. (File photo)

    US President Barack Obama is expected to announce in his upcoming State of the Union Address that 34,000 US troops will be a withdrawn from Afghanistan within a year, according to a White House official.

    Obama plans to deliver his State of the Union Address at 9:00 p.m. Eastern time (0400 GMT) on Tuesday, an administration official said, adding that the troop pullout announcement falls in line with White House plans to finish the war by the end of 2014.

    But political analysts say a full troop withdrawal by the end of 2014 is highly unlikely since the Pentagon is expected to maintain a small presence in the country.

    The United States currently has 66,000 troops in Afghanistan, down from about 100,000 in 2010.

    Last month, Obama held discussions with Afghan President Hamid Karzai on the timetable for transitioning Afghan forces into the lead combat role, with both leaders agreeing to move up the transition date from the summer to the spring.

    However, since then tension between the two sides has risen, and Karzai recently announced that the US has stopped fighting against the Taliban. Karzai also said that the greatest threat to Afghanistan is not the Taliban but the interference by foreign powers.

    The US-led war in Afghanistan began in 2001. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across the country, despite the presence of about over 100,000 US-led troops.

    GMA/GJH/HGL

    Tear gas fills Bahraini capital as hundreds mark uprising anniversary

    0

    Bahraini protestors run for cover from tear gas fired by riot police following an anti-government rally to demand political reforms on February 12, 2013.(AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

    Bahraini protestors run for cover from tear gas fired by riot police following an anti-government rally to demand political reforms on February 12, 2013.(AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

    Bahraini police have used tear gas and stun grenades to disperse hundreds of protesters in Manama, as they marked the second anniversary of the Shiite-led uprising against the Sunni regime.

    Demonstrators tried to march to Pearl Square, the site they occupied two years ago when the protest against the royal family — rulers for over 40 years — first began.

    “Square of martyrdom, we all still have the will! Down with the corrupt government!” chanted protesters carrying Bahraini flags as reported by AFP.

    “Khalifa resign,” the demonstrators also called, referring to the king’s uncle Prince Khalifa bin Salman, who has been prime minister for four decades.

    The attempt to march to the square came after the main Shiite opposition bloc, al-Wefaq, organized a massive protest in which thousands took part in the Shiite village of Sanabis, near Manama.

    After the opposition’s rally ended, “a group of saboteurs caused riots and blocked roads, requiring authorities to take legal action against them,” the interior ministry said on Twitter.

    Opposition supporters have been demonstrating for more than a week ahead of the anniversary which is set for February 14. A Clandestine radical cyber-group Revolution Youth Coalition has reportedly called for demonstrations marking the date.

    During the uprising in 2011, protesters camped for one month at Pearl Square before being forcefully driven out in mid-March. Authorities later razed the square.

    Anti-government protesters have been holding demonstrations across Bahrain since that moment, calling for an end to the discrimination of the state’s Shiite majority by the predominant Sunni government.

    Eighty people have been killed and thousands arrested since the unrest began. Many opposition figures have been arrested on the allegation of planning to topple the government.

    The opposition believes that one of the reasons why Western powers support the “dictatorship” is the crucial US naval military base located in Bahrain. Meanwhile, Bahraini authorities claim the country has no problems with freedom of speech or democracy and denounce protesters as criminals and saboteurs trying to instigate revolution and topple the legitimate government.

    Bahraini protestors stand in front of riot police and flash the "V" sign for victory during an anti-government rally to demand political reforms on February 12, 2013.(AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)
    Bahraini protestors stand in front of riot police and flash the “V” sign for victory during an anti-government rally to demand political reforms on February 12, 2013.(AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

    Bahraini women take part in an anti-government rally to demand political reforms on February 12, 2013.(AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)
    Bahraini women take part in an anti-government rally to demand political reforms on February 12, 2013.(AFP Photo / Mohammed Al-Shaikh)

    How’s This for a Speech on the Real State of the Union?

    0

    The State of the Union is strong.

    Its politicians, however, are stupid and bought off by everybody from Oil Billionaires like the Koch Brothers and Saudi sheiks, to transnational corporations and defense contractors.

    Which is problem one. Our Supreme Court has said that money is the same thing as speech. It’s not. It’s money.

    Our Supreme Court has also said that corporations are persons. They are not. They are voluntary associations. The Bill of Rights was not written to protect the East India Company – it was written to protect individual people.

    So we need to amend our Constitution to clearly and explicitly say that “Corporations are not people, and money is not speech.”

    Problem two is at the core of why we have a government. Why did those guys two-and-a-half centuries ago put their lives on the line, and fight and die, to create the United States? And why have people fought and died over and over again in the intervening years to keep this nation?

    Jefferson put it quite simply in the Declaration of Independence that “governments are instituted among Men” to “secure” the “unalienable” rights of “Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of Happiness.”

    So, the question: Why do we have government?

    Easy answer: To provide life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.

    Does that mean government should be hysterical about its budget deficit, when there is no problem created by that deficit? No, that’s stupid.

    Does it mean that government should be hysterical about how much it’s spending, when our government is spending about half as much of its GDP as most other developed nations, and our own spending compared to ourselves is at levels lower than in most of the past half-century? No, that’s stupid, too.

    Those are manufactured hysterias to get our government to do things that will further destroy the middle class and enrich the banksters and billionaires. They have nothing to do with the purpose of government.

    If the job of government is to protect the rights of life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness – what the Constitution repeatedly refers to as the “General Welfare” – then the real issue government should be laser-focused on is obvious. It’s jobs.

    In 1944, President Franklin Roosevelt suggested that we should put into law a Second Bill of Rights that would codify what he was already doing with the New Deal. And one of the most important among those was the right to a job.

    When capitalism fails to provide for life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, when the so-called “free market” fails to provide for the General Welfare – which happens constantly, because those things are not the job of capitalism – then logically those responsibilities fall to government. It’s why we created our government.

    And that means making the government the employer of last resort.

    There are over $2.5 trillion worth of infrastructure repair we need just to bring ourselves back to being in the same shape we were in when Reagan became President and began ignoring infrastructure. That’s a hell of a lot of jobs. Additionally, we need to be building out 21st century versions of our four most important forms of infrastructure. Those four are our intellectual infrastructure, our communications infrastructure, our energy infrastructure, and our transportation infrastructure.

    To build out our intellectual infrastructure we need to go back to our government policies of free education. These were first proposed by Thomas Jefferson when he created the University of Virginia as a free college, then advanced by Abraham Lincoln when he granted huge swaths of land to create tuition-free Land Grant colleges across America. They saw a large fulfillment during the Truman and Eisenhower years with the GI bill, which raised the percentage of Americans who’d attended college from around six percent to over twenty percent. That intellectual infrastructure, built in the 1950s, was the basis of the invention explosion of the 60s and 70s and 80s that brought us the modern computer age. It’s time to fully fund our public schools, and to make college and trade schools free for any high school graduate who wants to attend.

    To build out our communications infrastructure, we need to lay a national fiber-optic internet system. And open it up to competition – any company can use it, so we can have competitive pricing of high-speed broadband like Europe, Japan, South Korea and other countries do. Where you can get – literally – internet access at ten times faster than in the US for about twenty dollars a month.

    To build out our energy infrastructure, we need to take a lesson from Germany and backstop banks to loan every homeowner in America enough to put solar panels on their homes. Meanwhile, we need to build a national energy smart-grid to handle all this new – and localized – power. Additionally, we need to backstop local communities and states in building wind farms, solar farms, wave-power installations, and other forms of renewable energy.

    And, like Europe, we need to make this all competitive by making the Carbon Industry pay for their own externalities – the cost of the military to protect their oil lines, the cost of healthcare to pay for their cancers, the cost of environmental destruction. We make them pay for this with a simple carbon tax, which then also instantly makes renewable energies less expensive than 19th century fossil fuels.

    To build out our transportation infrastructure, we need to take a lesson from Europe and China and build a national high-speed rail system. As CSX loves to remind us in their TV ads, they can move a ton of freight – or a ton of people – over 500 miles on a single gallon of fuel. We once had a rail system that was the envy of the world, and it was the staging ground for our industrial revolution. We need to build it anew.

    And all of this brings us to the third opportunity, which is also a threat, to our great Union. That’s global warming. Scientists tell us that our current burn rate of fossil fuels will raise the temperature of our planet 5 degrees Celsius. That, in turn, will warm our oceans enough to release trillions of tons of methane hydrate that’s currently frozen along our continental shelves, and those greenhouse gasses will raise the temperature of our planet another five degrees. Ten degrees total.

    The last time that happened was 250 million years ago when continents were being torn apart and a massive lava flow that covered most of what is now Siberia raised the Earth’s temperature 5 degrees, triggering a melt of the methane crystals that raised it another five degrees.

    That ten degree increase in temperature is what geologists now refer to as the Permian Extinction. Ninety-five percent of all life on Earth, both on land and sea, died off. It was the worst of all of the five major extinctions our planet has seen. It took 80,000 years for life to begin to bounce back, and ushered in the age of the dinosaurs.

    We are creating our own Permian Extinction, and we need to stop it now. That carbon tax will be a great first step. And there’s much more to do beyond that.

    So that’s the state of our nation. We are not broke – we are the richest nation in the world. We don’t have a deficit or a spending problem – we have a jobs problem. And we are not any longer going to let trickle-down economics turn us into a Third World nation – we are going to rebuild and then update our critical infrastructures.

    And, in the process, we will save ourselves from making ourselves extinct.

    These are the challenges before us, and we can meet them. If you, the people, will get behind the effort now. Time’s a’ wasting…

    ‘Enough is enough,’ LAPD spokesman says as police said to be closing in on Dorner

    0

    Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) officer Christopher Dorner.(AFP Photo / Robyn Beck)

    Los Angeles Police Department (LAPD) officer Christopher Dorner.(AFP Photo / Robyn Beck)

    Former LAPD officer and murder suspect Christopher Dorner has reportedly been involved in a gunfight with authorities near Big Bear, California, around 80 miles from Los Angeles.

    The Los Angeles Times reported Tuesday afternoon that Dorner, 33, engaged in a shootout with authorities near Big Bear, a mountainous ski resort where the suspect was believed to be in hiding. A law enforcement source speaking to the paper confirmed the news on condition of anonymity, and CNN independently verified that claim shortly after 1 p.m. local time.

    Dorner has been at-large since last week when he was named a suspect in three murders in Southern California. He has been untraceable in the days since, and a manifesto attributed to Dorner that was published online has helped garner intrigue about the case.

    Oil Pops, Apple Drops, And Stocks Take Out More Stops

    0

    Another low volume, low range, low average trade size day in stocks as recent high (stops) were run again with FX markets ruling the day in terms of volatility. The G-7’s initial statement fell on deaf ears , after Draghi’s early comments (on a higher EUR implying a stable Europe) pushed the USD lower against EUR, then the restatement rallied JPY and that USD weakness provided further support for US equities. New highs in the S&P (though not in the Nasdaq as AAPL slumped 2.5% because Tim Cook didn’t unload all his cash into shareholders high beta pockets). Homebuilders saw their biggest gain in almost 8 months before pulling back a little in the afternoon. Oil prices continue to rise and Treasury yields bled higher (though 10Y remained below 2.00%). Gold and silver limped higher (along with the USD) after Europe’s close. Credit markets (CDX) jumped tighter today (especially IG) after dislocating for the last few days – and HYG outperformed – as we suspect the credit-equity arb has become too tempting. Will SOTU be a catalyst for a pullback – VIX sure didn’t think so as it dropped 0.3 vols to 12.6 – its lowest close in 3 weeks.

    S&P 500 futures popped another set of stops and ran out of buyers – with volume (lower pane) drastically below average…

    Credit and equity recoupled in the short-term – though remain notably dislocated from the start of the year – as we noticed a number of sell-side shops pumping the long credit, short stocks trade looking for the convergence…

    FX markets were large and in charge today in driving risk support – JPY rallied (solid green arrow) on the restatement of the G-7 note and EUR rallied (dotted green) on Draghi’s ‘Stabiliteeee’ comments…

    and commdoties all drifted higher (along with the USD oddly) in the afternoon – as Oil remains the leader…

    AAPL was the biggest heartbreaker in stocks today – losing over 2.5%… as we warned yesterday the gap-fill, volume, and average trade size sent a darker message than crossing the chasm yesterday…

    Homebuilders (and financials) had a great high-beta pumpathon day… Today was practically the biggest open to high day for builders in 12 months and close to close was the biggest jump in six months… why? what changed? stop run? come on….

    as Builders are the winners post-Fiscal Cliff (and Tech the wreck)…

    In general, risk-assets (mostly FX and Oil driven) were highly correlated to stocks today. Capital Context’s ETF model saw HYG leading the way (as we noted above), but CONTEXT (the broader risk model) ended the day highly correlated (which is often a systemic indication of a lack of stock-specific flow) and well synced with stocks…

    So Sequester On – BTFD; Currency Wars On/Off – BTFD; No News – BTFD in Builders; No News – STFR In Apple… and credit remains far less sanguine medium-term…

    Charts: Bloomberg and Capital Context

    Bonus Chart: Morgan Stanley’s Adam Parker notes that idiosyncratic risk is considerably higher than in recent years (relative to systemic risk) – upper chart below – even as it feelslike the stock market rises inexorably – stock-selection has been a dramatic outperformer (exemplified anecdotally in the Capital Context long-short portfolio – lower chart – this year). Parker’s note (and confirmed by Capital Context) is to remain market-neutral as the return of systemic risk is high…

    Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

    Anti-Doping Boss: ‘Football Could Do More’

    0

    The president of the World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA) has told Sky News football must do more to test players who may be using performance enhancing drugs.

    John Fahey is in London to discuss the work of the agency , whose representatives are due to meet Fifa president Sepp Blatter later this week.

    Mr Fahey says there should be more regular testing of players and agrees with Arsenal manager Arsene Wenger that blood samples should be taken rather than urine.

    “Football could do more and they can afford to do more,” he said.

    “They continually say the tests don’t warrant them doing more. Well, we don’t see them doing a lot of testing for EPO, which is the drug of choice in recent times. If that’s the one that people turn to if they want to cheat, why isn’t football testing for it?”

    In America, every Major League Baseball player is now tested four times a year in a bid to wipe out the use of steroids.

    “It’s quite clear to me that every player in the Premier League and in the UK is not being tested four times a year,” Mr Fahey said.

    “They could go a year or some years without being tested. Is that an effective comprehensive robust programme? The answer is that baseball now has a more comprehensive programme than football has.”

    However, the Football Association insists it does have a thorough testing programme.

    In a statement it said the majority of checks are now targeted to ensure that players cannot go for a significant period of time without being tested.

    “The drug testing programme includes both urine and blood tests, while the FA regularly tests for EPO and does isotope radio mass spectrometry (IRMS) screens via urine tests,” it said.

    “In addition, we conduct blood testing for human growth hormone and run a blood-profiling programme, introduced for the 2012-13 season.”

    Mr Fahey also criticised cycling’s governing body, the UCI, for not agreeing to a fully independent and thorough report following revelations about Lance Armstrong’s drug use.

    There is now no official winner of the Tour de France between 1999 and 2005 after Armstrong was stripped of his titles, because so many cyclists were also doping.

    “There are constant revelations in the sport that seem to indicate the problems may well still exist,” Mr Fahey said.

    “It’s a shame we haven’t got a good inquiry into it. Right now there is a huge doubt as to whether all is well in the sport of cycling and only an independent inquiry can reveal whether they need to take many more remedial steps than we see happening.

    “I wonder if the will is there to get to the bottom of the difficulties if they exist.”

    Mr Fahey congratulated organisers of last year’s Olympic Games in London for their thorough anti-doping work but warned that cheats may still be exposed.

    Because tests for banned substances are constantly being refined, blood samples are retained for eight years and could be re-analysed.

    Rashid Ramzi, the winner of the men’s 1500m title in 2008, was stripped of his gold medal a year later when the blood booster EPO-CERA was detected.

    “That hangs over every athlete’s head,” Mr Fahey said. “There is now a much stronger and clearer understanding that if you try to cheat during the Games, you are likely to get caught.

    “You’ve then got that long waiting period which could reveal you were cheating somewhere down the track.

    “By and large though, I’m confident the Games in London were much cleaner than we’ve experienced in recent decades.”

    2013 State of the Union: Progressives React Live

    0

    President Barack Obama delivers the first State of the Union address of his second term Tuesday night at 9 p.m. EST. Watch the speech along with live progressive commentary via twitter feed below.

    Reuters has a list of topics Obama is likely to discuss tonight including a focus on middle-class jobs; however, many progressive commentators have been urging the President to once and for all outline an energy plan that expands alternative energy and puts an end to the country’s dependence on fossil fuels.

    _______________________

    _______________________

    _______________________

    Congressman Invites Undocumented Immigrant to Attend State of the Union Address

    0

    One Texas congressman invites gun nut Ted Nugent to the SOTU, another invites an undocumented immigrant with a master’s in nursing who cannot work in this country. This about as much as anything sums up the obvious differences in the two parties right now and voters notice.

    via The Dallas Morning News

    U.S. Rep. Marc Veasey has invited an undocumented immigrant from Texas to attend President Barack Obama’s State of the Union address on Tuesday.

    The undocumented immigrant to attend Obama’s speech with Veasey, D-Fort Worth, is Julieta Garibay. The 32-year-old woman moved from Mexico to Austin with her parents when she was 12-years-old.

    Garibay is a graduate of the University of Texas, where she received nursing degrees. As a student there she co-founded the University Leadership Initiative, an undocumented youth organization that promotes higher education and civic engagement for immigrants.

    Garibay could be the first known undocumented immigrant to attend a State of the Union speech.

    “This is a big step for Dreamers and indicative of how far this movement has come,” Garibay said. “Congressman Veasey recognizes that and has always supported the cause.”

    20130208-122109.jpg

    Anonymous promises to disrupt Obama’s State of the Union

    0

    Eyes and ears will be on US President Barack Obama Tuesday evening as he presents the State of the Union address from Capitol Hill in Washington, DC. Hacktivists aligned with the Anonymous movement have other plans, however.

    A call to arms has been issued by Anonymous, the shadowy underground collective of hackers and activists, and the group says they hope to disrupt select online broadcasts of the annual address in protest of President Obama and his administration’s assaults on the civil liberties and constitutional rights of Americans, as well as the world’s Internet.

    “Operation SOTU,” or “OpSOTU,” is latest mission from Anonymous, and members involved in the initiative say it will serve as a decisive factor in the “battle royale for the future of the Internet.”

    In a statement drafted by members of Anonymous and circulated on the Web early Tuesday, the group recalls a series of recent victories for Internet activists who waged battles and won against proposed legislation that would have drastically changed the modern landscape of computer and technology law.

    “Last year we faced our greatest threat from lawmakers. We faced down SOPA, PIPA, CISPA and ACTA,” the message begins. “But that victory did not come easily. Nor did it come without a price.”

    While the controversial Stop Online Piracy Act and the Protect IP Act were killed in Congress before they could come to fruition, opponents of those bills argue that Washington’s assault on computer users has only escalated in the year since. In January, 26-year-old anti-SOPA advocate Aaron Swartz was found dead of an apparent suicide in the midst of a heated legal battle with the US Justice Department over his allegedly unauthorized downloading of academic and journal files from the website JSTOR. Other young technologists, including those accused of hacking the Stratfor intelligence firm as members of Anonymous, are facing life in prison for nonviolent computer crimes.

    But despite calls for the White House and Washington to relinquish their mission to censor the Internet and strip online freedoms away from Americans, a war against overzealous cybersecurity legislation remains rampant. In lieu of reform – reform even advocated by some members of Congress – both the Executive and Legislative branches alike are preparing to push for new rules that some say will only ruin the Internet.

    Pres. Obama is believed to have already signed a cybersecurity executive order this week that, when unveiled, is expected to include privacy-damning provisions that will put in place a direct plan of action for the private sector to share consumer information with the government. According to some reports, the order could be made public as soon as during Tuesday evening’s address. On Wednesday, however, the architects of last year’s Cyber Intelligence Sharing and Protection Act, or CISPA, plan to reintroduce their bill during a seminar in Washington, rekindling a mission Anonymous says would turn “private companies into government informants.” Regardless of if either is discussed during Tuesday night’s address, however, hacktivists are preemptively asking for a world-wide attack on the State of the Union to be led by a legion of Anons.

    “We reject the State of the Union. We reject the authority of the President to sign arbitrary orders and bring irresponsible and damaging controls to the Internet,” Anonymous writes. “The President of the United States of America, and the Joint Session of Congress will face an Army tonight.”

    “There will be no State of the Union Address on the web tonight.”

    Anonymous is asking for people around the globe to prepare for an online battle Tuesday evening that will take a multi-prong approach in hopes of rendering some Internet streams of the president’s address unavailable and educating the world’s about his administration’s ruthless interpretation of both computer law and the US Constitution alike. In addition to waging a distributed denial-of-service attack (DDoS) against websites carrying the SOTU stream, Anons also plan to spam Facebook, Twitter, Reddit and other social media sites with information about the president’s cybersecurity order, CISPA and other items likely to be left out of Tuesday’s speech.

    “He will not be covering the NDAA [National Defense Authorization Act], an act of outright tyrannical legislation allowing for indefinite detention of citizens completely outside due process and the rule of law,” reads the press release in part. “He will not be covering the extra-judicial and unregulated justifications for targeted killings of citizens by military drones within the borders of America, or the fact that Orwellian newspeak had to be used to make words like ‘imminent’ mean their opposite.”

    Elsewhere, Anonymous attacks the president’s hesitance to publically discuss Private first class Bradley Manning, the 25-year-old accused whistleblower who has been imprisoned without trial for nearly 1,000 days for allegedly leaking information about the United States’ own war crimes. Nor will he discuss, claims Anonymous, “the secret interpretations of law that allow for warrant-less wiretapping and surveillance of any US citizen without probably cause of criminal acts.”

    Indeed, the matters of Pfc Manning and the recent renewal of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) and other Fourth Amendment-eroding legislation have been by-and-large removed from talking points touched on by the president during his first term in office. Next, Anonymous fears, a tightening grip on the Internet could mean even more infringement, authorized by an administration that aims to gain control of the world’s main method of communication.

    “We will form a virtual blockade between Capitol Hill and the Internet,” warns Anonymous. In a separate statement issued by the AnonRelations sect, one member writes, “President Obama and the State of the Union Address will be BANISHED from the Internet for the duration of live delivery.”

    “This action is being taken to underline a fact that appears to be sorely unrecognized by the Obama Administration – that the Internet is a sovereign territory, and does not fall under the jurisdiction of any nation state.”

    In a public discussion held for planning purposes online, one Anon writes, “Anyone and everyone on the Internet who opposes the current efforts by the US government to control the Internet and their actions against liberty at home and abroad will be DIRECTLY ENGAGED in LULZ WARFARE.” The group has since collected a number of news links relating to relevant White House policies and the URLs for websites that might be momentarily brought down by a coordinated DDoS attack, including the official White House stream for the president’s address. FBI.gov, House.gov and the website for C-SPAN have all been listed as potential targets as well.

    “Armed with nothing more than Lulz, Nyancat and PEW-PEW-PEW! Lazers, we will face down the largest superpower on Earth,” the AnonRelations bulletin reads.

    OpLastResort, the Anonymous-led mission launched in retribution for the death of Aaron Swartz that is largely attributed to alleged prosecutorial overreach by the Obama administration, has endorsed the planned assault on the State of the Union. On the website OpLastResort.com, the administrator insists there will be no State of the Union broadcast on the Web “for freedom, for Aaron Swartz, for the Internet, and of course, for the lulz.” A member of AnonRelations calls the latest action a continuation of OpLastResort, but also “a direct response to intelligence gathered about upcoming executive order.”

    Since Mr. Swartz’ passing in December, Anonymous has hacked into a database of Federal Reserve emergency numbers, defaced the website of the US Sentencing Commission and posted the log-in credentials for over 4,000 US banking executives on a hacked frontpage for the Alabama Criminal Justice Information Center. When asked whether he thought these maneuvers were making a difference, former Anonymous member Gregg Housh tells RT that the operations are not going unrecognized.

    “I think the ops are having an interesting effect,” Housh says in an online chat hours before Tuesday’s State of the Union Address. “It has their attention . . . in a way I haven’t seen before.”

    “I think something is happening,” adds Housh, “it is just happening at the pace at which Washington is used to going, and the Internet is used to ‘Internet time,’ which is much faster.”

    10 Fascinating Facts About Men, Sex and Testosterone

    0

    There’s far more to male sexuality than meets the eye.

    February 12, 2013  |  

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Our culture has endowed women with some exotic qualities — mystery, hidden depths, secret knowledge; all very alluring. But also very explainable. For a long time, women had little voice, so of course we were a mystery. Mute the TV and you won’t understand what the show is all about. 

    Men, by contrast, are alleged to be much more direct; even their primary sexual characteristics are obvious, hanging out there like an awning, compared to the secret gardens of women. In fact, the male stereotype was so set in my mind that the first time a straight man said to me, “It doesn’t always have to be about sex,” I looked at him like a puzzled dog. Men, I thought, were supposed to be relatively simple creatures, driven by sex, food and sleep (and sometimes Star Wars).

    In reality, men are every bit as complicated as women and thoroughly fascinating in their sexual mechanics, hormonal fluctuations and brain functions. Here are 10 fun facts about male sexuality that make men a little easier to understand.

    1. “I’m not gay but my boyfriend Testosteronius is.”

    Male sexuality was a different ballgame in ancient Roman times than it is now. One’s sexuality was defined not by preference for one sex or another, but as being  “active” or “passive.” Active meant you were the penetrator and passive meant you were the penetrated. Sex was more about social status than anything.

    N.S. Gill on About.com, reports that men of “good standing” were active, and they “initiated acts of penetrating sex. Whether you did this with a female or a male, slave or free, wife or prostitute, made little difference — as long as you were not on the receiving end, so to speak.” (Only freeborn youths were out of bounds.) It’s actually quite complicated, but, writes Markus Milligan in Archeology News, “From a societal perspective, to be ‘passive’ or ‘submissive,’ threatened the very fabric of masculinity, with feminine traits, submission and passive mannerisms being an act of the lower class and slaves.”  

    So in ancient Rome if you were on top you were a top. We’ll call you Testosteronius.

    2. Making a man out of you.

    Let’s keep talking about testosterone, or T, because there’s no discussing male sexuality without it, the “quienes mas macho” of hormones, the thing that literally makes men men. All embryos develop the makings of both male and female sex organs: testosterone, under certain conditions, stimulates the growth of the male organs. It waves its magic wand and voila! You get a magic wand.

    And once it’s made you a boy it doesn’t just leave you hanging; it accessorizes you as a male, making your voice deeper, your body hairier and muscle mass bigger. You also get that most useful and attention-getting of ornaments, the testes, which in turn, produce testosterone, though it’s regulated in the brain by the hypothalamus and the pituitary gland, a little love triangle known as the HPG axis (hypothalamus, pituitary, gonad). 

    So that’s some of the technology of testosterone, which you probably think of as being at the helm of the male sex drive and manly traits. Interestingly, less than 100 years ago no one thought about it at all. Harvard Medical School associate clinical professor Abraham Morgentaler writes in Testosterone for Life (source of the HPF info) that, “For several thousand years, farmers have found that castrating domesticated animals made them infertile and more docile as well as greatly reducing their sexual activity. They did not know, however, that they were reducing a specific substance, because testosterone was not identified until the 1930s.”

    Kate Bikini Photos ‘Clear Breach Of Privacy’

    0

    St James’s Palace says it is “disappointed” new pictures of the Duke and Duchess of Cambridge on holiday are to be printed abroad.

    Italian magazine Chi plans to publish photographs of Kate, who is expecting a baby in July, in a bikini.

    A spokesman for the palace said the pictures were taken “from a distance” as she enjoyed a private holiday with her husband, Prince William, on the Caribbean island of Mustique.

    “This is a clear breach of the couple’s right to privacy,” the spokesman said.

    Last year, Chi, which is read by 3.6m people every week, published a series of photographs of the Duchess sunbathing topless on holiday in France.

    The magazine, which followed the French version of Closer in publishing the pictures, defended the move, describing Kate as a “Greek goddess”.

    Its editor, Alfonso Signorini, said at the time: “I really don’t see what all the fuss is about.”

    The Duke and Duchess were later granted an injunction by a French court, preventing Closer from printing more photographs of the couple at the private villa in Provence, France.

    The magazine was ordered to hand over all copies of the pictures within 24 hours and banned from selling them on to publications in countries where they had not already been published.

    The tiny island of Mustique has 100 luxury villas, some of which cost \$40,000 (£25,500) a week to hire.

    It is described as a “sanctuary” where visitors can enjoy a “relaxed yet elegant lifestyle free from the stresses of the outside world”.

    Cov-Lite Loans Hit Record In 2012 As January High Yield Covenant Protection Drops To New Lows

    0

    Those who traded credit in the frothy days of 2007 will recall that virtually every piece of new paper, including LBO debt, would come to market with the skimpiest of creditor protections, i.e., “covenant lite” which to many was an indication that money was literally being thrown without any discrimination in the last epic chase for yield, just as many were preparing for the imminent market backlash. Which they got shortly thereafter. Judging by the amount of covenant lite loans issued in 2012 as a percentage of total and compiled by Brandywine Management, which just surpassed the credit bubble frenzy of 2007 at more than 30% of total issuance, the bubble in credit is now well and truly back – a job well done Federal Reserve, just 5 years after the last credit bubble.

    And that’s just for loans.

    A quick look at high yield bond space shows exactly the same, with Moody’s reporting that the covenant quality of North American high-yield bonds continued to slide in January, and has hit a new low in the month of January.

    From Moody‘s:

    Moody’s Investors Service says in its second monthly report on its recently launched Covenant Quality Index (CQI). The index shows that covenant quality began to erode last July, at the same time that high-yield bond issuance started to climb.

    “Our three-month rolling average CQI deteriorated to 3.89 in January from 3.79 in December,” says Alexander Dill, Head of Covenant Research at Moody’s and author of “Bond Covenant Quality Resumes Slide.” “The single-month score for January was 4.08, a marked deterioration from 3.55 in December and the previous low of 4.06 in November.”

    The CQI uses a five-point scale, with 1.0 representing the strongest covenant protections and 5.0, the weakest. It peaked at 3.40 last July.

    But investors are not being compensated for accepting weaker covenants, Dill says. “While investors are taking on more covenant risk, average spreads to benchmark yields have tightened, fueled by strong demand and a record volume of issuance.” Indeed, the average benchmark spread of bonds in Moody’s High-Yield Covenant issued since October is close to the level seen in the first half of 2011, though the CQI shows much weaker covenants.

    Last month’s decline can be explained largely by an increase in high-yield-lite issuance. High-yield lite covenant packages, which lack a restricted payments and/or a debt-incurrence covenant, accounted for 34.6% of issuance in January, compared with 3.2% in December. Continuing a recent trend to convert to high-yield lite from full high-yield covenant packages, Netflix, Lear and Crown Americas all issued bonds with high-yield lite packages last month.

    January also saw a higher percentage of bonds rated Ba, which generally have high-yield-lite covenant packages or full covenant packages with low covenant quality. These accounted for 58% of issuance in January, compared with the average of 27% since Moody’s began tracking the CQI in January 2011.

    Luckily, just like in 2007, there is no risk at all of overheating: after all the Fed has a tremendous track record of intercepting bubbles in the credit, housing, and “stocks with an N/M PE multiple” asset classes. Surely they will deal with this one promptly and resolutely.

    Your rating: None Average: 4.8 (4 votes)

    Black Bloc: New opposition group in Egypt calls for violence, street fighting

    0

    Egyptian members of the Black Bloc group, who present themselves as the defenders of protesters opposed to President Mohamed Morsi’s rule, attend a march to the presidential palace in Cairo on February 1, 2013.(AFP Photo / Khaled Desouki)

    (29.8Mb) embed video

    A new Egyptian opposition group has risen to the forefront, as the country marks the second anniversary of the ousting of former President Hosni Mubarak. The ‘Black Bloc’ is threatening Islamist authorities and sparking fears of a street war.

    ­“This mysterious group appeared around the second anniversary of the January 25 revolution when they released a statement saying they would fight the Muslim brotherhood and strive for the goals of the revolution,” Cairo-based journalist Bel Trew told RT.

    It’s around that time that the group developed a Facebook page, giving advice on street fighting. The Black Bloc has also taken responsibility for a number of acts of civil disobedience, such as stopping public transport and setting fire to some Muslim Brotherhood buildings.

    “This has sparked mass criticism from authorities, including the Muslim brotherhood and their TV channels. The prosecutor general said that they were a terrorist group and would be arrested if they were caught red-handed,” Trew said.

    But the masked members of the group say they’re here to stay. “We will always be present in Egypt, even after all our demands are met,” one of the group’s members told RT.

    Members say the group formed in reaction to the negligence of their peaceful demands and the role of Egypt’s interior ministry, which receives orders from the current regime.

    “We stand against the oppressive and tyrant regime. We call upon the interior ministry to deliver justice for those who have been killed and we will continue our demands until they are met. Our actions are in self-defense. We are protecting ourselves but have never attacked anyone,” the member said.

    Many worry that the group could spark Islamist retaliation. Some Islamists have threated to attack the so-called “enemies of Islam,” Al Arabiya reported. The tension may create a spiral of violence between “rival militias.”

    And it now appears that a potential Black Bloc rival could emerge from the Muslim Brotherhood government itself.

    “The first reaction from the Muslim Brotherhood is that they’d create the ‘White Bloc’ in order to respond to pressure from the Black Bloc. Both of them would be deemed illegal groups if that happens,” Political activist Ahmed Naguib told RT.

    The comments come just one day after opposition protesters hit the streets of Egypt, protesting against President Mohamed Morsi and his Muslim Brotherhood Party. The demonstrations prompted police to respond with tear gas and water cannon. (link to story). 

    Protesters demanded that Morsi fulfill the goals of the revolution which brought him and his Muslim Brotherhood party to power. Those demands include a new unity government, amendments to an Islamist-drafted constitution, and the sacking of Egypt’s prosecutor general.

    And it’s those same issues which the Black Bloc says it is fighting to resolve. 

    “The [Black Bloc] stands for a just cause. They are trying to portray themselves as vigilantes but the true anger behind [the group] is the frustration from the lack of social justice and the lack of fulfillment of the demands of the revolution. So it’s a true anger among certain groups of youth,” Naguib said.

    Nuclear Test #3: What will Follow Pyongyang’s Dangerous Atomic Gambit?

    0

    An activist from an anti-North Korea civic group defaces a North Korea flag depicting North's leader Kim Jong-un and his wife Ri Sol-ju during a rally against North Korea's nuclear test near the U.S. embassy in central Seoul

     North Korea’s nuclear and rocket tests are viewed domestically as essential for national security and prestige. But they alienated even China, and may escalate tensions beyond the point of no return, which would be disastrous for everyone involved.

    Tensions on the Korean Peninsula have ignited once again, marking the most-unstable period of inter-Korean relations since Kim Jong-un began his tenure in December 2011. On February 12, 2013, news surfaced of man-made seismic activity measuring at 4.9 on the Richter scale in North Korea, which was later confirmed to be the result of the third nuclear test Pyongyang promised to carry out.

    Following the successful launch of an indigenous satellite into orbit using a long-range missile in December 2012, the UN Security Council recently tightened sanctions on the DPRK that impose asset freezes and travel bans on individuals involved in state companies and North Korea’s space agency. Pyongyang has recently threatened to respond to the tightened UN sanctions using “stronger measures” than a nuclear test.

     An official of the Korea Meteorological Administration shows a seismic image of a tremor caused by North Korea′s nuclear test, in Seoul on February 12, 2013. (AFP Photo/Kim Jae-Hwan)
    An official of the Korea Meteorological Administration shows a seismic image of a tremor caused by North Korea′s nuclear test, in Seoul on February 12, 2013. (AFP Photo/Kim Jae-Hwan)

    While bellicose rhetoric is to be expected from Pyongyang, recent statements against the United States and South Korea are unusually high on the Richter scale of belligerence. “We are not disguising the fact that the various satellites and long-range rockets that we will fire and the high-level nuclear test we will carry out are aimed at the United States,” stated North Korea’s National Defense Commission.

    Pyongyang has also warned of “physical countermeasures” against South Korea if they participate in the UN sanctions against the North, stating, “as long as the South Korean puppet traitors’ regime continues with its anti-DPRK [Democratic People’s Republic of Korea] hostile policy, we will never sit down with them.”

    Activists from an anti-North Korea civic group burn a North Korea flag in front of banners bearing anti-North Korea messages near the U.S. embassy in central Seoul February 12, 2013. (Reuters/Kim Hong-Ji)
    Activists from an anti-North Korea civic group burn a North Korea flag in front of banners bearing anti-North Korea messages near the U.S. embassy in central Seoul February 12, 2013. (Reuters/Kim Hong-Ji)

    Reports issued prior to the February 12 test claimed that North Korea has allegedly been placed under martial law, and its people told to “prepare for war” with the South. South Korean sources reported, accurately, that Kim Jong-un issued a secret order to “complete preparations for a nuclear weapons test and carry it out soon.” Seoul-based military sources have also claimed that Pyongyang plans to conduct two simultaneous nuclear tests at once, or in quick succession, based on satellite data monitoring the North’s Punggye-ri nuclear test site.

    To further complicate matters, General Jung Seung-jo, Chairman of South Korea’s Joint Chiefs of Staff, has warned that the South could launch pre-emptive strikes against the North if it tried to use nuclear weapons, stating, “if [the North] shows a clear intent to use a nuclear weapon, it is better to get rid of it and go to war, rather than being attacked.” North Korea’s plans to test nuclear weapons go against the conciliatory tone struck by Kim Jong-un toward relations with the South in his New Year’s Address, and his intentions to bolster the isolated state’s moribund economy.
    Nuclear insecurity

    Pyongyang is often viewed as a wildcard, but a closer examination of its domestic affairs in recent years shows that moves towards nuclearization are inevitably linked to extracting as many aid concessions as possible (especially at a time when political changes are taking place in South Korea), in addition to buying time for the regime in Pyongyang to incrementally improve its weapons technology.

    Pyongyang is keen to avoid being overly reliant on Beijing, and so North Korea actually has a strong imperative to secure as much aid as possible from the US and South Korea to keep itself afloat. This recent nuclear test does not serve the DPRK’s interests and will only further strain its economic lifeline with China, even possibly inviting preemptive strikes from South Korean forces, leading to open war and a truly unpredictable situation that all regional players should be keen to avoid.

    South Korean passengers watch TV news reporting North Korea′s apparent nuclear test, at the Seoul train station on February 12, 2013. (AFP Photo/Kim Jae-Hwan)
    South Korean passengers watch TV news reporting North Korea′s apparent nuclear test, at the Seoul train station on February 12, 2013. (AFP Photo/Kim Jae-Hwan)

    From the perspective of the Kim regime, which molds the opinions that North Korean civilians uphold, half of the Korean Peninsula is occupied by the United States. State newspapers such as the Rodong Sinmun routinely refer to the South Korean government as a puppet of the United States, and recently highlighted Pyongyang’s displeasure with increasingly provocative joint US-ROK military drills: “Ultra-modern war means are being amassed in South Korea and in the areas around the Korean Peninsula. The US nuclear submarine and Aegis cruiser entered south Korea to hold combined marine exercises and to show off ‘military muscle’… warmongers are inciting war fever while touring units in the forefront areas.”

    North Korea routinely complains of discrimination by world powers, compelling it to resort to nuclear deterrence; the fact that South Korea faced no international obstruction over its recent satellite launch only reinforces Pyongyang’s rationale. By acknowledging the “ultra-modern” military capabilities of the joint US-ROK forces, it can be gathered that the North realizes its own arsenal is much less sophisticated, as many military analysts confirm.

    The military muscle of the US-ROK forces certainly poses an existential threat to Pyongyang, and as a result, the Kim dynasty sees the proliferation of nuclear weapons as the only surefire way to guarantee its own security. However, the North Koreans must realize that they can only get away with nuclear adventurism for so long, and it appears that the DPRK may soon be at risk of aggravating the hand that feeds it — literally.

    This screen grab taken from North Korean TV on February 12, 2013 shows an announcer reading a statement on the country′s nuclear test. (AFP Photo/NORTH KOREAN TV)

    This screen grab taken from North Korean TV on February 12, 2013 shows an announcer reading a statement on the country’s nuclear test. (AFP Photo/NORTH KOREAN TV)

    Straining ties with Beijing

    China is not looking for any additional agitation as it prepares for its once-in-a-decade leadership transition. Analysts are pondering how Xi Jingping’s administration will treat North Korea. China’s seven-member Politburo Standing Committee (PSC) is the ultimate decision-making and policy-shaping body, and two members of China’s incoming PSC, Zhang Dejiang and Sun Zhengcai, have spent years in close proximity to North Korea, engaging in cross-border interactions with North Korean counterparts aiming to promote economic reform in Pyongyang.

    Despite nearly open war between the two Koreas in 2010 after the shelling of Yeonpyeong Island and the sinking of a South Korean military vessel, China’s relationship with North Korea during the incumbent Hu Jintao administration was marked by several victories — noticeable economic cooperation with Beijing during the stable succession of Kim Jong-un, and a general lack of external interference in the DPRK’s affairs.

    Much to the surprise of many analysts, China backed the recent UN sanctions on Pyongyang, indicating some disapproval with the Kim dynasty’s hostility. Even so, it is unlikely that Beijing and Washington will begin playing from the same sheet music. China signaled its frustration with the North in an opinion piece in the ultra-nationalis newspaper Global Times: “If North Korea engages in further nuclear tests, China will not hesitate to reduce its assistance to North Korea.” The editorial went on to say that if the US, Japan and South Korea “promote extreme U.N. sanctions on North Korea, China will resolutely stop them and force them to amend these draft resolutions.”

    Activists from an anti-North Korea civic group burn placards of North Korean leader Kim Jong Un during a protest against North Korea nuclear test in Seoul on February 12, 2013. (AFP Photo/(Kim Jae-Hwan)
    Activists from an anti-North Korea civic group burn placards of North Korean leader Kim Jong Un during a protest against North Korea nuclear test in Seoul on February 12, 2013. (AFP Photo/(Kim Jae-Hwan)

    China’s position on this issue should be commended for its balanced approach. For Beijing, stability is the name of the game; China does not want any military confrontations or mass refugee spillovers into its borders.

    Even as Beijing becomes more upfront with its discontent, China has a valuable economic stake in North Korea’s development; it continually invests in joint ventures with Pyongyang and has led initiatives to develop the nation’s vast untapped mineral resources (which include deposits of coal, iron ore, gold ore, zinc ore, copper ore, and others) valued at a staggering $6.1 trillion.

    The centerpiece of Beijing’s foreign policy strategy towards the North under Xi Jingping will be encouraging the regime to behave more sensibly and focus on meeting the needs of its people. Perhaps policymakers in Beijing will have an easier time convincing Pyongyang to drop the nuclear rhetoric in exchange for a meaningful security pact in which Pyongyang is guaranteed military support from China if things ever get ugly. Given the non-interference stance championed by Beijing, it would be doubtful that Beijing would extend itself in this way.
    Conundrum for President-elect Park

    This third nuclear test will also put South Korean President-elect Park Geun-hye in an extremely uncomfortable position, making it easy for her to enrage those on both South Korea’s left and right depending on how hard or soft a line she toes with Pyongyang.

    Park spoke of easing relations with the DPRK, but like her predecessor, she maintains that the North’s denuclearization is a prerequisite for any negotiations; translation — there will be no negotiations and the ROK’s foreign policy trajectory is likely not to differ from that of hardline-conservative President Lee Myung-bak.

    Pyongyang has repeatedly demonstrated its unwillingness to comply with the ROK’s demands, and vice-versa. Inter-Korean relations appear to be following a repetitive script, with Washington’s solution to every issue being to tighten sanctions on the North.

    No good from US military pressure

    The case has never been stronger for the withdrawal of the 28,500 US troops stationed in South Korea, a move that would satisfy civilians in both Koreas and yield higher chances of provoking a positive response from Pyongyang.

    Analyst Geoffrey Fattig argues in favor of a new approach being taken by the US by highlighting how Washington’s main source of leverage against the North is the military option, citing the friction caused by the mere presence of US troops: “The Obama administration needs to realize that it is holding a weak hand and fundamentally change its strategy… it is time for the Obama administration to start withdrawing the American military from Korean soil.

    He adds: “Not only would such a move save billions of dollars annually at a time when the cost of maintaining America’s global garrison is coming under increasing scrutiny, but it would shift the impetus for negotiating solutions to the long-running dispute squarely onto the shoulders of the key players in the region.”

    South Korean soldiers march during their military drills near the demilitarized zone separating North Korea from South Korea, in Paju, north of Seoul February 12, 2013. (Reuters/Lee Jae-Won)

    South Korean soldiers march during their military drills near the demilitarized zone separating North Korea from South Korea, in Paju, north of Seoul February 12, 2013. (Reuters/Lee Jae-Won)

    Pyongyang must play along

    Pyongyang is playing a dangerous game, and its continued belligerence can only be tolerated for so long. At this stage, Kim Jong-un’s rhetoric of bringing about a “radical turn in the building of an economic giant” can only be taken as seriously as Pyongyang’s hilarious claims of “conquering space” by launching its satellite. By failing to be a coherent actor in the economic, security and diplomatic realms, the DPRK is doing more long-term harm to its existence than it realizes.

    North Korea suffered immense human losses during the Korean War throughout the relentless US bombing campaign that flattened the country; it has legitimate grievances in wanting to safeguard its national security, but its lunatic defiance, odious personality cult, and unwillingness to follow Beijing’s advice by making serious economic reforms only further ostracizes Pyongyang in the eyes of the international community, to the point where its right of self-defense is being infringed by UN resolutions.

    North Korea’s controversial nuclear tests carry the very real possibility of a deadly military conflict between the two Koreas — a conflict that must be avoided no matter how provocative, belligerent or infantile either side behaves.

    Nile Bowie is an independent political commentator and photographer based in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. He can be reached at nilebowie@gmail.com

    Skiers Hurt As Chairlift Derails In Scotland

    0

    Around 10 people are believed to have been injured and others left stranded after a chairlift accident at a Scottish ski resort.

    Grampian Police said the incident which happened at 3.25pm and was the result of a “suspected derailment” at the Lecht Ski Centre, near Tomintoul in Aberdeenshire.

    All emergency services have been scrambled to the scene.

    A police spokesman said: “A small number of people are believed to be injured and more are stranded on chairlifts after the incident.

    “There are no details on the extent of injuries as yet, but the focus is currently on evacuating those injured and rescuing those who remain on the chairlift.

    “Grampian Police Mountain Rescue Team has been mobilised and is en route to the centre to assist with the rescue of those stranded.

    “Units from Grampian Fire and Rescue Service and the Scottish Ambulance Service have been called to the scene to assist.”

    More follows…

    President Obama — Get Tough on Corporate Welfare

    0

    Ask anti-government ideologues about “welfare” and they are likely to tell you all about an increasingly large group of Americans who are dependent on government handouts. They might refer to the portion of the population who Mitt Romney famously called “the 47 percent,” those who consider themselves to be “victims” entitled to government aid. It’s actually quite an apt description for many companies such as Lockheed Martin, General Motors, Intel, Microsoft, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Boeing, Exxon Mobil, Verizon, PG&E and others.

    The phenomenon of corporate welfare — that is, the hundreds of billions of dollars regularly doled out to just about every large, profitable company in the United States — is one that I have been challenging for decades. There are hundreds of programs in existence that directly or indirectly provide billions of dollars of taxpayer money to corporations. One might expect that a serious public discussion about curtailing excess “welfare spending” would focus on cutting these enormous handouts to rich corporations, not the small-by-comparison safety net for the poor. Yet somehow, many purveyors of the “stand-on-your-own-two-feet responsibility” ideology do not apply the same standard to corporations on the dole.

    The U.S. federal government is quite possibly the richest property owner on earth, owning valuable tracts of public land, thousands of buildings and plants, the public airwaves and more. Giveaways are one of the many forms of corporate welfare — either handing over valuable assets for nothing, or grossly undercharging for them. Take, for instance, one of the single biggest giveaways in U.S. corporate welfare history. On April 7, 1997 the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) gave broadcast licenses for digital television to the major broadcasters. Essentially, the federal government wrote a $70 billion check to the broadcast industry and asked for nothing in return.

    Consider the Research and Development giveaways. Taxpayer dollars have funded discoveries made by NASA, the Department of Defense, and the National Institutes of Health and other federal agencies. In many instances, the rights to those discoveries and breakthroughs were later given to corporations that took credit and profited heavily from them. The result: a corporate welfare payout for the biotech, computer, aerospace, pharmaceutical and other industries.

    Consider the land giveaways. Under the archaic 1872 Mining Act, companies are allowed to purchase mining rights to public land for only $5 an acre, no matter how valuable that land might be. In the early nineties, the Barrick Gold Corporation acquired nearly 2,000 acres of land in northeast Nevada, paying the federal government less than $10,000. The land contained over $10 billion in recoverable gold reserves, for which Barrick Gold did not have to pay a cent in federal royalties.

    And what about all those professional sports teams that play and profit in taxpayer-funded stadiums and arenas? In many of these giveaway deals, companies offer no return on their profits to the taxpayers, either via royalties or by fulfilling their grandiose promises of jobs or economic development.

    And giveaways are just one form of corporate welfare. There are also credits and exemptions, grants, subsidies, and loan guarantees. And, of course, bailouts and “too big to fail.” If a family-owned restaurant goes under, the government doesn’t intervene. If a small factory or shop can’t pay its bills, it goes out of business. The bailout is the premier form of corporate welfare — stacking the deck against small and medium-sized businesses by not allowing their enormous corporate competitors to lose.

    Tonight’s State of the Union address is an ideal time for the president and his allies in Congress to focus their attention on corporate welfare. It’s difficult to imagine a comprehensive bill to end corporate welfare passing our current Congress, but there are measures that can be taken to lessen this drain on the taxpayers. For starters, it is important that even beneficial corporate welfare programs contain safeguards to ensure procedural fairness, full disclosure of beneficiaries, frequent review and reaffirmation, reciprocal payments and non-monetary commitments from recipients — for instance when the government bailed out GM and Chrysler in 2009, it was an ideal time to force those companies to adhere to higher fuel efficiency and safety standards (and pass savings on to the very consumers whose tax dollars saved the auto industry.) And it should go without saying that any corporation whose chief officers are convicted of criminal wrongdoing should be prevented from receiving any subsidies from the federal government.

    During a public debate in 1976, I urged Ronald Reagan to “speak out against corporate socialism, government subsidies of big business, corporations that are so big they can’t be allowed to fail so only small business can go bankrupt.”

    Reagan insisted that he was in agreement. “Mr. Nader, I’ve been speaking out against this for a long time,” he said. “I often tell my business friends not to put their hand in the Washington trough…” Yet when Reagan became president 32 years ago, he was fully supportive of the accelerating corporate welfare train.

    Freeloading large corporations in America have taken too much for too long. Tonight the president should say he is getting tough on welfare — corporate welfare.

    On the News With Thom Hartmann: Leon Panetta Gives Clear Directive for Successor to End Discrimination Against Same-Sex Couples in the Military, and More

    0
    Thom Hartmann here — on the news…

    You need to know this. Tonight, President Obama will deliver his fifth State of the Union address, and his first since beginning his second term in office. The major points of Obama’s speech will likely highlight gun control, immigration, and an economic vision for our nation — with another call for Congress to prevent the sequester. And, an official White House preview of the speech indicates that Obama will announce the withdrawal of 34,000 troops from Afghanistan in the coming year.  In addition, the President will address North Korea’s recent nuclear test. Progressives are hoping that the President also pushes important issues like infrastructure, immigration, and climate change, and that he takes the same strong tone seen in his inaugural address. The White House press secretary, Jay Carney, seemed to acknowledge this, saying “The president has always viewed the two speeches, the inaugural address and the State of the Union, as two acts in the same play. And the fact is, while there was a focus on some of the other elements of the inaugural address, that the core emphasis that he has always placed in these big speeches remains the same and will remain the same, which is the need to make the economy work for the middle class.” The Republican response will be given by Florida Senator Marco Rubio, and Kentucky Senator Rand Paul will present the official Tea Party response. No word yet on whether or not Rand Paul will look into the correct camera.

    In screwed news… If you were delighted to hear that raising the Medicare eligibility age was off the table in the economic debate, you may want to hold off on celebrating just yet. In a White House press conference yesterday, Jay Carney confirmed that the President “would consider the hard choice that included the so-called chain CPI” to calculate cost of living adjustments for Social Security recipients. He says that the chain CPI is on the table, but will only be considered as part of a comprehensive package that “asks the burden to be shared.” Chain CPI slows the growth of Social Security benefits paid to seniors over time. It would effectively reduce benefits by about $250 over three years, and could mean about $15,000 less for retirees over time.  Sen. Bernie Sanders calls it “an economic and moral disaster.”  There is no economic reason to even balance the budget, much less should it be done on the backs of seniors and the disabled. Call the White House and demand that chain CPI is taken off the table now!

    In the best of the rest of the news… The departing Secretary of Defense, Leon Panetta, just gave a clear directive to his successor — stop the discrimination against same-sex couples in the military. At his direction, the Department of Defense has issued a memorandum granting many new benefits to LGBT partners of our service men and women. Some of the new benefits include child care, legal assistance, and dependent ID cards for spouses. However, because of the Defense of Marriage Act, there are still many benefits LGBT military family members don’t receive — including healthcare, hospital visitation privileges, and presentation of the Flag at military funerals. But it appears that the DoD is gearing up to extend those benefits as well, when DOMA is finally repealed — which could happen next month when it comes before the Supreme Court. The memorandum regarding new benefits clearly states that when DOMA is “no longer applicable to the Department of Denfense, it will be the policy of the Department to construe the words ‘spouse’ and ‘marriage’ without regard to sexual orientation.” OutServe-SLDN Executive Director Allyson Robinson praised Panetta’s decision saying, “We thank him for getting us a few steps closer to full equality — steps that will substantively improve the quality of life for gay and lesbian military families.” Kudos to Leon Panetta, and let’s hope the Supreme Court overturns DOMA next month.

    As you watch tonight’s Republican responses to the state of the union, you may want to consider a recent study highlighted by the San Francisco Federal Reserve. The study shows that one of the Republicans’ favorite talking points — that taxes and regulation hold back job creation — is pretty much a load of garbage. According to the results, “there was almost no correlation between job growth and the increase of businesses citing regulations and taxes as their primary concern.” In fact, the San Francisco Fed said that slow job creation is actually tied to a lack of demand — meaning that when customers don’t have money to spend, businesses have no need to hire more people. This is exactly what proponents of governement investment have been saying all along! And just because Rubio and Rand Paul repeat the lie over and over again, that doesn’t mean that it ever becomes true.

    And finally…Rep. Steve Stockman’s date for The State of The Union probably doesn’t sit well with the Secret Service. On his official website, the Texas Congressman said “I am excited to have a patriot like Ted Nugent joining me in the House Chamber to hear from President Obama.” Yep — you heard that right — Mr. “if-Obama-is-elected-I-will-either-be-dead-or-in-jail” Nugent has been given an official invite to hear the President speak this evening. This is the same man who was brought in for questioning by the Secret Service last April, after making threatening remarks about the President at the NRA’s annual convention. With the gun-debate likely to be a big topic tonight, we applaud our democratic leaders for bringing victims of gun vioelence to highlight the need for gun regulations. It’s also interesting to see the Republicans bringing Ted Nugent to tonight’s event — perhaps to highlight the need for mental health reform.

    And that’s the way it is today — Tuesday, February 12, 2013. I’m Thom Hartmann — on the news.

    Waiter who defended child with Down syndrome funds scholarship

    0

    Photo from twitter.com user @sassylassee

    Photo from twitter.com user @sassylassee

    A Texas waiter who refused to serve a customer that made fun of a child with Down syndrome has used his publicity and unexpected donations to set up a scholarship at a school for special needs children.

    Michael Garcia, a 45-year-old waiter at Laurenzo’s restaurant in Houston, has regularly served a family that includes a 5-year-old child with Down syndrome, Milo Castillo. But when another family seated nearby ridiculed the child and moved to a table further away from Castillo, Garcia refused to serve the rude customers. One of the guests had told his family that “special needs kids shoud be kept in special places” — a statement that prompted the waiter to react.

    Ever since the story gained significant media publicity last month, Garcia has been receiving letters, unusually high tips, gifts, and unexpected donations from people thanking him for standing up for the boy and potentially putting his job at risk, the Houston Chronicle reports.

    And Garcia continues to act selflessly: last Thursday, the waiter took the donations and presented a $1,145 check to the boy’s school, the Rise School of Houston. The preschool offers a special program for children born with Down syndrome and other disabilities, and Garcia’s donation will be used for a scholarship fund.

    “When you have something like this with someone who had no reason to be kind — he doesn’t have relatives with special needs, he’s not a teacher — but he did it out of a sense of what was right and from his heart, it gives us hope,” Ashley Kress, development director of the preschool, told the Chronicle. “Like, OK, if Michael can do that then maybe other people in the world can do that, too.”

    The boy’s mother, Kim Castillo, continues to express thankfulness for what Garcia did — first by defending her child, and then by giving away the money he received.

    “What he’s doing is not only inspirational, but it’s going to hopefully push people to make donations to this amazing, amazing school,” she said.

    When Garcia visited the preschool to present the check, he received a paper crown that the students had made for him, adorned with plastic jewels and stickers. A group of preschoolers performed a song in sign language to say thanks to the waiter who they described as a “kind of God” and a “kind of Martin Luther King”.

    While Americans have thanked Garcia for his generosity, the man continues to act humbly, claiming that the focus should be on the children — not him.

    “The children are the real heroes,” he told Fox News. “I don’t feel like a hero in any way. It’s the children. That’s what this is about, helping the children.”

    Garcia said that he will now use his free time to continue raising awareness about special needs children and to work towards a nationwide tolerance for those with disabilities.

    Approximately 400,000 Americans suffer from Down syndrome, many of which are discriminated against in the public sphere. From being barred from flying first class to being stared at in public, special needs children and adults are too often treated unkindly.

    Connor Long, an 18-year-old Colorado resident who suffers from Down syndrome, wrote an open letter to Garcia, outlining his gratitude for an action that he says is very rare.

    “It is unfortunate that the act of a decent, caring, everyday human being willing to do the right thing is so rare,” he wrote in the letter, which was published on the website of the National Down Syndrome Society. “People with special needs don’t need more heroes, we need more everyday people like you who are willing to do and say what is fair and supportive, simply because it is the right thing to do and needs to be done. That is not a special need — it is an ordinary need.”

    New York Fracking Gag Order Violates Freedom of Speech

    0

    SANFORD, NY – February 12 – The Town of Sanford, New York, is violating its residents’ First Amendment right to free speech by placing a gag order on discussion of proposed fracking in the state at town board meetings, according to a lawsuit filed today by the Natural Resources Defense Council and Catskill Citizens for Safe Energy.

    “If people are silenced by their own elected representatives, how can they trust them to act in their best interests?” said NRDC senior attorney Kate Sinding. “The Sanford Town Board has taken away residents’ right to speak up on one of the most controversial and daunting issues facing them today, in the very forum designed to give them that opportunity. This is particularly troubling given the board’s history of unwavering support for fracking.”

    On September 11, 2012, the Sanford Town Board unanimously passed a resolution forbidding further discussion about natural gas development during the public participation portion of Town Board.

    The September vote was the most recent in a series of “pro-fracking” town board resolutions that actively lobbied the state to move forward with proposed natural gas extraction. As early as Governor Paterson’s administration, the Town Board urged the governor and legislature to open the state up to development. Last May, the board passed a resolution urging Governor Cuomo to lift the de-facto moratorium on fracking. Then on September 5th – days before the gag order passed–Town Supervisor Dewey Decker signed on to a letter urging Governor Cuomo to legalize fracking in the state.

    In addition, the Sanford Town Board has shown ongoing support of fracking industry activities within its borders. These include leasing town land to an oil and gas company, and granting industry access to town resources for use in development.  Between 2008 and 2010, Sanford leased town land to XTO Energy for oil and natural gas extraction and licensed the company to use local roads for fracking-related activities. Between 2011 and 2012, the town passed a resolution in support of Bluestone Gas Corporation’s application to build a local pipeline, granted Bluestone a waiver for certain road and insurance requirements and entered into an agreement with the company for road-use privileges. 

    “At the September 2012 Sanford town meeting, when the board chose to cut off discussion of fracking and related issues, they ended any chance that I might have to affect the future value of my home, or the quality of the air I breathe, or the water I drink,” said Sanford resident Mike Musante, who attended the September meeting. “Without debate there is no democracy, only rule by autocrats.”

    “I have not accepted that this board decision is legal or ethical. I feel bullied, stifled and frustrated. We should not have to fight for our basic First Amendment right of assembling peacefully and verbally petitioning the government. I plan to take that substantial energy of frustration and work toward a government that is responsive to the people,” said Barbara Lester, a Sanford resident. 

    “We regret that the Sanford Town Board, in removing public participation from the democratic process, has left no alternative but litigation,” said Tom Wilinsky of Catskill Citizens for Safe Energy.

    NRDC and CCSE filed their lawsuit on behalf of their members who are residents of Sanford, in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of New York. Sanford is located in Broome County, in New York’s Southern Tier, along the Pennsylvania border and deep within the Marcellus Shale formation. It is a small, rural town with a population of about 2,400.

    WATCH: Video of Silenced Sanford Residents on Kate Sinding’s blog, “You’re silencing us” – Protecting Free Speech Rights in Sanford, New York.”

    The Natural Resources Defense Council is a national, nonprofit organization of scientists, lawyers and environmental specialists dedicated to protecting public health and the environment. Founded in 1970, NRDC has 1.2 million members and online activists, served from offices in New York, Washington, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Beijing.

    New York Fracking Gag Order Violates Freedom of Speech

    0

    SANFORD, NY – February 12 – The Town of Sanford, New York, is violating its residents’ First Amendment right to free speech by placing a gag order on discussion of proposed fracking in the state at town board meetings, according to a lawsuit filed today by the Natural Resources Defense Council and Catskill Citizens for Safe Energy.

    “If people are silenced by their own elected representatives, how can they trust them to act in their best interests?” said NRDC senior attorney Kate Sinding. “The Sanford Town Board has taken away residents’ right to speak up on one of the most controversial and daunting issues facing them today, in the very forum designed to give them that opportunity. This is particularly troubling given the board’s history of unwavering support for fracking.”

    On September 11, 2012, the Sanford Town Board unanimously passed a resolution forbidding further discussion about natural gas development during the public participation portion of Town Board.

    The September vote was the most recent in a series of “pro-fracking” town board resolutions that actively lobbied the state to move forward with proposed natural gas extraction. As early as Governor Paterson’s administration, the Town Board urged the governor and legislature to open the state up to development. Last May, the board passed a resolution urging Governor Cuomo to lift the de-facto moratorium on fracking. Then on September 5th – days before the gag order passed–Town Supervisor Dewey Decker signed on to a letter urging Governor Cuomo to legalize fracking in the state.

    In addition, the Sanford Town Board has shown ongoing support of fracking industry activities within its borders. These include leasing town land to an oil and gas company, and granting industry access to town resources for use in development.  Between 2008 and 2010, Sanford leased town land to XTO Energy for oil and natural gas extraction and licensed the company to use local roads for fracking-related activities. Between 2011 and 2012, the town passed a resolution in support of Bluestone Gas Corporation’s application to build a local pipeline, granted Bluestone a waiver for certain road and insurance requirements and entered into an agreement with the company for road-use privileges. 

    “At the September 2012 Sanford town meeting, when the board chose to cut off discussion of fracking and related issues, they ended any chance that I might have to affect the future value of my home, or the quality of the air I breathe, or the water I drink,” said Sanford resident Mike Musante, who attended the September meeting. “Without debate there is no democracy, only rule by autocrats.”

    “I have not accepted that this board decision is legal or ethical. I feel bullied, stifled and frustrated. We should not have to fight for our basic First Amendment right of assembling peacefully and verbally petitioning the government. I plan to take that substantial energy of frustration and work toward a government that is responsive to the people,” said Barbara Lester, a Sanford resident. 

    “We regret that the Sanford Town Board, in removing public participation from the democratic process, has left no alternative but litigation,” said Tom Wilinsky of Catskill Citizens for Safe Energy.

    NRDC and CCSE filed their lawsuit on behalf of their members who are residents of Sanford, in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of New York. Sanford is located in Broome County, in New York’s Southern Tier, along the Pennsylvania border and deep within the Marcellus Shale formation. It is a small, rural town with a population of about 2,400.

    WATCH: Video of Silenced Sanford Residents on Kate Sinding’s blog, “You’re silencing us” – Protecting Free Speech Rights in Sanford, New York.”

    The Natural Resources Defense Council is a national, nonprofit organization of scientists, lawyers and environmental specialists dedicated to protecting public health and the environment. Founded in 1970, NRDC has 1.2 million members and online activists, served from offices in New York, Washington, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Beijing.

    North Korea “Test”: Aggravated by U.S. “War Games” and “Pivot”?

    0

    WASHINGTON – February 12 – CHRISTINE AHN, [email], @christineahn
    Ahn is executive director of the Korea Policy Institute. She stressed: “The U.S.-ROK [South Korea] started joint military exercises in the East Sea on Feb. 4, ratcheting up the tensions in the region. South Korea under Lee Myung Bak has pursued a regime change/collapse approach which the U.S. has willfully followed. … This is the 60th anniversary of the armistice agreement signed between the U.S. and North Korea to temporarily halt the fighting of the Korean War. It is indeed time to finally put that temporary agreement to rest with a formal peace treaty. Secretary of State Kerry is one of the most knowledgeable among those inside the beltway about the situation – hopefully he will heed the call for Koreans across the peninsula and people around the world to end the arms race and finally put this Korean War to rest.

    “Donald Gregg, former ambassador to ROK and former CIA Station Chief in Seoul, recently said: ‘[North Korean leader Kim Jong Un] is apparently showing his intent to develop his country’s nuclear capabilities not as a threat, but as a deterrent. The country’s nuclear program has destabilized the region and prompted Japan to consider developing its own nuclear program, which highlights the need for dialogue.’”

    JOSEPH GERSON, [email]
    Gerson is director of programs for the American Friends Service Committee in New England and author of Empire and the Bomb: How the U.S. Uses Nuclear Weapons to Dominate the World. He was among the signers of a recently released statement on Korea. Among the points the statement made: “We note that beginning with the Korean War, the United States has prepared and threatened to attack North Korea with nuclear weapons at least nine times, that it maintains the so-called U.S. ‘nuclear umbrella’ over Northeast Asia, and that its current contingency plans for war with North Korea include a possible first-strike nuclear attack.

    “The Obama administration’s first-term policy of ‘strategic patience’ with the DPRK [North Korea], reinforced by crippling sanctions that contribute to widespread malnutrition, connected to the stunting of growth in children and starvation, has proven to be a grave failure. The policy has foreclosed crucial opportunities to explore diplomacy and engagement. ‘Strategic patience,’ combined with North and South Korea’s increasingly advanced missile programs, aggressive annual U.S.-South Korean military exercises – including preparations for the military overthrow of the DPRK government – and the Obama administration’s militarized Asia-Pacific ‘pivot,’ contributed to the DPRK’s decision to conduct a third nuclear ‘test.’”

    See statement: “U.S. Working Group for Peace & Demilitarization in Asia and the Pacific Statement in Response to Third DPRK Nuclear Explosive Test.”

    Gerson also recently wrote the piece “Washington’s Asia-Pacific Pivot and Common Security Alternatives.”

    TIM SHORROCK, [email], @TimothyS
    Shorrock is author most recently of the book Spies for Hire: The Secret World of Intelligence Outsourcing. He was on Democracy Now this morning and noted that the North Korean government is angry about “massive war games that the United States and South Korea [engage in] almost every year – one took place last week. And they see the United States and these war games as very hostile and as a threat to their sovereignty, as they put it. …

    “[The U.S. and South Korea] practice first-strike nuclear capability. They practice invading North Korea. They practice taking over the territory of North Korea and having South Korea-U.S. forces take it over while there’s a crisis there.”

    North Korea “Test”: Aggravated by U.S. “War Games” and “Pivot”?

    0

    WASHINGTON – February 12 – CHRISTINE AHN, [email], @christineahn
    Ahn is executive director of the Korea Policy Institute. She stressed: “The U.S.-ROK [South Korea] started joint military exercises in the East Sea on Feb. 4, ratcheting up the tensions in the region. South Korea under Lee Myung Bak has pursued a regime change/collapse approach which the U.S. has willfully followed. … This is the 60th anniversary of the armistice agreement signed between the U.S. and North Korea to temporarily halt the fighting of the Korean War. It is indeed time to finally put that temporary agreement to rest with a formal peace treaty. Secretary of State Kerry is one of the most knowledgeable among those inside the beltway about the situation – hopefully he will heed the call for Koreans across the peninsula and people around the world to end the arms race and finally put this Korean War to rest.

    “Donald Gregg, former ambassador to ROK and former CIA Station Chief in Seoul, recently said: ‘[North Korean leader Kim Jong Un] is apparently showing his intent to develop his country’s nuclear capabilities not as a threat, but as a deterrent. The country’s nuclear program has destabilized the region and prompted Japan to consider developing its own nuclear program, which highlights the need for dialogue.’”

    JOSEPH GERSON, [email]
    Gerson is director of programs for the American Friends Service Committee in New England and author of Empire and the Bomb: How the U.S. Uses Nuclear Weapons to Dominate the World. He was among the signers of a recently released statement on Korea. Among the points the statement made: “We note that beginning with the Korean War, the United States has prepared and threatened to attack North Korea with nuclear weapons at least nine times, that it maintains the so-called U.S. ‘nuclear umbrella’ over Northeast Asia, and that its current contingency plans for war with North Korea include a possible first-strike nuclear attack.

    “The Obama administration’s first-term policy of ‘strategic patience’ with the DPRK [North Korea], reinforced by crippling sanctions that contribute to widespread malnutrition, connected to the stunting of growth in children and starvation, has proven to be a grave failure. The policy has foreclosed crucial opportunities to explore diplomacy and engagement. ‘Strategic patience,’ combined with North and South Korea’s increasingly advanced missile programs, aggressive annual U.S.-South Korean military exercises – including preparations for the military overthrow of the DPRK government – and the Obama administration’s militarized Asia-Pacific ‘pivot,’ contributed to the DPRK’s decision to conduct a third nuclear ‘test.’”

    See statement: “U.S. Working Group for Peace & Demilitarization in Asia and the Pacific Statement in Response to Third DPRK Nuclear Explosive Test.”

    Gerson also recently wrote the piece “Washington’s Asia-Pacific Pivot and Common Security Alternatives.”

    TIM SHORROCK, [email], @TimothyS
    Shorrock is author most recently of the book Spies for Hire: The Secret World of Intelligence Outsourcing. He was on Democracy Now this morning and noted that the North Korean government is angry about “massive war games that the United States and South Korea [engage in] almost every year – one took place last week. And they see the United States and these war games as very hostile and as a threat to their sovereignty, as they put it. …

    “[The U.S. and South Korea] practice first-strike nuclear capability. They practice invading North Korea. They practice taking over the territory of North Korea and having South Korea-U.S. forces take it over while there’s a crisis there.”

    San Onofre: Did Edison submit false information to NRC?

    0

    WASHINGTON – February 12 – Southern California Edison, operator of the San Onofre nuclear reactors, appears to have submitted false information to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Friends of the Earth charged today. The nuclear watchdog again demanded the release of a suppressed report that two senior members of Congress say shows that Edison had prior knowledge of potential design flaws in replacement steam generators that failed after less than two years of service.

    In a letter to the NRC’s Petition Review Board, Friends of the Earth said the report, as described by Senator Barbara Boxer (D-Calif.) and Representative Edward Markey (D-Mass.), contradicts Edison’s declarations to the Commission last month. The utility claimed it had no prior knowledge of deficiencies in the design of the generators until they failed in January 2012.

    Details of the Mitsubishi Heavy Industries report were released last week by Sen. Boxer, Chairwoman of the Committee on Environment and Public Works. She did not release the report, but in a letter to the NRC she and Rep. Markey said Mitsubishi told Edison of potential problems with the new generators, but modifications to correct the design flaws were not adopted, as Edison wanted to avoid triggering an NRC license amendment process. This would have required a more thorough and public review of the replacement program.

    Friends of the Earth also demanded that the Petition Review Board must consider the document in proceedings currently underway. The NRC Petition Review Board, in response to a petition from Friends of the Earth, is determining whether Edison improperly failed to apply for a license amendment before installing replacement steam generators of a radically different design than was permitted under the reactors’ operating license.

    “The Mitsubishi document appears to confirm our case before the Petition Review Board,” said Kendra Ulrich, nuclear campaigner at Friends of the Earth. “Edison made radical design changes while representing the steam generators as a like for like exchange and then actively chose not to address critical safety issues in order to avoid the license amendment process. Now it appears it also submitted information that is patently false. The Mitsubishi report must be released immediately. The public has a right to know what Edison knew and when it knew it.”

    Pressure is mounting daily for release of the document. On Friday, the NRC confirmed that it has opened an official investigation into the replacement steam generator case. Still, the Commission maintains that the Mitsubishi report is proprietary.

    “In fact, it won’t even be on the agenda for the public meeting the NRC is holding tonight to discuss the experimental restart proposal. Open disclosure and discussion of this document is critical to the public’s understanding of this controversial restart plan — this is the same corporate actor that apparently gambled on safety in the past, and they are asking the NRC to allow them to do so again,” said Ulrich.

    In an editorial Sunday, The Los Angeles Times rebuked the NRC for not releasing information the public needs, and noted that the Mitsubishi report could not only be decisive in the NRC’s proceedings but in the investigation of Edison by the California Public Utilities Board. The Times said:

    Release the report so that ratepayers, who are paying the tab for the purchase of the steam generators, and the public, whose safety depends on responsible operation of the plant, can determine the truth… The NRC should make the document public, and soon. It might provide an important description of how Edison makes its safety decisions, and it could become a key aspect of the Public Utility Commission’s inquiry into whether ratepayers should be forced to continue paying for the steam generators… What the public is entitled to is information about who knew what and when.

    Click here to read the Friends of the Earth letter to the NRC Petition Review Board.

    Click here for the Friends of the Earth Petitions case.

    The NRC public meeting is being held at 6 p.m., Tuesday, February 12, at Capo Beach Church, Capistrano Beach, and is accessible via a live webcast at: http://video.nrc.gov.

    San Onofre: Did Edison submit false information to NRC?

    0

    WASHINGTON – February 12 – Southern California Edison, operator of the San Onofre nuclear reactors, appears to have submitted false information to the Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Friends of the Earth charged today. The nuclear watchdog again demanded the release of a suppressed report that two senior members of Congress say shows that Edison had prior knowledge of potential design flaws in replacement steam generators that failed after less than two years of service.

    In a letter to the NRC’s Petition Review Board, Friends of the Earth said the report, as described by Senator Barbara Boxer (D-Calif.) and Representative Edward Markey (D-Mass.), contradicts Edison’s declarations to the Commission last month. The utility claimed it had no prior knowledge of deficiencies in the design of the generators until they failed in January 2012.

    Details of the Mitsubishi Heavy Industries report were released last week by Sen. Boxer, Chairwoman of the Committee on Environment and Public Works. She did not release the report, but in a letter to the NRC she and Rep. Markey said Mitsubishi told Edison of potential problems with the new generators, but modifications to correct the design flaws were not adopted, as Edison wanted to avoid triggering an NRC license amendment process. This would have required a more thorough and public review of the replacement program.

    Friends of the Earth also demanded that the Petition Review Board must consider the document in proceedings currently underway. The NRC Petition Review Board, in response to a petition from Friends of the Earth, is determining whether Edison improperly failed to apply for a license amendment before installing replacement steam generators of a radically different design than was permitted under the reactors’ operating license.

    “The Mitsubishi document appears to confirm our case before the Petition Review Board,” said Kendra Ulrich, nuclear campaigner at Friends of the Earth. “Edison made radical design changes while representing the steam generators as a like for like exchange and then actively chose not to address critical safety issues in order to avoid the license amendment process. Now it appears it also submitted information that is patently false. The Mitsubishi report must be released immediately. The public has a right to know what Edison knew and when it knew it.”

    Pressure is mounting daily for release of the document. On Friday, the NRC confirmed that it has opened an official investigation into the replacement steam generator case. Still, the Commission maintains that the Mitsubishi report is proprietary.

    “In fact, it won’t even be on the agenda for the public meeting the NRC is holding tonight to discuss the experimental restart proposal. Open disclosure and discussion of this document is critical to the public’s understanding of this controversial restart plan — this is the same corporate actor that apparently gambled on safety in the past, and they are asking the NRC to allow them to do so again,” said Ulrich.

    In an editorial Sunday, The Los Angeles Times rebuked the NRC for not releasing information the public needs, and noted that the Mitsubishi report could not only be decisive in the NRC’s proceedings but in the investigation of Edison by the California Public Utilities Board. The Times said:

    Release the report so that ratepayers, who are paying the tab for the purchase of the steam generators, and the public, whose safety depends on responsible operation of the plant, can determine the truth… The NRC should make the document public, and soon. It might provide an important description of how Edison makes its safety decisions, and it could become a key aspect of the Public Utility Commission’s inquiry into whether ratepayers should be forced to continue paying for the steam generators… What the public is entitled to is information about who knew what and when.

    Click here to read the Friends of the Earth letter to the NRC Petition Review Board.

    Click here for the Friends of the Earth Petitions case.

    The NRC public meeting is being held at 6 p.m., Tuesday, February 12, at Capo Beach Church, Capistrano Beach, and is accessible via a live webcast at: http://video.nrc.gov.

    Caption Contest: European Math Lesson

    0

    Count alongside Spain’s economy minister as the IMF instructs him how many trillion in bonds the Spanish pension fund will have to buy before the IMF finally bails out the country.

    Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)

    135 National, State and Local Groups Tell Governor Cuomo to Stand Up for People, 
Not Pollution

    0

    Des Moines, Iowa – February 12 – On the eve of what could be a major decision in New York’s battle over whether to allow the process of hydraulic fracturing to take place in the state, 135 environmental, public health, faith and labor organizations ran a full-page advertisement in the Des Moines Register today reminding Governor Andrew Cuomo that his presidential aspirations may be affected by his actions on the controversial process. The ad is running just one day before the New York Department of Environmental Conversation could issue its Supplemental Generic Environmental Impact Statement (SGEIS) on fracking, followed by its rules on the process by February 27.

    “Iowa residents have long held the power to sway presidential elections, and now they may also have the ability to help protect communities across the Unites States from fracking,” said Food & Water Watch executive director Wenonah Hauter. “Governor Cuomo needs to learn that the road to the White House is not lined with drilling rigs. If he allows even one well in New York, voters in Iowa and elsewhere will remember that in 2016.”

    Spearheaded by the national coalition Americans Against Fracking, the ad was endorsed by 350.org, Breast Cancer Action, the Center for Biological Diversity, CREDO Action, Earthworks, Democracy for America, Sierra Club, Food & Water Watch and Greenpeace, among others. It is intended to remind the rumored 2016 presidential contender that people across the United States, not just in New York, are watching his actions on fracking.

    “Governor Cuomo may emerge as one of the nation’s most principled, powerful leaders, rooted in his achievements on ethics reform and if he follows through on his promises on campaign finance reform. But his biggest test, which would set him apart from most national leaders even of his own party, will be if he stands up to the big oil and gas interests that pollute our nation’s politics with campaign contributions and that are ready to ruin New Yorkers’ drinking water by fracking across the state. Today Iowans, and the nation, are watching,” said Phil Radford, executive director of Greenpeace.

    Last month, over 200,000 comments, many of them opposed to fracking, were submitted to the New York Department of Environmental Conversation. Governor Cuomo is rumored to be considering allowing 10 to 40 demonstration fracking wells in New York, but opponents are concerned that this will set a dangerous precedence for future drilling.

    “Hydrofracking is now understood to be the second largest emitter of greenhouse gases in the country. It’s unconscionable that in a post-Sandy world, we would even consider contributing to further climate change,” said Phil Aroneanu co-founder & U.S. campaigns director of 350.org.

    Fracking is also of concern to residents of Iowa because the oil and gas industry mines sands used in fracking in the state, and the frac sand industry is raising fears about air pollution and water contamination.  

    “The rush to quench America’s insatiable thirst for oil and gas through hydraulic fracturing is entrenched in the rush to mine the cheap sand necessary for the process from the pristine hills we call home here in northeast Iowa. The issue has become politically volatile, fueled by immense amounts of money spent by the industry to buy the regulations it wants. Governor Cuomo needs to remember that the rush to frack in New York will have lasting consequences for residents of his state–and ours. We urge him to do the right thing and not allow fracking in New York,” noted Jeff Abbas of Allamakee County Protectors.

    “Here in Iowa, we have seen what big business allowed to run out of control can do to our environment,” said Adam Mason, state policy director of Iowa Citizens for Community Improvement. “Just like corporate agriculture has fouled our waters here in Iowa, fracking and the giant energy companies that promote it have the potential to cause environmental disaster across the country. Iowans care about clean air and clean water, and as candidates look to Iowa for support in 2016, we will be looking at their record on the environment as a gauge for whom to vote.”

    “Hydrofracking is a serious threat to the water quality of both rural and urban communities,” added Aaron Jorgensen-Briggs, an Iowa Citizens for Community Improvement member from Des Moines. “We need to focus on clean energy that puts people first and stop kowtowing to corporate polluters.”

    An increasingly controversial form of oil and gas extraction, fracking is the process of taking millions of gallons of water, mixing it with tens of thousands of gallons of chemicals—including known carcinogens—and pumping it all underground at extreme pressure to break up rock formations and release oil or natural gas. New techniques and technologies used in the process are more intensive and riskier than conventional drilling, making fracking more dangerous than ever. To date, more than 1,000 reported cases of water contamination have been associated with drilling and fracking.

    “A fracking boom would strike a devastating blow to New York’s efforts to fight climate disruption,” said Kassie Siegel, director of the Center for Biological Diversity’s Climate Law Institute. “The massive greenhouse gas pollution from this dangerous form of oil and gas extraction will fuel climate chaos and extreme weather. To reduce the risk of killer storms like Hurricane Sandy, New York needs to ban fracking.”
     
    As for energy security, industry overstates the role of natural gas as a long-term source of domestic energy, misrepresenting its intentions. As of October 26, the Department of Energy had received 19 proposals to export potentially vast amounts of liquefied natural gas, up to over 40 percent of current U.S. natural gas consumption. Considering this push to export, along with other efforts to increase natural gas demand, Food & Water Watch finds that the United States may only have 50 years worth of natural gas, not the 100 years worth popularly claimed. And this assumes the industry wins completely unrestricted access to drill and frack and assumes that notoriously uncertain estimates of shale gas reserves will prove accurate.

    Given these and other concerns, backlash against fracking and drilling is increasing. To date, over 325 municipalities in the United States, as well as Vermont, Bulgaria and France, have passed resolutions to stop fracking. In November, Longmont, Colorado made history as the first town in Colorado to ban fracking despite the fact that the oil and gas industry poured half a million dollars into opposing the successful ballot measure. In 2011, activists successfully blocked a plan to open the Delaware River to fracking.

    View the ad here.

    Food & Water Watch is a nonprofit consumer organization that works to ensure clean water and safe food. We challenge the corporate control and abuse of our food and water resources by empowering people to take action and by transforming the public consciousness about what we eat and drink.

    135 National, State and Local Groups Tell Governor Cuomo to Stand Up for People, 
Not Pollution

    0

    Des Moines, Iowa – February 12 – On the eve of what could be a major decision in New York’s battle over whether to allow the process of hydraulic fracturing to take place in the state, 135 environmental, public health, faith and labor organizations ran a full-page advertisement in the Des Moines Register today reminding Governor Andrew Cuomo that his presidential aspirations may be affected by his actions on the controversial process. The ad is running just one day before the New York Department of Environmental Conversation could issue its Supplemental Generic Environmental Impact Statement (SGEIS) on fracking, followed by its rules on the process by February 27.

    “Iowa residents have long held the power to sway presidential elections, and now they may also have the ability to help protect communities across the Unites States from fracking,” said Food & Water Watch executive director Wenonah Hauter. “Governor Cuomo needs to learn that the road to the White House is not lined with drilling rigs. If he allows even one well in New York, voters in Iowa and elsewhere will remember that in 2016.”

    Spearheaded by the national coalition Americans Against Fracking, the ad was endorsed by 350.org, Breast Cancer Action, the Center for Biological Diversity, CREDO Action, Earthworks, Democracy for America, Sierra Club, Food & Water Watch and Greenpeace, among others. It is intended to remind the rumored 2016 presidential contender that people across the United States, not just in New York, are watching his actions on fracking.

    “Governor Cuomo may emerge as one of the nation’s most principled, powerful leaders, rooted in his achievements on ethics reform and if he follows through on his promises on campaign finance reform. But his biggest test, which would set him apart from most national leaders even of his own party, will be if he stands up to the big oil and gas interests that pollute our nation’s politics with campaign contributions and that are ready to ruin New Yorkers’ drinking water by fracking across the state. Today Iowans, and the nation, are watching,” said Phil Radford, executive director of Greenpeace.

    Last month, over 200,000 comments, many of them opposed to fracking, were submitted to the New York Department of Environmental Conversation. Governor Cuomo is rumored to be considering allowing 10 to 40 demonstration fracking wells in New York, but opponents are concerned that this will set a dangerous precedence for future drilling.

    “Hydrofracking is now understood to be the second largest emitter of greenhouse gases in the country. It’s unconscionable that in a post-Sandy world, we would even consider contributing to further climate change,” said Phil Aroneanu co-founder & U.S. campaigns director of 350.org.

    Fracking is also of concern to residents of Iowa because the oil and gas industry mines sands used in fracking in the state, and the frac sand industry is raising fears about air pollution and water contamination.  

    “The rush to quench America’s insatiable thirst for oil and gas through hydraulic fracturing is entrenched in the rush to mine the cheap sand necessary for the process from the pristine hills we call home here in northeast Iowa. The issue has become politically volatile, fueled by immense amounts of money spent by the industry to buy the regulations it wants. Governor Cuomo needs to remember that the rush to frack in New York will have lasting consequences for residents of his state–and ours. We urge him to do the right thing and not allow fracking in New York,” noted Jeff Abbas of Allamakee County Protectors.

    “Here in Iowa, we have seen what big business allowed to run out of control can do to our environment,” said Adam Mason, state policy director of Iowa Citizens for Community Improvement. “Just like corporate agriculture has fouled our waters here in Iowa, fracking and the giant energy companies that promote it have the potential to cause environmental disaster across the country. Iowans care about clean air and clean water, and as candidates look to Iowa for support in 2016, we will be looking at their record on the environment as a gauge for whom to vote.”

    “Hydrofracking is a serious threat to the water quality of both rural and urban communities,” added Aaron Jorgensen-Briggs, an Iowa Citizens for Community Improvement member from Des Moines. “We need to focus on clean energy that puts people first and stop kowtowing to corporate polluters.”

    An increasingly controversial form of oil and gas extraction, fracking is the process of taking millions of gallons of water, mixing it with tens of thousands of gallons of chemicals—including known carcinogens—and pumping it all underground at extreme pressure to break up rock formations and release oil or natural gas. New techniques and technologies used in the process are more intensive and riskier than conventional drilling, making fracking more dangerous than ever. To date, more than 1,000 reported cases of water contamination have been associated with drilling and fracking.

    “A fracking boom would strike a devastating blow to New York’s efforts to fight climate disruption,” said Kassie Siegel, director of the Center for Biological Diversity’s Climate Law Institute. “The massive greenhouse gas pollution from this dangerous form of oil and gas extraction will fuel climate chaos and extreme weather. To reduce the risk of killer storms like Hurricane Sandy, New York needs to ban fracking.”
     
    As for energy security, industry overstates the role of natural gas as a long-term source of domestic energy, misrepresenting its intentions. As of October 26, the Department of Energy had received 19 proposals to export potentially vast amounts of liquefied natural gas, up to over 40 percent of current U.S. natural gas consumption. Considering this push to export, along with other efforts to increase natural gas demand, Food & Water Watch finds that the United States may only have 50 years worth of natural gas, not the 100 years worth popularly claimed. And this assumes the industry wins completely unrestricted access to drill and frack and assumes that notoriously uncertain estimates of shale gas reserves will prove accurate.

    Given these and other concerns, backlash against fracking and drilling is increasing. To date, over 325 municipalities in the United States, as well as Vermont, Bulgaria and France, have passed resolutions to stop fracking. In November, Longmont, Colorado made history as the first town in Colorado to ban fracking despite the fact that the oil and gas industry poured half a million dollars into opposing the successful ballot measure. In 2011, activists successfully blocked a plan to open the Delaware River to fracking.

    View the ad here.

    Food & Water Watch is a nonprofit consumer organization that works to ensure clean water and safe food. We challenge the corporate control and abuse of our food and water resources by empowering people to take action and by transforming the public consciousness about what we eat and drink.

    January’s Scoundrel of the Month: Sen. Mitch McConnell

    0

    WASHINGTON – February 12 – Sen. Mitch McConnell (R-KY) can’t filibuster this vote: After thwarting a far-reaching proposal to reform Senate rules, and then bragging about it, the minority leader is your choice for January’s Scoundrel of the Month.

    “Time and again, Sen. McConnell has put the politics of the moment ahead of the public interest with his constant obstruction of Senate business,” said CREW Executive Director Melanie Sloan. “With his unprecedented abuse of the filibuster, Sen. McConnell is the embodiment of everything that’s wrong with Washington.”

    In January, a group of reform-minded senators floated a proposal to curtail the abuse of the “silent filibuster.” Ultimately, the Senate adopted a watered-down rules reform package, which members from both parties hailed as a bipartisan triumph. Nevertheless, within hours Sen. McConnell’s reelection campaign sent an email to supporters boasting “We Beat the Liberals,” and promising Sen. McConnell would continue to routinely obstruct Senate proceedings.

    The minority leader has long demonstrated he is shameless when it comes to frustrating the will of the majority. Over his long tenure as the Senate’s obstructionist-in-chief, Sen. McConnell has prevented the Senate from passing measures he previously supported, like campaign finance disclosure measures, and in one absurd case, even filibustered his own bill.

    Nominations are already being accepted for February’s Scoundrel of the Month. People, entities, and agencies are all eligible. Submit your choices by February 22. Voting will begin the following week.

    January’s Scoundrel of the Month: Sen. Mitch McConnell

    0

    WASHINGTON – February 12 – Sen. Mitch McConnell (R-KY) can’t filibuster this vote: After thwarting a far-reaching proposal to reform Senate rules, and then bragging about it, the minority leader is your choice for January’s Scoundrel of the Month.

    “Time and again, Sen. McConnell has put the politics of the moment ahead of the public interest with his constant obstruction of Senate business,” said CREW Executive Director Melanie Sloan. “With his unprecedented abuse of the filibuster, Sen. McConnell is the embodiment of everything that’s wrong with Washington.”

    In January, a group of reform-minded senators floated a proposal to curtail the abuse of the “silent filibuster.” Ultimately, the Senate adopted a watered-down rules reform package, which members from both parties hailed as a bipartisan triumph. Nevertheless, within hours Sen. McConnell’s reelection campaign sent an email to supporters boasting “We Beat the Liberals,” and promising Sen. McConnell would continue to routinely obstruct Senate proceedings.

    The minority leader has long demonstrated he is shameless when it comes to frustrating the will of the majority. Over his long tenure as the Senate’s obstructionist-in-chief, Sen. McConnell has prevented the Senate from passing measures he previously supported, like campaign finance disclosure measures, and in one absurd case, even filibustered his own bill.

    Nominations are already being accepted for February’s Scoundrel of the Month. People, entities, and agencies are all eligible. Submit your choices by February 22. Voting will begin the following week.

    Endangered California Plant Gains 9,600 Acres of Protected Habitat

    0

    LOS ANGELES – February 12 – Responding to a lawsuit by the Center for Biological Diversity, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service today finalized protection of 9,603 acres of critical habitat for the endangered Coachella Valley milk vetch in Southern California. The new proposal includes four areas within the greater Coachella Valley in Riverside County, Calif., near Palm Springs.

    The Coachella Valley milk vetch was put on the endangered species list in 1998. In 2004, under the Bush administration, the Fish and Wildlife Service proposed just 3,583 acres of habitat for the endemic plant’s protection. Later that year the Service designated zero acres for the species. The Center, which has been working to protect the plant since 1998, challenged that designation in 2009, which led to today’s final rule protecting more than 9,600 acres of critical habitat.

    “Protecting critical habitat for this lovely flower will help prevent its extinction and will safeguard imperiled sand dune areas that are an important part of California’s natural heritage,” said Tierra Curry, conservation biologist with the Center.

    The Coachella Valley milk vetch is a short-lived perennial that measures up to a foot tall and is densely covered with short, white silky hairs that give it a silvery appearance. Related to peas, the milk vetch has flowers that are deep purple to violet. Its seeds are enclosed in greatly inflated pods, which break off the plant, roll in the wind and effectively disperse its seeds. Its preferred habitat is active and stabilized sandy substrates in the Coachella Valley.

    The flower is threatened by development, groundwater pumping, nonnative plant species, off-highway vehicle impacts and alteration of stream flows.

    Endangered species with protected critical habitat are more than twice as likely to be recovering as those without habitat protection.

    “Today’s habitat protection is a huge improvement over the previous zero-acre designation by the Bush administration, but it’s disappointing that the final protected area doesn’t include 16,000 additional acres that were proposed for protection in 2011,” said Curry. 

    At the Center for Biological Diversity, we believe that the welfare of human beings is deeply linked to nature – to the existence in our world of a vast diversity of wild animals and plants. Because diversity has intrinsic value, and because its loss impoverishes society, we work to secure a future for all species, great and small, hovering on the brink of extinction. We do so through science, law, and creative media, with a focus on protecting the lands, waters, and climate that species need to survive.

    Endangered California Plant Gains 9,600 Acres of Protected Habitat

    0

    LOS ANGELES – February 12 – Responding to a lawsuit by the Center for Biological Diversity, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service today finalized protection of 9,603 acres of critical habitat for the endangered Coachella Valley milk vetch in Southern California. The new proposal includes four areas within the greater Coachella Valley in Riverside County, Calif., near Palm Springs.

    The Coachella Valley milk vetch was put on the endangered species list in 1998. In 2004, under the Bush administration, the Fish and Wildlife Service proposed just 3,583 acres of habitat for the endemic plant’s protection. Later that year the Service designated zero acres for the species. The Center, which has been working to protect the plant since 1998, challenged that designation in 2009, which led to today’s final rule protecting more than 9,600 acres of critical habitat.

    “Protecting critical habitat for this lovely flower will help prevent its extinction and will safeguard imperiled sand dune areas that are an important part of California’s natural heritage,” said Tierra Curry, conservation biologist with the Center.

    The Coachella Valley milk vetch is a short-lived perennial that measures up to a foot tall and is densely covered with short, white silky hairs that give it a silvery appearance. Related to peas, the milk vetch has flowers that are deep purple to violet. Its seeds are enclosed in greatly inflated pods, which break off the plant, roll in the wind and effectively disperse its seeds. Its preferred habitat is active and stabilized sandy substrates in the Coachella Valley.

    The flower is threatened by development, groundwater pumping, nonnative plant species, off-highway vehicle impacts and alteration of stream flows.

    Endangered species with protected critical habitat are more than twice as likely to be recovering as those without habitat protection.

    “Today’s habitat protection is a huge improvement over the previous zero-acre designation by the Bush administration, but it’s disappointing that the final protected area doesn’t include 16,000 additional acres that were proposed for protection in 2011,” said Curry. 

    At the Center for Biological Diversity, we believe that the welfare of human beings is deeply linked to nature – to the existence in our world of a vast diversity of wild animals and plants. Because diversity has intrinsic value, and because its loss impoverishes society, we work to secure a future for all species, great and small, hovering on the brink of extinction. We do so through science, law, and creative media, with a focus on protecting the lands, waters, and climate that species need to survive.

    Bank of America Bombshell: Whistleblowers Reveal Orchestrated Coverup and Massive Borrower Harm

    0

    Obama promised justice to abused American homeowners. Have they gotten it?

    February 12, 2013  |  

    Like this article?

    Join our email list:

    Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

    Editor’s Note: In his 2012 State of The Union address, President Obama spoke of American homeowners abused by unscrupulous banks and financial institutions. Have they gotten justice? What follows is the first in a new series examining foreclosure settlements and the disturbing patterns of incomptency, malfeasance, and conflicts of interest which have marked their execution. Yves Smith of Naked Capitalism takes a deep dive into the mire of America’s mortage industry and investigates the continued suffering of the public at the hands of greedy predators.

    On January 7, 2013, ten servicers entered into an $8.5 billion settlement with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Reserve, terminating a foreclosure review process which was set forth in consent orders issued in April 2010. Borrowers who had had foreclosures that were pending or had completed foreclosure sales in 2009 and 2010 could request an investigation by independent reviewers, selected and paid for by the servicers but subject to approval by the OCC.

    Some experts argued that the 2009 and 2010 time range was too narrow and excluded many borrowers who had been treated improperly. These professionals also questioned whether the investigators would operate independently and fairly. Nevertheless, the reviews were touted as delivering a measure of justice to abused homeowners, since any found to be have suffered wrongful foreclosures were to receive sizable monetary awards, and smaller payments would be made to those who experienced other forms of abuse. As HUD Secretary Shuan Donovan proclaimed:

    For families who suffered much deeper harm – who may have been improperly foreclosed on and lost their homes and could therefore be owed hundreds of thousands of dollars in damages – the settlement preserves their ability to get justice in two key ways.

    First, it recognizes that the federal banking regulators have established a process through which these families can receive help by requesting a review of their file. If a borrower can document that they were improperly foreclosed on, they can receive every cent of the compensation they are entitled to through that process.

    Second, the agreement preserves the right of homeowners to take their servicer to court. Indeed, if banks or other financial institutions broke the law or treated the families they served unfairly, they should pay the price – and with this settlement they will.

    Yet the foreclosure investigation was halted abruptly, with the OCC and the Fed failing to identify any methodology for how the portion of the settlement allotted to cash awards, $3.3 billion, would be distributed to homeowners who might have been harmed in 2009 to 2010, an astonishing lapse that will almost certainly result in small payments being made to large numbers of borrowers, irrespective of whether they deserved vasty more or nothing at all.*

    But except from its hamhandedness, this outcome was no surprise to astute observers. The OCC consent orders had been launched in an unsuccessful effort to render the ongoing 50 state attorney general/Federal negotiations moot. Critics described how these orders were regulatory theater, with Georgetown law professor Adam Levitin comparing them to promising in public to spank a child, then taking him indoors and giving him a snuggle. Leaks during the course of the reviews confirmed these concerns, revealing deep-seated conflicts, limited competence among the review firms, half-hearted efforts to reach eligible homeowners, and aggressive efforts by the banks to suppress any findings of harm.

    As grim as this sounds, the conduct was worse than the leaks suggested. After extensive debriefing of Bank of America whistleblowers, we found overwhelming evidence that the bank engaged in certain abuses frequently, in some cases pervasively, in its servicing of delinquent mortgages. This is particularly important because Bank of America has been identified in previous settlements as far and away the biggest mortgage miscreant, paying over 40% of last year’s state/federal mortgage settlement among the five biggest servicers.

    Is Pope Benedict’s Abdication Tied To L.A. Sex Scandals?

    0

    Gee, I dunno. Does the Pope wear a funny hat? After reading Adele Stan’s piece in Alternet, I have to wonder whether Pope Benedict was worried about being indicted as part of the sex-crime cover-ups in the Los Angeles archdiocese:

    Citing age and infirmity as his reason for leaving the papacy, Benedict’s action comes just weeks after he opened his celebrated Twitter account — and less than a month after the decades-old child abuse scandal drew nearer to the pope’s door, with revelations published in the Los Angeles Times earlier this month that Cardinal Roger Mahony, then Archbishop of Los Angeles, sought to evade the law in cases involving the sexual abuse of children by the priests in his charge by sending them to treatment facilities in states that did not require health professionals to report the crimes to authorities.

    At the time that Mahony was covering up the crimes of his priests, Benedict, then known as Cardinal Joseph Ratzinger, led the Congregation for the Doctrine of the Faith, the Vatican office that oversaw such matters.

    In archdiocese documents released under a court order earlier this month, Mahony is revealed to have taken actions deliberately contrived to avoid legal prosecution of priests who had sexually abused — and even raped — children. The documents were so damaging that Mahony, now retired and once thought to be a contender for the papacy, was publicly rebuked by the current Archbishop of Los Angeles Jose Gomez, and stripped of any public duties, an unprecedented censure of a cardinal archbishop by his successor.

    Amid the cache of church records, released as part of a settlement between the archdiocese and 500 sex-abuse victims, are several letters to Ratzinger from Mahoney, in which the California prelate reports to the Vatican his reasons for various actions (such as defrocking) taken against the offending priests. The records amount to some 30,000 pages, so their full contents have yet to be pored through by investigators and journalists.

    Ruh roh, Reorge! Sounds like the Pope is scooting while the scooting is good! Maybe he’s hoping he gets to die at home, ahead of the indictments.

    It’s really a shame that the Catholic Church, which once did some real good in the world before it locked its identity to that of the right wing, is going to lose what little credibility it had left with this latest sex scandal.

    As the article points out, the same Church which bent over backwards to avoid investigating and punishing sex crimes was no slouch when it came to going after nuns and priests who weren’t all that convinced about abortion or female ordination — but especially those who weren’t up to snuff when it came to stamping out the “intrinsic evil of homosexual activity.”

    Except, of course, for the priests who were raping altar boys. Apparently there’s an exemption for that.

    I’ve been saying for a while that I expect to see the establishment of a breakaway Catholic Church in America. There are too many living Catholics who remember the positive message of Vatican II and Pope John XXIII. They liked it, they want it back. I believe one day they’ll get it.

    The rumors are flying about possible replacements for Benedict. The thing you need to know is, Pope John Paul II spent 30 years purging the leadership ranks of anyone who was remotely liberal, and so the cardinals are all hard-core conservatives — including one African cardinal, Cardinal Peter Turkson, whose name comes up frequently.

    Here’s where it might get tricky: The same conservative American Catholics who also subscribe to the Republican party philosophies of life might have a teensy, weensy problem with the idea of a black pope. (After all, Colin Powell turned out to be a turncoat!) You never know. Pull up a chair, it might get interesting.

    “Gas oversupply to push energy prices down this decade”

    0

    Natural gas drilling rig “Yekaterina” at the Bovanenkovo ??field in the Yamal-Nenets Autonomous District.(RIA Novosti / Alexey Filippov)

    (15.2Mb) embed video

    The commodity cycle has peaked and so have energy prices. With technological innovations taking over, new cheaper sources of energy are appearing, driving prices down, Kingsmill Bond from Citigroup believes.

    ­The shale gas revolution, started in the US, is likely to spread much more widely, dramatically changing global energy markets. This will have two principal consequences, strategist Kingsmill Bond at Citigroup said, speaking with RT Business:

    “First of all it’s the shift of dynamics to the East, but that’s less significant from our perspective. The second consequence is that we believe there will be a structural shift to lower energy prices, and of course that has huge implications for the market in Russia.”

    The Russian government’s dependency on oil and gas has increased over the last ten years along with growing prices, turning Russia into more of a petro-state than ever before. But the main concern for the Russian market is that hydrocarbon prices are extremely high. “The fear is that if we’ve reached a peak and hydrocarbon prices trend downwards, that will definitely have a negative impact on the Russian stock market”. So will the shale gas trend mean disastrous consequences for petro states alike?

    “We’re not talking about the collapse of hydrocarbon prices, we are talking about a gentle drift down — we believe that medium-term prices will be $18-19. This is a level at which the Russian economy can effectively operate, and the same with gas. We believe that European gas prices will settle at about $9 dollars for BTU, which would be a bit negative, but not catastrophic,” Kingsmill Bond reassures. 

    However, the Russian government should review its budget policy and not depend it on high oil prices so much, Mr Bond warns:

    “That clearly bears risks. It would be sensible to find other buyers for the sale of gas, for example in Asia. It’s not wise to believe that the current oil and gas prices will remain the same forever.”

    Energy prices have passed the point of no return to historic highs, thanks to not only the shale gas revolution, but also other factors. The technological boom is among them and directly affects the demand for traditional energy sources. 

    “And at the same time don’t forget that the demand for oil in the OECD, it’s now falling and it’s been falling for a number of years. We believe that that process will accelerate both as the car fleets become more efficient and gas now takes over as a heavy transport fuel and consequently helps to reduce oil demand in the OECD,” Bond told RT.

    Falling gas prices drag down oil prices — in the United States the price of natural gas is now just 20% of the price of oil and the trend is likely to continue. The reason behind this is the economic incentive for oil consumers to make a switch to gas.

    “What we now see is a significant shift in the US trucking industry to use natural gas-powered trucks. We expect that by the end of the decade one third of the US trucking industry would have switched from diesel to natural gas. That’s just one country but that’s around 1.6 million barrels per day,” Kingsmill explains. “It’s symptomatic for wider shifts, for example shipping, railways, all heavy transport — we believe that all of them will shift away from expensive oil to much cheaper natural gas.”

    Warrantless Border Searches Extend to Mobile Devices

    0

    police

    Very few people are aware that in a country supposedly protected by a Constitution enumerating liberties such as freedom from unreasonable searches and seizures, there exists a 100-mile-wide ring around the entire nation that the ACLU has called a “Constitution Free Zone.”

    Not Our Founders’ Tea Party

    0

    In December of 1773, a group of Bostonians boarded ships belonging to the East India Company and committed one of the largest acts of vandalism in the history of the world — throwing, what would be today, millions of dollars’ worth of tea into the harbor.

    This “Tea Party,” as it was called, was a revolt against transnational corporate power, and its corrupt stranglehold on the British government.

    But, fast forward 240 years later, and the Tea Party is now owned by transnational corporate power, and is being used to subvert our democratic government.

    How did this happen?

    A new study published in the scientific journal, Tobacco Control, and reported on by Stephen Webster on Raw Story reveals that today’s corporate-funded Tea Party goes back a long ways — well before the election of Barack Obama.

    Talk of a new Tea Party to advance corporate interests in America began in the 1980’s and 1990’s, when tobacco companies invested heavily in building new broad alliances with other organizations in hopes of fighting back against the emerging anti-smoking agenda in Congress.

    According to researchers, tobacco companies like RJR, Lorillard, and Philip Morris funneled millions of dollars into an organization called Citizens for a Sound Economy (CSE).

    And guess who founded CSE? None other than…David Koch.

    The purpose of CSE was to build a coalition of tobacco companies and corporate polluters to oppose regulations on smoking and air pollutants being considered in Congress. It’s estimated that at least 5.3 million was funneled into CSE by Big Tobacco.

    Then in 1993, a Philip Morris PR flack wrote a memo outlining a strategy of fighting any new taxes by joining up with other anti-tax groups to create a “New Boston Tea Party.”

    The memo reads, “Grounded in the theme of ‘The New American Tax Revolution’ or ‘The New Boston Tea Party,’ the campaign activity should take the form of citizens representing the widest constituency base mobilized with signage and other attention-drawing accoutrements such as lapel buttons, handouts, petitions and even costumes.”

    Ultimately, the tobacco companies failed and were hit with a massive $200 billion settlement in 1998.

    But in 2002, the David Koch’s CSE purchased a website, USTeaParty.com. Eventually, plans for this Tea Party were put on hold. After all, A Republican corporatist, George W. Bush was in the White House, and Republicans were in control of Congress.

    Only after the banksters crashed our economy, and Democrats swept into Congress, would the so-called Tea Party be revived. And sure enough, it was revived by CSE. Only, by now, CSE had split into two Astroturf corporate-funded organizations: Americans for Prosperity and Freedom Works.

    From 2009 until today, these organizations have used corporate media outlets like Fox so-called News to promote their “Tea Party” — bussing in uninformed Americans from all around the country to wave signs and rally against their own best interests — to rally on behalf of the 1%.

    So, as early as the 1990’s, a campaign funded by corporate fat cats and big polluters like the Kochs who opposed new regulations and taxes, was underway. It was a campaign specifically referred to by some in the tobacco industry as a “New Boston Tea Party.”

    Of course the original participants of the Boston Tea Party 240 years ago would have been horrified by this.

    Many people today think that the Tea Act–which led to the Boston Tea Party–was simply an increase in the taxes on tea paid by American colonists. That’s where the whole “taxation without representation” meme came from.

    Instead, the purpose of the Tea Act was to give the East India Company full and unlimited access to the American tea trade and to exempt the company from having to pay taxes to Britain on tea exported to the American colonies. It even gave the company a tax refund on millions of pounds of tea that it was unable to sell and holding in inventory.

    In other words, the Tea Act was the largest corporate tax break in the history of the world. And since, at the time, most of the British government and royalty were stockholders in the East India Tea Company, it was also a classic example of crony capitalism.

    The purpose of the Tea Act was to increase the profitability of the East India Company to its stockholders (which included the king) and to help the company drive its colonial small-business competitors out of business. Because the company temporarily no longer had to pay high taxes to England and held a monopoly on the tea it sold in the American colonies, it was able to lower its tea prices to undercut those of the local importers and the mom-and-pop tea merchants and teahouses in every town in America.

    In response, the colonists dressed like Indians in the middle of the night, boarded ships, and commenced the dumping of hundreds of chests of tea overboard — an act that would eventually light the fuse to war.

    And yet, today, the Tea Party represents just the opposite. It’s funded by billionaire corporatists who, just like the shareholders of the East India Company, want to pay keep their corporate tax breaks and want freedom to lie, abuse, and pollute wherever and whenever they want.

    So this is an appeal to all the Americans out there who consider themselves proud Tea Partiers. Don’t be duped! The Boston Tea Party wasn’t started by a tobacco company — it was against a tobacco company.

    The original Boston Tea Party wasn’t just against a tyrannical monarch across the Atlantic. It was also against transnational corporate power that was ruining the economy here in the colonies.

    And while our American Revolution eventually defeated this monarch, kicking off an era of self-government around the world, the forces of the rich and transnational corporate power lingered on. And today, they are on the attack, crashing our economy, bankrupting our government, and polluting our environment.

    Their tyranny must be defeated now.

    Horsemeat: Romanian Abattoirs ‘Not To Blame’

    0

    Sky News has uncovered the paper trail which appears to exonerate the two Romanian abattoirs at the centre of the horsemeat scandal.

    An invoice released by the CarmOlimp slaughterhouse in Brasov shows that the consignment of horsemeat, which eventually found its way to the ready meal factory in Luxembourg, was clearly and correctly labelled.

    It bears the words “Carne Cal Integral”, which means “whole horsemeat” in Romanian.

    That would back up the results of a preliminary investigation by the government in Bucharest which said the accusations of wrongdoing in the eastern European country were incorrect.

    The abattoir’s spokeswoman Loredana Albu told us: “The horsemeat was labelled and shipped as horsemeat and also the amount was very small.

    “We are talking about whole pieces of horsemeat in frozen packages of 25-30 kilos, so it wasn’t minced,” she said.

    She also showed Sky News an email from the Dutch agent who bought the refrigerated meat, acknowledging delivery of the consignment.

    The other slaughterhouse, DoliCom, has also released a complete paper record, stating it exported frozen horsemeat to a Dutch agent and never pretended it was beef.

    The managing director has told Sky News the consignment was sealed for its entire transit and tracked using GPS technology.

    Iulian Cazacut said his company and Romania has been unfairly besmirched.

    “I’m very worried because somewhere on the road, before the lasagnes and the hamburgers were made, someone probably made a deliberate mistake,” he said.

    “Because of that everyone’s attention is on us right now (but) we aim to be as transparent as possible to the Romanian authorities and the European Community.”

    On Wednesday, the EU health commissioner will meet European ministers caught up in the tangled meat chain.

    The Romanian abattoirs believe these documents put them in the clear.

    North Korean nuclear test draws anger, including from China

    0

    SEOUL (Reuters) – North Korea conducted its third nuclear test on Tuesday in defiance of U.N. resolutions, drawing condemnation from around the world, including from its only major ally, China, which summoned the North Korean ambassador to protest.

    Pyongyang said the test was an act of self-defence against “U.S. hostility” and threatened stronger steps if necessary.

    The test puts pressure on U.S. President Barack Obama on the day of his State of the Union speech and also puts China in a tight spot, since it comes in defiance of Beijing’s admonishments to North Korea to avoid escalating tensions.

    The U.N. Security Council held an emergency meeting at which its members, including China, “strongly condemned” the test and vowed to start work on appropriate measures in response, the president of the council said.

    North Korean leader Kim Jong-un, the third of his line to rule the country, has presided over two long-range rocket launches and a nuclear test during his first year in power, pursuing policies that have propelled his impoverished and malnourished country closer to becoming a nuclear weapons power.

    North Korea said the test had “greater explosive force” than those it conducted in 2006 and 2009. Its KCNA news agency said it had used a “miniaturised” and lighter nuclear device, indicating it had again used plutonium, which is suitable for use as a missile warhead.

    China, which has shown signs of increasing exasperation with the recent bellicose tone of its reclusive neighbour, summoned the North Korean ambassador in Beijing and protested sternly, the Foreign Ministry said.

    Foreign Minister Yang Jiechi said China was “strongly dissatisfied and resolutely opposed” to the test and urged North Korea to “stop any rhetoric or acts that could worsen situations and return to the right course of dialogue and consultation as soon as possible”.

    Analysts said the test was a major embarrassment to China, which is a permanent member of the Security Council and North Korea’s sole major economic and diplomatic ally.

    Obama called the test a “highly provocative act” that hurt regional stability.

    “The danger posed by North Korea’s threatening activities warrants further swift and credible action by the international community. The United States will also continue to take steps necessary to defend ourselves and our allies,” Obama said.

    U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations Susan Rice said Washington and its allies intended to “augment the sanctions regime” already in place due to Pyongyang’s previous atomic tests. North Korea is already one of the most heavily sanctioned states in the world and has few external economic links that can be targeted.

    Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe said the test was a “grave threat” that could not be tolerated.

    Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov urged North Korea to abandon its nuclear arms programme and return to talks. NATO condemned the test as an “irresponsible act.”

    South Korea, still technically at war with North Korea after a 1950-53 civil war ended in a mere truce, also denounced the test. Obama spoke to South Korean President Lee Myung-bak on Tuesday and told him the United States “remains steadfast in its defence commitments” to Korea, the White House said.

    MAXIMUM RESTRAINT

    North Korea’s Foreign Ministry said the test was “only the first response we took with maximum restraint”.

    “If the United States continues to come out with hostility and complicates the situation, we will be forced to take stronger, second and third responses in consecutive steps,” it said in a statement carried by the official KCNA news agency.

    North Korea often threatens the United States and its “puppet”, South Korea, with destruction in colourful terms.

    North Korea told the U.N. disarmament forum in Geneva that it would never bow to resolutions on its nuclear programme and that prospects were “gloomy” for the denuclearisation of the divided Korean peninsula because of a “hostile” U.S. policy.

    Suzanne DiMaggio, an analyst at the Asia Society in New York, said North Korea had embarrassed China with the test. “China’s inability to dissuade North Korea from carrying through with this third nuclear test reveals Beijing’s limited influence over Pyongyang’s actions in unusually stark terms,” she said.

    Mark Fitzpatrick of the International Institute for Strategic Studies think tank, said: “The test is hugely insulting to China, which now can be expected to follow through with threats to impose sanctions.”

    The magnitude of the explosion was roughly twice that of the 2009 test, according to the Vienna-based Comprehensive Nuclear-Test Ban Treaty Organization. The U.S. Geological Survey said that a seismic event measuring 5.1 magnitude had occurred.

    U.S. intelligence agencies were analysing the event and found that North Korea probably conducted an underground nuclear explosion with a yield of “approximately several kilotons”, the Office of the Director of National Intelligence said.

    Nuclear experts have described Pyongyang’s previous two tests as puny by international standards. The yield of the 2006 test has been estimated at less than 1 kiloton (1,000 tons of TNT equivalent) and the second at some 2-7 kilotons, compared with 20 kilotons for a Nagasaki-type bomb.

    North Korea trumpeted the announcement on its state television channel to patriotic music against a backdrop of its national flag.

    “It was confirmed that the nuclear test that was carried out at a high level in a safe and perfect manner using a miniaturised and lighter nuclear device with greater explosive force than previously did not pose any negative impact on the surrounding ecological environment,” KCNA said.

    North Korea linked the test to its technical prowess in launching a long-range rocket in December, a move that triggered the U.N. sanctions, backed by China, that Pyongyang said prompted it to take Tuesday’s action.

    The North’s ultimate aim, Washington believes, is to design an intercontinental ballistic missile capable of carrying a nuclear warhead that could hit the United States. North Korea says the programme is aimed at putting satellites in space.

    Despite its three nuclear tests and long-range rocket tests, North Korea is not believed to be close to manufacturing a nuclear missile capable of hitting the United States.

    It used plutonium in previous nuclear tests and before Tuesday there had been speculation that it would use highly enriched uranium so as to conserve its plutonium stocks, as testing eats into its limited supply of materials to construct a nuclear bomb.

    “VICIOUS CYCLE”

    When Kim Jong-un, who is 30, took power after his father’s death in December 2011, there were hopes that he would bring reforms and end Kim Jong-il’s “military first” policies.

    Instead, North Korea, whose economy is smaller than it was 20 years ago and where a third of children are believed to be malnourished, appears to be trapped in a cycle of sanctions followed by further provocations.

    “The more North Korea shoots missiles, launches satellites or conducts nuclear tests, the more the U.N. Security Council will impose new and more severe sanctions,” said Shen Dingli, a professor at Shanghai’s Fudan University. “It is an endless, vicious cycle.”

    Options for the international community appear to be in short supply. Diplomats at the United Nations said negotiations on new sanctions could take weeks since China is likely to resist tough new measures for fear they could lead to further retaliation by the North Korean leadership.

    Beijing has also been concerned that tougher sanctions could further weaken North Korea’s economy and prompt a flood of refugees into China.

    Tuesday’s action appeared to have been timed for the run-up to February 16 anniversary celebrations of Kim Jong-il’s birthday, as well as to achieve maximum international attention.

    Significantly, the test comes at a time of political transition in China, Japan and South Korea, and as Obama begins his second term. The U.S. president will likely have to tweak his State of the Union address due to be given on Tuesday.

    Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe is bedding down a new government and South Korea’s new president, Park Geun-hye, is preparing to take office on February 25.

    China too is in the midst of a once-in-a-decade leadership transition to Xi Jinping, who takes office in March. Both Abe and Xi are staunch nationalists.

    The longer-term game plan from Pyongyang may be to restart international talks aimed at winning food and financial aid. China urged it to return to the stalled “six-party” talks on its nuclear programme, hosted by China and including the two Koreas, the United States, Japan and Russia.

    Its puny economy and small diplomatic reach mean that North Korea struggles to win attention on the global stage – other than through nuclear tests and attacks on South Korea, the last of which was made in 2010.

    “Now the next step for North Korea will be to offer talks… – any form to start up discussion again to bring things to their advantage,” predicted Jeung Young-tae, senior research fellow at the Korea Institute for National Unification in Seoul.

    (Additional reporting by Jack Kim, Christine Kim and Jumin Park in SEOUL; Linda Sieg in TOKYO; Louis Charbonneau and Michelle Nichols at the UNITED NATIONS; Fredrik Dahl in VIENNA; Michael Martina and Chen Aizhu in BEIJING; Mette Fraende in COPENHAGEN; Adrian Croft, Charlie Dunmore and Justyna Pawlak in BRUSSELS; Paul Eckert, Roberta Rampton, Tabassum Zakaria and Jeff Mason in WASHINGTON; Editing by Nick Macfie, Claudia Parsons and David Brunnstrom)

    Ted Nugent to ‘Demilitarize’ Before Attending State of the Union

    0

    Ted Nugent to ‘Demilitarize’ Before Attending State of the Union

    Email this item Email   Print this item Print   Share this item... Share
    Posted on Feb 12, 2013
    Flickr/The Toad

    Ted Nugent at a concert in 2007.

    Ted Nugent, the musician and gun rights activist who last year told an audience at an NRA conference that he’d end up “dead or in jail” if President Obama was re-elected, will attend Tuesday evening’s State of the Union address as the guest of Rep. Steve Stockman, R-Texas.

    But rest assured, the staunch Obama critic told The New York Times that he would not be carrying any weapons to the speech. “I will go in at least 20 pounds lighter than I normally walk,” Nugent said. “I will be going in sans the hardware store on my belt. I live a well-armed life, and I’ve got to demilitarize before I go.”

    The New York Times:

    In a telephone interview from his ranch in Texas on Monday, Mr. Nugent said that he planned to sit in the House of Representatives gallery during the president’s speech and that he would hold a news conference afterward, an event that seemed likely to turn the decorous setting of the State of the Union into a tabloid spectacle.

    But Mr. Nugent, an avid hunter and gun collector who once flirted with running for governor of Michigan, insisted that he would be on his best behavior.

    “I will be there with a deep, abiding respect for the office of the presidency,” he said. “I’m not here to represent any specific cause other than freedom and independence and ‘we the people.’ ”

    Read more

    –Posted by Tracy Bloom.

    More Below the Ad

    Get truth delivered to
    your inbox every week.

    Previous item: Green Talk Is Cheap at the State of the Union



    New and Improved Comments

    If you have trouble leaving a comment, review this help page. Still having problems? Let us know. If you find yourself moderated, take a moment to review our comment policy.

    Please enable JavaScript to view the comments powered by Disqus.

    US Posts Two Month Combined Surplus As Debt Rises By $137 Billion

    0

    Moments ago, and a few hours ahead of the president’s State of the Union speech, the FMS announced (with a 20 minutes early leak), that in January the deficit of the US government was in fact a surplus of some $2.883 billion, better than the expected $2 billion deficit. This was the first January surplus since 2008, and was an improvement on the already impressive $1.191 billion deficit from December, which in turn brings the total fiscal year to date deficit to $290 billion. On the surface this would be great news as it indicates that tax hikes are having an impact on the US budget surplus, but of course, a quick glance below the surface reminds us that January was the month during which the Treasury was forced to raid the various government retirement funds to fund operations, and otherwise operate under the debt ceiling, which was only hiked in the last days of the month. And another glance indicates something fishier: while December and January combined resulted in a surplus of some $1.7 billion on the book, a quick glance at the total US debt over the period, shows an increase of some $137 billion in the same time period (or at least through February 4, when the accurate debt picture was once again revealed). In other words, while the US government was arguably generating funds from operations over the past two months and thus did not need a single penny in outside funding, debt soared.

    We are confident that Obama will be delighted to take credit for the former in a few hours, although we are not holding our breath on him explaining the latter, not explaining where all this debt went. Who knows: maybe JPM merely lent out their VaR calculating spreadsheet to the US treasury. It is not as if either of those two entities would lie to anyone.

    Finally, since the start of tax refund issuance by the IRS had been delayed by several weeks, don’t expect the surplus picture to repeat itself any time soon. Maybe, ever.

    Your rating: None Average: 5 (5 votes)

    Michael Moore, Chris Hedges on Challenging NDAA Indefinite Detention and the “Corporate Coup d’État”

    0

    The ability of the U.S. government to jail people without charge or trial is now back in court. A group of reporters, scholars and activists are suing the Obama administration over the controversial provision in the National Defense Authorization Act, saying it could allow for the indefinite detention of journalists and others who interact with certain groups. On Wednesday, the Justice Department asked an appeals court to reverse a judge’s earlier decision blocking indefinite detention, saying the ruling would hamper its ability to fight terrorism. On the same day, the Academy Award-winning filmmaker and activist Michael Moore and the case’s lead plaintiff, Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Chris Hedges, took part in a panel featuring some of those who were in the courtroom opposing the NDAA. We air excerpts of their remarks. [includes rush transcript]

    Guests:

    Chris Hedges, senior fellow at The Nation Institute. A former foreign correspondent for The New York Times, he was part of a team of reporters awarded a Pulitzer Prize in 2002 for the paper’s coverage of global terrorism. He is the author of the new book, Days of Destruction, Days of Revolt, with illustrator Joe Sacco.

    Michael Moore, acclaimed Academy Award-winning documentary filmmaker.

    Transcript

    Amy Goodman: Last week, the ability of the U.S. government to jail people without charge or trial was back in court. A group of reporters, scholars and activists, including Noam Chomsky and Chris Hedges, are suing the Obama administration over the controversial provision in the NDAA, the National Defense Authorization Act, saying it could allow for the indefinite detention of journalists and others who interact with certain groups. Well, last Wednesday, the Justice Department asked an appeals court to reverse a judge’s earlier decision blocking indefinite detention, saying the ruling would hamper its ability to fight terrorism. The Obama administration has already won an emergency freeze of the ruling while the case is appealed.

    Well, on the same day, Wednesday, an event, just after the court hearing, was held in New York featuring a panel of some of those who were in the courtroom to oppose the NDAA. Joining them was the Academy Award-winning filmmaker and activist Michael Moore and Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Chris Hedges. We end today’s show with their remarks. The case is known as Hedges v. Obama. Michael Moore began by responding to a question about how he got involved.

    Michael Moore: How did I get involved in it? Well, I mean–I mean, I’ve been involved in this sort of thing for a very long time, in general, in terms of these issues. I was the chair of the American Civil Liberties Union in Flint when I was 19 or 20 years old. And what Chris said in the last panel here about the corporate coup d’état, that’s something I’ve been talking about, trying to talk about, for a couple of decades, since Roger & Me_, that something was afoot here and that we were going to have our democratic way absconded with. And I agree with him that–that it has been successful. But I remain an optimist because I know history, and I know that coup d’états that were successful at first were eventually overthrown. And I just want to use that word “overthrown” here publicly tonight, so this can be replayed at my trial. I – [phone ringing] should we get that? Or–

    Matt Sledge: Yeah.

    Michael Moore: Who ordered the pizza?

    Matt Sledge: Silence your phones, please, if you can.

    Natasha Lennard: Really, really. Let’s ignore it.

    Michael Moore: Well, I–you know, I’ve had to deal with the issue of the police trying to suppress information or to cause harm or–on any of a number of different levels to those who try to bring out the truth. I had a small alternative newspaper in Flint, Michigan, back in the 1970s. Our printer was raided by the police, and they took the printing plates of our newspaper right off the press and searched and seized everything. And it was because we had done an article on the mayor using federal moneys for his campaign, re-election, and so he went to a local judge, and the judge approved the search warrant, and they grabbed all of our stuff. So, that was, you know, one of my first experiences. Now, that particular incident, along that same year with–a CBS affiliate in Boise, Idaho, was also raided by the police, that the Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press asked me to work with them. And a law was passed, a shield law was passed, the following year to essentially prohibit police raids of newsrooms, unless there’s an actual crime, like a murder or robbery or something, going on.

    So, I know. I mean, I could talk about this all night in terms of my own–what my own personal experience has been, you know, what I have learned since, in terms–within the Bush administration and what they did or were doing or how they tried to deal with Fahrenheit 9/11, all the way from official government things to just the sort of propaganda that they put out on me in order to, you know, I think, stir the pot of the unhinged. And so, I’ve–I wrote about this in my last book and the number of–not threats, but actual assaults or attempted assaults that I’ve had to go through, up to and including an individual planning to blow up our house in Michigan, and was only caught because one of his weapons went off at his home, and a neighbor heard it and called the cops, and came in and they found all the fertilizer bomb stuff and a list of–a small list, actually, of, well, liberal, left people that he’d like to assassinate, with me at the top of the list, and then there was Rosie O’Donnell, Janet Reno and Hillary Clinton. So, I don’t know how I ended up on the lesbian list, but I’m happy and proud to be there. That’s a joke. Just trying to–well, any time I talk about this, it’s obviously not a pleasant thing to talk about.

    So, I was very happy to hear about this lawsuit that these guys initiated. And Chris, of course, I’ve been a huge fan of his for a long time. Please read his books. Pass his books around. This man is our–he’s our 21st century Noam Chomsky, not that Noam isn’t still in the 21st century.

    So–and, of course, an honor to sit here with Daniel Ellsberg, who I was thinking about the other day, Daniel. I don’t know if you’ve ever seen the documentary Hearts and Minds about the Vietnam War. It’s a great documentary, if you have a chance to see it. And they won the Oscar for best documentary that year. And when they went up on the stage to collect it, they read from a telegram from the North Vietnamese, thanking Americans to, you know–which, of course, as we–in these days, we’d never even think of such a thing. It would be like, you know, in the way that things are conflated now, that you would be reading something from al-Qaeda or whatever. But in this movie, Daniel appears in this movie and provides some very important lessons about Vietnam, not only just what he went through personally, but what–what this country was led through in terms of the lies that were told. And by not having a press that was active at first to expose the lies, we lost a lot of lives, and we participated in the slaughter of anywhere from two to three million Southeast Asians. But he said–he said something, and I was thinking about this, because they’re–watching the news on Egypt today, and talking about whether the United States–you know, we were for Mubarak, then we were against Mubarak. You know, we were–and it’s like–and somebody asks, you know, “Which side is right? You know, are we on the right side?” And the same question was asked during Vietnam. You know, were we on the right side? Because this was a people’s uprising in South Vietnam. And Daniel said, “The question is not whether we’re on the right side. The only question or point is, is that we are the wrong side. That’s it.” We are behind a lot of this madness. Our corporations are benefiting from it greatly. And people who live in the Flint, Michigans of this world are suffering considerably.

    So, I’m proud to be part of this and be supportive of it. And I’m very–of course I’ve been very supportive of Bradley Manning, from the beginning, helping to fund the fight. And I put up some of Julian Assange’s bail money.

    Audience Member: Thank you, Michael!

    Matt Sledge: I think–we’ll get to, you know, WikiLeaks and whistleblowing in a minute, of course. Before we do that, I wanted to re-ask my question from the last panel about this drones memo. You know, what’s the end game with this–with the lawsuit here? You know, if you win the lawsuit and the administration retains the power to assassinate American citizens, you know, how–is that Pyrrhic victory?

    Chris Hedges: The memo is fascinating to read. It looks like it’s written–

    Matt Sledge: Well, they won’t release the memos yet.

    Chris Hedges: Yes, well, the free white paper.

    Matt Sledge: It’s a white paper, the pre-memo white paper.

    Chris Hedges: The white paper. Right, the pre-memo white paper. What is–because it’s so amateurish. It looks like it’s written by a first-year law student. I mean, you know, whatever you think of John Yoo–and I hope he burns in hell–he actually had a much more sophisticated legal argument to torture human beings. Look, the drone wars–this is–it’s not an example of–and I think this is true with the NDAA, I think it’s true with the FISA Amendment Act, I think–go all the way back. What they’re attempting to do is legally justify what they’re already doing. They have argued that under the 2001 Authorization to Use Military Force Act they have a right to assassinate American citizens. I have read that act innumerable times, and Bruce and Carl did, and none of us find that in the act. That is, to be generous, a radical interpretation of the AUMF. And so, what they’re seeking to do is legally justify, in the same way that Yoo was attempting to legally justify torture. They’re essentially looking for kind of legal cover.

    And so, I think it’s all connected. It’s all a part of this very rapid descent into a frightening form of corporate totalitarianism. And that is just writ large across the landscape. And as we go down–and they know we’re going down. Look, I mean, you know, they–these forces are cannibalistic. Forty percent of the summer Arctic sea ice melts, and here we’re literally watching the death throes of the planet, and these corporations, like Shell, look at it as a business opportunity. They know only one word, and that’s “more.” They have commodified everything. Human beings are commodities, disposable commodities. The ecosystem is a disposable commodity. And they will–now with no impediments, they will push and push and push. It makes Herman Melville’s Moby Dick, which I’m just re-reading, the most prescient study of the American character, because we’re all on the Pequod, and Ahab’s running the ship. And as Ahab said, “My means and my methods are sane, and my object is mad.” And they’re not going to stop themselves. The formal mechanisms of power are not going to stop them. It’s up to us.

    And literally, you know, I have a five-year-old, and his favorite book is Out of the Blue. He’ll sit on the floor and look at narwhals and porpoises, and every time I see him do it, it rips my heart out, because I know that if there is not a radical change in our relationship to each other and to the planet, every single one of those sea creatures will be dead within his lifetime. In theological terms, as a seminary graduate, these are forces of death, literally.

    Matt Sledge: Well–

    Chris Hedges: And it is all–

    Matt Sledge: Which is the corporation arguing, you know, or lobbying for Section 1021 of the NDAA?

    Chris Hedges: All of them. All of them. Who writes our legislation but corporate lobbyists? The security and surveillance state is the mechanism. Look, we have, not far from here, a few blocks from here, a joint command center with the NYPD and Goldman Sachs. I was arrested in front of Goldman Sachs with the Occupy movement. And let me tell you that when they–when the security came out, it was a mixed security of Goldman Sachs security and NYPD security. These corporations have created 70 percent of our–we have 16 intelligence agencies, and as Jeremy Scahill has pointed out, 70 percent of their work are outsourced corporations. We have handed the capacity for the security and surveillance state to private corporations.

    Amy Goodman: Chris Hedges is the Pulitzer Prize-winning former New York Times correspondent who has sued President Obama over the National Defense Authorization Act, the NDAA. Others involved in that suit are Noam Chomsky, Cornel West, Daniel Ellsberg. The suit is known as Hedges v. Obama. Before that, you were listening to the Oscar-winning filmmaker Michael Moore.

    Derby House Fire: Children’s Parents On Trial

    0

    A man accused of killing his six children in a house fire started the blaze as part of a “plan” to frame his ex-girlfriend after becoming locked in a custody battle with her, a court has heard.

    Mick Philpott and his wife Mairead allegedly started the fire at their semi-detached home after telling police his former partner, Lisa Willis, had been threatening him and his family.

    There were emotional scenes during their manslaughter trial at Nottingham Crown Court today as the 999 call made by the couple as the fire took hold was played to the jury.

    Philpott stood and tried to leave the dock saying “I can’t listen to it” before being made to sit down by security officers. He sat with his hands over his ears as Mairead wiped tears away.

    The prosecution said Philpott claimed he and Mairead were sleeping downstairs when the fire took hold and were only woken by a smoke alarm. He said he had tried to save the children, who were asleep upstairs.

    When emergency services arrived the plastic front door had “completely melted”. Firefighters managed to extinguish the flames in the hallway but had to feel their way upstairs because the smoke was so dense.

    The Philpotts’ children – Jade, 10, and her brothers John, nine, Jack, eight, Jesse, six, Jayden, five, and Duwayne, 13 – were found upstairs in their beds.

    Five were killed in the fire at their home in Victory Road, Allenton, Derby on May 11 last year. Duwayne died three days later in hospital.

    The court was told the family shared an unconventional lifestyle. Philpott, 56, his 31-year-old wife and Ms Willis, 28, all lived in the same house.

    A total of 11 children also lived there. Six were those of Mick and Mairead Philpott, while four were his with Ms Willis. Another child was Ms Willis’s by another man.

    The couple, along with a third defendant, 46-year-old Paul Mosley, have denied six separate counts of manslaughter in relation to the deaths.

    Prosecuting, Richard Latham QC told the jury the fire was started on the day Ms Willis and Philpott were due in court to discuss the residency of the children.

    The court heard Philpott preferred his relationship with Ms Willis and had spoken of divorcing Mairead and marrying her.

    They had been living as a “threesome” for 10 years but Ms Willis left the house in February last year after finding the situation “unacceptable”. She took her children with her, and had become embroiled in a bitter fight with Philpott.

    The prosecution claims he planned to frame her and eventually win his children back, and had made numerous reports to the police that she had threatened him, his wife and their children.

    Mr Latham told the jury of six men and six women: “By May 1st Mick Philpott was reporting to the police that Lisa Willis had made telephone threats to kill him.

    “The police visited him, he was at times highly emotional and made it clear that he wanted Lisa arrested. If she had been this would have assisted him in the court proceedings, wouldn’t it?”

    About a fortnight before the fire Philpott told friends he had an idea for a way of getting Ms Willis and the children back, Mr Latham said.

    “He told people he had a plan up his sleeve and that she wasn’t going to get away with it – watch this space.”

    Mr Latham said the fire which killed the children was no accident – it had been started using petrol in the hallway of the house.

    Pointing out the Philpotts were not accused of murder, he said: “This was a plan that went horribly wrong and resulted in total tragedy.”

    The trial is expected to last six weeks.

    Will Obama Use International Economic Appointments to Push Stimulus?

    0

    Gerald Epstein: Obama can’t use GOP Control of House as excuse for more Wall St. friendly appointments.

    Paul Jay, Seniro Editor, TRNN: Welcome to The Real News Network. I’m Paul Jay in Baltimore. And welcome to this week’s edition of The PERI Report with Gerry Epstein, who now joins us from Amherst, Massachusetts.

    Gerry is the cofounder/codirector of the Political Economy Research Institute in Amherst. He also teaches economics there.

    Thanks for joining us, Gerry.

    Gerald Epstein, Codirector, PERI: Thank you, Paul.

    Jay: So what are you thinking about this week?

    Epstein: Well, the State of the Union Address is coming up tomorrow night, and we’re all thinking about what President Obama’s going to do in the next four years.

    And there’s one positive thing, I think, he has been saying recently, which I’ve been thinking about, the idea that economic growth and development doesn’t come from the top down, from the so-called givers, but it comes from the middle out and the bottom up.

    I think this is a good thing. This is something that many of us have been arguing for for a long time now. And the question is: what can he do about it? And, of course, he’s kind of boxed in because of the conservative Democrats and the control of the House by the Tea Party Republicans. But there’s actually quite a bit he can do globally.

    You know, there’s a lot of criticism globally about the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve keeping interest rates so low. Now the Bank of Japan has been doing it, the U.K. banks, central bank in Europe and United Kingdom. They’re talking about currency wars. And this is something we’ve seen before. We’ve seen this in the 1920s and 1930s when in the Great Depression all these central banks were lowering interest rates and there was competitive devaluations, and it didn’t lead to any global reflation.

    And John Maynard Keynes said, well, the answer to this is global coordination of more expansionary fiscal policy, job-creating government expenditure. Now, of course, President Obama can’t do this on his own, but what he can do is really push the IMF, the World Bank, other global bodies to adopt a much more reflationary fiscal policy, much more policy to redistribute income to the middle class, the poor. And he can do this without approval from Congress and the Senate. The way he can do this is partly by his appointments, his appointments at the IMF, his appointments at the World Bank, what he tells his appointments, the people he appoints there to do, to push. And I think this could make a very big difference on the global scene.

    Jay: But he would have to want to. Is there any indication that he would want to? I mean, I take your point that in a sense he doesn’t have the excuse that the House won’t let him do it, although one could go back to when the Democrats did control the House, he still didn’t do nearly what you, I think, thought he should have. But even now, is there any sense he would want to?

    Epstein: Yeah, well, that’s a good question, and this is a place to test. We know that with Geithner, Timothy Geithner–who’s leaving, thankfully–didn’t want to do this. He was the bankers’ guy, and his policy was just to try to keep the banks afloat and happy. And now, with him gone, Obama has a new chance, and he has a new chance to show whether he’s serious about this, even in an arena where he actually has some clout.

    So there are appointments coming up at the United Nations Conference on Trade and Development. He has appointments coming up in the Treasury Department [incompr.] help set IMF policy. The United States is the most powerful country in the IMF.

    We know there has been some change at the International Monetary Fund, the IMF. My colleague Ilene Grabel has been writing about productive incoherence and how with their right hand they’re trying to loosen their strictures on capital controls, but as Mark Weisbrot at the Center for Economic and Policy Research has shown, with their conditionality policy they’re still imposing neoliberal policies.

    So there is a way in which, at the IMF, for example, if Obama wanted to, he could start really pushing this new policy that he claims that he wants, growing from the bottom up, from the middle out. And pretty soon, with the appointments he makes and what they start doing there, we can see whether Obama is serious or not. [crosstalk] serious, and I agree there’s reason to be skeptical, but let’s push him and see.

    Jay: But couldn’t he have done this over the last four years?

    Epstein: Well, he could have done this, but I think he has changed some. He has seen that the policies of the last four years that have been totally focused, in the financial realm, at least, on protecting the banks didn’t really pay off for him. I mean, look at what the banks did in the last election. They put all of their money, all of their clout, all of their political muscle against him. And if I were him, I’d be pretty pissed off, and I would see that that’s a losing proposition. So let’s see if he changes his tune a bit in realms where he still has some power.

    Jay: Okay. So what’s the next appointment that would be a litmus test of this?

    Epstein: The next appointment would be an undersecretary in the Treasury Department who’s in charge of international economic policy. And if he were to pick a progressive economist to do that, play that role, then that would be a good sign.

    Jay: Okay. Well, we’ll see when that happens, and then we’ll come back to you and find out. It seems to me that, as I said, he could have done this in the last four years. And I’m not sure if there’s reason to think he isn’t essentially just a neoliberal, you know, politician and actually isn’t in favor of these things.

    Epstein: Yeah, no. I think there’s a lot of evidence that what you’re saying is true. But I think those of us in the progressive area can really try to hold his feet to the fire now and push him in these directions where he can’t have excuses about being blocked by Congress.

    Jay: Okay. Well, we’ll see. Thanks for joining us, Gerry.

    Epstein: Thanks, Paul.

    Jay: And thank you for joining us on The Real News Network.

    How To Be an MP most borrowed library book in UK Parliament

    0

    The most popular book among UK parliamentarians tells them the best place in Westminster to commit adultery, how to fob off bothersome constituents and which room you have to go to if you don’t want to miss a key vote.

    ­How To Be an MP, a wry insider’s guide, was the most borrowed book in the House of Commons library last year. The tome, penned by long-serving Labour MP Paul Flynn and published in 2012, was taken out 19 times through the course of the year, five more than any other, according to a response to a Freedom of Information request made by Britain’s Daily Telegraph newspaper.

    Chapters include “How to convince voters that the MP never stops working”, “How to Climb the Greasy Pole” and “How to write an Abusive Letter”.

    The latter advises the following sign-off when writing back to particularly persistent constituents: “Thank you for your communication, which I placed in my insane letters file.”

    Flynn also writes that flings are “inevitable”, noting that “serial seducers of both sexes roam the corridors.”

    Among the possible locations suggested for secretive encounters is the “sinfully comfortable” Pugin Room, but not the MPs Smoking Room, described as a “melange of gentleman’s club and geriatric home, a refuge for alcohol addicts”.

    Flynn said the book, which also paints unflattering portraits of some of his (unnamed) colleagues, is meant as a satire, intended to nudge MPs into acting more ethically. It can also serve as a straight guide to questionable practices.

    Incidentally, despite this, House-savvy Flynn himself was suspended from Parliament for a day last year for “gross disorderly manner” after accusing the Conservative Defence Minister Philip Hammond of lying.

    Worryingly, or reassuringly for UK voters, the second most-popular book on the MPs borrowing list is Robert Rogers How Parliament Works, another guide, although a more scholarly one. It promises in its blurb to explain a democratic process that is “a mystery to outsiders and is sometimes perplexing even to its own members”.

    The rules of UK parliament, known as Standing Orders, are contained in a 496-page volume, known casually as Erskine-May, which costs more than $400 to purchase — even for MPs themselves. Critics dismiss many of the Orders as complex and arcane. Insiders have frequently admitted that a lack of familiarity with them can lead to failing to receive a salary (if one doesn’t queue to swear an ancient oath of loyalty) and voting for the wrong side (if one confuses which of the special “voting rooms” to enter after a law is debated).

    And it is not just outdated rituals that cause trouble.

    The internal regulations concerning personal expenses seemed to baffle UK parliamentarians in 2010, when more than half of the 650 members were forced to repay money they claimed unethically or illegally.

    Paul Flynn writes of the expenses watchdog, IPSA, that “It should be humanely put down, buried under a slab of concrete never to rise again from its dishonoured grave. But until that happens, you’ll just have to live with it.”

    WARNING: the EU Crisis is BACK and Will Be Worsening in the Coming Weeks

    0

    I want to issue a major warning to investors: the EU Crisis is going to get worse in the coming months.

    I realize that most investors and analysts believe that the EU Crisis is over. Then think that because the S&P 500 is closing in on its all-time highs that things are fine in the system.
    They are wrong.

    The only item that held Europe together in 2012 was the credibility of EU politicians and ECB President Mario Draghi. Please note that nothing fundamental improved for the EU’s financial system: EU GDP has since re-entered a recession and EU unemployment has a hit a new record.

    Indeed, the only reason things even looked better was because various Government engaged in massive interventions. In the case of Spain, this included raiding 90% of their social security fund to buy Spanish bonds so that yields would fall.

    So… when you entire financial system is held together by the credibility of the political class… corruption scandals can implode the system.

    MADRID – Spain’s governing Popular Party was drawn deeper into a web of corruption scandals this past week, after the Swiss authorities informed the Spanish judiciary that the party’s former treasurer had amassed as much as 22 million euros, or $29 million, in Swiss bank accounts.

    The treasurer, Luis Bárcenas, resigned from his job in 2009, after being indicted in the early stages of an investigation, which is still ongoing, into a scheme of kickbacks and illegal payments allegedly involving other conservative party politicians…

    Nonetheless, the revelations have brought a fast-growing list of corruption investigations, which have unspooled across Spain, to the doorstep of the conservative government of Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy, who has so far remained silent. About 300 Spanish politicians from across the party spectrum have been indicted or charged in corruption investigations since the start of the financial crisis. Few have been sentenced so far.

     Source: NY Times

    The above story illustrates some key elements that all investors need to be aware of:

    1)  EU politicians are so corrupt they make their US counterparts look clean by comparison.

    2)  Having been put off for years, investigations into corruption are now reaching the point at which the rich and powerful are actually at risk of serious consequences.

    Note in the above story that former Spanish Treasurer Luis Bárcenas has been under investigation since before 2009. The fact that the real smoking gun (his hidden Swiss bank account containing over $29 million) is only just coming to light should give you an idea of how corrupt the system in Europe has become (there is no way on earth it would take four years to find this information).

    That this information is coming out now also tells us that things are getting so bad in Spain that heads are going to start to role. As we stated earlier, corruption only works until the consequences outweigh the benefits of being “on the take.” The above story tells us that we have finally reached that point in Spain. It’s taken five years for this to happen (the Crisis begin in 2008). But the system has finally reached the inflection point at which key players will face real consequences for their corruption.

    With that in mind we can expect more and more such cases to begin to emerge in Europe. The fallout from this will be major both for the political class and for the financial markets.

    Indeed, later in the same story we find the following tidbit:

    On Wednesday, amid another property investigation, the president of Madrid’s regional government, Ignacio González, revealed that he and his wife purchased a penthouse last month in the holiday resort of Marbella for 770,000 euros, or more than $1 million. Mr. González, who earns 4,800 euros a month, about $6,380, is denying any wrongdoing, as well as any link between his acquisition and the property investigation undertaken by a local judge.

    A regional President, earning less than $80K a year just bought a $1 million penthouse in a country where youth unemployment is above 50%, workers have gone over six months without being paid, and pharmacies are running out of medicine due to having not been paid some €500 million by the government.

    The reason this is so important is because politics, not economics, drives everything in Europe. Please note that the entire EU banking system was pulled back from the brink of collapse last summer by Mario Draghi and other EU officials promising to do whatever it takes to end the crisis.

    Since that time, the economy has actually worsened in Europe. Unemployment has hit a new record and the vast majority of the EU has re-entered recessionary territory. Thus, it has been the credibility of various EU officials, not any fundamental improvement in things that has made the whole system work

    Now that major corruption scandals are breaking out regarding key EU figures, it’s going to be increasingly difficult for the EU political class to continue to convince the markets that the “everything is OK.”

    Indeed, it’s time that we get really honest about things and state that Europe is done. Finished.

    The powers that be over there are rapidly losing control of the system. Spain’s banking system is collapsing at a rate worse than that of the Asian nations during the Asian Contagion of the late ’90s. Italy’s bonds are imploding. Germany is finding its economy teetering on the edge of a cliff. And France is seeing auto sales and apartment deals collapse at a rate just as bad as that of 2008.

    And that’s just the tip of the iceberg.

    The debt contagion has now spread to Spain, Italy, and even France: all three of them are countries too big to be bailed out.

    Which means… it’s the End Game. No matter what, the defaults are coming and the Euro will implode.

    This is the reality for Europe. The whole system will be going down, it’s only a matter of time. And when it does collapse, it’s going to make Lehman Brothers look like a joke.

    I know the markets have yet to fully realize this…the S&P 500 is approaching its all-time highs. But back in late 2007, the last time the markets were at this level… did stocks get what was coming then too? Nope. And by the time stocks “got it” things moved VERY quickly.

    So if you have not already taken steps to prepare for systemic failure, you NEED to do so NOW. We’re literally at most a few months, and very likely just a few weeks from Europe’s banks imploding, potentially taking down the financial system with them. Think I’m joking? The Fed is pumping hundreds of BILLIONS of dollars into EU banks right now trying to stop this from happening.

    We have produced a FREE Special Report available to all investors titled What Europe’s Collapse Means For You and Your Savings.

    This report features ten pages of material outlining our independent analysis real debt situation in Europe (numbers far worse than is publicly admitted), the true nature of the EU banking system, and the systemic risks Europe poses to investors around the world.

    It also outlines a number of investments to profit from this; investments that anyone can use to take advantage of the European Debt Crisis.

    Best of all, this report is 100% FREE. You can pick up a copy today at:

    http://gainspainscapital.com/eu-report/

    Best

    Phoenix Capital Research

    Your rating: None Average: 2 (1 vote)

    It Sure Feels Like A Recession

    0

    While stocks suggest all is well, and anecdotal macro data (seasonally slandered by fiscal cliff drag-forwards and ‘weather’) might offer hope that green shoots are back; one glance at the following chart of US, Europe, and Asia (ex-Japan) EBITDA tells a very different story. With cashflow clearly barely budging, is it any wonder that companies are creating conservative balance sheets? It sure feels like a recessionary environment…

    Chart: Morgan Stanley

    Your rating: None Average: 5 (1 vote)